301245 001K_Wangco_T_and_F_Series_Disk_Drives_Apr77 001K Wangco T And F Series Disk Drives Apr77
301245-001K_Wangco_T_and_F_Series_Disk_Drives_Apr77 301245-001K_Wangco_T_and_F_Series_Disk_Drives_Apr77
301245-001K_Wangco_T_and_F_Series_Disk_Drives_Apr77 The Eye | File Listing
User Manual: 301245-001K_Wangco_T_and_F_Series_Disk_Drives_Apr77
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 499
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
\NA~~GCO
INCORPORATED
SERIES-F AII\ID SERIES-T
~DD/&!DD
TPI
MAGNETIC DISC DRIVE
OI='ERATION ANE:J MAINTE·NANCE
MAr\lUAL
-\1) WANGCO
INCORPORATED
5404 Jandy Place / Los Angeles. California 90066
USERS OF WANGCO :!NCORPORATED EQUIP·
MENT MAY REPRODUCE THIS MANUAL TO
ANY EXTENT NECESSARY TO SATISFY THEIR
OWN REQUIREMENTS.
",WANGCO
'-AJ
INCORPORATEO
MANUAL:
ADVANCE CHANGE NOTICE
100/200 TPI DISC DRIVE, 301245 (all releases)
Page 5-59: Paragraph 5.6.3.3, Step F. Change last sentence to read:
The ~nput signal (130 millivolts) to the differentiator board should appear as shown
in Figure 5-30.
Paranraph 5.6.3.3, Step H: Change 130 millivolts. to 300 millivolts.
52177
SHEET
FORM 531 (2/77)
1
OF
1
TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS
t
~~VA,NC;E".C,HAN.G&
NDTICE
J
MANUAL: 100/200 TPI DISC DRIVES!. 301245-001 , All revisions.
Section 5, Paragraph 5.6.1;
C1elete paragraph 5.6.1 in its entirety, including the following
Figure 5-38.
Figure 5-39.
Figure 5-40.
Figure 5-41.
Figure 5-42~
figur~s:
Write Current Waveform - Trac~ 000
Write Current Waveform ~ Innem10st Track
Data Separator Minimum
Data Separator Maximum
Data Separator Optimum
42511
SHEET
FORM 53'1
(2177)
1
OF
TfCHNICAL PUB~ICATIONS
1
AD\lANCE CHANGE NDTICE
MANUAL: 100/200 TPI DISC DRIVES, 301245 (All releases).
Place the following CAUTION in the places listed below:
OPERATION OF THE DISC DRIVE WITH THE
AIR FILTER REMOVED MAY CAUSE DAMAGE
TO, AND NECESSITATE REPLACEMENT OF,
THE BLOWER DRIVE BELT.
Page
Page
Page
Page
5-14,
5-30,
5-31,
5-58,
Figure 5-8, lower left hand corner.
Para. 5.4.3.1, before step A.
Figure 5-15, lower left h.and corner.
Para. 5.6.3.2, before step A.
~/Z77
1
FORM 531 (2177)
SHEET
1
OF
TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS
\lJ
W'ANGCO
INCORPORATED
ADV~~NCE
CHANGE NOTICE
MANUAL: 100/200 TPI DISC DRIVE, 301245-001
Add the following Warning to paragraphs 5.4.~J.16 and 5.6.8.4;
[WARNING
I.
WHEN REPLACING FIXED DISC HEADS, ENSURE
THEY ARE OPPOSING EACH OTHER (SAME
LOCATION IN MOUNTING SLOTS) AND STAGGERED
APPROXIMATELY .075 TO .100-IN. FORE OR AFT
OF CARTRIDGE DISC HEADS. THIS WILL ENSURE
RELIABLE EMERGENCY RETRACT UNDER ALL
CONDITIONS.
SHEET
FORM 531 (2177)
I
OF
I
TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS
301245
100/:200 TP I
REVISION LEVEL
Revision
Letter
Description
Date
A
Original Publication
4/76
B
Revised Sections 4 and 5, and updated Appendices Band C.
5/76
C
Section 5: SVA Adjustment procedure revised to reflect WANGCO
Engineering lab procedure. Section 6: .Revised and rewritten. Appendix B:
Updated Dwgs. 301584A-B (SVA); :301025A-C (SLB), and 301179A-B
(I/O Conn.). Appendix C: Updated Schematics 301585A-B (SVA); 301026
C-E (SLB), and 301386B-D (I/O Conn.).
7/76
o
Section 5: SVA adjustment procedure further refined to provide optio:1
of using individual steps after preliminary steps are performed.
Appendix B: Updated dwg. 30115i'F-G (DEB). Appendix C: Updated
Schematics 301158F-G (DEB); 300498E-F (SLB). Appendix D: IPB:
Revised lists and illustrations.
8/76
E
Page 5-61, para. 5.6.4, SVA ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES, revised and
rewritten. New figures 5-32, 5-34, and 5-35 added. Appendix B: Updated
Dwg. 300000C-D (100 TPI-T); ML 404200H--J (200 TPI-T); Dwg.
300497C-D (200 TPI SLB); Dwg. 300586H-J (EIB).
9/76
F
Page 5-84, para. 5.6.10, Step F.3, changed voltage measuring pin.
Appendix B: Updated Dwgs: 200 TPI-T, 305100E-F; SVA, 301584B-C;
DCB 100 TPI, 301076C-D. Added Dwgs: Motor Filter PWB, 300226G,
and Spindle Dr. Module Assy., 300612J.
Additional dash version M L's included for: I/O Connector PWB, 300075;
CIB, 301035; DCB, 301076; DEB, 3:01157; I/O Connector PWB, 301179;
DIB-VFO, 301320, and SVA, 3015B4.
Appendix C: SVA, 301585B-B 1; DCB-1 OOTPI, 301077B-C.
Appendix 0: Page 0-18, parts list for OCP. Part numbers and quantities
changed for items 15 and 16, I ncanclescent Lamps.
10/76
Section 2: Interface Requirements expanded. Pages 2-5 through 2-11 (paragraphs 2.3.2 through 2.3.7.4) revised and rewritten. Dust cover for top load
drives added to packing instructions (Item 12, Figure 2-1 and Table 2-1).
Appendix A: Page A-1, Item 7: Part number changed from 300946-001 to
301742-001. Page A-2, Item 3: Prefillter remark changed from 300946-001
to 301742-001.
Appendix B: Illustration of SVA Boalrd 301548 added. Updated dwgs.
301025 (SLB) C-D; 301076 (DCB) 0--01; 301157 (DEB) G-H; 301584
(SVA) C-C1.
Appendix C: Updated dwgs. 301026 (SLB) E-F; 301158 (DEB) G-H;
301585 (SVA) B-B 1.
Appendix D: Figure D-7: Items 15 and 16 changed to agree with parts list
(p.D-18).
11/76
G
HI
Updated Appendix B: 300497 0 to E, 300586 J to L,
301044 A to A 1,301170 B to C, 3011320 C to D, and
301584 C1 to E .
Append ix C; 301585 B to C.
iii
1/77
REVISION LEVEL
100/200 TPI, 301245
Revision
Letter
Description
Date
J
Text unchanged; ACN's still applicable.
Appendix A, Master Spares List: Completely revised.
Appendix B, Updated EIB Dwg. 300586 L to M; SLB Dwg. 301025 D to
E; Commutator PWB 301170 C to C1.
Appendix C, Updated Schematic EIB 300803 E to F; SLB 301026 F to G.
2/77
K
Section 2: Table 2-2 revised.
Section 5: Para. 5.3.4, Fixed Disc Cleaning: second para. rewritten.
Para. 5.6.3.1, Magnetic Index/Sector Transducer Adjustment:
Note revised. Para. 5.6.6, Write Current Adjustment: Steps G and
H revised. Para. 5.6.8, Read/Write Head Alignment: rewritten per
ACN 3477. Figure 5-30: deleted: all subsequent figures renumbered
Appendix B: Updated - 100 TPI Top Load 300000-000 (D-G); 100
TP I Front Load 300001-000 (C- F); 200 TP I Top Load M L
404200-000 (J-M); 200 TPI Front Load ML 414200-000 (G-K);
PS 300346 (P-S); EIB 300586 (M-N); SVA 301584-001 (E-F),
-002 (C-D).
Appendix C: PS 300346 (P-S); SVA 301585 (C-D).
Appendix D: The following figures andapplicable parts lists revised to
reflect new casting, shroud, and ancillary parts: D-4, D-5, D-6,
D-1 0 and D- 11.
4/77
iv
TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
Section
2
3
4
Paragraph
Page
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1.1
INTRODUCTION
1.1.1
Special Features
1.1.2
Organization and Scope of the Manual
1.2
SPECI FICATIONS
1.3
ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF MAJOR ASSEMBLIES.
1.3.1
Operator Controls and Status Indicators .
1.3.2
Door Assembly
1.3.3
Cartridge Receiver Assembly
1.3.4
Spindle Assembly
1.3.5
Head Positioner Assembly
1.3.6
Electronic Assemblies .
1.3.7
Rear Panel Assembly
FORCED AI R CLEANING SYSTEM
1.4
1-1
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-5
1-5
1-5
1-5
1-6
1-6
1-7
INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT
2.1
INTRODUCTION
2.2
UNPACKING AND INSPECTION
2.2.1
Inspection
Carriage Shipping Restraint Removal
2.2.2
INSTALLATION
2.3
Input Power Requirements .
2.3.1
Interface Requ i rements
2.3.2
Electrical Characteristics .
2.3.3
Input Lines .
2.3.4
2.3.5
Output Lines
Rack-Mounted Installation
2.3.6
I nitial Checkout
2.3.7
2-1
2-1
2-3
2-3
2-5
2-5
2-5
2-7
2-10
2-11
2-13
2-13
OPERATION
3.1
SCOPE
OPERATOR'S CONTROL PANEL
3.2
Functions of Operator Panel Controls
3.2.1
CARTRIDGE LOADING
3.3
Series F Disc Drive
3.3.1
Series T Disc Drive
3.3.2
Operating the Disc Drive.
3.3.3
Timing
3.3.4
3-1
3-1
3-2
3-3
3-3
3-7
3-8
3-10
THEORY OF OPERATION
INTRODUCTION
4.1
4.2
SCOPE
MECHANICAL OPERATION
4.3
Spindle
and Read Head Operation
4.3.1
Carriage Movement and Optical Detent
4.3.2
Read/Write Operation .
4.3.3
4-1
4-1
4-3
4-3
4-4
4-7
v
TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
Section
4
Paragraph
4.3.4
4.4
4.4.1
4.5
4.5.1
4.5.2
4.5.3
4.5.4
4.5.5
4.5.6
4.5.7
4.5.8
4.5.9
4.5.10
4.5.11
4.5.12
4.5.13
4.5.14
5
Page
Safety Features . . . . . . . . . . . . .
· 4-8
SYSTEM ELECTRONIC THEORY . . . .
· 4-9
Functional Block Diagram Description
· 4-9
LOGIC BOARD CIRCUIT ANALYSIS
· 4-15
I/O Connector Board (lOB)
....
· 4-15
Electronics I nterconnect Board
· 4-18
. . 4-19
......... .
Disc Control (DCB)
. . . . . . . 4-28
Power Regulator Board (PRB)
Transducer Differentiator Circuit Board . .
· . . . . . 4-30
Servo Logic Board (SLB)
· . . 4-30
Servo Amplifier Board (SVA) . . . . .
· . . . . . 4-36
Data Electronics Board (DEB)
· 4-43
. . 4-48
Control I nterface Board (CI B)
Data Interface Board (VFO)
· . . . . . 4-54
Spindle Drive Regulator Board
· . . 4-58
Motor Drive Power Switch Board . . . .
· . . . . . 4-58
Commutator Board. . . .
· . . 4-59
. . . . 4-60
Emergency Retract Board
MAINTENANCE
5.1
INTRODUCTION
SCOPE OF MAINTENANCE
5.2
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
5.3
5.3.1 .
Introduction
Preventive Maintenance Schedule
5.3.2
Read/Write Head Inspection and Cleaning
5.3.3
Fixed Disc Cleaning
5.3.4
Cartridge Removal and Handling
5.3.5
Disc Drive Top Cover Removal
5.3.6
5.4
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
5.4.1
General Description
Removal and Replacement of Major Assemblies.
5.4.2
Removal and Replacement of Subassemblies
5.4.3
FIELD EXERCISER FUNCTIONS AND OPERATION
5.5
5.5.1
General Descri ption
Operating Controls - Field Exerciser .
5.5.2
Indicators and Test Points - Field Exerciser
5.5.3
Installation - Field Exerciser .
5.5.4
Operation - Field Exerciser
5.5.5
Bench Exerciser Functions and Operation
5.5.6
ADJUSTMENT AND CALIBRATION PROCEDURES
5.6
Introduction
5.6.1
Power Supply Adjustment
5.6.2
Magnetic I ndex/Sector Transducer Adjustment
5.6.3
SV A Adjustment Procedure
5.6.4
vi
5-1
5-1
5-2
5-2
5-2
5-4
5-4
5-6
5-6
5-7
5-7
5-13
5-30
5-51
5-51
5-51
5-53
5-53
5-54
5-54
5-55
5-55
5-55
5-56
5-60
TABLE OF CONTENTS (concluded)
5
6
Page
Paragraph
Section
5.6.5
5.6.6
5.6.7
5.6.8
5.6.9
5.6.10
5.7
5.8
Run·to- Load Adjustment
Write Current Adjustment
Data Separator Adjustment
Read/Write Head AI i!lnment
Index Alignment. . . . . . . . . . .
Temperature Compensation Checks
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLE . .
SIGNAL DISTRIBUTION TABLE FOR DISC DRIVE
5-69
. 5-69
· . . . 5-70
· . . . 5-74
5-80
5-82
5-83
· ...
5-89
LOGIC
6.1
6.2
6.3
SCOPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT REFERENCE
KEY TO LOGIC SYMBOLS . . . . . .
Appendix A
Master Spares List
Appendix B
Assy. Dwgs. and Mati. Lists
Appendix C
Schematics
Appendix D
I PB
vii
. . . 6-1
. . . . . . 6-1
. 6-1
LIST OF FIGURES (continued)
Figure
Page
Title
Frontispiece
WANGCO 100/200 Series F and Series T Magnetic Disc Drives
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-5
2-6
Unpacking Instructions . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Carriage Shipping Restraint
Rear Panel and I/O Connector Board . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multiple Disc Drive Installation (Daisy Chaining) . . . .
Rack-Mounted I nstallation Instructions .
Bypassing Top Cover Interlock Switch
3-1
3-2
3-3
3-4
3-5
3-6
3-7
3-8
3-9
Operator Controls . . . . . , . . ,
Series F Disc Drive Cartridge Loading .
Series T Disc Drive Cartridge Loading. .
Operating the Series F or Series T Disc Drive .
·
Power On/Off Timing Sequence . . . . , . . . . . . .
. . . .
Seek Operation Timing Sequence . . . .
Restore Operation Timing Sequence . . , .
Restore Operation Timing Sequence (optional)
,
Data Transfer Timing Sequence . . . . . . ,
4-1
4-2
4-3
Simplified Block Diagram . . . . , . . .
·
Levels, Addressing Component Configuration
· .... , ,
Positioner Assembly . . , .
·
,
Optical Transducer Diagram
. , , ,
Read/Write Heads· . . . . . . . . . .
.".,',., ·
Head Unloading Mechanism
. . . . .
. , . ,
·
Block Diagram - 100/200 TPI Disc Drive (major signal lines)
·
. . .
Functional Block Diagram - Head Positioning System
Functional Block Diagram - Read/Write Circuit
· , , . , .
Block Diagram - I/O Board . . . . . .
· ......
. . . .
. .
Motor Speed Detect Circuit Block Diagram
Spindle Speed Control Servo System . . . .
· . . . .
Block Diagram of Index/Sector Logic Circuit. .
· . . ..
Removable Disc, Index/Sector Separation . ,
·
Block Diagram of Head Load Logic
Block Diagram of Brush Motor Logic Circuit .
· ,
Block Diagram of Power Regulator Board
Block Diagram of Servo Logic Board .
·
Illegal Address Gating Circuits
· , , ..
Subtractor Circuit - 100 TPI . . .
·
Subtractor Circuit - 200 TPI . . .
·
Block Diagram of Servo Amplifier Board
· .
Initial Address Seek Operation Waveforms .
· ......
New Address Seek Operation Waveforms
·
Positioner Servo . . . . . . . . . .
· . . . . .
Servo Offset Signals
. . . . . . . . . .
Block Diagram of Data Electronics Board
· .
2-4
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-8
4-9
4-10
4-11
4-12
4-13
4-14
4-15
4-16
4-17
4-18
4-19
4-20
4-21
4-22
4-23
4-24
4-25
4-26
4-27
viii
· 2-2
· 2-4
2-9
· 2-10
· 2-14
2-15
· . . . .
·
· ....
.....
.,
.
.
,
· .
, . , . ,
3-1
3-4
3-5
3-6
3-10
3-11
3-12
3-12
3-13
4-2
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-8
4-11
4-13
4-14
4-16/17
4-19
4-21
4-21
4-23
4-25
4-27
4-29
4-31
4-33
4-34
4-35
4-37
4-39
4-40
4-41
4-42
4-44
LIST OF FIGURES (continued)
Title
4-:28
4-:29
4-aO
4<~1
4<~2
4<~3
4<~4
4<~5
4<~6
4<~7
4-a8
5-11
5-2
5<1
5-4
5-!i
5-E)
5- ~7
5-8
5-H
5-10
5-11
5-112
5-13
5-14
5-15
5-16
5-1' 7
5-18
5-19
5-20
5-21
5-22
5-23
5-24
5-25
5-26
5-27
5-28
5-29
5-30
5-~'1
5-~'2
5-~l3
5-~'4
Page
Disc/Head Selection Decoder . . . . . . .
...
Block Diagram of Read/Write Ampl ifier. . .
......
Read and Write Signals - Relative Timing .
..
Edge Erasing . . . . . . . . . . .
....
·
Events to Produce READY Signal . . .
. . . . . ·
Block Diagram - Control I nterface Board (CI B) Control Logic Circuits. ·
Restore Operation Timing Diagram
...... .
·
Block Diagram of Variable Frequency Oscillator (VFO)
·
Output of Double-Edge Discriminator
.. . . .
·
...
Double Frequency-Modulated \/Vaveshape . . .
Simplified Diagram of Brushless Motor Circuit
·
4-45
4-45
4-46
4-47
4-50
4-52
4-53
4-55
4-56
4-57
4-59
Disc Cleaning Hole Location . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cartridge I nterlock Switch Actuation - Series T
Series F (Front Loader) With Cover Removed
. . . . ..
Series T (Top Loader) With Cover Removed . . . . . . .
Series F and Series T Disc Drives, Assembly Identification-Bottom View .
Series F Disc Drive - Simplified Front View . . .
Series T Disc Drive - Simplified Front View . .
Removal/Replacement Guide - Major Assemblies
Top Cover Hole Alignment
Power Supply Assembly . . . . . . . . . .
Positioner Assembly . . . . . . . . . .
Lower Disc Cover Mounting Screws
....
Spindle Assembly . . . . . " .
Disc Brush Drive Mechanism . . .
Removal/Replacement Guide - Subassemblies
Air Filter Installation . . . . . . . .
Spindle Motor Control Boards
.. . .
Blower Shaft Ground Brush - Mounting
. . . .
Spindle Shaft Ground Brush - Mounting
Disc Cleaning Brushes - I nstallation/Replacement Guide
Cartridge Interlock Switch Assembly
I ndex/Sector Transducer, Series F
Index/Sector Transducer, Series T ,
Read/Write Head Assembly
Emergency Retract PWB Assembly.
Power Supply Connections, Commutator Board Phasing Adjustment .
Shutter Adjustment, Commutator Board
. . . . .
Field Exerciser Controls, I ndicators and Test Points
Cartridge Sector/Index Alignment Waveshape
Input to Differentiator Board (Series F) . .
BOT Analog Amplitude Output . . . . .
Detent Signal Output Waveform (manual)
Waveform - Phasi ng Adjustment
. . . .
Optical Detent Assembly - Phasing Adjustment
5-5
5-5
5-8
5-9
5-10
5-11
5-12
5-14
5-19
5-20
5-21
5-25
5-27
5-29
5-31
5-32
5-34
5-35
5-37
5-37
5-39
5-41
5-42
5-45
5-48
5-49
5-50
5-52
5-57
5-60
5-61
5-62
5-63
5-65
ix
LIST OF FIGURES (concluded)
Figure
5-35
5-36
Title
Page
5-42
5-43
5-44
5-45
100 TPI Drive - DETENT Waveform - Alternate One Track Seek
200 TPI Drive - DETENT Waveform - Incrementing One Track Seek . .
Waveform - Speed Adjustment . . . . .
........
Write Current Waveform - Track 000
. . ..
Write Current Waveform - Innermost Track
. . . .
Data Separator Minimum
. . . . . .
Data Separator Maximum . . . . . . .
. .....
Data Separator Optimum . . . . . . .
. . . . .
Read/Write Head Alignment Waveforms (Removable Disc)
......
Torque Wrench No. T-00425 Application
.
Index-to-Data Alignment
6-1
6-2
6-3
Logic Example . . . . .
Logic Symbol Example .
Turn-on/Start/Stop Cycles Flow Chart
!5~37
!5~38
!5~39
!~40
!~41
x
&67
5~67
5~69
& 71
5~71
& 72
&73
&73
&75
s.. 78
&81
. . 6-3
. 6-3
. . . 6-6
LIST OF TABLES
Table
Title
Page
1-1
Specifications - Series F and Series T Disc Drive
2-1
2-2
· 2-3
2-4
Packaging Container Parts . . .
I nterface Pin Assignments . .
Printed Wiring Board Acronyms .
Glossary of Mnemonic Terms .
4-1
Normal Run Switching Sequence
· 4-60
5-1
Preventive Maintenance Schedu Ie
Standard and Special Accessories and Service Aids.
CE Cartridge Head Alignment Traclks .
Fault Isolation Chart
Signal Distribution . . . .
2-3
5-2
5-3
5-4
5-5
6-1
6-2
1-4
· 2-6
· 2-7
2-8
5-3
.
·
5-15
5-76
5-84
· 5-90
. . . . . . 6-2
Integrated Ci rcu it List
Logic Symbols
xi
Front Load - Series F
Top Load - Series T
Frontispiece - WANGeO Series F and Series T Magnetic Disc Drives
SECTION 1
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1.1
INTRODUCTION
ThE! WANGCO 100/200 TPI Series F and Series T Magnetic Disc Drives are random-access, highcapacity data storage devices whose compact sizle, optimum performance, and reliability make
them exceptionally suitable for use in computer systems of small and medium size. Several models
are available, in each series, with a choice in storage capacities and transfer rates.
In standard versions the units incorporate, in eitlher series, an integral permanent disc and a
removable disc of the cartridge type offering a gross storage capacity of up to 100 Megabits.
Ma>cimum recording density is 2200 bits per inch (BPI).
The! Series F Disc Drive uses a front-loading cartlridge of the IBM 2315-type; the Series T Disc
Drive uses a top-loading cartridge of the IBM 5440-type.
The! WANGCO Disc Drives incorporate an interface compatible with, or adaptable to, controllers
for most major disc file systems . Integral daisy chain provisions permit the interconnection of up
to four D,isc Drive units.
The! drive units in either series feature modern functional exterior styling and are rack-mounted in
cabiinets of standard RETMA dimensions. The Series F unit requires only 7 inches of vertical rack
spaGe; the Series T unit requires only 7 3/4 inchE!s.
1.1.1
SPECIAL FEATURES
The Series F and Series T Disc Drives incorporat1e advanced electronic and mechanical design features
that contribute to their exceptional performance and reliable operation. Routine service requirements are minimal, and corrective maintenance, should it become necessary, is facilitated through
the efficient layout and accessibility of all components. Some of the notable design features include:
1-1
A.
The disc spindle and the drive motor are combined in an integral assembly thus
eliminating a drive belt and pulleys.
B. . The spindle motor is a DC brushless unit, and its speed is held constant within
± 1%, regardless of line voltage and frequency fluctuations. Therefore, the
storage of data in any given sector of the discs can be maximized.
C.
Either of two spindle speeds are available: 1500 or 2400 rpm.
D.
The head positioning system uses a highly efficient electromagnetic actuator
which although it permits fast access times, has a low power dissipation and
very low flux leakage. Final head positioning is implemented through an
electronic - not mechanical - detenting system.
E.
Write Inhibit circuitry, selectable at the Operator's Control Panel (OCP), will
protect previously recorded data on either disc.
F.
The clean-air system, which continuously purges the interior of the drive unit
and pressurizes it, is highly efficient. Intake air is passed through a dual filter
element, purges the discs and heads, and cools the electronic assemblies before
it exits the unit.
G.
Internal flexible I/O signal and AC power cables interconnect the receptacles
mounted on the rear panel of the drive unit with the corresponding electronic
assemblies in the unit itself. This feature permits permanent mounting of the
rear panel in the cabinet and makes it possible to slide the unit out without
disconnecting or manipulating the external cables.
H.
A built-in universal power supply allows operation on any of the world's standard
AC power voltages and frequencies.
1.1.2
ORGANIZATION AND SCOPE OF THE MANUAL
This Operation and Maintenance manual is divided into seven sections:
A.
Section 1 - General Description. This describes the physical features, use, and
operating characteristics of the Front Loading and Top Loading version of the
Disc Drive.
B.
Section 2 - Installation. This section contains unpacking and inspection instructions, mounting procedures, power connections, cabling information, and
interfacing data.
1-2
C.
Section 3 - Operation. The front panel controls and indicators and their
functions are described in this section.
D.
Section 4 - Theory of Operation. The theory section is subdivided into a
basic discussion of the principles of operation, the mechanical and physical
operation of the Disc Drive, and operation and functions performed by each
circuit board with the interconnections to other related circuits and assemblies.
E.
Section 5 - Maintenance. This section is broken down into operator maintenance, cleaning and minor adjustments, assembly and disassembly procedures,
critical adjustments and checlkout descriptions, and a fault isolation guide for
troubleshooting.
F.
Section 6 - Logic. This secti()n contains descriptions of the logic used, block
diagrams and interconnection diagrams'as required, and flow charts showing
system operation in various modes. It also includes a description of each type of
logical component.
1.2
SPECIFICATIONS
Specifications for the WANGCO 100/200 Disc Drive are listed in Table 1-1.
1.:~
ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF MAJOR ASSEMBLIES
The Series F and Series T Disc Drives are constructed identically except for mechanical differences
in the cartridge loading and seating mechanisms and door and cabinet locks. Assemblies and
characteristics common to both series are shown and described in the following paragraphs. Threequarters front views showing component locations are included in Section 5.
1.:t 1
OPERATOR CONTROLS AND STATUS INDICATORS
Controls and associated status indicators are loc:ated on a panel below the plastic door. These
include the switches with which the operator starts and stops the Disc Drive, selects the unit
address (in multiple-drive installations), and places the unit in On-Line operation. The function
and operation of each switch and indicator are described in Section 3.
1-3
TABLE 1-1. Specifications - Series F and Series T Disc Drive
Parameter
100 TPI
200 TPI
Gross Capacity
25 or 50 Megabits
50 or 100 Megabits
Transfer Rate
1,562,500 Kbits/sec
1,562,500 Kbits/sec
Track Density
100 TPI
200 TPI
Recording Density
2200 BPI
2200 BPI
Maximum Speed Variation
±1%
±1%
Track -to-track
10 msec
10 msec
Average
50 msec
50 msec
Maximum
90 msec
90 msec
Access Time5
Recording Mode
double frequency encoded double frequency encoded
Disc Speed
1500 or 2400 rpm
1500 or 2400 rpm
Load Cycle
90 seconds
90 seconds
Cartridge - Series F
IBM 2315-type
IBM 2315-type
Cartridge - Series T
IBM 5440-type
IBM 5440-type
100,110,120,130,200,
220,230,240,250,260
VAC ± 10%, 47-63Hz,
250 VA
100, 11 0, 120,130,200,220,
230,240,250,260 V AC
± 10%, 47-63Hz, 250 VA
Height -- Series F
7.00 in. (17.78cM)
7.00 in. (17.78 cm)
Height - Series T
7.75 in. (18.68 cM)
7.75 in. (18.68 cm)
Width - Series F and Series T
17.60 in. (55.88 cM)
17.60 in. (55.88 ~m)
Weight
100 lb. (45.36 kg)
100 lb. (45.36 kg)
Temperature
50-100 0 F (1 0-380 C)
50-1000 F (1 0-38 C)
Relative Humidity
10-800t6, noncondensing
10-80%, noncondensing
Temperature
-40 0 to 1500 F(-400 to
65 0 C)
-40 0 to 1500 F (-40 0 to
65 0 C)
Relative Humidity
5% to 95%
5% to 95%
Cartridge Unload/Load Cycle
Built-in Power Supply
Requirements
Physical Dimensions
Environment, Operational
0
Environment, Shipping and
Storage
1-4
1.3.2
DOOR ASSEMBLY
In 1the Series F Disc Drive, the door rotates forward approximately 60 degrees, and the cartridge
is inserted through the resultant opening. When the door is opened, the carriage receiver is simultaneously elevated and advanced.
In the Series T Disc Drive, the door rotates forward approximately 30 degrees. As the door is
pulled open, a locking mechanism disengages thH stationary mounting slides. The unit can then
be :slid out of the rack and the cartridge can be loaded on the spindle as described in Section 2.
1.3.3
CARTRIDGE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY
This assembly is used only in the Series F Disc Drive. The receiver is mechanically coupled to the
door-loading assembly. It holds the cartridge and automatically positions it over the spindle. The
cartridge then is locked on the spindle chuck as the door is closed.
1.3.4
SPINDLE ASSEMBLY
The spindle assembly provides the mechanical coupling between the recording discs and the drive
mOitor. The fixed disc is mounted directly on the spindle hub. The cartridge disc engages the
spindle qnly when the cartridge is fully seated in the Disc Drive. Coupling is accomplished by
means of a spindle-mounted/magnetic chuck (i.le., a ring magnet and a circular pole piece) and
an armature plate fastened to the cartridge disc.
A conical point on the center of the spindle engages an identically machined opening in the center
of the cartridge disc thereby aligning the disc accurately on the spindle hub. The fixed disc sector
ring also is mounted on the spindle hub. The spiindle motor is coupled directly to the spindle
assembly without using a belt; therefore, it becomes an integral part of the spindle assembly. The
spindle is dynamically braked when a stop cycle is initiated (ref. Section 3).
1.~1,5
HEAD POSITIONER ASSEMBLY
The positioner mechanism positions the ReadN~rite heads over the selected cylinder (track) on
thE~
fixed or removable disc.
1-5
The positioner assembly contains the following components: an electromagnetic linear actuator,
carriage, carriage guides, head loading/unloading cams, velocity transducer, and a position transducer.
All components of the positioner form an integral assembly that can be removed from the Disc
Drive as one unit.
1.3.6
ELECTRONIC ASSEMBLIES
The Disc Drive unit contains seven plug-in circuit boards and a central interconnect board on which
the connectors for the plug-in boards are mounted. The frame adjacent to the positioner assembly
contains the following circuit boards (refer to Section 5 for physical locations).
A.
Data I nterface Board (J-1)
B.
Control Interface Board (J-2)
C.
Disc Control Board (J-3)
D.
Servo Logic Board (J-4)
E.
Servo Amplifier Board (J-5)
A differentiator circuit board is used on the Series F Disc Drive only. This is a small triangular
board mounted horizontally behind the card-cage. The connector numbering is from left to right
as viewed from the front of the unit (i.e., connector J-1 is located nearest to the edge of the casting).
Two circuit boards are located on the opposite side of the drive unit: Power Regulator Board (J-6)
and Data Electronics Board (J-7).
The power supply assembly furnishes the operating voltages (±18V. DC unregulated; +5V. DC
regulated) for all electronic assemblies, the positioner and the spindle and brush motors. DC fuses
are provided on the assembly. The power supply can be removed as one integral unit.
1.3.7
REAR PANEL ASSEMBLY
The following components are mounted on the rear panel: (1) I/O connector board which contains
signal input/output connectors and line drivers and receivers; (2) the AC power receptacle (with
buile-in line filter); and (3) the AC line fuse.
1-6
I n cabinet installations, the rear panel is stationary; that is, it does not slide out with the unit
but remains in the cabinet. The electrical connections between the panel and the unit are
established by means of flexible cables.
1.4
FORCED-AI R CLEANING SYSTEM
The Series F and Series T Disc Drives contain a forced-air system that purges the disc and head areas
with highly filtered air. This air is drawn from outside the cabinet and cools the electronic
assemblies. During operation, the interior of the drive unit is at slightly elevated pressure, with
respect to the ambient, which serves to keep dust from entering the unit.
The components of the forced-air system are accessible from below the base casting. The dual air
filter element is contained in the rectangular cnvity next to the spindle assembly. The blower fan
is located on the opposite side of the spindle. Both components are covered by individual sheet
metal plates (see Section 5 for the physical location of these components).
Intake air enters the drive unit at the front panel from above. With this arrangement, only fresh
arnbient air is circulated through the unit. The incoming air is accelerated by the blower, passes
through the plenum chamber then through the filter element and over the disc surfaces. It exits
via the head entry door of the cartridge and through the lower head area.
1-7
SECTION 2
INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT
2.1
INTRODUCTION
This section contains unpacking and installation instructions and a description of the interface
for the WANGCO Series F and Series T Disc DrivE!s.
2.2
UNPACKING AND INSPECTION
WANGCO Disc Drives are shipped in special contc;liners designed to provide full protection under
normal transit conditions. Immediately upon receipt, the shipping container should be inspected
for evidence of possible damage incurred in transit. Any obvious damage to the container, and
indications of actual or probable equipment damage, should be reported to the carrier company
in accordance with instructions on the form included in the container.
Figure 2-1 shows an exploded view of the palletized packaging container and its parts.
Table 2-1
lists the parts with full descriptions in accord with item numbers used in the figure.
To unpack the unit, open the top side of the shipping container and remove the two side liners
as illustrated, (ref. figure 2-1).
Grip the unit along both sides of the casting while lifting it out
of the container.
DO NOT SUPPORT THE UNIT VIA THE
HANDLE ON THE FRONT PANEL. REMOVE THE PROTECTIVE PLASTIC BAG.
THE FINISHED SURFACES AND THE
PLASTIC PART OF THIE FRONT PANE L
SHOULD BE HANDLED WITH REASONABLE CARE TO AVOID MARRING.
Shipping containers and internal packing material may be retained for possible future repacking of
units. A special plastic shroud cover (T-00180-007) can be ordered from the factory to keep topload units clean when cartridges are not installed.
2··1
100/200 TPI
WAN·021 0-002
Figure 2-1 . Unpacking Instructions
2-2
TA_B LE 2-1. Packaging Container Parts (ref. figure 2-1)
Item No.
1
Description
Part No.
Outer Stitched Box
Flotation Frame
Inner Box
Mounting Base
%-20 UNC x 1-1/2
% 10 x 3/400
3/8-16 UNC x 1-1/2
3/810 x 3/400
Polystyrene Bag
Sleeve
Shipping Damage Notice Form
. Dust Cover, Shroud (Series "T"
only)
T -00287 -001
T -00287 -002
T -00287 -003
T-00287-004
Bolt, Hex
Washer
Bolt, Hex
Washer
5003
T-00287-005
T-00128
. T -00180-007
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
r IIOTE I
When returning Drive Units, each unit must be
sealed in a plastic bag before packing in its
original shipping carton.
2.2.1
INSPECTION
Inspect the Disc Drive for any damage which may have occurred in transit and for completeness
of the shipment. Immediately notify the WANGCO representative and involved carrier regarding
damage sustained or discrepancies observed.
2.2.2
CARRIAGE SHIPPING RESTRAINT REMOVAL
For protection during shipping, the carriage of the positioner assembly is held back against the
rea~
stop by a shipping restraint shown in Figure 2-2.
This restraint immobilizes the carriage,
heads, .and associated parts. Either plug P16 on the Power Supply or P15 on the Servo Amplifier
Board must also be connected. One of these plugs is disconnected to preclude possibility of power
being inadvertently applied to the Disc DrivE} while the shipping restraint is installed.
ThE~ shipping restraint must be removed before the Disc Drive can be operated (also refer to para-
graph 5.4.2.4). To remove the shipping restraint, remove the restraint retaining screw located at
the rear of the positioner. This screw is shown in the INSTALLED POSITION portion of Figure
2-2a. Reinstall the shipping restraint as shown in the STOWED POSITION portion of Figure 2-2b.
The restraint retaining screw holds the carriage
rear stop and must be reinstalled.
2-3
WAN-0380A-001
POSITIONED ON
RETRACT SWITCH
ACTUATOR
RESTRAINT
INSTALLED POSITION
~RESTRAINT
STOWED POSITION
Figure 2-2. Carriage Shipping Restraint
2-4
2.3
INSTALLATION
2.3.1
INPUT POWER REQUIREMENTS
The standard WANGCO Disc Drive contains an integral power supply which can accept one of
the AC input voltages listed in Table 1-1. The power supply frequency may range from 47Hz to
6~~Hz. The appropriate input connections are established via a voltage selection plug located next
to the power transformer.
~
PRIOR TO CONNECTING THE AC LINE
CORD TO THE POW'ER SOURCE, VERIFY
THAT THE VOLTAGE PLUG IS COMPATIBLE WITH THE LINE VOLTAGE AT
THE INSTALLATION SITE. EXAMINE THE
POWER SPECIFICATION DECAL ON THE
REAR PANEL OF THE UNIT.
2.:3.2
INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS
The physical configuration and electrical requirements for the 100/200.TPI Series F a~d T Disc
~riveare described in the following paragraphs. See Table 2-2. for interface signal pin assignments.
See Tables 2-3 and 2-4 for explanation of acronyms and mnemonics used throughout this manual.
2-5
TAB LE 2-2. I nterface Pin Assignments
Input -Line
Cyl Add 20
Cyl Add 21
Cyl Add 22
Cyl Add 23
Cyl Add 24
Cyl Add 25
Cyl Add 26
Cyl Add 27
Cyl Add 28
Cy I Add Strobe
Restore
Disc Select
Head Select
Write Gate
Erase Gate
Write Data
Read Gate
Unit Select 0
Unit Select 1
Unit Select 2
Unit Select 3
Termination Voltage
Track Offset Fwd.
Track Offset Rev.
Pin
Output Line
Pin
44
39
43
42
45
47
48
50
29
32
38
31
33
36
40
41
49
34
35
27
28
25
46
37
Ready
Seek Complete
Address Acknowledge
Seek Incomplete
Illegal Address
11
16
14
15
13
20
17
19
18
7
8
9
6
4
2
26
1
3
5
10
25
12
21
22
23
24
Attention Unit 0
Attention Unit 1
Attention Unit 2
Attention Unit 3
Read Data
Data Clock
Index
Sector
Sector Address 20
Sector Address 21
Sector Address 22
Sector Address 23
Sector Address 24
Pseudo Sector
Write Check
Termination Voltage
Write Protected
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
2-6
TAB LE 2-3. Printed Wiring Board Acronyms
Acronym
. Description
CIS
DCB
DEB
DIB
EIIB
lOB
Control I nterface, Printed Wiring Board
Disc Control Printed Wiril1g Board
Data Electronics Prin.ted \lViring Board
Data Interface Printed'Wiring Board
Electronics I nterconnect Printed Wiring Board
I nput/Output Connector Printed Wiring Board
Power Regulator Printed 'Ni~ing Board
Servo Logic Printed Wiring Board
Servo Amplifier Printed \l\firing Board
-"
~RB
SLB
SVA
*
**
Location
J2
J3
J7
J1
,.
*
**
J6
J4
J5.
This is a Mother board upon which J 1 through J7 are located.
This board is directly mounted to the rear panel.
Cabfin9,. Interface bet~een Disc Drive and Controller 'is accomplished with one
2.3.2.1
cable. The connector at the Di'sc Drive is Amphtmol ~o. 57-10500-27· (WANGCO PN 101036-001).
The corresponding mating connector for the cable is Amphenol No. 57-20500-31 (WANGCO PN
101037-001) and is supplied with'the Drive.
I/O signal cables are 28 AWG' twisted pairs. Total (system), cqble length should not exce~d 50 feet.
2.3.2.2,
Interconnection (Daisy Chaining) of Disc Drives. Daisy Chaining of up to four drives
.
is permitted by, an integral system of two connectors mounted qri the I/O board as shown in .
'
Figure 2.. 3. The last drive in the chain must be tBrminated with a detachable Line Terminator
ASSlembly (ref. figure 2-3, WANGCO PN 30009!5-001). ~, daisy'chain interconnecting cable.
'
(WANGCO PN 300118:XXX,XXX
= length
iii inches) is used to interconnect the drivt:s. See
Figure 2··4. The AC power cable is WANGCO PI\! 101153.
2.3.3
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERrSTICS
2.3.3.1
Line Receivers. All line receivers within the Drive shall be of the high noise
immunity-type SP380. Ali incoming lines are terminated with 110 ohms to 3.5 V .
./
2.3,,3.2
In
CI
..
Line Drivers. The line driver circuit used in the Drive is of the open collector-type'.
daisy chain configuration, all output lines are terminated within the system at the last drive'
on the chain to minimize line reflections due to unterminated stubs. The. driver is capable of
sinking 50 mA in addition to that used within the Disc Drive.
2-7
TAB LE 2-4. Glossary of Mnemonic Terms
Mnemonic.
Signal Name
Track (Cyl'inder) Address - Binary Value
ADD1 -- 256
ADD ACK
Address Acknowledge
AC LOSS
Alternating Current Loss
AGC
Automatic Gain Control
. Attention
ATTtN
BOT
Beginning of Travel
-iRUSH MOT
Brush Motor
CAR 1 -- 256
Cylinder Address Register Binary Value
Coarse Servo Enable·
COARSE SERVO EN
D DAC
Digital-to-Anarog Converter Output
DC LOSS
Direct Current Loss
DET EVEN
Detent Even Pulse
Detent Odd ·Pu Ise .
DET ODD
DET MODE
Detent Mode
DISC SEL
Disc Sel-ect
.
Delay'Seek
DLYSK
Erase (enabling term)
ERASE
FIDX
Fixed Index Pu Ise
FSTR
Fixed Sector Pulse
Forward (enabling term)
FWD
HD SEL
Head Select
IDX
Index Pulse
ILLADD
Illegal Address
Load Head
LDJfD
NAR1 - 256 .
New Address. Register Binary Value
RDY
Ready
RIDX
Rer:novable Inde£Pulse
Removable Sector Pulse'
RSTR
RTZ
Return to Zero
SAC1 -- 32
Sector Address Count Binary Value
SK COMP, SKC, SEK COMP Seek Complete
SKfNC
S~ek Incomplete
SK
Seek
SP DETEC, SP DET .
Speed Detect
Spindle Motor On
.
SPM ON
STR
Sector
Temperature Compensation Digital-to-Analog
TCDAC
Voltage Conversion
TCV
Temperature Compensation Voltage
Track Offset (forward or reverse)
TRK OFFSET
Unload
UNLD
Write
(enable term)
WRT
WRT CHK, WRT CHK X
Write Check
. Write Protect .
WRT PROT
2-8
Origin
Controller
CIB
PRB
OptiGal, Trans
CIS·
Optical Trans
PRB
SLB
SLB
SLB
DCB
SVA
SVA
SVA
DIB
SLB
DIB
DCB
DCB
SlB
DIB
CIB
SLB
DCB
SLB
CIB
D~B
DCB
DCB
CIB
·CIB
CIB
CIB
DCB
DCB
CIB
SLB
SVA
Controller·
SLB
DEB
DEB
DEB
WA N-OOOSA-002
J-21
I/O BOARD
FLEXIBLE FLAT
I/O CABLE
(lN7RNALl
DAISY CHAIN
CONNECTOR
(J-23)
TERMINATOR
BOARD
Figure 2··3. Rear Panel and I/O Connector Board
2-9
WA N-0062-oG1
WANGCO DISC DRIVE
;TERMINATOR BOARD
/
CENTRAL
CONTROLLER
UNIT 0
UNIT 1
UNIT2
Figure 2'-4. MuJtiple Disc Drive'lnstallation (Da.isy Chaining)
2.3.3.3
Terminating
Voltage~, Provision
shall be made, by means of jumpers, to terminate
, all lines to an externally supplied voltage.
2.3.3.4
Logic Levels. Logic "0" is defined as a level between 2.5 and ,5.0 V. Logic "1" is
defi ned as a level between O.and 0.5 V.
2.3.4
INPUT LINES
All input lines are defined as being true. "T" = TRUE = OV.
2.3.4.1
Cylinder Address. Eight lines which accept an absolute address from the Controller.
These are strobed into an Address Register-by the Cylinder Address Strobe line.
2,,3.4.2
Cylinder Address Strobe. One line whicb strobes the Cylinder Address lines into the
internal Address Register:
2 . 3.4.3
Restore. One ,line which causes the drive to reposition the heads over Cylinder "O~'.
2.3.4.4
Disc Select. One line which selects th~ disc upon which the Controller will operate.
When true, the Fixed Disc is Selected.
2-10
2.3..4.5
Head Select. One line which selects the disc surface to be operated upon. True level
selects the Upper Surface.
2.3.4.6
Write Gate. One line which turns on the Write Amplifier ana allows current to flow
in the selected head.
2.3.4.7
Erase Gate. One line which turns on the Erase Amplifier. No internal del~y is provided
."
~ compensate for the distance between Erase and Read/Write gaps.
2.3.4.8
Write Data. One line which carries the double frequency encoded data from Controller
to Drive. Each pulse on this line will cause a flux reversal to ~ccur. If the N HZ option is chosen,
thiS line wit,1 carry the data in level format ~nd th~ double frequency encoding will be done within
the Drive.
1
2.3.4.9
Read Gate. One line which enables the Read Data and R'ead Clock lines.
2.3.4.10
Unit Select. Four lines used in conjunction with the Unit Select Switch which allow
'.
'
any drive to be given any of four logical addresses.
2.3.5
OUTPUT LINES
All outputs are defined as being true; "1"
= TR UE: = 0 V.
2.3.5.1
Ready. A sign,al on this line in?icates the Drive is ready to accept external commands.
2.3.5 . 2
Seek Complete. When true, this line indicates the Drive has completed a Seek Operation.
2.3.5,,3
Address Acknowledge. This liJ1e when true, notifies the Controfier that a Seek,
Operation has commenced.
2.,3.5.4
Seek Incomplete. One line which indicates a Seek Operation has not been completed
in a predetermined time.
2-11
2.3.5.5
Illegal Address. A line which indicates that an address greater than 203 has been
issued by the Controller. The drive will not obey such a command, and the heads will remain
positioned over the previously addressed location.
2.3.5.6
Attention. Four lines not gated-with ~nit Selectwhich alert the Controller t~at the
('
corresponding drive has completed a Seek Operation.
~.3.5.7
Read Data. One line which transmits the
-----,
Read Data to the Controller. The data
-
format is optional and selected by jumpers within the Drive. See timing diagrams for f9rmat options.
2.3.5.8
-Data Clock. This line transmits the Read Clock which has been separated from the
data. If the N RZ option is selected, this line also transmits the Write Clock from the Drive when
the Write Gate 'is true. '
2.3.5.9
Index Pulse. This line s'upplies one pulse-for each disc revolution. The pulse is derived'
from the physical notch on the Cartridge Hub or a similar notch on the' Fixed Disc Hub. This
line is gated with Disc Select. Optionally, when the internal.Sector Counter is not specified, the·
user may specify two index lines. In this case, both index lines are supplied and not gated by
Disc Select.
2.3.:5.10.
Sector Pulse. This line supplies one pulse for each notch on the Cartridge Hub or the
corresponding 'notch on the Fixed Disc Hub; This line is gated ~ith Disc Select.
2.3.5.11
Sector Address.
~ive
lines which define, in Binary form, t.he particular sector under
the ReadlWrite Head. The Sector Address Counter is reset to zero by the first Sector Mark
following the I ndex Mark.
2.3.5.12
Pseudo Sector Mark. One line which provides 2000 ±20 pulses per revolution to the
Controller. This line is synchronized with the I ndex ~ulse, and may be used to subdivide the disc
into any number of sectors.
2.3.5.13
Write Protect Status. One line which indicates to the Controller the status of the
Write Inhibit Switch pertaining to the selected disc ..
2-12
2.3.5.14
Write Check. One line which indicates that a Write Operation may not take place due
to one of the following conditions:
A.
Voltages below specified levels.
B.
More than one head selected.
C.
Disc speed out of tolerance.
RACK-MOUNTEO INSTALLATION
2:3,,6
The Disc Drives are equipped and shipped with standard cabinet slides; therefore, in-;tallation in a
standard rack involves only mounting the stationary slide members.
The liD Connector Board, the AC power cord receptacle, and the AC fuse holder are mounted on
the rear panel. The pariel is bolted i~ the stationi3ry members of theslides as shown in Figure 2-5.
Therefore, this panel will remain at the rear of the rack or cabinet
when the Disc Drive is pulled
..
out on its slides. A flexible flat cable assembly, internal to the Disc Drive, provides the I/O line
~
conl~ections between the 1/0 COl1onector board and the Disc Drive. Simflarly, a spiral-wound AC
cord provides the power connection. These features: facilitate unrestricted access t9 the unit
without disrupting any internal connections.
Themouflting dimensions for the Series F ~nd
SE~ries·T
Disc Drives are shown in Figure 2-5. The.
un.itshould be installed in a standard rack or cabinet in accordance with the in!orrnation shown
•
in this figure.
When only one man is available to mount the Dis:c Drive'in the rack, it will be necessary to install
the slide members {ref. figure 2-5) on the rack first. Then, the Disc Drive can be lifted into
po~ition and slid into place on the slides inside the rack.
2.3.7
INITIAL CHECKOUT
2.3.7.1
Preliminary Procedure. After the Disc Drive has been installed afld connected to the
external Controller, all 1/0 cables should
iJe rechE!cked to ensure correct connections. Make
certain all connectors are mated securely and that the correct voltage is being supplied to the
Di~ Drive·before applying power. This information is shown on the powersupply label and
should be'verified before the unit is installed in th~ rack.
2-13
WAN-0034A
....
~~1n
F 7.00 IN. (17.78 CM)
T
70J19069
~
1
eM)
24.00 IN.
(60.96 CM)
(SEE NOTE 2)
l
)
22.00 IN.
(55.88 CM)
(SEE NOTE 1)
I
/~
II(
19.0SIN.
(48.41 CM)
I
:
,
TYPICAL MOUNTING IN EIA/RETMA CABINET
TOP PROPERTY
LINE
~========Oj=======1(o~
22.00 IN.
I~--- (55.88 CM) ----.~
(CLOSED)
JI====.=-=-=======
I
lI
I
t
I
+
BOTTOM
PROPERTY
LINE
t
0.875 IN.
(1.223 CM)
(4 PLACES)
NOTES:
(1)
IF 30.00 IN. (76.20 CM) DEEP CABINET IS USED, POSITION REAR RETMA BOLT
RAILS 22.00 IN. TO 23.00 IN. (55.88 CM TO 58.42 CM) BEHIND FRONT RAILS.
(2)
SLIDE MOUNTING BRACKETS ARE NORMALLY MOUNTED ON EXTERIOR SIDE
OF CABINET.
0.500 IN.
(1.27 eM)
(4 PLACES)
~=====ZJ~l---:....-~
F 7.00 IN. (17.78 CM)
T 7.75 IN. (19.69 CM)
t
4S.00 IN.
1....
. . . - . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - (116.84 CM)------t.~1
(OPEN)
t
Figure 2-5. Rack-Mounted Installation Instructions
1~_ _ 18.31
IN. ~
(46.51 CM)
t
0.S25 IN.
(1.588 CM)
(4 PLACES)
t
The top cover of the Disc Drive must be removed to gain access to subassemblies to be checked
during initial checkout procedures. Removal of Top Cover procedures are outlined in Section 5.
2.3.7'.2
2.3.7'.3
Visual I nspection. Make the following checks before applying power to the drive:
A.
See that all plugs and connectors are properly seated.
B.
Check for proper fuses.
C.
Check card cage to ensure print,ed wiring boards are ptoperly seated;
Preliminary Power On Procedure. With the top cover removed and using a Customer
Engineer (C.E.) test hub, the top cover interlock siwitch will be activated. Power cannot be
applied to the spindle drive motor. I n the SF unit, this is a button-type switch protruding from
the base. Place a piece of masking tape over the switch. I n the ST unit, install a matchbook cover
or similar device between pack sensor and switch actuator. See Figure 2-6.
WAN-1166-001
Figure 2-6. By-Passmg Top Cover I nterlock Switch
2-15
2.3.7.4
Power-Up Sequence .Check. Perform the following steps to verify proper Power-up
sequencing:
A.
Place POWER switch ON.
B.
Verify that the door unlocks and that POWER and LOAD indicators light.
C.
Place the RUN/LOAD switch to RUN.
D.
Verify that "the LOAD indicator extinguishes, door tocks, and the spindle
begins to spin ccw.
E.
Verify that brushes sweep the disc once, then park underneath the receiver.
The brushes should not be crushed against the casting.
F.
Verify that proper disc speed is reacheo within 30 seconds.
If a problem occurs, power down the Drive and
r~fer
2-16
to appropriate part of Section 5.
SECTION 3
OPERATION
3.1
SCOPE
This section provides information for operation of the Front Loading and Top Loading Disc
DrivE!s. Description of front-panel controls and indicators and a summary of the operational
commands used by the unit are included.
3.2
OPERATOR'S CONTROL PANEL
Operational controls and status indicators are mounted on a panel located on the front of the Disc
Drive. Some of the controls feature integral indicCltor lamps which, if activated, illuminate the
translucent engraved control push buttons. The control cluster is shown in Figure 3-1, and individual
functions of the controls and indicators are described in paragraphs 3.2.1 through 3.2.6.
WAN-0061
~~
LOJ~D
CART
)
PROT
FIXED
~
~~ ~OWE'
LOAD
Figure 3-1. Op,erator Controls
3-1
3.2.1
FUNCTIONS OF OPERATOR PANEL CONTROLS
3.2.1.1
Power Switch/Indicator. This is a two-position switch/indicator marked POWER.
When the switch is pressed upward, line power is applied to the Disc Drive's integral power supply.
The lamp inside the switch lights and remains on until the switch is placed in its OFF (down)
position.
3.2.1.2
Run/Load Switch. This is a two-position rocker switch whose upper position is
marked RUN. When the upper part of the switch is depressed, the Disc Drive is in Run mode with
the disc rotating and the Read/Write heads loaded. When the lower (LOAD) part of the switch is
depressed, the Disc is stopped and the Disc Drive is in Load mode. At this time, the front door of a
Series F Disc Drive can be opened or the lock on a Series T Disc Drive is unlocked so that the
chassis can slide out of the cabinet, and the removable disc cartridge can be removed.
3,,2.1.3
Ready/Load Indicator. This is a status indicator incorporating a divided lens cap. The
upper portion of the lens is marked READY. When the READY portion of the switch lights, the
operator is aware that the start cycle has been completed and the unit is able to accept Seek or
Data Commands from the external Controller. When the LOAD portion of the switch lights, the
operator is notified that the spindle has stopped rotating. At this time, the removable disc cartridge
can be loaded or unloaded.
3.2.1.4
Protect Cartridge (Disc) Switch/Indicator. This switch/indicator is a two-position
rocker switch marked PROT CA RT. When pressed upward, the switch activates associated Write
Inhibit circuits. At this time, data can not be written on the cartridge disc. The lamp inside the
switch also lights. When the switch is depressed downward, the lamp goes out and data can be
written on the cartridge disc.
3.2.1.5
Protect Fixed (Disc) Switch/Indicator. This is a two-position rocker switch/indicator
marked PROT FIXED. When the upper area of the switch is pressed, the switch activates associated
Write Inhibit circuits and data can not be written on the fixed disc. The lamp inside the switch also
will light. When the lower area of the switch is depressed, the lamp will go out and the Write Inhibit
circuit is inactivated.
3.2.1.6
Unit Select Switch. This is a thumbwheel switch with respective markings 0, 1, 2, and 3.
When the switch is set to any of these four active positions, a corresponding logical address is
assigned to the Disc Drive for the purpose of external control.
3-2
3.3
CARTRIDGE LOADING
3.3.1
SERiES F DISC DRIVE
The cartridge used in the Series F Disc Drive is the! IBM 2315-type. Before the cartridge can be
inserted, AC power must be applied to the unit. Removable cartridge loading for both Series F and
Serie!i T is shown in Figures 3-2 and 3-3. This enables the safety interlock mechanism to be released
and the loading door at the front of the Disc DrivE! can be opened. The turn-on and loading sequences
are diagrammed on the flow chart in Figure 3-4.
[:2:~~~~
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO FORCE OPEN THE
DOOR BEFORE AC PO\NER HAS BEEN
APPLIED TO THE DISC DRIVE OR THE
DOOR ASSEMBLY MAY BE DAMAGED.
WHEN THE POWER AND LOAD INDICATORS
ARE ILLUMINATED, THE INTERLOCK IS
RELEASED AND THE DOOR CAN BE
OPENED EASI LY.
To load the cartridge, perform the following steps:
A.
Apply power to the Disc Drive by pressing the POWE R switch. Observe that the
lamp inside the switch/indicator lights.
B.
When the LOAD indicator lights, pull the loading door forward and down. The
cartridge receiver should then be elevated and moved to a position in which it
can accept the cartridge.
C.
Orient the cartridge so that its head entry opening faces the interior of the drive
(12 o'clock position).
D.
Push the disc cartridge into the mceiver.
E.
When the disc cartridge is almost inserted in the receiver, it will reach a preliminary
stop at the point where the wire bail opens the small entry door in the cartridge.
Continue to push the cartridge into the receiver until it comes to a final stop.
F.
The loading door can now be closed and the start cycle can be initiated.
Figure 3-2. Series F Disc Drive Cartridge Loading
:WAN-0015
Figure 3-3. Series T Disc Drive Cartridge Loading
WAN-0824
YES
TURN RUN/LOAD
SWITCH TO LOAD
YES
REMOVE;JNCORRECT
CARTRIDGE
INSTALL PROPER Joe.
C-ART-RfDG E
BEGIN COMPUTER
OPERATtO,,",S
Figure 3-4. Operating the Series F or Series T Disc Drive
3-6
3.3.2
SERIES T DISC DRIVE
The cartridge used in the top-loading Series T Disc Drive is the IBM 5440-type (ref. figure 3-3).
To load the cartridge, perform the following steps:
A.
Apply power to the Disc Drive by pressing the POWE R switch. Observe that the
lamp inside the switch/indicator lights.
B.
When the LOAD indicator liights, pull the Disc Drive out of the rack; its loading
door should open automatically as the unit slides out.
C.
Before the cartridge can be iinserted, its bottom cover must be removed. Raise
the cartridge handle to a vertical position while pushing the release button sideways.
D.
The bottom cover is then released and can be removed. It will be installed later
on top of the cartridge.
E.
Orient the cartridge so that the Cartridge LOGO is facing the front of the Disc
Drive. The cartridge is keyed and may be installed only if oriented correctly.
F.
Lower the cartridge into thl~ shroud and make certain it is seated firmly in the
shroud.
G.
Fold the cartridge handle down. This action unlocks the cartridge release button.
H.
Invert the bottom cover and place it over the top of the cartridge.
The cartridge MUST be installed as described
or the start cycle can not be initiated.
I.
Close the locking door by pushing the Disc Drive back into the rack. The Start
cycle can then be initiated.
In both the Series F and Series T Disc Drives,
the loading door remains locked if the POWE R
switch is pressed downward while in the RUN
mode; therefore, the cartridge can not be removed. If this occurs, the Disc Drive must again
be placed in the Load mode, with power applied,
to enable the loading door to be unlocked.
3-7
3.3.3
OPERATING THE DISC DRIVE
The controls on the Operator Control Panel (OCP) of the Series F and Series T Disc Drives are
identical and there is no difference in operating the two types of Disc Drives.
3.3.3.1
Power On and Load Status. When AC power is supplied to the Disc Drive, two events
shou Id occu r:
A.
Power and Load indicator lamps should light.
B.
The loading door should unlock.
At this time, the removable cartridge may be removed from, or inserted into, the Disc Drive.
I
NOTE
I
Inspect the cartridge for dirt or contamination
before installing in Disc Drive.
3.3.3.2
Establishing the Ready Status from the Load Status. To initiate this operation, transfer
the RUN/LOAD switch from LOAD position to RUN position. The following events should then
occur:
A.
The loading door should lock.
B.
The discs should come up to operational speed.
C.
The disc brushes should go through their cleaning cycle and return to their home
position.
D.
The positioner should move forward and load the heads at track 000.
E.
The READY indicator should light.
(Elapsed time should be approximately 30 seconds for 100 TPI).
(Elapsed time should be approximately 60 seconds for 200 TPI).
Ready status is then established and the Disc Drive should respond to external commands from the
Controller.
3-8
3.3.3.3
Establishing Load Status from Ready Status. To initiate this operation, transfer the
RUN/LOAD switch from the RUN position to the LOAD position. The following events should
occur:
A.
The READY indicator should go out.
B.
Disc rotation should gradually decrease until rotation stops.
C.
The LOAD indicator should light (approximately 25 secondsfoF.1PP(~PO T~q.
D.
The loading door should unlock.
l;
J
1.<
~J
'.\'
I
,
At thiis time, the cartridge may be removed and replac'ed, or power to the Disc Drive may be
removed.
When the cartridge is removed from a Series T
Disc Drive, it should be placed in its cover
immediately to preclude damage to, or contamination of, the cartridge. On Series F, the
cartridge should be stored in a clean environment and handled in a manner that will not
damage any of the critical parts of the cartridge.
Operator Maintenance. Before instalHng a cartridge into the Disc Drive, inspect the
cartridge for contamination. On the Series F and Series T Disc Drives, inspect the spindle chuck and
shroud for contamination. For cleaning techniques and frequency, check with the local customer
servic:e representative.
WHEN INSERTING A HEPLACEMENT
CARTRIDGE IN THE DISC DRIVE, MAKE
CERTAIN THE CARTFtlDGE HAS BEEN IN
THE SAME AMBIENT CONDITIONS AS THE
DISC DRIVE FOR A MINIMUM OF 2 HOURS.
IF THIS PROCEDURE IS NOT FOLLOWED,
''WARM UP" PROBLEMS MAY BE ENCOUNTERED ON 200 TPI UNITS.
3.3.4
TIMING
Figures 3-5 through 3-9 show typical timing relationships encountered during Disc Drive
operation. In all of these figures, a high level indicates the TRUE or ON state of the particular
function.
WAN·0372-002
POWER
SWITCH LITE
LOAD·
INDICATOR'
il
-.J
--------....,U
.-,_ _ _ _ _
RUN/LOAD
SWITCH
I
.-----.
--.J
-----~I
to
-I(~
25 SEC
I.
.
APPROX.
1~,60 SECONDS, ON 200 TPI DISC DRIVES
30 SECONDS ON 100 TPI DISC DR IVES
READY
_______________1
'l~..____________________
INDICATOR
• •
SEEK
.COMPLETE' - - - - - - - - - -...
__________________
l~
Figure 3-5. Power On/Off Timing Sequence
3-10
WAN·0373A
...J
READY
CYLINDER ADDRESS
~~
I
ADD STROBE
.J
SEEK COMPLETE
I
100
ns
MIN
rI
I
I-- 2~ -l_I_ ,
US
TYP
ADDRESS
ACKNOWLEDGE
I
2 US
j
SEE:K COMPLETE
ADDRESS
ACKNOWLEDGE
1 US
s--l..-
~ ..t-- --vL-j
1
l~
II
10·90
.
MSEC
J
..J
SEEK COMPLETE
ILL.EGAL ADDRESS
.J
SEEK COMPLETE
ADDRESS
ACKNOWLEDGE
SEE:K INCOMPLETE
I
I
I
I ---1
I J
1US~
I
I
I
I
F
} A) ZERO LENGTH
SEEK
} B) CYLINDER
ADDRESS LESS
THAN
MAXIMUM
VALID TRACKS
} C) CYLINDER·
ADDRESS
GREATER
THAN
MAXIMUM
VALID TRACKS
il
~~
MS~
D) UNSUCCESSFUL
SEEK
l~
ADDRESS STROBE
ADIDRESS ACKNOWLEDGE
OR
. I LLEGAL. ADDRESS
SEEK COMPLETE
______...1
10.85
4f-
14- MSEC--J'I..--.......~I
~~~~~~~~~~II~I~~~ll~l~~~~~~
Figure 3-6. Seek Operation Timing Sequence
3-11
E) REPEATED SEEK
STROBES WHILE
SEEKING
WAN~OO71
I
RESTORE...J
---l1lI-1
50 -+--
ns
.
I---'-"'--I
;...,
ADD STROBE
•
22,uS~1
I ,- - L
ADDACKNOW.--------------------
----.~I. ~s I''''~~-
SEEK COMPLETE
I..._--rt ...
t - -...
HEADS POSITIONED OVER CYL "0"
Figure 3-7. Restore Operation Timing Sequence
WAN-0074
RESTORE--SEEK COMPLETE---.
'---·--""l~I--",
HEADS POSITIONED OVER CYL "0"
Figure 3-8. Restore Operation Timing Sequence (Optional)
3-12
• I I•
SECTOR MARK
SOOns
n
J1
1 I
~I~
61 s
(3~US)
II
I
GUARD
ZONE
600ns
n
I
INDEX MARK
I
PREAMBLE
I
(60 us)
GUARD
ZONE
DATA RECORD
(+- 80 us ..... ..-(7734 - 25 BYTES MAX) ......
I
n
us
50
MIN
(32 us)
I
---I
WRITE: AND ERASE GATES
-140 'lf
r-------------------------------~
READ GATE
640 ns
---+- (400 ns) ~-
I-+--
120 ns ~
RD CLOCK
RD DATA
WAN-0070
I
________'11I~n
o
RD DATA
(OPTIONAL)
-.-
1200
'
rL-ll_______
0
J
~100ns
NOTES:
1. TIME SPECIFICATIONS IN ( ) ARE FOR 2400 rpm
2. n = NUMBER OF SECTORS
Figure 3-9. Data Transfer Timing Sequence
3-13
PR~AMBLE
II
I
SE:CTION 4
THEORY OF OPERATION
4.1
INTRODUCTION
The WANGCO Series F and Series T Magnetic Disc Drives are designed to provide auxilliary
memory storage on an oxide-coated disc by magnetically recording double frequency-encoded
data onto concentric tracks on the disc surfacEl, and by reading the data previously recorded. The
basic configuration of both the Series F and the Series T Disc Drive is similar except in the
method of loading the removable disc cartridgl~. Both series' are available with two track densities:
100 tracks per inch and 200 tracks per inch. The 200 TPI model also has temperature compl~nsation
circuitry. Optional spindle drive
spe(~ds
of 1500 rpm or 2400 rpm are available in both
the Series F and Series T. The spindle rotationial speed variation is accomplished by changing the
speed control oscillator circuitry.
Air flow and purging, as well as the data protection features are described in Sections 1 and 2 with
Section 3 including operating instructions. Modular construction of circuitry is maintained throughout the unit and in most cases with components comprising specific circuit functions mounted
on one circuit board.
4.2
SCOPE
This section is divided into two principal parts:: the mechanical operation theory and the electronic
theory. Explanation of the mechanical features is included as a prerequisite to the theory of
operation of the electronic circuits. The electronic theory portion of the section is further subdivided into a basic discussion of the system and is keyed to a functional block diagram followed
by a circuit analysis of each major circuit board. The basic block diagram of the Disc Drive is
shown in Figure 4-1.
4-1
----I
I
I
1------DETENT MODE
HEAD POSITION
TRANSDUCER
I
SERVO
AMPLIFIER
BOARD
(SVA)
I
I
I
VELOCITY
TRANSDUCER
L-.-
I
I
TO
DEB
READ/WRITE DATA
DISC
CONTROL
BOARD
(DCB)
CONTROL
INTERFACE
BOARD
...-1-_.... (CIB)
DATA
ELECTRONI
BOARD
(DEB)
DATA
INTERFACE
BOARD
(DIB)
I/O
CONNECTOR
BOARD
(lOB)
TO
EXTERNAL
CONTROLLER
INDEX/SECTOR
TRANSDUCERS
SPINDLE
....- - - 1
~~~~ELATOR
BOARD
WAN·0399·002
POWER
REGULATOR
BOARD
(PRB)
FROM
SLB
MOTOR
DRIVE
POWER
SWITCH
BOARD
L _____________________
Figure 4-1. Simplified Block Diagram
4-2
~
4,,3
MECHANICAL OPERATION
4,,3.1
SPINDLE AND READ HEAD OPERATION
4,,3.1.1
Spindle Control. The magnetic fj,ced disc is secured to, and rotates with, the spindle.
The spindle is driven by a DC motor. The removable disc cartridge is locked onto the spindle
assembly, as described in Section 1, for both the front-loading and top-loading units. The spindle
drive motor also drives the squirrel-cage blower motor with a seamless belt. Brush assemblies are
included on both the spindle and blower shafts to dissipate electrical noise. Motor speed is
accurately controlled (± 1%) by a speed control circuit described later in the sectioll. The drive
belt and pulley assemblies are shown in the bottom view of the Disc Drive chassis, Figure 5-5.
4.3.1.2
Addressing and Daisy Chaining. Figure 4-2 is a diagram showing how the Disc Drive
is addressed by an external Controller or Formatter. A feature of the Series F and Series T units
is the capability for up to four Disc Drives to be connected to one Controller. I n a daisy-chain
configuration, a UNIT SE LECT switch on the Operator Control Panel permits the receipt of
instructions and data addressed only to the unit. Note that a line termination assembly is required
a'fter the last Disc Drive in the daisy-chain for terminating the line (ref. figure 4-2). Up to 204
tracks (for the 100 TPI unit) are available for positioning the Read/VVrite heads with the innermost track referred to as Track 203 and the track nearest the edge of the disc referred to as
Track 000. In 200 TPI units, up to 408 tracks are available for storage of data. In this typical
example, the disc is divided into 24 sectors. However, this is a customer-designated option as
e)(plained in the discussion of the Index/Sector pulse generation theory in later paragraphs. When
the Disc Drive has been selected, the Controller sends a command which includes the selection of
either the fixed disc or removable cartridge as well as either the upper or lower surface of the
addressed disc. The signal from the Controller also includes the cylinder (track) address and
enabling signals.
4.3.1.3
Head Positioning Servo System. The head positioning servo system drives the carriage
assembly by moving the heads over the surfacE! of the disc and detents (locks) the Read/Write
heads over the designated (or addressed) concentric recording track. Figure 4-3 shows the positioner
and its components. The head positioner is a linear electromagnetic actuator driven by an electronic servo system.
4-3
WAN-0685
CONTROLLER
r-.----,
'-----r-----r-------.-------~ LI NE TERM I NATION I
ON LAST DISC DRIVE
1 CONTROLLER
L _ _ _ _ .....I
4 PARALLELED
DISC DRIVES PER
CONTROLLER
DISC
DRIVE 0
(
DISC
DRIVE 1
DISC
DRIVE 2
DISC
DRIVE 3
__--------JA--------------------------__\
CYLINDER 203 - - - - 1
CYLINDER 0 ~
,
o
204 CYLINDERS
PER DRIVE
CARRIAGE
,
I
I
UPPER DISC
2
......--_
...
4 HEADS
PER DRIVE
HEAD
NUMBER
24 SECTORS
PER TRACK
SECTOR
NOTE: A TRACK IS SELECTED WHEN A
CYLINDER AND A HEAD ARE
SELECTED.----------------~~~~~
ADDRESSING STRUCTURE OF A STORAGE SYSTEM CONTAINING UP TO FOUR DISC DRIVES. EACH
WITH TWO DISCS RECORDED ON BOTH SIDES AN'D DIVIDED INTO 24 SECTORS. THE HEADS MAYBE
POSITIONED TO ANY OF .204 TRACKS.
Figure 4-2. Levels, Addressing Component Configuration
4.3.2
CARRIAGE MOVEMENT AND OPTICAL DETENT
The Read/Write heads mount on a carriage assembly which rides on ball bearings over precision
guide rails. Extending or retracting the positioner assembly moves the heads radially across the
disc surface. An optical position transducer produces the necessary analog signals. This optical
unit contains a Light Emitting Diode (LED) and a lens and reticle assembly. The reticle assembly
has a PCB with photo diodes and a glass mask with a series of vertical lines. A mask with a
corresponding series of vertical lines, which moves between the lens and reticle assembly, is
mounted on the carriage assembly.
4-4
100/200 TPI
WAN-0726/1-002
POSITIONER
MOTOR
HOUSING
FLEX CI RCUIT
ASSEMBLY
.HOME
POSITION
MICROSWITCHES
GROUND
LEAD
HEAD
MOUNTING
BLOCK
Figure 4-3. Positioner Assembly
4-5
The lines on each piece of glass conprise an optical grid made up of alternate dark and clear
lines. The arrang~ment of these lines is such that when maximum light is allowed to impinge on
one of these solar cells, the other is cut off as shown in Figure 4-4.
The outputs of the solar cells are summed to provide a modified sine-wave input to an amplifier
circuit, described in the circuit analysis portion of this section. A null point (marked X on
figure 4-4), or the point at which both of the solar cells conducts equally is identified as the
crossing of a track. The detected track crossing signal is shaped and routed to a counter circuit,
the Current Address Register (CAR). Note that all Read and Write operations are performed
when the null point has been detected indicating that the heads are directly over tha addressed
track.
WAN-0687A
._---11... POS. CH.
OUTPUT
WAVESHAPE
TO SERVO
BOARD
.---t......~GND
LED
LIGHT
SOURCE
STATIONARY
LIGHT MASK
MOVABLE ETCHED
. OPTICAL GLASS
COLIMATED
LIGHT BEAM
Figure 4-4. Optical Transducer Diagram
4-6
4,,3.3
READ/WRITE OPERATION
The Read/Write heads "fly" over the recordinn track with the clearance ranging from 80 microinches
at the innermost concentric track to 130 microinches at the outermost track. The difference in
head clearance is due to increased surface speed at the outer tracks and causes increased pressure
anainst the heads. Note that approximately two inches of the disc area is actually used for recording data in both the 100 TPI and 200 TPI models; however, the tracks in the 200 TPI model
are spaced twice as close together. In Read opl~ration, the head picks up data previously recorded
on the addressed track. In Write operation, the head magnetizes the area directly below the head.
A,s shown in Figure 4-5, the head assembly. contains a Readf\Nrite/Erase core whose center tap is
energized when the head is selected for either a Read or Write operation. The remaining components include a ceramic shoe, a head support arm which is used to attach the head assembly to
the carriage, and a gimbal spring which allows the head to follow the disc contour. The use of the
mechanical ramp is explained in the next para,graph, and the functions performed by circuits
associated with the Read or Write operations are included in the discussions of these circuits as
associated with the circuit analysis descriptions of the applicable circuits.
READ/WR ITE/E RASE
HEAD GOR.E
CERAMIC
SHOE
UNLOAD
RAMP
Figure 4-5. Read/Write Heads
4-7
WAN·0688
4.3.4
SAFETY FEATURES
To protect user's data as well as the disc surface and recording components, several safety features
have bee" designed into the unit. A voltage-sensing circuit constantly monitors both the AC and
DC operating voltages, and if any voltage drops below a preset limit, the carriage is retracted and
the heads are unloaded automatically.
The Read/Write heads are automatically unloaded during a power-down procedure. The Read!
Write heads are ramp-loaded, a technique requiring minimal components while retaining close
control over rate of head load. The assembly rides up a mechanical ramp when retracted, and is
lifted further away from the disc surface. Figure 4-6 shows the ramp-loaded heads in the unloaded
position. As the heads move forward, they slide down the ramps and are loaded directly over the
surface of the disc.
WAN-06S9-001
Figure 4-6. Head Unloading Mechanism
4-8
4.4
SYSTEM ELECTRONIC THEORY,
4.4.1
FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION
4.4.1.1
100 TPI and 200 TPI Similarities. Since the 100 TPI and 200 TPI Disc Drives are
basically similar, the following theory discussion will apply to both types of Disc Drives. Operating
principles are identical except for the Track de!nsity achieved in the 200 TPI model by spacing
of the concentric recording tracks. The 200 TPI unit also incorporates a temperature compensation
circuit.
4.4.1.2
Introduction to Circuit Theory. Figure 4-7 is a functional block diagram of the Disc
Drive showing interconnecting signals and the functions performed by the circuit boards contained
in the unit. The block diagram should be used as a reference when following the circuit functions
described; in addition, the basic block diagram of the Disc Drive can be referred to (ref. figure
4-1). The mechanical operational theory also should be used as a reference.
4.4.1.3
Basic System Operation. When the POWE R switch on the OCP is pressed, control
circuits, registers, and counters are preset to a desired initial state. The applicable DC working
voltages are generated, and the circuits which drive the DC spindle drive motor are enabled. Note
that the Start, Stop, Run/Load mode selection, as well as activation of the Write protection circuits,
are made by actuation of front-panel switches. Conversely, the Seek, Restore, Read, and Write
operations are initiated by the external Controller through data, control, timing, and status signals
transmitted through the I/O interconnecting cable.
Once the disc rotational speed has reached 1500 or 2400-rpm nominal value specified by the
customer, the ReadIWrite heads are loaded automatically as the positioner carriage on which the
ht~ads
are mounted is driven from its Home position to track 000. When the heads have settled
over this track, a READY status signal is sent
1tO
the Controller.
The Controller may now initiate a Seek (SK) Command followed by the cylinder address to which
the carriage is to be moved. This information is routed to the Servo Logic board, where the
cylinder (track) address is strobed into the New Address Register. This binary number then is
compared to the value stored in the Current Address Register. This register consists of up/down
binary counters containing the binary value representing the present positioner carriage location.
These two values are compared and a difference value is obtained wh ich represents the difference
bE~tween
these two binary numbers. This difference value is applied to a D-A converter to provide
an analog drive signal which is sent to the Servo Amplifier Board. A simplified block diagram of
the head positioning system is shown in Figure 4-8.
4-9
WA~I·0:l86·001
DATA
(4 lINES/HEADI
ELECTRONCS.----------------,
BOARD
POSITION
TRANSDUCER
BEGINNING OF TRAVEL PULSE
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
\
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SERVO
LOGIC
BOARD
I
I
I
I
I
OIF. 2561128 (-I
D·DAL
FWD I-I
CONTAINS CYLINDER
ADDRESS REGISTER AND
GENERATES A SIGNAL
PROPORTIONAL TO THE
NUMBER OF TRACKS THE
HEAD POSITIONER HAS TO
MOVE. ALSO CONTAINS
SOME TEMPERATURE
COMPENSATING CIRCUITRY.
ADD1~256
...._ _ _ _ _~
. . ._.:.:IV.::E::;LOC:;:;;..:IT.,:.Y.::D::.:,AT:.::A:!..I_
EXTERNAL
\
I
I
I
RESTORE
CLR STROBE
SEEK STROBE
SEEK STROBE
r
E
EN DR
ODD 1+1
-~
r+
i/O
INITIATES.
MONITORS. &
TERMINATES
ALL READ/
WRITE FUNC·
TIONS.
CONNECTOR (lOB)
(LINE ReCEIVERS)
-::-
1BV
-lBV
~:M -
I
--
DLYSK
ILL ADD
EN DR
UNIT
SELECT
SWITCH
CARTRIDGE
INTERLOCK
& RUN/LOAD
SWITCHING.
INDEXISECTOR
TRANSDUCER
-...
SEEK STROBE
I
RUNI-!
~
.....
-
DISC
CONTROL
BOARDIDCB)
TO
SPINDLE
MOTOl1
CONTROL
INTERFACE
BOARD (CIB)
R SECTOR
R INDEX
CONTROLS DISC
OPERATION AND
MAINTAINS DISC
SPEED CONSTANT.
PROCESSES INDEX
AND SECTOR TIMING
MARKS FOfloFOR·
MATTING BY THE
CONTROLLER.
INDEXiSECTOR
IREMOVABLE
I
I
I
I
I
L
POWER
REGULATOR
BOARD (PRB)
BMON (... )
I
r
I
_.-J
ADDRESS
ACKNOWLEDGE
ADDRESS
ACKNOWLEDGE
ATTer-mDN
ATTENTION
SEEK
INCOMPLETE
SEEK
INCOMPLETE
INDEXISECTOR
__
-- L::
L!J
+18V
HARD PICK
MOTOR
POWER
f--
~~~~;
+5V
,
TOR~~
----HEo,.ADS
BRUSHES
'--------
I
DISC SELECT
WRITE GATE
WRITE DATA
-
-
WRITE GATE
DATA
II'ITERF.aCE
BOAR!) (OIB)
DISC SELECT
HEAOSELECT
READ ENABlE
I-_..:D;::ISC=SE:.:L:;;;;ECT::.:.-_. ._ _ _ _ _ _...._
-
..
~~~~~ ~OR~i~~D~~~~:O~V
WRITE DATA X
I-_.;.;HEA=D:..:SE::;L;:;:E.::CT:..---I~--------._ . ~~~~~~~~~~~C1~T~~E DATA
-------.11
-
1-_.:.;;RE:.:,AO=..;;E;,::NA8=L;:..E_
HEAD SELECT
..
DATA CLOCK
TRANSFERS DISC SELECT. HEAD
. ._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _. .
~Li~J ~:Te:~L~~~~tTA
CIRCUITRY FOR PROCESSING
--~
READ ENABLE
ADD 256
(FROM SLBI
I
I
I
I
\
\
I
READY
I/O
CONNECTOR
BOARD (lOB)
I
READY
\..J
~~~~~XK
I
A~"
INITIATES, MONITORS
-
:~~g;;~~E
SECTOR ADDRESS
1~32
, .... 32
SECTOR
SECTOR
I
I,.....J
1
COMMUTATOR
..,
~~DLE
FOISCS
I
BOARD
TO INDEX!
...
-
INDEX
~~~TN~R
DATA
ELECTRONICS
BOARD (OEBI
INDEX
I
I
READ DATA 2
WAITE ElI:ABLE/!NHIBIT
PROCESSES liG DAi A H~uM/TO
THE CONTROLLER. IN SEPARATE
READIWRITE CHANNELS. ALSO
PROVIDES WRITE PROTECT LOGIC
TO ENSURE DATA IS NOT ERASED
INADVERTENTLY.
WAITE ENABLE/INHIBIT
DATA CLOCK
READ ENABLE
H~Al"WH!le
~
4--READ
I
1
DUCERS
READ DATA I
....
.....
DATA
INTERFACE
BOARD (OIB)
FURNISHES R,AD DATA
TO THE CONTROLLER IN
EITHER NAZ OR PE FORMAT.
SEPAAATES READ DATA
BITS FROM THE DATA CLOCK.
READ DATA
DATA CLOCK
WRITE PAOTECT
WRITE CHECK
.....
--
I
I
\
\
I
I
I
\
\
I
READ DATA
_J
)
DATA CLOCK
.... I
WR ITE PROTECT
I
I
\
WRITE CHECK
I
\
L ____ -.J
HeADS
Figure 4-7. Block Diagram - 100/200 TPI Disc
4-11
I
I
(4 LINESI
Drive (major signal lines)
\
EXTERNAL
CONTROLLER
& TERMINATES ALL
..
WRITE
DISC SELECT
I
\
DISC SELECT
SP DET (SPEED DETECT I
I
I
~
-§-r
~~~~
.
).-FROM
\
CAflTRIOr.E
I
(RUN·L)
8M ON I-I
(FIXED DISCI
I
SEEK
COMPLETE
SECTOP ADDRESS _
---..
PROVIDES .13 VDC TO
THE UNIT. DRIVES
I
I
.1
IUNE DRIVERSI
t----""AC~I""N_..c.. ~~S;;C~~EC/MECH
I
I
\
\
ILLEGAL ADDRESS
SPMDN
1 - - - -......
INDEXISECTOR
TRANSDUCER
SEPARATES INDEX FROM
SECTOR PULSES AND
TRANSFERS SIPARATED
PULSES TO THE CONTROLLoH
ALSO CONTAINS SECTOR
COUNTERS AND MISC.
CONTROL CIRCUITRY RE·
QUIRED TO TRANSFER
SIGNALS TO THE
CONTROLLER
F INDEX
SOL
I
I
\
ILLEGAL ADDRESS
I
PSEUOO SECTOR 2000
DISCI
I
\
I
(ENABLE DRIVERS!
DATA
ELECTRONICS
BOARD
I
\
,----,
DT EN IDETENT ENABLE, HIGHI
CLR STROBE
-
I
I
I
READ/WRITE
HEADS 141
AND REPORTS INFOR·
MATION TO SERVO
AMPLIFIER.
DETENT MODE
DETENT ODD (-I
OUTPUT
DRIVERS
I
I
I
I
I
POSITIONS
READIWRITE
HEADS
~~T~;~~~~~~~F
DETENT EVEN (T)
RDYI
CONHIULLEk
•
--~
POSITIONER
MOTOR
SK (SEEKI
I
\
E
ADD256I+i
(4 lINESI
\
READ
WT
VELOCITY
TRANSDUCER
...
SERVO DET EN (-)
I
vo 1
'--I--=UN~I~T;:SE;,;L;:ECT~_f._..II DECODER ...
L- H - - - - - - tl
I
LOAD/UNLOAD 1+1
(SlB)
I
I
IT ALSO SUMS THE VEL TACH
SIGNAL WITH EITHER THE
INPUT FROM THE COARSE OR
FINE SERVO LOOP FOR HEAD
POSITIONING.
BEGINNING OF TRAVEL PULSE
COARSE SERVO ENABLE
---
AOD1 .... 256
I
I
I
I
I
SERVO
AMPLiFIER
BOARD (SVA)
SIGNALS.
novi
IDCBI
OC"LOSS - THE MAIN FUNCTION OF THE
--------T;;.:~:.:.:-C-------~ ~~~~~:~6~~~;RIS TO DRIVE I--..:::.::.:..::.~~:.:---------.....--.,
I
\
LIGHT SOURCE
FOR OPTICAL
DETENT ASSY.
J-=~"':":'::';':':':':"=~~ TRANSFERS LIGHT
TO PHOTOCELLS TO
GENERATE DETENT
SIGNALS.
IMOTOR DRIVEl
LAMP VOLTAGE
...
\
\
~------=D;::ET.:.:E::.:N;T:PU:L:SE=~_!:::=:;__1 ~~b::!lg~T~N~ELL
-
SENSES TEMP. OF
BASE CASTING &
COMPENSATES HEAD
POSITION AS
REOUIRED.
,.----,
t
.._....- - - - - - - - : A . : , : G ; : : C - - - - - - - I GENERATES POSITION
WAN·0692
CONTROLLER: .
NEW ADDRESS
1--.....
SUBTRACTOR - - -.......
\
CURRENT
ADDRESS
I
POSITION
SHAPING
TRANSDUCER
CIRCUIT .......- - - - - - - 1....._ _ _ _ _.....
Figure 4-8. Functional Block Diagram - Head Positioning System
The circuits on the Servo Amplifier board route the analog signal through the board to the linear
DC positioning motor, and the carriage is moved toward the new address at a speed proportionate
to the number of tracks to be crossed. The position transducer detects the crossing of each track
as described in the discussion of mechanical operation of the head positioning system. The Current
A.ddress Counter is updated with the counter being incremented or decremented as required.
Once the value in the Current Address Register is equal to that in the New Address Register, the
DETENT MODE signal is sent to the Control !Interface board. A status signal SEEKCOMP, is
generated on th is board and transmitted to the Controller signifing that the addressed track has
bleen reached and that the Read/Write heads are settled over the desired track and locked or
detented in place.
4-13
When the SEEK COMP signal is received by the Controller, a Write or Read operatiol'l may be
initiated. A functional block diagram showing the logic circuits associated with the Read and
Write operations is shown in Figure 4-9. The same heads are used to read and write data with
a decoding matrix on the Data Electronics board determining whether the fixed disc or the
removable cartridge will be selected and whether the upper or lower surface will be selected.
The Write data from the Controller then is routed through the I/O Connector board and the
Data Interface board to the Data Electronics board. For a Read operation, the data flow is reversed. The fine servo loop on the Servo Amplifier circuit board is used to lock the carriage over
the addressed data track during either a Write or Read operation.
..
ERASE
DRIVER
ERASE GATE
---
J
,,
w
~
~
:!C
DISC/HEAD
DECODER
DRIVER
• R/~
HEAD
~~
~~
WRITE
ISOLATION
TRANSFORMER
~~
~
_
!>
PREAMPLIFIER
~
•
4
HEAD
SELECT
DISC
SELECT
4~
READ
ISOLATION PULSE
TRANSFORMER
~
WAN-0693-002
OTHER HEADS
z
~'{~
en
- -.....-~
EN RECV
)-----.ENDR
CL RESTORE
DATA
INTERFACE
BOARD
FROM
CONTROLLER
{
SEEK STROBE
DAISY
CHAIN
CONNECTOR
Figure 4-10. Block Diagram - I/O Board (continued)
TO
CONTROLLER
WAN·0414/2-002
EN DR
SH.1
J21
J23
J22
STRISAC 32
SAC 16/F STR
SAC 8/F lOX
DAT~'"
INTERFACE
BOAnD
lOX
CONTROllER
SAC 4
SAC 2
SAC 1
DATA ClK
WRITE DATA
EN RECV
SH.1
RD EN GATE
READ DATA
DATA
HEAD SEl
INTEI~FACE
CONTROllER
BOARiD
DISC SEl
WRITE PROT
ERASE GATE
WRITE GATE
DAISY CHAINI
TERMINATOR
CONNECTOR
Figure 4-10. Block Diagram - I/O Board (concluded)
4-17
4.5.1.4
Driver Enable Circuits. A control circuit on the lOB generates the enable signals for
the line receivers and line drivers as a function of the UN IT SE LECT provision and the
ATTENTION signal. The logical address signal for selection of one of the four daisy-chained
Disc Drives is received from the Controller via the I/O cable and connector J22. This signal is
inverted and applied to two NAND gates. The second input to each of these gates is furnished
by the SE L 1/SE L2 decoder. The decoder is supplied by the four-position UN IT SE LECT switch
which is located on the control panel of the particular Disc Drive. The inputs on lines SEL 1 and
SE L2 are encoded by the UN IT SE LECT switch mechanism.
When both inputs to anyone of the gates are high, indicating matching selection (remote and local
of the unit address), the output of that particular gate will be low; therefore, the EN REC signal
is low. This low-level signal enables all line receivers. The EN R EC signal is inverted to a high
level and the resultant EN DR signal is used to enable all line drivers.
The decoder outputs are further used to generate the ATTENTION status signal. Depending on
which gate is enabled by the high-level output of the decoder, a low level will be placed on the
respective ATTENTION line when the internal ATTENTION signal is received.
4.5.1.5
Daisy Chaining. The daisy chaining provision is implemented with the two parallel-
wired connectors J22 and J23. The I/O connector J22 (a male connector) mates with the interface
I/O cable. The entire communications link between the Disc Drive and the Controller is established
via this cable. The parallel (pin by corresponding pin) daisy chain connector, J23 (a female
receptacle), mates with one end of a daisy-chain cable whose other end mates with I/O connector
J22 of the second Disc Drive, etc. Up to four drives can be interconnected with the Controller in
this manner.
4.5.2
ELECTRONICS INTERCONNECT BOARD
The Electronics Interconnect Board (EIB) is basically a mother board into which the other circuit
boards are inserted. The interconnecting diagram for this circuit board is in the schematic drawings
of Appendix C. Since this circuit board is used only to provide interconnecting signal paths, no
further information is included.
4-18
4.5.3
DISC CONTROL (DCB)
4.5.3.1
Board Functions. The principal functions performed by the logic circuits on this
cilrcuit board include:
4.15.3.2
sil~nals.
A.
Generation of disc control
B.
Maintenance of constant disc: speed.
C.
Separation of index and sector pu Ises.
D.
Generation of LOAD HEADS signal.
E.
Solenoid signal circuit.
F.
Automatic disc cleaning brush cycle.
Spindle Speed Detect Circuit. The spindle motor speed detect circuit on the DCB is
used to monitor the speed of the spindle motor, to provide a clock signal of 2000 pulses for each
disc revolution (for either 1500 or 2400 rpm discs), and to generate the SPINDLE MOTOR ON
(SPM ON) signal. The block diagram for the speed detect circuit is shown in Figure 4-11.
WAN-0823-001
CRYSTAL
SPEED
CONTROL
, OSCILLATOR
DIIVIDER
1,
DIVIDER
2
DIVIDER
3
2048CNT
OFF
SPEED
I-------I~
SP DETEC
D'ECODER
CIRCUITRY
2000CNT
RESET BY INDEX
, INCREASE
SPEED
1&2
Figure 4··11. Motor Speed Detect Circuit Block Diagram
4-19
>---..... SPM ON
4.5.3.3
Maintenance of Constant Spindle Rotational Speed. The PSEUDO SECTOR 2000 line
provides 2000 pulses per disc revolution to the external Controller. The output of the 3.2-M Hz
crystal-controlled oscillator is divided into 200 KHz (for 1500 rpm units) or 320 KHz (for 2400 rpm
units). This output is then further divided to 50 KHz (1500 rpm) or 80 KHz (2400 rpm), thus
providing a stable crystal-controlled signal of 2000 pulse per disc rotation to the Controller.
The SPEED DETECT (SP DETEC) signal is generated if the spindle rotational speed deviates more
than ±1 % from the specified value. The 3.2-MHz crystal-controlled oscillator signal supplies the
reference input for the spindle motor speed detect logic, and the index pulses represent the error
signal required to correct the motor speed. If spindle speed falls below 1% of the 1500 rpm or
2400 rpm rate, more than 2000 clock pulses will occur during one rotation. The 2000th pulse
will activate the spindle control logic thereby generating a correction signal to speed up the spindle
motor. When the motor reaches the correct speed, the counter is cleared by the next index pulse
following the 2000th clock pulse. The spindle motor will not be activated, and no correction
signal will be sent to the motor.
Drive current is routed to the Spindle Motor Power Switch Board through the Power Regulator
Board as shown in Figure 4-12. Another input to the Spindle Drive Motor Power Switch Board is
from the Spindle Drive Regulator Board which is located in the air filter cavity with the Motor
Power Switch Board. The SPINDLE MOTOR ON (SPM ON) line from the DCB to the PRB becomes
H~RD
PICK to the Spindle Motor Power Switch board and then is applied to the motor
armature as RUN (L). On 200 TPI units, this should not occur until the spindle has reached
approximately 70% of its nominal rotational speed. The SPM ON signal will be present until the
spindle has reached its rated operational speed, at which time, the signal will be turned off. The
SPM ON signal will not be generated again unless spindle rotational speed drops at least 1% below
its nominal operational speed.
4.5.3.4
Separation of Sector and I ndex Pulses
The Sector/Index logical circuit shapes and separates the intermixed sector and index pulses
received from the transducers. The circuit blocks and interconnecting signal paths for both the
fixed disc and removable cartridge transducers are shown in Figure 4-13.
4-20
WA N-0728-001
r
_____________________4__------------------------~~------IN-D~E~X~T~R~A:N=S~DUCER,/
..
~
I
I
CLOCK
DIGITAL
SERVO
INDEX
I
SPM ON
I
L ____ ::J
C~eT
i
WRITE
INHIBIT
CKT
I
MOTOR
I
DRIVER
~
PRB
I
I
I
I
J
t_/
CARTR I DGE "
HUB'
'-r
I
......- - - _ R U N (L)
HARD
PICK
I
I-~""----I
___ --.J
SPINDLE
DRIVE
REGULATOR
-;;e-;;-i
I
I
I
"
0\
r---I
11a.~HZ- -;-B-l
~---.
...... )
Is
•
+18V
I
,I
L __ ---.J
CART OUT
RUN/LOAD
SWITCH
~
R
.18V
CARTRIDGE
INTERLOCK
SWITCH
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _.-..J
CART IN
0
OPTICAL
COMMUTATOR
OUTPUT
Figure 4-12. Spindle Speed Control Servo System
WAN·0405·002
I
DISC CONTROL BOARD
INDEX/SECTOR
TRANSDUCER
(REMOVABLE DISC)
I
I
..
I I -
INDEX/SECTOR
TRANSDUCER I
(FIXEtD DISC)
INDEX/SECTOR
AMPLIFIER
INDEX/SECTOR
PULSE AMP·
LlFIER
---
INDE>C TRANS·
DUCE R ALIGNMENT
& PULSE STANDARDIZER
---
PULSE STANDARDIZER &
INDE:X SEPARA·
TOR
R STR _-'
-..
INDEX/SECTOR
SEPARATOR
R lOX _
I BOARD
--1
FIDX
F STR
Figure 4-13. Block Diagram of I ndex/Sector Logic Circuit
4-21
"1 CONTROL
INTERFACE
_I
-, CONTROL
.._I
INTERFACE
BOARD
The origination of signals and functions performed by the Index/Sector logic are described in the
following sub-paragraphs.
4.5.3.4.1
Removable Disc Index Pulses. The transducer pulses received by this circuit board are
applied to the Index/Sector circuit where they are amplified in a Schmitt trigger. The resultant
output is used to trigger a one-shot. When this one-shot times out, it fires another one-shot which
has a fixed time delay that standardizes the pulse width to a selected time duration. The index
and sector pulses then are separated by two AND gates, one of whose input is the output of a
one-shot. A jumper option is used to provide the capability of selecting optional circuit configurations. A table showing the circuit options is included on the schematic for the DCB. Since there
is a specific delay between the corresponding transducer pulses, which is different for 1500-rpm and
2400-rpm units, the one-shot delay is preset by inserting a precision resistor to ensure separation
of the two pu Ises.
4.5.3.4.2
Timing Relationship~. When the sector pulse preceding the index pulse triggers the
two one-shots, the second one-shot times out, and its trailing edge triggers the standardizing oneshot used to enable the pulse separation AND gates. Although the other input to the Removable
Disc Sector (RI DX) AND gate is high during the duration of the output pulse from this one-shot,
the other input remains low until changed by the trailing edge of that pulse. Therefore, the sector
pulse will not be passed by this AND gate. The delay of the one-shot is long enough so that the
output will be high when the index pulse triggers the two preceding flip-flops which causes the
output of the second one-shot to go high again.
Since both inputs to the AND gate are now high simultaneously, the standardized index pulse
will be passed, and the R I DX output will be high. When the index pulse from the standardizing
one-shot appeared at the second input to each of the two AND gates, the output of the third
one-shot was still low and the two gates were not enabled. Therefore, the index pulse is not
passed and does not appear on the R I DX line. A timing diagram showing the sequence of events
occurring during the I ndex/Sector separation process is shown in Figure 4-14.
4.5.3..4.3
Removable Disc Sector Pulses. The standardized sector pulses will be passed by the
Removable Disc Sector (RSTR) AND gates since the trailing edge of these pulses triggers the
standardizing one-shot. Therefore, during the sector event, one input to this gate will be high due
to the sector pulse, and the other input will be high since the standardizing one-shot has not yet
been triggered. When this one-shot is fired, it will time out prior to the arrival of the next sector
pulse; therefore, the second output to the RSTR AND gate will be high during that pulse. The
index pulses (RIDX) and sector pulses (RSTR) are routed to the Control Interface Board (CIB)
for processing.
4-22
n
.5l
INCIEX/SECTOR P.
I
f
S
610cffS
I
~ (47 J.l.S)----'
I
I
I
I
LI11·6
(INDEX ALIGN.)
IS
U11·10
I
I
I
~I
I
I
I
I
U4·9
:I
I ,
I I
I I
, I
I I
I I
I I
U6-11
(R lOX)
U6·3
(R STR)
I
I
I
I
R+
ff
I
U4-10
n
I
I
I
I
L
I
WAN-0406-001
it
\\
n
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
L
:I
I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I
n
l t
~
I
I ,
I I
n
II
n
NOTE: TIME SPECIFICATIONS IN PARENTHESIS ARE FOR 24010 RPM.
Figure 4-14. Removable Disc, I ndex/Sector Separation
4.!5.3.4.4
Fixed Disc Index and Sector Pulse!s. The index and sector pulses developed by the
tratnsducer and associated with the sector ring mounted on the fixed disc are amplified, shaped,
and separated in essentially the same manner a~i the removable disc pulses. These pulses are
amplified and shaped by a Schmitt trigger circuit before being standardized by a one-shot and
separated. The Fixed Disc Index pulses (FIDX) and sector pulses (FSTR) are routed to the CIB
for further processing.
4.f>'3.5
Load Head Log ic
The load head logic circuit initiates the Run mode by generating three signals as described in the
following paragraphs.
4-23
4.5.3.5.1
RTZ. A Return To Zero carriage return signal is generated during the power-on
sequence to enSl,fre that the carriage is retracted before the loading door can be opened. With the
RUN/LOAD switch in LOAD position, the jnput from the switch is inverted and routed through
an OR gate to clear the RDY D L Y 1 flip-flop. The false output of this flip-flop is routed through
two NOR gates and signal RTZ is high. A jumper option is included to permit the customer to
select an inverted RTZ output signal. However, the jumper is hardwired in the position shown
on the schematic when the unit is shipped from the factory. A basic block diagram of the load
head logic circuit is shown in Figure 4-15. If the RUN/LOAD switch is placed in RUN position,
the complement output of the CNT 2048 fl ip-flop in the retract circu it is low whenever the
spindle speed is more than one percent below the specified figure. This causes the HDY DL Y 1
flip-flop to clear and the RTZ line to be high. The RTZ signal is routed to the Servo Logic board
where it is used as the determined Set Signal for the Unload flip-flop.
At this time, the data terminal of the CNT 2048 flip-flop in the solenoid logic circuit goes low as
determined by the output of the rpm counter in the spindle motor speed detect circuit. The up-tospeed index pulse sets the CNT 2048 flip-flop causing one input to the AND gate at the clock
input to the RDY DL Y 1 flip-flop to go high. At the end of the brush cycle, when the disc brushes
have been returned to Home position, the brush motor flip-flop is cleared by the output pulse
from a 40-millisecond one-shot. This one-shot is triggered by the low-high transition of the inverter in the brush motor logic circuit. This signal is generated in response to the closing of the
brush Home switch as described in the discussion of the brush motor circuit operation. As a
resu It, the clear and data terminals of the R D L Y 1 flip-flop will now be set by the next index
pulse, while the
Q output of the flip-flop goes low. This level is inverted, forcing signal RTZ low.
This signal will remain low unless one of these conditions is present:
A.
The RETURN ZERO command is received from the Control Interface board.
B.
The spindle rotational speed varies more than ± 1% above or below the specified
value.
C.
The RUN/LOAD switch is placed in LOAD position.
As the result of any of these conditions, signal RTZ will go high and the carriage will be retracted.
4-24
I
. WAN-0825-001
I
I
Q~--------------~
I
RETRACT
F/F
I
I
51---,('£----
(I
RUN/STOP/
RUN
OCPI.....- - -.............
I
ROY 1
CONTROL
INTERFACE
BOARD
Q .................D
_
ROY
....~r.DLY1
,F/F
ROY
.........-c. .DLY 2
F/F
--------t.
5 .....
..
RIDX
FROM
RPM -COUNTER----i. .n
C
I
RTZ
I SERVO
LOGIC
BOARD
I
CNT
2048
F/F
RIDX--~~
I·SERVO
LOGIC
BOARD
LDHD
IRETURN ZERO
Q------~
FROM THE
'CONTROLLER
I
I
I
Figure 4-15. Block Diagram of Head Load Logic
4.5.3.5.2
LO HO (L). This is a pulse used to initiate the Initial Seek to track 000 which includes
the head loading operation. This signal will be an active low for exactly the time duration of one
Removable I ndex pulse (R lOX) and will be generated in the following manner (ref. figure 4-15):
A.
The ROY OLY 1 flip-flop will be clocked reset by the same RIOX pulse that
is the first to arrive soon enough to reset the RPM counters before they reach a
cou nt of 2048.
B.
The same RIDX pulse will clock the ROY OLY 2 flip-flop set. This enables two
legs of the LD HD (L) NAN D gate. The next R I DX to arrive will generate LD
HO (L) and it will be exactly the width of an RIDX pulse. This last RIDX pulse
also clocked the RDY DL Y 2 flip-flop set; therefore, additional LD HD (L)
pulses will not be generated.
4.5.3.5.3
RDY 1. The Ready 1 signal is sent to the CI B for internal processing and the generation
of the READY status signal and transmission of th is signal to the Controller. This signal is
produced when the true output of the RDY DL Y 2 flip-flop goes high following generation of the
LD HD pulse. Both inputs to the AND gate will be high and the gate will conduct. Thus, a ROY 1
signal is sent to the CI B. Signal R DY 1 will terminate in response to the same conditions that
generate the RTZ signal, except for the external R ETU R N ZE RO command from the Controller.
4.5.3.6
Solenoid Logic Circu it
The basic function of the solenoid logic circuit is to provide a solenoid signal (SO L) for unlocking
the cartridge loading door.
4.5.3.6.1
SO L. When loading the cartridge, the brush Home microswitch is open. This causes
the SOL line to go high with current being provided to actuate the door lock solenoid. Energizing
the solenoid releases the locking mechanism, and the cartridge loading door can be opened. The
SOL line remains high until the RUN/LOAD switch is placed in RUN position. In the Run mode,
the preset terminal of the solenoid flip-flop goes low. This forces the solenoid to drop out, and
the cartridge loading door will be locked for the duration of the Run mode.
4.5.3.6.2
POWER RESET. When power is applied to the unit, a pOV\er reset pulse is generated
by a one-shot.
4-26
4 . 5.3.7
Brush Motor Logic. The brush m()tor logic circuit controls the motor used to cycle the
diisc cleaning brushes. When the BMON output goes high, a return path is provided for the brush
motor current. As this condition occurs, the blrush motor is activated and the brush cycle starts. A
block diagram of the brush motor circuit is shown in Figure 4-16.
The Brush Motor Logic sets and turns the Bru!ih Motor on when the RUN/LOAD switch is placed
in RUN position. The motor operates a cam that cycles the brushes and controls the brush switch.
VV'hen the brushes are in Home position, this switch is open and BRUSH MOTOR ON (-) is high.
As the motor starts, the switch closes and the IBRUSH MOTOR ON (-) goes low. This resets the
Brush Motor flip-flop but retains the Brush M()tor On (BM ON (+) signal high until the brush
cvcle is complete and the brushes return HOmE! again.
WAN-0996
DCB
OCP
RUN/STOP
RUN (-)
~
-t--V'"
------------~D
r
I 6~~SEC b-
a
POWER
. REGULATOR
BOARD
BM
C F/F
>--~--I"! BM
BRUSH MO'''OR 0N (-)
(BRUSH MOTOR SW)
Figure 4··16. Block Diagram of Brush Motor Logic Circuit
4-27
ON (+)
4.5.4
POWER REGULATOR BOARD (PRB)
4.5.4.1
Board Functions. A block diagram of the PRB is shown in Figure 4-17. The main
functions performed by the logic circuits on this circuit board are:
4.5.4.2
A.
Regulate ±13 V. DC voltages.
B.
Energize solenoid.
C.
Enable brush motor circuit.
D.
Generate HARD PICK signal.
E.
Energize READY and LOAD indicators
F.
Detect AC Loss.
Cartridge Interlock Solenoid. When the solenoid signal (SOL) from the RUN/LOAD
logic circuit is high, the LOAD indicator on the OCP is illuminated. A transistor is turned on
simultaneously with lighting of the lamp to supply current to the door lock solenoid. The solenoid
releases the locking mechanism, and the cartridge loading door can be opened.
4.5.4.3
Brush Motor Control. When signal BM ON in the brush motor control cycle is high,
the output of the NAND gate to the BRUSH MOTOR line is low, and a path is provided for the
brush motor current. The brush motor starts to turn thus rotating the cam which cycles the
cleaning brushes and actuates the brush control switch. This operation is performed in conjunction
with the circuits on the Disc Control Board.
4.5.4.4
Generation of Hard Pick. In 1500-rpm units, signal HARD PICK is generated im-
mediately when power is applied, and this line remains high until the spindle has attained full
speed. In 2400-rpm units, signal SPM ON is not generated until the spindle has reached approximately 70% of its full speed. The HARD PICK signal is developed from the speed control circuits
whenever the spindle speed drops 1% below the specified speed of the disc drive being used.
4.5.4.5
Ready Indicator. When the READY line on the Control Interface board is high, the
READY lamp driver is turned on. Current then is applied to the READY indicator lamp.
4.5.4.6
AC Loss. An 18 V. RMS voltage is transferred from the power supply to the Power
Regulator board. This voltage is rectified and used to turn on a transistor. In the event of loss of
AC input power, the capacitor at the input to the transistor discharges, turns off the transistor,
and isolates the circuit from ground. This occurs approximately 20 milliseconds following a loss
of AC power. The DC voltages are still applied due to the charge stored in the power supply capacitors.
4-28
WAN-0415A-001
i
I
I
RUN/LOAD
LOGIC (DCB)
BRUSH MOTOR
LOGIC (DCB)
I
LOAD INDICATOR
SOL
....
SOLENOID
ENABLE
BM ON (+)
--
SOLENOID
DRIVER
--
BRUSH
MOTOR
DRIVER
.....
I
FRONT
PANEL
I
I
CARTRIDGE
INTERLOCK
SOLENOID
V --.. SERIES
1---+1_S_
REG.
.-.J BRUSH
-I MOTOR
,
{
CONTROL
INTERFACE
BOARD
Figure 4-17. Block
,
Dia~lram
of Power Regulator Board
4-29
+13V
4 . 5.5
TRANSDUCER DIFFERENTIATOR CIRCUIT BOARD
This circuit board is included in the Series F Disc Drives only. The sole purpose of this board is to
convert the output signal from the index/sector transducer to be compatible with that of the
Series T unit. Both the outline drawing and schematic for this circuit board are included on drawing
300921 in Appendix C.
4.5.6
SERVO LOGIC BOARD (SLB)
4.5.6.1
Circuit Board Functions. The principal functions performed by the logic circuits on
this board include:
4.5.6.2
A.
Store new cylinder address.
B.
Decode illegal address.
C.
Store current positioner address.
D.
Generate and condition difference signal.
E.
Utilize BOT signal and detent pu'lses.
F.
Generate positioner control signals.
G.
Temperature compensation (200 TPI units only).
New Address Register (NAR). The SLB contains the New Address Register into which
the desired cylinder address is loaded at the start of a Seek operation. The binary value stored in
the Current Address Register (CAR) subsequently is compared to the value in the NAR, and a
difference value is obtained. This value is converted to an analog signal proportional to the
number of tracks to be crossed. The heads must be loaded and the R DY status line to the Controller must be true to notify the Controller that the Disc Drive is ready to receive operational
commands. The NAR is cleared when the BOT 1 flip-flop is set, and the cylinder address is .
strobed into the NAR by the Delay Seek one-shot. A block diagram of the Servo Logic Board
is shown in Figure 4-18.
The cylinder address from the Controller is routed to the SLB via the Input/Output Connector
Board (lOB) and the Data I nterface Board (DI B) on the input lines labeled ADD 1 through
ADD 256. These inputs are supplied to flip-flops which comprise the NAR on the SLB. Signal SK,
a positive-going pulse, is used to trigger a one-shot, the output of which is applied to the clock
input of the flip-flops in the NAR.
4-30
FROM
CONTROLLER
-
I
Ii
f
SIC
I
FROM
SERVO
AMPLIFIER
BOARD
J
L
I
I
I
DLYSK
OIS
I
J
ILL ADD
TO CONTROL
INTERFACE
BOARD
Q
0(
..I
0(
1
NAR
,. ,. ,. ,.
0
N
0
•
0
c»
~ ~
w
..I
~
~
» » »
» »
S! 0Col o 0 0N
G)
N
CJ
-----
-
"'""--
s:
r--~
TCV
f4- H
I
I
I
I
a:Q
DLYSK
S!
I
TO
SERVO
I
AMPLIFIER
I
BOARD
, ~ , , ," , J, ,
III
.---~f!l
,
wZ_
DF258·
a:Q>
:::I~..1
~O(Z
-
«enO
a:z~~~
I
DFt28
JY""'''
10 SERVO
AMPLIFIER
BOARD
:E:Eo
WO~
DF64
~(.)-
TCDAC/
G)
-
~
0(
-
I
0
"a:
DFt6
~
(J
uCNTOOWN
COMPARATOR
r--
1
~
a:
irCNTUP
0
w
>
~
~
~
a:
in
t::CD
:::I
DFS
..I
:::I
L
I'"--
w
DF32
~
:.t
(.)
(J
14
X
w
~
a::
~
w
>
Z
w
CAR 256
DF4
CAR t28
~
DF2
CAR
CAR 16
~
OFt
--..
CARS
-- --
"--
CAR 4
CAR 2
10 SERVO
AMPLIFIER
BOARD
~
CAR 64
CAR 32
OOAC
0
(J
-
CAR 1
....
ILL ADD
- --.
ZERO
LOAD
J~
~
FROM DISC
CONTROL BOARDl
FROM POSITION
TRANSDUCER
.THRU SVA BOARD
FROM
POSITIONER
TRANSDUCER
r
I
I
I
:
I
LOADI
UNLOAD
RESTORE
LOGIC
CIRCUITS
J
I ~
DEl: EVEN
DflODD
ADD>
CTR
~
DLYSK
UNLOAD
A
~
FWD/REV
F/F
~
"-ILL ADD
DETEN
'ROM:~
DLYSK
DET
EN
F/F
OIS
--
CAR
DLY
OIS
~
~
1-0'-0
FWD
~
L0-'
DETDLY
OIS
,~}orr~
INCREMENTS
OR DEeREMENTSCAR
DTPULSES
CNTDOWN
DLYDET
10 CONTROL
INTERFACE
BOARD
-4.5.6.3
Illegal Address (I LL AD). The Q outputs of the NAR flip-flops are applied to a
decoder circuit. Both the decoder circuits for the 100 TPI and the 200 TPI Disc Drive are shown
in Figure 4-19. I f the value of the binary number is greater than the number of valid tracks for
the disc, an I LL AD status signal is generated. The address is ignored by the Disc Drive, and the
carriage remains in its present position. Legal addresses are indicated for values less than octal
625 or 627 on the 200 TPI Disc Drive. On the 100 TPI Disc Drive, cylinder addresses up to
either octal 312 or 313 (internally selectable) are accepted.
4.5.6.4
Current Address (CAR). The CAR is made up of three four-bit up/down counters.
This register receives COUNT UP or COUNT DOWN pulses from the CAR DL Y one-shot through
the applicable NAND gate. The output of the counter represents the movement of the carriage
on which the ReadlWrite heads are mounted as they move radially across the concentric recording
tracks. The counters are cleared by a CLR CNTR (100 TPI) or CLR CAR (200 TPI) signal from the
set side of the BOT 1 flip-flop.
4.5.6.5
Subtractor Circuit. The outputs of the CAR are applied to a subtractor made up of
full adders. In the subtractor circuits, these inputs are subtracted from the NAR outputs. The full
adders in the subtractor circuit are configured with exclusive OR gates as a binary subtractor, using
the 1's complement to obtain the difference figure. The CAR and NAR outputs are also used to
generate the ZE RO and NAR
CAR signals by comparing their values in comparator circuits
COMP-l and COMP-2.
The subtractor circuit used in the 100 TPI Disc Drive is shown in Figure 4-20; the circuit used in
the 200 TPI Disc Drive is shown in Figure 4-21. The outputs of the subtractor are the lines from
the exclusive OR gates. All these lines, except the two highest order positions, are applied to a
digital-to-analog converter with the analog outp ut, signal D DAC, being routed to the Servo AmpIifier Board (SV A).
4.5.6.6
Generation of LOAD Signal. The LD H D signal is generated automatically as the disc
comes up to speed. This negative-going pulse has a width equal to that of the index pulse. When
this pulse is received from the DCB, it direct sets the LOAD flip-flop, and the LOAD/UN LOAD
signals are generated and routed to the SV A. There, the generated signal selects an F ET whose output establishes the speed at which t~e heads may load. Simultaneously, the negative-going LOAD
(-) pulse is routed to the determined set input of the FWD flip-flop. Signal FWD is routed to the
SV A to be used in the initial Seek operation as described in the discussion of the SV A board.
4-32
WAN-0799
NAR256------------------------·----------------------~
I P - -.......
NAR128--------------------------------------------------~
NAR64 --------------------------~
NAR32 --------------------------~
NAR8
NAR 16
---~.__L_~
NAR 4
NAR 2
a. I LL ADD Decoder - 200 TPI
WAN-0802
NAR128-----------------------·---------------------NAR l?4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -....
NAR32 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - NAR16 ----------------------------NAR8
NAR4
NAR 2
NAR1
b. I LL ADD Decoder - 100 TPI
Figure 4-19. IlIe~lal Address gating Circuits
4-33
;.WAN-O?96
,TO
COARSE
:SERVO
LOOP.
SUB-2
DIFF
;OUTPUTS
'TO D/A
:CONVERTER
SUB-1
FWD
F/F
Figure 4-20. Subtractor Circuit - 100 TPI
4.5.6.7
Beginning of Travel Pulse. The Beginning of Travel pulse is developed by the position
transducer two tracks before the carriage reaches track 000 position. This negative going pulse is
developed on the SVA board and is routed to the Servo Logic Board (SLB). There, the positive
transition of the signal is used to clear the LOAD flip-flop and to set the BOT 1 flip-flop. The
output from the clear side of the BOT 1 flip-flop maintains the positive LOAD/UN LOAD signal
to the SVA board and ensures that forward motion will be continued. The second detent pulse after
the BOT pulse causes signal DETENT ODD to go low thus setting the DETENT flip-flop. The
output of the DETENT flip-flop clears the BOT 1 flip-flop thus removing the LOAD/UN LOAD
signal, and the positioner is detented (locked) at track ODD.
4.5.6.8
Detent Operation. Track 000 is defined as the position of the carriage (and heads) at
which the second odd detent signal is detected and takes place between the termination of the
second and start of the third detent pulse. At this point, the detent signal has a positive slope; e.g.,
it is negative and rising toward zero. Therefore, the positioner slows down rapidly to approximately
zero forward speed as it approaches the addressed concentric recording track. Because of the
moving-mass inertia, some overshoot will occur, but the positioner is driven backward toward
track 000 (the zero crossing of the detent signal) by the positive excu rsion of the detent signal.
When the carriage is locked over track 000, eventually the signals SEEK COMP and READY are
generated.
4-34
.WA.N~Q§6~-OQl
-
.NAR..266.
CAR 256
l.
.
SUB-3
D-
)
-----,
I
CAR 128
-
\
D~~D~WDIWD~p
NAR.128
'CAR 64
-
\
NAR 64
CAR 32
SUB-2
NAR32
.
CAR16
-
\
\
NAR 16_
F ROM CURRENT
A DDRESS REGISTER
j[
I
DIFF
OUTPUTS
TOD/A
!CONVERTER
CAR 8
-
NAR8
\
DIPD~,DI~
:CAR4
-
NAJ~4
CAR 2
\
SUB-1
iNAR2
CAR 1
\
TO
COARSE
SERVO
l-OOP
-
NAR 1
FWD
F/F
Figure 4-21. Subtractor Circuit - 200 TPI
4-:35
4.5.6.9
Detent Pulses. As the carriage moves the R/W heads radially across the concentric
recording tracks, the optical position transducer detects the track crossing as described in the
mechanical description of the head positioning servo system. The position transducer transmits a
series of modified sinewave signals to the SVA board (ref. figure 4-8). There, the pulses are shaped
and amplified; then, depending on the phase of the modified sine wave, the DET ODD or DET
EVEN pulses are decoded to product DT P pulses. These pulses trigger the CAR D L Y O/S whose
output is gated with the selected output of the FWD flip-flop to produce the signal required to
increment or decrement the Current Address Register.
4.5.6.10
Zero Difference. The updated output from the CAR is constantly cOMpared to the
binary cylinder address stored in the NAR during a Seek operation by the two halves of the
comparator (COMP-1 and COMP-2). When the comparator detects that the current value in the
CAR equals that stored in the NAR, a ZERO signal is generated. This signal enables the set input
of the Detent flip-flop, and this flip-flop will be clock-set when the Delay Detent one-shot times out.
4.5.6.11
Temperature Compensation Voltage (TCV). The TCV signal (used on the 200 TPI
Disc Drive only) provides temperature compensation consisting of an analog signal proportional
to the ambient temperature within the Disc Drive. This is accomplished by processing the output
of a thermistor located on the base of the chassis. The analog signal is set at zero tolerance at
the midpoint of the operating range. A procedure to be used in monitoring operation of the
temperature compensation circuit is described in Section 5.
4.5.7
SERVO AMPLIFIER BOARD (SVA)
4.5.7.1
Board Functions. The main functions performed by the logic circuits on this circuit
board include:
A.
Provide drive current to positioner motor.
B.
Generate BOT and Detent pulses.
C.
Energize Servo motor relay.
A block diagram of the SVA circuit board showing the principal signal paths and functional blocks
is shown in Figure 4-22.
4-36
I
DIFF
2MSB
_
VELOCITY
GEN
;~
I0-0-I_''' SUMMING
AMPLIFIER
~
NOTCH
FILTER
-
WAN.0793.001
FORWARD
;POWER
,AMPLIFIER
.......... DRIVER
-...... --.---
-
SERVO OUTPUT
VELOCITY
TACH
AMPLIFIER
VEL
TACH
OFFSET
REVERSE
DRIVER
~V
__....._
OFFSET
FWD
Ht
...
----...
OFFSET
AMP/
TEMP
COMP
-
!£DAC
CURRENT FAULT
-D~C.
.r
fIFAULT\-.'GATE
LOSS (-)
AGC CHANNEL
AGC
I-AMPLIFIER
CURRENT
FAULT
DETECTOR
RELAY
DRIVER
SWITCH
DUAL
THRESHOLD
DETECTOR
RELAY
DRIVER
AMPLIFIER
(INVERTING)
~
AMPLIFIER
(INVERTING)
SERVO
MTR
--
RELAY
-
i
SHAPER
i
SHAPER
..
DETENT ODD (-)
: DETENT EVEN
~
Figure 4-22. Block Dia!lram of Servo Amplifier Board
4-37
MTR
RTN
iL~D
LED
DRIVER
I
p'OSITION.
CHANNEL
--
i-)
-
4,5.7.2
Drive Control Signal Generation. This operational cycle is initiated by signals gen-
erated on the Servo Logic Board (SLB) as described in the circuit analysis of that board. Figure
4··23 is a timing diagram showing the sequence of events occurring during the initial Track 000
Seek operation with the abbreviations of the source of each input. The FWD signal from the SLB
is inverted and used to ground an FET used as an electronic switch. The positive current is
amplified and applied to a comparator which enables either the FWD driver or the REV driver
depending on the direction in which the positioner is to move. The SE RVO AMPLI FIE R OUTPUT signal then is routed to the power amplifier on the Power Regulator Board (PRB) through the
harness assembly, and is used as a drive control signal to actuate the positioner. The COARSE
SERVO ENABLE input from the SLB also grounds the gate of an FET, and the carriage (and
heads) begins to move. The FET's on the SVA set up signal paths for direction of positioner
travel and associated drive signal control functions. A notch filler with an emitter follower output
is used to eliminate mechanical resonances.
4.5.7.3
DDAC Input. The SVA receives several inputs from the SLB. As described in the
discussion of that circuit board, the difference figure obtained from subtracting the current binary
in the CAR from that in the NAR is applied to a digital-to-analog converter. This difference signal,
DDAC, is applied to the Velocity Ramp generator on the SVA. Note that the DI F 2 MSB signal is
applied to the amplifier in parallel with the DDAC input. This signal constitutes the two most
significant digits in the Difference Output. As long as the signal is high, the profile amplifier will be
saturated, and the carriage will move forward (or backward) at maximum speed. When this input
goes low, the output of the digital-to-analog converter will determine the speed at which the positioner moves the carriage toward the addressed track. The speed will decrease in steps, as shown in
Figure 4-24, the timing diagram "for the New Address Seek operation. A Digital-to-Analog converter
in conjunction with a ramp generator are used to decrease the Servo Amp output exponentially.
4.5.7.4
Velocity Generator Operation. The analog output of the D-A converter is applied to
the velocity generator circuit. The output of this circuit is slightly aided or inhibited by the electronic tach output. The SERVO AMPLIFIER OUTPUT signal then is routed to the linear positioner
motor. The output of the electronic tach circuit"is used as a reference voltage. If the positioner
carriage is moving as fast as the coarse servo amplifier logic circuits have programmed it to go, no
correctional voltage will be generated. However, if the SE RVO AMPLI FIE R OUTPUT signal does
not drive the positioner at the correct rate of motion, the correction voltage will be sent to either
the FWD or REV FET.
4-38
WAN-0423A-001
L[) HD (-)
(DCB BOARD)
FWD (-)
(SLB BOARD)
r"
U
---,
I
~*~------------------
L
t-.j4.----
APPROX'--I
11 SEC--,
I
I
POSITION (TP-5) _
(SVA BOARD)
....1_
I
I
I
I
i
DIET EVEN (-)
(SVA BOARD)
DIET ODD (-)
(SVA BOARD)
I
.
COUNTERS DISABLED
TO HERE
,
I
•
I
-S1flIlnmlJ!
tmnmnJ
,
I
U-
BlOT PULl?E
DET EN (+)
(SLB BOARD)
I
I
I
I
--~S~S----------~
-~
SlEEK COMP
(GIB BOARD)
II
READY
(GIB BOARD)
1-1
r--
5MS
.--J
.--J
Figure 4-23. Initial Address Seek Operation Waveforms
4-39
WAN-0045-003
FWD (-)
(SLB BOARD)
~5~-------------------------------
H1
SEEK STROBE
(I/O BOARD)
~
'-.- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
I
Yl
SK (+)
(CIB BOARD)
DLY SK (-)
(SLB BOARD)
I
'-------------------------------
I
~
1 US
10 MS MIN.
90 MS MAX.-----I..
Ib
Ir
II
II~---------------~
DETEN(+)
(SLB BOARD)
COARSE SERVO
~_~ABIE
(SLB BOARD)
(it
~-------------------------
--H: I
~----------------~
~I
~-----------------
POSITION (TP·5)
(SVA BOARD)
!:"
VELOCITY (TP-3)!'!'..
(SVA BOARD)
_
~
I'
'----~
TRACK 63 FOR 100 TPI UNITS
126 FOR 200 TPI UNITS
Mr-~---TRACK
r+------~
D/A.
CONVERTER (TP-2.l.
(SVA-SOAR-of
SEEK COMP
(CIB BOARD)
15
MS
I
---,
1
...__________....
Figure 4-24. New Address Seek Operation Waveforms
4-40
4,,5.7.5
Positioning Servo System. Head positioning to a desired track is accomplished by
means of the positioner servo system. This system, a block diagram of which is shown in Figure
4·25, consists of a positioner motor, a coarse siervo loop, a fine servo loop, a FET-multiplexer, a
summing junction and amplifier, and a servo amplifier. When the spindle motor comes up to speed,
the I DX pulses set the RDY 1 flip-flop and cause signal LD HD to be generated with the LOAD/
UN LOAD line going high. The FWD signal is glenerated on the Servo Logic Board (S~B) when the
contents of the Current Address Counter (CAI~) equals the binary value stored in the New Address
Register (NAR). When the FWD and LOAD/UN LOAD lines go high, the servo amplifier is activated.
WAN·OS99·001
----,
IcO~-;E-;;-RV~O-;;
I
CYLINDER
ADDRESS..
(9 L INES)
I
EXTERNAL
{
CONTROLLER
I
I
NEW ADDRESS
REGISTER
(NAR)
f---I-o
r+
I
---.S.-,K_ _ _ _ _---oil
I
I
I
__
,----
r:1~IN~E;;VO -
DETENT
PULSE
---.
GENERATOR
OETEN':= =
=
. CURRENT
ADDRESS
rCOAUR~TER
=
FINE
1-----.....
(8 LINES) -
I
I
I
I
I
DIGITAL TO
ANALOG
CONVERTER
,
VELOCITY
. RAMP
GENERATOR
-
=:1- -
AMPLIFIER
POSITIOl\1 I
__SIGNAL
----1-... SHAPING
SIGNAL
NETWORK!
L _______
' ______J
I
SUBTRACTOR
DIFFERENCE
ADDRESS _
LOOP
t- -- -- - - -,. -___
""11
FET
SUMMING
MULTIPLEXER-v:,r- AMP
-
f----
NOTCH
FILTER
1
POWER
AMPLIFIER
. (FWD/REV)
~
LINEAR
POSITION
.-.
TAANSDUCER
VELOCITY
TACH
AMPLIFIER
POSITIONER9
MOTOR
L _____ _
-------
Figure 4-251, Positioner Servo
4-41
I
~_J
4.5.7.6
Final Detent. The coarse servo loop signal is applied through the servo amplifier and
FWD or REV circuits until the positioner is within one track of the cylinder address stored in the
NAR. At this time the SERVO DETENT ENABLE signal is generated. The comparator sets the
Detent Enable flip-flop which enables the fine servo loop. The coarse servo loop is disabled when
the fine servo loop is activated (and vice versa). The servo detents (locks) the heads in place over
the selected track. If the last track address is even, detenting takes place on the positive slope of the
position transducer signal (even track). If the last address bit is odd, detenting takes place on the
negative slope of the position transducer signal (odd track). \AJith the fine servo loop activated,
final lock-on is implemented as the DET ODD and DET EVEN inputs to the Servo Logic Board
(SLB) cause the final increment of the CAR. When the CAR is sampled following the final counter
increment/decrement, final detent is accomplished. When the heads have settled over the addressed
track for 5 milliseconds (minimum), the SEEK CaMP status signal is transmitted to the Controller
as described in the discussion of the Control I nterface Board. Normal retraction of the positioner
carriage occurs if the RUN/LOAD switch is placed in LOAD position. This activates a multiplex
switch which applies a specific input to the servo amplifier to effect full retraction of the positioner.
4.5.7.7
Track Offset, Forward, and Reverse. The 100/200 TPI Disc Drive has the ability to
retrieve marginal data. Two lines from the Controller allow the positioner to be offset by a predetermined amount (approximately % mil) in the selected direction in either FWD or REV. A
simplified logic diagram of the offset circuit is shown in Figure 4-26. These lines can be used to
recover marginal data during a Read operation and must not be used when writing. Offsetting
is accomplished by injecting a small amount of current into the main servo summing junction as
shown on the SVA schematic (Appendix C).
WAN-0710
+15V
OFWD - - - - ( ' 1 1
SUMMING
POINT
SKC
UNIT
ENABLED
OFRV
-----(~
-15V --,'_'1--
Figure 4-26. Servo Offset Signals
4-42
SERVO
SIGNAL
4.5.8
DATA ELECTRONICS BOARD (DEB)
4.5.8.1
Introduction. The Data Electronics board contains the circuitry for processing I/O
data to and from the external Controller on SE!parate Read and Write channels and provides the
necessary Write Protect logic to ensure that data is neither improperly written nor erased. A block
diagram of the DEB showing signal paths and circuit components is shown in Figure 4-27. Refer to
the schematic of the Data Electronics board (Appendix C) when fopowing the circuit analysis.
4.5.8.2
Disc/Head Selection. The four cable assemblies from the Read/Write heads plug into
mceptacles mounted on this circuit board. Tht3 diodes shown next to the connectors on the
schematic are selection diodes. The head activated is selected by decoding the H D SE Land DISC
SE L inputs from the Controller. Jumpers are included to provide customer options. The NAND
gates at the output of the decoder circuit are drivers used to ground the center point of the
sHlected head. A logic diagram illustrating the decoding circuit is shown in Figure 4-28.
4.5.8.3
Read Operation. I n a Read operation, the sinusoidal output from the selected head
coils is passed through an isolation transformer and then amplified. Diodes provide overload
protection for the Read amplifier. Correct termination of the Read/Write coils is provided by an
RC termination network. The output of the Read Amplifier is passed through a low-pass filter
for noise suppression and is differentiated. The output of the differentiator then is shaped in a
twostag~
limiter, which delivers square-wave pulses. The limiter outputs, READ DATA 1 and
R EAD DATA 2, are sent to the Data I nterfaCE! Board for further processing including separation
of data and clock pulses. A simplified logic diagram of the Read/Write amplifier is shown in
Figure 4-29. (Refer to figure 3-8 for a timing diagram showing data transfer characteristics.)
4,,5.8.4
Write Operation. The Write data is received from the external Controller on the
v\fRITE DATA line. It is first processed by cirGuitry on the Data Interface Board then sent to
the Write circuits on the Data Electronics Board (DEB). The WR ITE DATA signal toggles the
\J\frite flip-flop; the true or false outputs of which, are routed to the two Write current drivers.
The WRITE flip-flop is enabled or disabled by WRITE signal. Other ways the Write Operation can
be inhibited are' when any of the following conditions exist:
4-43
II
I
I
HEADSEL.
DATA'
, INTERFACE'
BQARD ____ _
:OISCSEL
DATA
INTERFACE
'BO~BQ, __
L~/f
_
HEAD/O-'SC
SELECTION:
:pgCOQ~~ __ ,
WRITE
CURRENT: ....-'\,_'----4..--1
,WRiTe
_!
WAN-0829-002
'D~JyEA~·
-HEM,-=,
--,
N
,',t-,,
}
;LOWiPASS
IfILT,t;B,:
:OATA-'--,
'INTERFACE!
~QAflD
___ _
SERVO
!LOGIC,
!BOA~.DI
!MULTIPLE
HEAD
/SEl,ECT
WRITE
I
I
------I
'SP DET,
I
;DC LOSS,
IWAT
A DISC WRT PROT SW:
OCP{~____
F_D_I_SC
__
WR
__
T_P_R_O_T_SW
__: ________
~
Figure 4-27. Block Diagram of Data Electronics Board
iPROT
1tIO.J _
'
WAN-0695-002
MULTI-HEAD S E L E C T - - - - - - - - -.....,.....~
+13V--__....__
~
SUMMING
RESISTORS
READ/
WRITE
HEADS
DECODfNG
HEAD
MATRIX
SELECT B - -.....----lr-""""TOP
ellSC
SE
LECT
READ/WRITE
HEAD PIN
FUNCTIONS
TO READ/WRITE HEAD
(SEE FIGURE 4-9)
---f-_~
L -_ _
HEA[)
SELECT A _ .....-I---l---Jr-"""'"
1,3
~---~~~----.-~~-~4-~------~
Bon'OM
DISC
SELECT
DATA READ/
WRITE PIN
4
CENTER TAP
PIN (ENABLES
R/W HEAD)
6
ERASE CURRENT
PIN
ERASE
CURI~ENT----------------------------------------------------~
TO/FROM READ/
WRITE CHAIN
Figure 4-28. Disc/Head Selection Decoder
i W,l).!'1-=-~94A:9.2~
WRITE AMPLIFIER CHAIN
WRT
DATA
READ CHAIN
,WRITE
ISOLATION
TRANSFORMER
WRITE
FLIPFLOP
READ
ISOLATION
TRANS·
: FORMER
RDSE~~'----------~------~------------.-----------------~
ADD,
128/256
IFtLTER
WRT~'------~-__
-
--13V
--
Figure,4·29. Block Diagram of ReadlWrite Amplifier
4-45
~-""'IREAD
DATA ~
~--""'IREAD
DATA 2
A.
The fixed disc PROT FIXED switch on the OCP is depressed and the fixed disc
is selected.
B. " The removable cartridge PROT CART switch is depressed and the removable
disc is selected.
C.
The SP DETEC input from the Disc Control Board (DCB) is high and/or two or
more ReadlWrite heads are selected simultaneously.
I NOTE I
Conditions A, B, or C, in any combination,
can occur simultaneously.
If none of the inhibiting conditions exist, the Write Operation will be enabled. The Write flip-flop
will change state for every Write data pulse and will supply base drive to one of the two transistors.
'Whichever transistor is gated on will deliver Write current into the write transformer. Output
voltage from the transformer causes one of the two diodes to be forward biased, and Write current
flows into the selected head. A timing diagram showing the relative waveshapes of Read and Write
data is shown in Figure 4-30.
WAN-0036
o
1.
o
"1
1
OF WRT DATA
WRT CURRENT.J
READ SIGNAL
OF RD DATA"
RDCLK
RD DATA
(PULSE)
-11______
~r1~
______ _________r1_______
~rl
~r1~
_______rL_
_______ _______________________________ _________ _______
r1~
r1~
Figure 4-30. Read and Write Signals - Relative Timing
4-46
r1~
4.5.8.5
Erasing. Drive current for the erase coil is supplied by the Erase Driver which is gated
on by an AN D gate in the E RASE input line. The erase coil is energized automatically during a Write
operation. The output of the gate turns on a transistor whose output is routed to, and activates,
the erase windings on the ReadlWrite heads. Tlhe erase gap on each side of the data track is used to
erase both edges of the written track to improve reliability of the written data as shown in Figure
4-31.
100/200 TPI
WAN-1167
;%,/ER~EPOlE
.
~R~EGAP
.
c::~.
READ/WRITE GAP
DISC ROTATION
- - -.... .017'5J..-
...
.
\ I\
.
QI \I\I\ ~
'EDGES ERASED
EDGES NOT ERASED
Figure 4-:31. Edge Erasing
4-47
BEGINNING
OF SECTOR
FLUX CHANGES
4.5.8.6
Write Current Switching. During a Write operation, the current to the write coil in
the Read/Write head is increased as the most significant output line from the Current Address
Counter (CAR) goes high. This will be the AD256 line on 200 TPI Disc Drives or AD128 on
100 TPI units. Specifically, tracks 0 through 255 (127) are written with a higher current (approximately 35 milliamperes) than tracks 256 through 408 (128 through 204). The Write current on
these tracks is decreased to approximately 30 milliamperes. Since recording density increases in
proportion to the track number, improved bit resolution is obtained if the inside tracks are
written with a lower level of Write current. The process is performed in the following manner:
the most significant bit of the new cylinder address is routed to the Servo Amplifier Board
(SVA) from the Servo Logic Board (SLB). This signal goes high when the head changes from
track 255 to track 256 (127 to 128). As a result, when signal AD256 (AD128) goes high, less Write
current is caused to flow into the emitters of the two Write amplifiers, and the remainder is shunted
to ground. The Write current potentiometer is used to preset the Write current level.
Conversely, when the head position changes from track 256 to 255 (128 to 127), the output of
the NAND gate goes high. Thus, the Write amplifier current drivers are switched back to the higher
cu rrent level.
4.5.8.7
Write Protection. If writing is conditionally inhibited because of a spindle speed
deviation of more than 1% or because of mUltiple head selection, a corresponding status signal,
WRITE
~HECK,
is transmitted to the Controller. The internal signal, WRT CHK X is developed at
the output of the inverter. If writing is unconditionally inhibited by means of the PROT CART or
PHOT FIXED control switches, a corresponding status signal, WRITE PROT is transmitted to the
external Controller. The internal signal for this function is designated WRT PROT.
4.5.9
CONTROL INTERFACE BOARD (CIB)
4.5.9.1
I ntroduction. The Control I nterface Board provides a means for transferring separated
index and sector pulses to the external Controller. It also contains circuitry for controlling the
signals described in the following paragraphs.
4-48
4.5.9.2
Seek Complete. The DETENT MODE signal, generated on the Servo Amplifier Board
(SVA) when the fine servo loop is activated, is routed to the CI B and starts the Seek Complete
Delay 5-millisecond timer. Before the low-high'transition of the Detent Enable (DET EN) pulse,
the clear terminal of the Seek Complete flip-flop was held low. Therefore, the SEEK COMP output
is low until the timeout period expires and the flip-flop is set (assuming jumper connections M to
Land KK to MM). When signal DET EN is high, the clear and data terminals of the Seek Complete
flip-flop are high. This flip-flop now can be triggE!red by an output from the ADD ACK Delay and
Pulse width flip-flops, in which case, the SEEK COMP line will go high. The negative input terminal
to the SKC Delay one-shot receives triggers from the PSEUDO SECTOR 2000 line at approximately
20-microsecond intervals (depending on spindle rotational speed). This 5-millisecond one-shot will
start timing at power turn-on; however, it can not time out since it is successively retriggered. When
the DETENT MODE signal inhibits these trigger pulses, the timeout period starts, and the Seek
Complete flip-flop is set after 5 milliseconds allowing the heads time to settle over the addressed
recording track.
As the carriage moves forward and detent pulses are developed, the DETENT MODE signal will be
low. After the last detent pulse has been detected and the positioner has settled, signal DETENT
MODE will go high. The timer will generate a 5-millisecond pulse after the low-high transition of
the DETENT MODE signal; and at the trailing edge of the pulse from the SKC Delay one-shot, the
Seek Complete flip-flop is set. The SEEK COMP line will remain high until a SEEK STROBE
Command is received from the Controller.
4.5.9.3
Ready Signal. When the Seek Complete flip-flop is toggled and its true output terminal
goes high, this signal is routed to a NAND gate to remove the clock input to the Ready flip-flop.
This gate is enabled by the Removable Cartridge Index pulse (RIDX) from the Disc Control Board
(DCB) and before the Seek Complete flip-flop is set; thus, the Ready flip-flop will set with the
RDY 1 signal from the DCB. The false output is inverted and causes the READY status signal to
be transmitted to the Controller. At the same time, the Ready Light (RDY L) line goes high, and
this signal lights the READY indicator on the OGP. The READY line will go low if:
A.
The RDY 1 input from the DeB goes low, or:
B.
A fault condition exists causing loss of operating voltage.
Figure 4-32 is a timing diagram of the events required to generate the READY status signal.
1,4-49
WAN·OO32A·1
I
I
i
I I I I 1111111: 111111111111
I
I
I
r-----------------~\~S------------------~
, . . . . . - - - - - DISC BRUSH CYCLE - - - - - - -.....IL._ _ _ _ _ _ __
Figure 4-32. Events to Produce READY Signal
4-50
4.5.9.4
Seek Strobe. The SEEK STROBE command from the Controller is applied to a three-
input AND gate qn the Control Interface Board (CIB). One of the other two inputs is the output
of the Ready flip-flop, so the Disc Drive must be ready to receive inputs before this gate is enabled.
The third possible input is the LOAD/UN LOAD pulse from the Servo Logic Board (SLB) which
is generated during a LOAD or RESTORE Command cycle. Note that jumper provisions are provided for the LOAD/UN LOAD signal as described in the table on the CI B schematic (Appendix C).
When no fault conditions are present, the SEEK (SK) output will go high during a Seek strobe. The
output of this gate also starts the Seek
IncompletE~
timer as described in paragraph 4.5.9.5. A block
diagram showing control signal paths in the CI B is presented in Figure 4-33.
4.5.9.5
Seek Incomplete. The leading edge o"f the $EEK pulse triggers the 400-millisecond
Seek In"complete timer, which is connected to the clock input of the Seek Incomplete flip-flop, and
the timer is started by the high-low transition. If the Seek Incomplete timer times out before the
Seek Complete flip-flop is set by the DETENT MODE input, the Seek Incomplete flip-flop will be
set and the SEEK INCOMP
lin~
will go high. This status signal is transmitted to the Controller to
indicate an incompleted Seek operation. Since thE! maximum time to access the innermost track is
approximately 90 milliseconds, the Seek Complete flip-flop normally will be set, and the Seek
Incomplete timer will not finish its timeout period.
4.5.9.6
Return To Zero. When the Seek Inco,mplete flip-flop is set, the output of the flip-flop
is ORed with numerous signals. The output of the! OR gate fires the RTZ one-shot whose positivegoing output sends a pulse to the Disc Control Board (DCB) on the RETURN ZERO line. There,
the RTZ signal is developed, and the retraction of the carriage is initiated.
4.5.9.7
Restore Operation. When the CL RESTORE pulse enters the Control Interface Board
(CI B), it is applied to a three-input AN D gate. On'e of the other inputs is the output of the Ready
flip-flop, so the Disc Drive must be Ready to impllement commands from the Controller before this
gate is enabled. The third input is comprised of many variable signals but must be high at this time.
The leading edge of the positive-going pulse at tht~ output of this gate fires the 2-millisecond RTZ
one-shot. The low-high output of the one-shot th1en is transmitted to the DCB on the RETURN
ZE RO line. A timing diagram of the Restore operation is shown in Figure 4-34.
4-51
WAN·04"-002
~NNECTOR
CL RESTORE
SEEK
STROBE
{
BOARD·
1-------.....
SEEK
INCOMPLETE
JUMPER
CONNECTIONS
ILL ADD
I
I
..-
a"
w-
I
SERVO
AMPLIFIER
BOARD
DISC CONTROL
BOARD
SERVO LOGIC
BOARD
I
DLYSK
-""
I
I
-
DETENT MODE
PSEUDO SECTOR 2000
DET EN (+)
.-
..-..
_I
I
I
BOARD
DISC
CONTROL
BOARD
SERVO
LOGIC
BOARD
..I
ILL ADD
I
~
ADDACK
..
WRITE CHK
I
I
I
I
JUMPER
CONNECTION
ILLEGAL
ADDRESS
LOGIC
I
DATA
INTERFACE
BOARD
SK (+)
LOAD/UN LOAC ~
1
SERVO LOGIC{
BOARD
1-------------....I
RETURN ZERO
SEEK INCOMPLETE
LOGIC CIRCUIT
SERVO LOGIC
BOARD
I/O
~------~~ CONNECTOR
I
ATTENTION
LOGIC
GATES
i
ATTN
.. JJUMPER
I
- ICONNECTIONSI
JJUMPER
I
- -ICONNECTIONSI
SEEK
COMPLETE
I/O
CONNECTOR
BOARD
I
-:'1
I
I
J I/O
- -I CONNECTOR
BOARD
I
SEEK
LOGIC
CIRCUIT
WRITE PROTECT
.,I
DATA ELECTRONICS
BOARD
Figure 4-33. Block Diagram - Control I nterface Board (CI B) Control Logic Circuits
4-52
WAN·0071
RESTORE
---1I
_____
.....--
1------
50 ----
ns
I
ADD STROBE _ _......
r
I
-
1
1....1 - - ADD ACKNOW.
SEEK COMPLETE
I
22/-"_1
I"l....-
---... 1~s 1".---------i
I...----tt,..t---'
HEADS POSITIONED OVER CYL "0"
Figure 4-34. Restore Operation Timing Diagram
4.5.9.8
Illegal Address/Acknowledge AddrE~ss. The I LL ADD input is received from the SLB
(refer to paragraph 4.5.6.2) and makes the Data input of the I "egal Address flip-flop go high. The
trailing edge of the DL Y SK pulse clock-sets the flip-flop, and the I LL ADD line goes high. A
jumper pad is included to provide customer-desi,gnated options.
If the cylinder address is legal (406 or 408 - 200 TPI) (202 or 203 - 100 TPI), the Seek operation
will begin at the D L Y SK event, and the Addres~i Acknowledge (ADD ACK) signal wi" go high.
This status line wi" then be transmitted to the Controller. Note that either the I LL ADD or ADD
ACK signal wi" be high, since these outputs constitute the Q and Q outputs of the Illegal Address
flip-flop respectively. The setting of this flip-flop is a function of the DL Y SK pulse (described in
paragraph 4.5.9.9).
4.5.9.9
Delay Seek. The trailing edge of the! DL Y SK pulse strobes the cylinder address into
the New Address Register (NAR). At the same time, the 2-microsecond (or 27-microsecond,
depending on customer options) Address Acknowledge Delay one-shot is triggered. The low-high
pulse from the one-shot fires the Address Acknowledge Pulse Width 5-microsecond one-shot. The
delay period is required to allow for checking for an illegal address and performance of associated
internal timing functions. The output of the Address Acknowledge one-shot is a narrow negativegoing pulse.
4-53
Since the I LL ADD input from the Servo Logic Board (SLB) is low, the Illegal Address flip-flop will
not be set by the trailing edge of the SK D L Y pulse, and the output of the Q terminal will be high.
The pulse from the Address Acknowledge Pulse Width one-shot then is sent to the Controller as a
status signal that the Seek operation has begun.
4.5.9.10
Index/Sector Pulse Separation. The removable Index (R IDX), removable Sector (RSTR),
Fixed Index (FIDX), and Fixed Restore (FSTR) inputs are generated on the Disc Control Board
(DCB) as described in the circuit analysis of the DCB. Note that the HI DX signal also is routed to
the Ready logic circuit to generate the READY signal. The two Index counter circuits are identical
with the input index and sector pulses inasmuch as they are routed to a series of counters through an
AN D gate. The output of the counters is routed through two multiplexer circuits, and these outputs
are routed to the Controll'er. Thus, the Controller is made aware of what sector is passing under the
l~eadlWrite
head at any time. Note that jumper options are included in the output lines to accom-
modate customer requirements.
4.5.10
DATA INTERFACE BOARD (VFO)
4.5.10.1
Introduction. The Data Interface board supplies double frequency-encoded Write data
from the external Controller to the DEB. Other signals pass through this board coming from, or
~Joing to, the Controller. In addition, the conversion of N RZ-coded data to double frequency-
Emcoded format for writing on the disc,- or from double frequency-encoded data back to the original
N RZ for~at after it is read from the disc is accomplished on this board. This function is performed
by the Variable Frequency Oscillator (VFO); the block diagram of which is shown in Figure 4-35.
4.5.10.2
Edge Discriminator Operation. At the point where the Read data first enters the DIB,
it is essentially a square-wave input. The first stage of the bidirectional one-shot (shown as the edge
discriminator in figure 4-35) is a differential amplifier which is used as a limiter. The second portion
is used to form pulses on each edge of the input pulse as shown in Figure 4-36. Thus, a pulse is
!lenerated for each flux reversal that was recorded on the disc during a previous Write operation. In
I~ffect, the output from the edge discriminator is representative of the double frequency-encoded
data written on the disc. The first clock pulse received from the edge discriminator after the first
gating flip-flop, RD SYNC A, is enabled by the internal RD EN GATE signal. The second clock
!pulse then sets the second gating flip-flop RD SYNC B. The width of the output pulses from the
edge discriminator is 1-50 to 160 nanoseconds for a 1500 rpm Disc Drive, 100 to 110 nanoseconds
-for a 2400 rpm Disc Drive.
4-54
WAN.Q827
WRITE
DATA
READIWRITE
JUMPERS~
~
READ
DATA
READ
DATA
1~
2_
8T20 EDGE
DISCRIMINATOR
f--
--fU
CLOCK
CiSCiLLA"fOH
.....
~
..-. r-
RD
SYNC
A
F/F
r
DATA
SEPARATOR
f--
~
T
ENABLES
WRITE
9602NDN·
RETRIGGER
ABLE ONE·
SHOT
9602
DATACLK
DNE·SHOT
]
DATACLK
r
REFERENCE
FREQUENCY
~r
+3.9VDCJ
1
--
-
~
RD
SYNC
B
F/F
RDEN
GATE
-
--
f
LOCAL
OSCILLATOR
4024
PHASE
DETECTOR
I
r--r--
DJ
4024
V.CO
-1>-V
=J}-
I
I
~
2.5MH~
ENCODED
DATA
OUTPUT
JUMPERS
OF
L
-
~
9602
14.5 US
NOISE
SUPPRESS
ONE·SHOT
FREQUENCY DIVIDERS
~2
FLIP·
FLOP
1ST STAGE
r"""""'~
r
72
FLIP·
FLOP
2ND STAGE
1--
-
..-.
-kG
~
.....-
Figure 4-35. Block Diagram of Variable Frequency Oscillator (VFO)
NRZI
--I
Y
ROD ATA
~
RAW
OF
DATA
1RD
DATA
A
F/F
1
1--.
...
RD
DATA
B
F/F
y
r--
'A'AN-0709
INPUT
~
I
I
OUTPUT
PULSES
-.Il
II
I
I
II
I
I
n
I
n
n
II
L
I
h
fL
I
Figure 4-36. Output of Double-Edge Discriminator
4.5.10.3
Variable Frequency Oscillator Operation. Signals RD OAT 1 and RD OAT 2 from the
Data Electronics Board (DEB) are applied to the edge discriminator in order to form the pulse
characteristics (ref. figure 4-29). The output pulse of this unit will have the desired pulse width due
to the external RC timing network. The value of the components comprising this network will be
determined by the bit cell time. The output of the bidirectional one-shot constitutes raw data (clock
signal intermixed with data) which will be used as the clock term for the RD SYNC A and RD
SYNC B flip-flops.
During Standby or Write operations, the output of the local oscillator is ANDed with the RD SYNC
B flip-flop Q output to provide a reference frequency to the phase detector. This input will be
compared to the phase lock loop made up of the voltage-controlled oscillator and frequency-divider
circuit. Any phase difference will generate a correction voltage to the VCO.
When the RD EN GATE signal goes true, the enabling RD SYNC A flip-flop will be set on the next
pulse from the bidirectional one-shot. The Q output of the RD SYNC A flip-flop will start the data
one lock-out which will determine the setting of data sync until the second pulse out of the bidirectional one-shot after Read Enable. This delay also provides time for the first pulse from the
bidirectional one-shot to set up the voltage-controlled oscillator output referenced to the Alpha
clock.
4-56
With the second pulse from the bidirectional one-shot, the Data Sync 8 flip-flop output will be
ANDed with the Alpha clock for the second input to the phase detector. If a phase difference exists
between the two "inputs to the phase detector,
a!
correction voltage is sent to the voltage-controlled
oscillator. The output of the VCO will increase or decrease due to this correction voltage. The
output of the VCO is inverted and used as the clock term for the VCO frequency divider. The false
output of the frequency divider network is ANDed with that of the VCO, and this term is used to
provide a clock input for the RD DATA A and RD DATA 8 flip-flops.
The true output of the R D DATA 8 flip-flop supplies data in N RZ format to the Controller when
th is option is selected. If D F (pulse) format is sE!lected, the true output of the RD DATA 8 flipflop is AN Ded with the Alpha clock, and double frequency-encoded data is sent to the Controller
via theEI8 and 108 logic circuits. As shown in Figure 4-37, a clock pulse initiates the writing or
reading of each bit cell. If a digital "1" is to be recorded, a second pulse will occur in the center of
the bit cell and a flux reversal will occur. If a di~)ital "0" is to be recorded, no pulse will occur during
the bit cell time, and no flux reversal will occur until the clock pulse that initiates the next bit cell
period.
VJAN-0707
o
o
o
o
o
+1
WRITE
CURRENT
-I
READ-BACK
VOLTAGE
I~
RECORDEID
FLUX
Figure 4··37. Double Frequency-Modulated Waveshape
4-57
4.5.10.4
Read Operation Complete. When the Read operation has been completed, the Con-
troller notifies the Disc Drive. The RD EN GATE line drops thus inhibiting further reading from
the disc. At this time, the output of the free-running oscillator again will become the reference
frequency for the phase detector.
4.5.11
SPINDLE DRIVE REGULATOR BOARD
This board, which is located in the plenum chamber next to the Motor Power Drive Power Switch
Board, is a current source that provides constant motor current. Two transistors are conducting at
all times when power is applied. The other two transistors conduct in proportion to the operational
requirements of the Disc Drive to provide a constant current output.
I NOTE I
There are two outputs, IS and +5V. The +5-volt
output of a series regulator on this board provides the operating voltage for the TTL logic in
the spindle drive and associated control circuits.
4.5.12
MOTOR DRIVE POWER SWITCH BOARD
4.5.12.1
Introduction. The Motor Drive Power Switch Board operates in conjunction with the
Gommutator board to supply drive current to the spindle motor.
4.5.12.2
Board Operation. Refer to the schematic of the Commutator board in Appendix B
when following the circuit analysis of spindle drive motor control.
The three CE LL outputs from the Commutator Board are applied to the Motor Drive Power Switch
Board at pins 4, 5, and 6 on J36. These inputs are routed to an auxilliar,y output which is required
on some Disc Drives. These three signals are applied to a multiplexer.
When the Disc Drive is in Run mode, the inputs are coupled directly through the multiplexer, as
shown in Figure 4-38; that is, from input pin 2 to output pin 4, from pin 5 to pin 7, and from pin
14 to pin 12. The three outputs from the multiplexer are then decoded in the decoder. Thus, one
of the three motor phases is turned on according to which of the three CE LL inputs is high, and
the motor rotates. When the Disc Drive is operating in Brake mode, the three CE LL inputs are
decoded so that they are slightly out of phase with the motor phase requirements. Thus, the current
inputs tend to brake the spindle motor.
4-58
WAN·0094
DISCRETE
TRANSISTOR
POWER
SWITCHES
MULTIPLEXER
74 LS1.57
(HIGH)
CELL 1
2
I
3 ....
CELL 2
5
6 ....
CELL 3
I
14
4
I
I
I
I
I
7
14
r------;,
INPUT
OUTF'UT
A
B
I
I
I
I
HIGH
I
A.
1
ABIB
3
I
I
I
I
LOW
B
2
BBIC
6
I
.
1
I 2"
I
I
I ~
I
C
4
IL CBlA
6
______ -II 4'
5'
I
12
13 ....
15
I
13
C
RUN
BRAKE
!
DECODER
74 LS42
--..
-..
2+,3 -
1+,2-
1
-.
1+,3 MOTOR
3+,1-
2
Jl •
-
.A.
2+,13
3+,2 -
Figure 4·38. Simplified Diagram of Brushless Motor Circuit
4.5.13
COMMUTATOR BOARD
The Commutator board is secured to the rear of the spindle drive motor assembly. The motor shaft
protrudes through the hole in the center of the board. Three interruptor switches are mounted on
the commutator board. Each interruptor switch consists of a Light Emitting Diode (LED) on one
side and a photo transistor on the other as shown on the schematic of the circuit board (Appendix
C). A shutter is attached to the shaft of the spindl'B motor and rotates with it. As the shutter
successively cuts off the light flow to two of the interruptor switches and allows the third switch
to conduct, the three output lines labeled CE L L 1, CE LL 2, and CE LL 3 are activated in turn.
The output of the activated switch is routed through a comparator circuit to the Motor Drive Power
Switch Board th rough connector P36 and tu rns on the applicable power phase.
Table 4·1 is an aid to troubleshooting the spindle drive motor. For example, if input lines CE LL 1
and CE LL 2 are high (cells seeing light while CE LL 3 line remains inactive), the decoder will cause
the No.3 input to the three-phase motor to be low and lines 1 and 2 to be high' (ref. figure 4-38).
4·59
TAB LE 4-1. Normal Run Switching Sequence
Cell High
Seeing Light
'" 1
1& 2
2
lBO o
Mechanical
Rotation
4.5.14,
• 2& 3
3
3& 1
I.. Repeat
Decoder
Out (low)
In
A
A&B
B
B&C
C
C&A
1 {Pin 2)
3 (Pin 4)
2 (Pin 3)
6 (Pin 7)
4 (Pin 5)
5 (Pin 6)
Motor Leads
+
2
1
1
3
3
2
3
3
2
2
1
1
EMERGENCY RETRACT BOARD
The Emergency Retract Circuit board is used to retract the carriage automatically in event of
abnormal conditions. The schematic of this circuit board (Appendix C) shows the location of com·,
ponents on the board. During normal operation, the relay is energized, and the output of the FWD
or REV Drive on the Servo Amplifier Board (SVA) is connected to the DC positioner motor via
the LINEAR MOTOR HOT line. The components shown in the lower portion of the schematic
comprise two power supply circuits,used to supply a±15 VDC output from the -1BV. and +1BV.
inputs. A zener diode and capacitor in each circuit perform the rectifying, regulating, and filtering
1functions. The -1BV. power supply circuit is used to supply a working voltage to the operational
amplifier shown at the left hand side of the schematic. The +1BV. input also is routed through the
relay contacts to the emitter of the FWD Driver transistor on the SVA board.
When the Disc Drive enters the Emergency Retract mode, the relay drops. The +1BV. line is dis·
connected and the FWD driver transistor is cut off. The inputs from the linear velocity transducer
(jumpered on the EI B to connector J34 of the Emergency Retract Board) are amplified by the
operational amplifier, and the positioner retracts the carriage with the rate of retraction accelerating
to approximately 10 fps. At this time, the current from the transducer is summed with the reference
voltage from the -15V. source dropped through the 1.5-megohm resistor, and the rate of backward
movement is constant. When the carriage is fully retracted, the positioner retracting mechanism hits
Home switch S8 and opens the switch. The transistor continues to conduct but is disconnected.
Since the system loses its operating voltage, the positioner remains inoperative and in fully retracted
position.
4-60
SECTION 5
MAINTENANCE
5.1
INTRODUCTION
The WANGCO_Series F and Series T Magnetic Disc Drives have been designed for exceptional
serviceability. The clean, functional layout and interconnection of major assemblies, subassemblies,
and associated components afford superior accessibility, and simplify preventive maintenance,
replacement, and adjustment procedures. Advanlced electronic and mechanical design and conservative component rating contribute to the high
perf~rmance
and reliability featured in
these units.
Field servicing of the WANGCQ Disc Drive will, in most instances, be confined to infrequent
preventive maintenance measures and routine performance verification. Should replacement of a
part of an assembly be required, removal and reinstallation of the respective item will present no
difficulties because of the modular construction and good accessibility.
Alignment procedures are straightforward, and adjustment and test points are with in easy reach
when the top cover b~as been removed. Certain rE!p1acement procedures necessitate access to the
bottom area of the Disc Drive. Since in most casles the chassis will be mounted on slides, such
access is easily accomplished by pulling the unit out of the cabinet as far as required. The internal
flexible I/O signal cable, which interconnects thE! stationary I/O connector panel to the slideable
unit, allows the Disc Drive to be on-line even when the unit is partially removed from its
mounting rack.
5.2
SCOPE OF MAINTENANCE
Servicing of the Series F and Series T Disc Drive:; can be broadly divided into preventive and
corrective maintenance. The service work intended to preclude certain malfunctions is of a
minor, periodic nature and is summarized in Table 5-1.
Corrective maintenance concerns itself mainly with service on the assembly level. That is, it
will consist of the substitution, after appropriate diagnosis, of integral subassemblies such as
plug-in boards, ReadlWrite heads, etc. It also will include follow-up calibration or adjustment
wh ere req u ired.
5-1
I n regard to individual (and possibly critical) parts, it is recommended that such work be done
only after a careful study of the appropriate circuit description in Section 4. This theory study
should be observed in conjunction with consultation with one of the factory field engineers in
order to guarantee the continued integrity of the Disc Drive.
Problem diagnosis can be performed on-line and will be limited only be diagnostic program
capabilities. Off-line diagnosis may be accomplished with a field exerciser card with positioning
capabilities but no data interfacing capabilities. A self-contained bench-type exerciser unit,
available from WANGCO, Inc., provides comprehensive test and diagnostic capabilities.
This section of the m~nual provides instructions for the removal and replacement of major
assemblies and adjustment and calibration procedures that can be performed on-site.
5.3
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
5.3.1
INTRODUCTION
In Disc Drive installations, preventive maintenance is performed only at infrequent intervals,
since all moving parts (including th~ recording medium) are normally enclosed, and are purged
continuously by a clean-air system. However, som,e contamination of the system is inevitable,
especially during changing of a removable cartridge. The cartridge itself is a potential source of
some contamination unless it is maintained in a clean condition.
5.3.2
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
Note in Table 5-1 that 1 year of operation is equivalent to 2,000 operating hours based on a
single-shift day. This schedule should be modified to shorter intervals if one of the following
situations prevails:
A.
Operation in excess of normal on-time.
B.
Frequent cartridge exchange.
C.
Adverse environment.
5-2
TAB LE 5-1. Preventive Maintenance Schedule
ITEM
INTERVAL
OPERATION
Detent Output Signal
6 months
Check and verify that the signal conforms with
the specifications outlined in paragraph '5.6.5.1
Disc Cleaning Brushes
6 months
I nspect condition (see figure 5-20). Replace
brushes if necessary.
Positioner Carriage
GlHde Rails
6 months
Clean with alcohol-saturated swab. Remove all
cotton residue.
Read/Write Heads
6 months
Check retraction of positioner carriage. Inspect
and if necessary clean as outlined in paragraph
5,.3.3.
Spindle Chuck and
Cone
6 months
Clean surfaces, using alcohol-moistened kimwipes. Remove ferrous particles (if any) from
chuck and magnet ring through application of
masking tape.
Fixed Disc
6 months
Glean with an alcohol-saturated swab through
access ho Ie at the front of the unit (see f igu re 5-1).
Air Filter:
PrefUter
Main Filter
1 year
1 year
Replace prefilter (see figure 5-16).
Inspect main filter.
Blower Ground Brush
1 year
Replace brush assembly.
Spindle Ground Brush
1 year
Replace brush assembly.
1 year
Ateplacebelt (see CAUTION below).
Blower Drive Belt
I
I~
WHEN REPLACING O-RING BELTS, PRE·
STRETCHING B'Y HAND 'MUST BE AVOIDED.
WHEN STRETCHED, BE'LTS "SET"AND BE:COME LOOSE WHICH CAN AF'FECi MACHINE
PERFORMANCE AND SHORTEN BELT LIFE.
INSTALL BELTS BY ROLLING THEM INTO
,PLACe: WHI LE'SlOWLY ROTATING PULLE:Y.
5-3
, WHEN REPLACING PC BOARDS
" WITH MINIATURE DIP SWITCHES,'
CHECK LABt=L BEHIND FRONT
TRIM PANEL TO VERIFY PROPER
SWITCH SETTING FOR THE CON·
FIGURATION.
5.3.3
READ/WRITE HEAD INSPECTION AND CLEANING
Because of the very small clearance between head and disc surfaces, it is imperative that the heads
(as well as the disc) be kept clean. When in the flying altitude, the heads are separated from the
disc surface by only a few microns; and because of the high disc speed, even small particles adhering
to the heads may cause damage to the heads or to the disc surface.
To inspect the head surfaces for accumulation of dust or oxide particles, remove the cartridge and
illuminate the head area with a suitable light source. The upper heads may be viewed with the aid
of a small dental-type mirror.
~
DO NOT TOUCH THE HEAD SURFACE OR
BRING THEM INTO CONTACT WITH ANY
OBJECT OTHER THAN THE CLEANING
APPLICATOR.
To clean the head surfaces, wipe them with an alcohol-saturated swab. Use 91 % isopropyl alcohol
(I PA) only. Apply very light pressure to the head during this operation. The following cleaning
aids should be used in cleaning the discs and R/W heads:
A.
Cleaning fluid:
91%
isopropyl~alcohol
(lPA) in solution with 9% distilled
water. Do not use any other type of fluid.
B.
5.3.4
Applicator:
Lint-free tissue or cotton swabs.
FIXED DISC CLEANING
To gain access to the fixed disc, snap out the trim panel at the front of the unit, and remove the
two 4-40 screws securing the small access cover as shown in Figure 5-1. This cover is located above
the air intake grate at the left-hand side of the center of the Disc Drive. Then lift out that cover.
Unplug connector P15 located near the top of the Servo Amplifier Board. This will inhibit the
servo system and prevent loading of the R/W heads. I nstall a "scratch" cartridge to obtain disc
speed control. If a test hub is used, the cartridge interlock switch must be manually activated in
the following manner. For Series F units, depress the button-type switch (protrudes from the base),
and keep it depressed by placing masking tape over it. For Series T units, install a matchbook
cover between the pack sensor and switch actuator. See Figure 5-2.
5-4
Figure 5-1. Disc Cltaaning Hole Location
WAN·1166-001
Figure 5-2. Cartridge I nterlock Switch Actuation - Series T
!5-5
I nsert an alcohol-saturated cotton swab through the access hole in the front of the Disc Drive (ref.
figure 5-1), and lightly move it across both the upper and lower surfaces of the disc. Repeat this
operation, using a new swab each time, until the swab remains clean. Then secure the small panel
overthe access hole with the two 4-40 screws.
USE CARE TO AVOID ANY CONTACT BETWEEN THE DISC AND THE SWAB STICK.
MAKE SURE THAT NO COTTON RESIDUE
IS LEFT WITHIN THE DISC DRIVE AFTER
CLEANING.
5.3.5
CARTRIDGE REMOVAL AND HANDLING
Review the procedure for cartridge loading and removal in Section 3. Load only cartridges that
are known to be without defects. Keep the cartridge housing as clean as possible. When the
cartridge is not installed, its air and head entry doors should remain closed at all times. The cover
of the top loading cartridge should remain in place.
5.3.6
DISC DRIVE TOP COVER REMOVAL
5.3.6.1
I ntroduction. When carrying out the preventive maintenance work, the top cover of
the Disc Drive must be removed in order to gain access to the various assemblies. The removal of
this cover differs some what in the Series F and Series T Disc Drives.
5.3.6.2
Series F. To make the top cover fully accessible, open the loading door and pull the
unit out of the cabinet. Refer to paragraph 5.4.1.1 for the procedures for releasing the doorlocking mechanisms.
Remove the six screws on the top surface of the cover. Remove the three screws along the front
lip of the cover. These screws secure this part of the cover to the filler panel between the end caps.
The top cover can now be lifted off the Disc Drive.
5-6
5.4
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
In this part of Section 5, the Series F and Series T Disc Drives are illustrated and described with
emphasis on assembly configuration and location. The main mechanical differences between the
two series of drives are identified. Procedures for the removal and replacement of assemblies and
related components, and adjustment and calibration procedures, are presented.
5.4.1
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The majority of assemblies and components in the Series F and Series T Disc Drives are interchangeable; the units differ essentially only in the cartridge-loading arrangement and the related
electro:-mechanical parts. The Seriies F Disc Drive incorporates a cartridge receiver that is mechanically coupled to the loading door at the front of the unit. The Series T unit requires no receiver
since the cartridge is simply inserted at the top of the unit. These mechanical differences are
apparent in the photographic views of the two units in Figures 5-3 and 5-4.
Note in Figure 5-3 that only the Series F Disc Drive has a Differentiator Board. Assemblies and
corrponents accessible from the bottom of the Disc Drive are mounted identically on both the
Series F and Series T. Figure 5-5 shows these components and assemblies with the major components and assemblies identified.
Figure 5-6 is a simplified front view of the Series F Disc Drive. It identifies those components that
either are not visible on the preceding figures or are contained only in the Series ~F. Figure 5-7
is a similar simplified front view of the Series T Disc Drive.
5.4.1.1
Front Door and Cabinet Lock, Series F.. The locking mechanism on the Series F Disc
Drive locks the loading door, and also the cartridg1e receiver, in place when conditions are unsafe
for cartridge removal or loading. This locking devke also is activated in the·event of power failure
as explained in the discussion of this feature in Seetion 4.
The locking mechanism is partially illustrated in Figure
5-6. The locking action is implemented by
a locking solenoid mounted on the side of the loading door. The solenoid plunger carries a latch
that engages a pawl when the solenoid is de-energized. The pawl is mounted on a rotatable plate
which is connected to the door and cartridge receiver assemblies. When energized, the solenoid
latch disengages the pawl, and the plate is free to rotate forward. This allows the cartridge loading
door to be pulled open and down. Mechanical connections simultaneously elevate the cartridge
receiver and move it forward.
5-7
WAN-OOS5-00l
DATA INTERFACE BOARD (Jl)
CONTROL INTERFACE BOARD (J2)
DISC CONTROL BOARD (J3)
SERVO LOGIC BOARD (J4
SERVO AMPLIFIER BOARD (J5)
TOR
DIFFERENTIATOR
BOARD
DATA
ELECTRONICS
BOARD (J7)
Figure 5-3. Series F (Front Loader) With Cover Removed
5-8
I/O CONNECTOR BOARD
WAN-OOS6-00 1
POSITIONER
DATA INTERFACE BOARD (J1
CONTROL INTERFACE BOARD (J2)
DISC CONTROL BOARD (J3)
SERVO LOGIC BOARD (J4)
SERVO AMPLIFIER BOARD
DATA
ELECTRONICS
BOARD (J7)
V
REGULATOR
POWER
SUPPLY
POWER
REGULATOR
BOARD (J6)
"MOUNTING
SLIDE
RAIL
/
REMOVABLE
FRONT
STRIP
OPERATOR CENTRAL PANEL
t
Figure 5-4. Series T (Top Loader) with Cover Removed
SPINDLE MOTOR
CONTROL BOARDS
WAN-0057-002
Figure 5-5. Series F and Series T Disc Drives, Assembly Identification - Bottom View
5-10
WAN·OI97·06
THERMI?:.OR
/
ASSEMB/
4ft
REMOVABLE DISC
INDEX/SECTOR
TRANSDUCER
BRUSH ASSEMBLY (1 BRUSH ARM)
., - Simplifie d Front View
Figure 5-6 . Series F Disc Drive
5 .. 11
WAN·019B-05
"
Simplified Front View
Figure 5-7 " Series T D"ISc Drlve-
5-12
The Disc Drive is locked into the cabinet by mechanical means. Opening the cartridge loading door
will not release the unit from the cabinet. Two additional latches, one on each side of the door
assembly, lock over pins on the stationary slide if the door is closed. To release these latches from
their locking pins, they must be tripped manually; a slot is provided in each latch for this purpose.
The painted front trim panel must be snapped out to gain access to the front part of the latch.
The latch is depressed, and thus released, by applying a downward force on the slot in the latch.
5.4.1.2
Front Door and Cabinet Lock, Series T. The Series T Disc Drive incorporates a locking
mechanism similar to the Series F Disc Drive. Since the Series T unit contains no receiver, the
locking action involves only the door assembly and the cabinet slides.
The latching mechanism is partially illustrated in Figure 5-7. When the door is closed and the Load
mode is not established, the solenoid plungers engage pins mounted to the door assembly. Simul·
taneously with closure of the door, the latches slide over and engage the slide-mounted locking
pins which lock the Disc Drive into the cabinet. Then the unit can not be pulled out of the
cabinet until the solenoids are energized (releasing the pins on the door assembly).
5.4.1.3
Test Equipment. Test equipment alnd tools used in maintenance of the Disc Drive are
listed in Table 5-2. The following equipment is required for use in alignment or calibration procedures and in diagnostic routines.
A.
Oscilloscope
B.
Current Probe
C.
Digital Voltmeter (suggested)
D.
Volt-Ohmmeter
E.
Bench Exerciser (suggested)
5.4.2
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF MAJOR ASSEMBLIES
5.4.2.1
Introduction. In the following parslgraphs, the procedures for removal of major
assemblies for servicing or exchange are outlined in detail. The chart in Figure 5-8 summarizes
the operations and their sequence. This chart indicates that where the disc is involved, the
removal operations preceding the disc removal differ somewhat between the Series F and Series T
Disc Drives.
5-13
100/200 TPI
WAN-1079-002
REMOVAL/REPLACEMENT OF MAJOR "SSEMBLIES AND RELATED COMPONENTS
FIXED DISC AND
SPINDLE ASSEMBLY
(PRELIMINARY)
POWER SUPPLY
5.4.2.3
POSITIONER A
ASSEMBLY
5.4.2.4 ~ 5.4.2.5
I
I
SERIES T:
REMOVE TRIM PANEL
DISCONNECT,SWITCH PLATE
REMOVE END CAPS
REMOVE GUIDES AND SHROUD
REMOVE C.1. SWITCH ACTUATOR
REMOVE FIXED DISC COVER
FIXED DISC EXPOSED
5.4.2.7
SERIES F:
REMOVE TRIM PANEL
DISCONNECT SWITCH PLATE
REMOVE END CAPS/TOP PANEL
REMOVE FIXED DISC COVER
FIXED DISC EXPOSED
5.4.2.8
I
DISC BRUSH MOTOR
5.4.2.14
I
FIXED DISC
REMOVAL
5.4.2.9
DISC BRUSH MOTOR
5.4.2.14
THERMISTOR ASSY
(200 TPI ON L Y)
5.4.2.10
SPINDLE ASSEMBLY
REMOVAL
5.4.2.11
I
DISC DRIVE
REASSEMBLY
5.4.2.15
13~
OPERATION OF THE DISC DRIVE
WITH FILTER REMOVED MAY RESULT IN DAMAGE TO, AND NECES-
I
FIXED DISC
SECTOR RING
5.4.2.12
SPINDLE ASSEMBLY
REPLACEMENT
5.4.2.13
SITATE REPLACEMENT OF, THE
BLOWER DRIVE BELT.
Figure 5-8. Removal/Replacement Guide - Major Assemblies
5-14
TABLE 5-2. Standard and Special Accessories and Service Aids (continued)
I
Description
I
Manufacturer
i
Part No.
Allen wrench, 1/16 in.
Handi Hex Key
..;...
Allen wrench, 3/32 in.
Handi Hex Key
-
Crescent wrench, adjustable, 4 in.
Claude Michael
AC14
Screwdriver Set
XceLite
TS88
Screwdriver, potentiometer alignment
Walpo Electronics
2525
Screwdriver, torque
Utica Tool
TS30
Screwdriver, ball point, 5/32 in.
Bondhus
BS-5/32
Screwdriver, ball point, 3/16 in.
Bondhus
BS-3/16
Oscilloscope, dual-trace
Tektronix
453 (or equiv.)
Probe (X10)
Tektronix
rOUOO1\
Probe (X1)
Tektronix
P6011
Probe, curren~
Tektronix
P6021 (or equiv.)
Viewing Hood
Tektronix
016-0180-00
Digital Voltmeter (suggested)
Digitic
Z202 (or equiv.)
VOM
Triplett
800 (or equiv.)
Cable Extractor
3M
3438
IC Extender, 14-pin (suggested)
AP., Inc.
TC14
IC Extender, 16-pin (suggested)
A.P., Inc.
TC16
Disc Exerciser, Bench-type (suggested)
WANGCO
300303
WANGCO
T00425
Filler Panel, 1 in., Top Load (fills gap above liT" in cabinet), XX=paint color
WANGCO
300905-1 XX
Shipping bracket, left (used if customer does not want cabinet slides)
WANGCO
300608-001
Shipping bracket, right (used if customer does not want cabinet slides)
WANGCO
300608-002
i
Torque wren~~,_~~a_d a!i~r:'m~nt
_ _____
_ ______ _ _,
n,..n."~ A
TAB LE 5-2. Standard and Special Accessories and Service Aids (continued)
Description
Manufacturer
Test Hub, Front Load (service aid), XX
= no.
WANGCO
101179-0XX
WANGCO
101180-0XX
WANGCO
100442-0XX
WANGCO
100443-0XX
WANGCO
301488-001
WANGCO
301488-002
WANGCO
300805-001
C.E. Alignment Cartridge, Top Load, (not for 4400 BPI)
WANGCO
300807-001
PWB Extender Board (service aid)
WANGCO
300034-001
DEB PWB Extender Board (service aid)
WANGCO
300145-001
PRB PWB Extender Board (service aid)
WANGCO
300403-001
Power Supply Extender Cable (service aid)
WANGCO
300985-001 or-I
Test Hub, Top Load (service aid), XX
= no.
of sectors
Part No.
of sectors
Cartridge, Front Load, 2200 BPI with .020-in. sector slots, XX
Cartridge, Top Load, 2200 BPI with .020-in. sector slots, XX
= no.
= no.
of sectors
of sectors
C.E. Alignment Cartridge, Front Load, 2200 BPI Tri-Bit Type
I e.E.
Alignment Cartridge, Top Load, 2200 BPI Tri-Bit Type
I C.E.
Alignment Cartridge, Front-Load, Cat-Eye Type (customer request only)
I
tJ""LI
300985-002 ~ ¢/~
SVA PWB Extender Cable (service aid)
WANGCO
300789-001
Head Extender Cable (adapter for testing Write current)
WANGCO
101183-001
Head Extender Cable
WANGCO
300289
WANGCO
300118-XXX
WANGCO
3OO917-XXX
I/O Adapter (part of Daisy Chain Cable Kit), J22 standard to 3M cable
WANGCO
300915-001
I/O Adapter (part of Daisy Chain Cable Kit), J23 standard to 3M cable
WANGCO
300916-001
WANGCO
300944-XXX
WANGCO
300119-XXX
WANGCO
300127-001
Daisy Chain Cable (standard twisted pair), XXX
Daisy Chain Cable Kit (flat 3M cable), XXX
= length
= length
in inches
in inches
Cable. flat. 50 conductor (part of Daisy Chain Cable Kit), XXX
Cable, Interface, Front Load, W to D-30 - Male, XXX
Cable, Interface, W to Caelus
= length in
= length in inches
inches
,-t.s: vreI'
(:1 ()
r/
.9t /tIC!
TAB LE 5-2. Standard and Special Accessories and Service Aids (concluded)
Description
Manufacturer
Cable, Interface, W to 0-40, XXX = length in inches
Cable, Interface, W to Data General (Logicon), XXX
= length in inches
Cable, Interface, W to 0-30 - Special, XXX = length in inches
. Cable, Interface, W to 0-30 - Female
Field Exerciser Board (su ggested)
I
Part No.
WANGCO
300377-XXX.
WANGCO
300423-XXX
WANGCO
30056B-XXX
WANGCO
WANGCO
300795-001
Available upon
request
I
5.4.2.2
Top Cover Replacement. In the procedures outlined in the removal and alignment
paragraphs, it is assumed that the unit has been shut down and disconnected from the AC power
source. If rack~mounted, the Disc Drive will have been pulled out of the rack on its slides. The
cartridge will have been removed, as well as the top cover. The removal of the top cover differs
in the two series of Disc Drives as described in paragraph 5.3.6. To reinstall the top cover on the
Series F disc drive, insert all six screws loosely to permit slight shifting of the cover for hole
alignment. Then tighten each of the six screws evenly.
TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE TOP COVER
ON THE SERIES T DISC DRIVE, THE FOLLOWING HOLE ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
SHOULD BE FOLLOWED.
To reinstall the top cover on the Series T Disc Drive, perform the following steps:
A.
Set the top cover in place, and insert the mounting screw in the access hole
located toward the rear of the unit, as shown in Figure 5-9.
B.
Check alignment of the holes in the top cover over the threaded standoffs, and
if all holes align, insert and tighten all four mounting screws.
C.
If all three front holes are not aligned with the threaded standoffs, loosen the
two screws through the horizontal fuse mounting bracket on the power supply
assembly (ref. figure 5-9).
D.
Shift the chassis slightly to align all three front access holes, then insert the
three mounting screws.
E.
Tighten all four mounting screws and the two screws securing the horizontal
fuse mounting bracket.
5.4.2.3
Power Supply Removal and Replacement. To remove the power supply, refer to
Figure 5-10 and perform the following steps:
A.
Disconnect connectors P10, P18, P9, and P16 (on the end of the positioner
harness).
B.
Remove the two %-20 screws that fasten the power supply to the top edge of
the casting.
5-18
l
CHECK HOLES
: FOR ALIGNMENT
i'1.-WAN·0353A
--
Figure 5·9. Top Cover Hole Alignment
C.
Loosen the captive screw located at the base of the power supply. Access is
through a hole in the bracket (near the fuse holders) at the top of the power
supply. The power supply can now be lifted from the Disc Drive.
D.
To replace the power supply, apply silicon grease or casting, tighten the captive
screw at the base of the power supply and install the two %-20 screws to fasten
the power supply to the top edgE! of the casting.
5.4.2.4
E.
Reconnect plugs Pl0, P18, P9, and P16.
F.
Apply power and perform the power supply check outlined in paragraph 5.6.2.
Positioner Assembly Removal. To remove the positioner assembly, refer to Figure
5-11 and perform the following steps:
A.
Install the shipping restraint shown in Figure 2-2.
B.
Disconnect connectors P14, P15, P16, P28, P30, and P24 through P27 (if leads
are installed), and P24 on some models (if required).
C.
Remove the interconnect board cover on the bottom of the Disc Drive by reo
moving the six 6·,32 Phillips head screws.
D.
Remove the three 10-32 cap screws used to fasten the positioner assembly to the
casting. Access is from the bottom of the unit through the three access holes in
the I nterconnect board.
5-'19
J16
WAN·0087.002
+5VDC
REGULATOR
DC FUSES
P9
/
/
LINE
FILTER
\
MOUNTED TO
REAR PANEL
AC FUSE
Figure5·10 Power Supply Assembly
5-20
WAN-0088-00l
HEAD ADJUST
SCREWS
(CARTRIDGE DISC)
VELOCITY
TRANSDUCER
P16
DO NOT REMOVE HEAD
LOAD CAMS OR HEAD
MOUNTING BLOCK IN THE
FIELD UNDER ANY
CI RCUMSTANCES
HEAD ADJUST
SCREWS
(FIXED DISC)
~.
p:.:.::.......
~
P34
GROUND LEAD
(CONNECTS TO
EMERGENCY
RETRACT PWB
MOUNTING
SCREW)
",*,
"!""'*"
/
(OPTIONAL)
Figure 5-11.
Positioner Assembly
DURING THE REMOVAL OF THE POSI. TIONER, CONTACT BETWEEN THE CAR-
DO NOT REMOVE HEAD LOAD CAMS OR
HEAD MOUNTING BLOCK IN THE FIELD
RIAGE FRONT END STOP AND THE FIXED
FOR ANY REASON.
DISC MUST BE AVOIDED. DO NOT LIFT
THE POSITIONER BY THE HEAD LOAD
CAM OR THE VELOCITY TACHOMETER.
FOLLOW THE PROCEDURE BELOW.
E.
Lift the positioner slowly off the casting while constantly observing clearance
between the carriage end stop and the disc. Gradually slant the positioner rear
end upward and lift it from the unit toward the rear.
I
NOTE
I
Two guide pins approximately 1/8-inch long
protrude from the base of the positioner into
the casti ng.
!5.4.2.5
Positioner Assembly Replacement. To replace the positioner assembly, perform the
ifollowing steps:
A.
Follow the reverse order of the procedure in paragraph 5.4.2.4. Observe the same
caution in regard to clearance as practiced during removal.
B.
After the positioner assembly has been completely installed, perform the
following adjustments:
1)
SVA Adjustment (5.6.4)
5)
Head Alignment (5.6.8)
2)
Run-To-Load Adjustment (5.6.5)
6)
I ndex Alignment (5.6.9)
3)
Write Current Adjustment (5.6.6)
7)
Temp. Compo Check (200 TPI
4)
Data Separator Adjustment (5.6.7)'
5-22
only.) (5.6.10)
5.4.2.6
Fixed Disc Removal (Preliminary Op1erations). The fixed disc should be removed
prior to removal.of the spindle assembly.
Data written on the fixed disc can not be recovered when the disc is removed from the
spindle because the sector identity will be lost.
If such data is to be retained, it should be transferred to a "scratch cartridge" prior to removal
of the fixed disc. If the disc i~ to be reused,
extreme! care must be uSl3d to ensure that the
disc remains clean and does not touch hard
surfaces.
5.4.2.7
Series T. The preliminary disassembly, leading to the exposure of the fixed disc,
differs somewhat between the two series of Disc Drives. To remove the Series T fixed disc assembly, perform the following steps:
A.
Remove the colored trim panel"on the front of the unit.
B.
Remove the four 6-32 flat-head screws retaining the operator's control switch
plate, but leave the switch plate in place.
C.
Remove the single 6-32 screw (facing upward) inside the vertical end caps on
each side of the bottom of the unit.
D.
Remove the two 6-32 screws at the top of each end cap used to fasten each
end cap mounting to the shroud.. The end caps and upper mounting brackets
now can be removed from the Disc Drive.
E.
Disconnect the guides by removing the last mounting screw (one of three). The
guides will be connected only to the door which can now be opened only part
way.
F.
Remove the shroud as follows: take off the three
standoff~
and the remaining
screws around the perimeter of the shroud. Disconnect the solenoid wires at the
mating plug and jack receptacles inside the shroud, and lift the shroud off the
Disc Drive.
15-23
G.
Remove the actuator for the cartridge interlock microswitch as follows: the
vertical actuator, which engages the microswitch, is held in place by a retaining
ring. Remove the retaining ring, and lift out the actuator through the top of the
sheet metal strip.
H.
RemQve the fixed disc cover as follows: this black sheet metal piece, which
covers the fixed disc, extends down the front and wraps underneath the casting.
Remove all screws and stand-offs around the perimeter of the cover, as well as
the three 6-32 flat-head screws on the bottom of the cover. Unplug connector
F12 for the cartridge motor transducer, and remove the cover. The fixed disc
in the Series T Disc Drive is now exposed.
5.4.2.8
Series F. Prior to removing the fixed disc assembly on the Series F Disc Drive, refer
to Figure 5-12, and perform the following steps:
A.
Remove the colored trim panel
and. the retaining screws on the operator's control
.
switch plate by the same procedure as in Step B of paragraph 5.4.2.7.
B.
Remove the two 6-32 screws (one for each end cap) directly below the end caps
on the bottom of the unit. Remove the end caps and the top panel connecting
the caps.
C.
Remove the screws and stand-offs around the perimeter of the fixed disc cover
as well as the three screws on the bottom front part of the cover (ref. figure 5-12).
Unplug connector P12 for the cartridge sector transducer. Disconnect and tag
the solenoid leads.
D.
Remove the front screw on the solenoid mounting plate. The fixed disc cover
can now be lifted off the unit, and the fixed disc in the Series F Disc Drive is
now exposed.
5.4.2.9
Fixed Disc Removal. When the preliminary steps have been performed, remove the
fixed disc as follows:
A.
Remove the six 6-32 nuts and washers on the perimeter of the spindle. RelTlOve
the fixed disc clamp ring .
. B.
C.
Remove the disc from the spindle assembly.
If removal of the spindle assembly is not required, disregard paragraphs 5.4.2.10
through 5.4.2.13 and proceed to paragraph 5.4.2.14.
5-24
WAN-0236-001
INSTALLED AFTER
FILTER AND COVER
HAVE BEEN
INSTALLED
REMOVE THESE
THREE DISC COVER
MOUNTING SCREWS
Figure 5-12. Lower Disc Cover Mounting Screws
5.4.2.10
Thermistor Assembly Removal (200 TPI Units Only). To remove the thermistor
assembly, perform the following steps:
A.
Remove the 6-32 screw securing the ~ssembly (ref. figure 5-7).
B.
Disconnect plug P31, and remove the assembly.
C.
Reverse steps for replacement. Apply silicon grease to the lower side of the
assembly prior to its installation.
5.4.2.11
Spindle Assembly Removal. To remove the spindle assembly, see Figures 5-5 and 5-13 and
perform the following steps:
A.
Lift the belt off the two pulleys at the bottom of the Disc Drive.
B.
Remove the three 6-32 screws used to fasten the gasket cover to the base,
and remove the gasket.
C.
Remove the air filter access cover, loosen the wedge-shaped filter clamps, and
remove the air filter (ref. figure 5-16).
D.
Disconnect the spindle motor plugs from the Power Switch Board located in
the plenum chamber (ref. figure 5-17).
E.
Remove the three %-20 cap screws used to fasten the spindle assembly to the
casting. Access is through three corresponding holes in the casting. The spindle
assembly can now be lifted from the Disc Drive.
F.
At this point, the fixed disc sector ring can be removed if it is to be replaced (to
change the number of sectors). If removal of the fixed disc sector ring is not
required, disregard paragraph 5.4.2.12 and proceed to paragraph 5.4.2.13.
5.4.2.12
Fixed Disc Sector Ring Removal. The sector ring is mounted to the bottom side of
the fixed disc hub by means of the same six 6-32 screws used to secure the fixed disc. Remove
these six screws, and Iift off the sector ring.
i5.4.2.13
Spindle Assembly Replacement. To replace the spindle assembly, perform the
following steps:
5-26
WAN·OOSO·OOl
COMMUTATOR BOARD
IS SECURED INSIDE LOWER
SPINDLE MOTOR FLANGE
PLUG MATES
WITH MOTOR
DRIVE POWER
SWITCH
RECEPTACLE
Figure 5-13. Spindle Assembly
5-27
A.
Seat the spindle assembly in the casting, and replace the three
~-20
cap screws
securing the assembly.
I
NOTE
I
The spindle assembly fits snugly into the casting
hole. When inspecting the spindle assembly,
make certain that it is inserted perfectly straight.
No undue force should be used (or necessary)
when performing this operation.
B.
5.4.2.14
Reconnect the spindle motor plugs.
Disc Brush Motor 'Replacement. To replace the disc brush motor, refer to Figure 5-'14
and perform the following steps:
A.
Extract leads from plugs P11-6 and P11-1 or P11-4. An alternate method is to
unsolder the two leads on the motor housing on top of the base plate.
B.
Loosen the 6-32 Allen head set ,screw located at one end of the plastic crank.
Lift H,t:: crank off the motor shaft.
C.
Remove the two 4-40 screws used to secure the motor to the casting (top side
of the base plate), and lift out the motor.
I NOTE I
100 and 200 TPI motors differ and are so
ma"rked
100 TPI - 4 rpm
200 TPI - 1 rpm
5-28
WAN-0381-001
CRANK
BRUSH ARM ASSEMBLY
BRUSH HOME SWITCH
CAM
BRUSH MOTOR
Figure 5-14. Disc Brush Drive Mechanism
5.4.2.15
Reassembly of Disc: Drive. ,To reassemble the Disc Drive, perform the following steps:
A.
Crean the casting cavity; a vacuum cleaner and suitable nozzle can be used for
th is purpose.
B.
Install the fixed disc on the six 6-32 studs on the spindle hub; hold the disc by
its edges. Make sure that the disc is perfectly clean (no dust or finger prints) and
that any marking (serial number, etc.) on the inner uncoated area of the disc is
facing up. The disc must be properly seated on the guide ridge of the spindle hub.
C.
I nstall the clamp ring, replace the six nylon washers with new washers, and install the 6-32 nuts. Tighten the nuts alternately in a criss-cross pattern, and tighten
each nut to 8 iinch-pounds with a torque wrench.
D.
Reassemble the Disc Drive in the reverse order of its disassembly as previously
described. Verify both transducer outputs and align the heads and index to data.
5-:29
5.4.3
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF SUBASSEMBLIES
I n the following paragraphs, removal for servicing or replacement of subassembli~s and associated
components is described in detail. Figure 5-15 summarizes these operations.
5.4.3.1
Air Filter. The air filter, as shown in Figure 5-16, is located in the rectangular cavity
in the bottom side of the base casting adjacent to the spindle assembly. It is retained by a sheet
metal cover. To remove this assembly, perform the following steps:
A.
Remove the seven 6-32 flat-head screws used to secure the air filter cover to
the casting, and remove the air filter cover.
B.
Loosen the two wedge-shaped clamps on the filter, remove the filter element,
and inspect. Replace the filter element if necessary.
C.
If only the prefilter element is to be replaced, peel this part off the filter elerrent
and apply a new prefilter (on same side of main filter).
D.
To reinstall the filter element, perform these steps in the reverse order used for
air filter removal.
5.4.3.2
Filter Element Replacement. V!hen reinstalling the filter element, make sure that the
arrow label (which indicates the direction of air flow) on the filter case points toward the outside
wall of the casting. The prefilter will face the spindle assembly.
I
NOTE
I
If the following parts are to be replaced, perform these operations before reinstalling the
filter element:
5.4.3.3
1.
Fixed Disc Sector Transducer.
2.
Motor Drive Power Switch Circuit Board.
3.
Spindle Drive Regulator Circuit Board.
Fixed Disc Sector Transducer. The Fixed Disc Sector Transducer is screwed into the
casting in the plenum chamber and is accessible from the air filter cavity. If the air filter is in
place, first remove that component. Then perform the following steps:
100/200 TPI
WAN-1102-004
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF SUBASSEMBLIES
AND RELATED COMPONENTS
AIR FILTER
AND FILTER
ELEMENT
5.4.3.1
5.4.3.2
CJ1
W
T
I
BLOWER
SHAFT
GROUND
BRUSH
5.4.3.7
DISC
CLEANING
BRUSH
ASSEMBLY
5.4.3.9
DISC BRUSH
HOME SWITCH
5.4.3.11
CARTRIDGE
INTERLOCK
SWITCH
ASSEMBLY
5.4.3.10
OPERATOR
CONTROL
A ("'0(" ....... " 1
1"\;);) I::IVI 0
"
L. T
5.4.3.6
MOTOR
POWER
SWITCH
BOARD
5.4.3.4
SPINDLE
DRIVE
REGULATOR
BOARD
5.4.3.5
I
I
INDEX/SECTOR
TRANSDUCER
(SERIES T)
5.4.3.13
READ/WRITE
HEADS
5.4.3.16
INDEX/SECTOR
TRANSDUCER
(SERIES F)
5.4.3.12
PLUG-IN
CIRCUIT
BOARDS
5.4.3.14
I/O
INTERCONNECT
CABLE
(INTERNAL)
5.4.3.17
I/O CONNECTOR
5.4.3.18
1
T
I
FIXED DISC
SECTOR
TRANSDUCER
5.4.3.3
I
I
SPINDLE
GROUND
BRUSH
5.4.3.8
ELECTRONICS
INTERCONNECT
BOARD
5.4.3.15
OPERATION OF THE DISC DRIVE WITH FILTER REMOVED
MAY RESULT IN DAMAGE TO, AND NECESSITATE REPLACEMENT OF, THE BLOWER DRIVE BELT.
Figure 5-15. Removal/Replacement Guide - Subassemblies
DOOR LOCK
SOLENOIDS
5.4.3.19
5.4.3.20
EMERGENCY
RETRACTPWB
5.4.3.21
COMMUTATOR
BOARD
5.4.3.22
WAN·0023·001
Figure 5·16. Air Filter Installation
5·32
A.
To remove the sector transducf!r, unplug connector P13, loosen the jam nut that
locks the transducer body, and screw the transducer out of the casting.
B.
'After the transducer has been replaced, its position relative to the fixed disc
sect~r ring must be adjusted. Tlo adjust the transducer posItion, place an 0.006·
inch shim between the transducer tip'and the sector ring. Screw the transducer
toward the sector ring until the D.005-inch clearance is obtained. Tighten the
jam nut to secure the transduce!r to the casting, and remove the shim.
This mechanical adjustment of the transducer
can be performed only if the fixed disc has
been removed. If it is in place, the alternate
procedures outlined in steps C and D must be
used, since it is not possible to insert the shim
with the disc in place.
C.
Alternate Transducer Adjustment: Screw the transducer into the casting until
it just touches the fixed disc sec:tor ring. Then back off the transducer (counterclockwise) approximately one-quarter turn.
D.
5.4.3.4
Perform the transducer adjustment procedure described in paragraph 5.4.3.12.
Motor Drive Power Switch Board. This circu it board is located in the plenum chamber,
next to the spindle assembly, and is accessible from the air filter cavity. If the air filter is in place,
first remove this component. To remove the Motor Drive Power Switch Board, unplug all electrical
connectors from the board. Remove the two 6-32 screws which are available from below the base
plate and which are used to mount the heatsink te) the casting. The board then may be lifted out
of the chamber. Refer to Figure 5-17 for the location of this circuit board. Apply a liberal coating
of silicon grease ~!_ the base of th~. heatsink on the Motor Drive Power Board.
5.4.3.5
Spindle Drive Regulator Board. This (:ircuit board is located in the plenum chamber,
as shown in Fiuure 5- 17, and is accessible from the! air filter cavity. If the air filter is in place, first
1
remove this component. To remove the circuit board, disconnect the electrical leads and take out
the four 6-32 machine screws that mount the heat:sink to the casting. When installing this circuit
board, apply
a generous coating of silicon grease t() the base of the heatsink prior to mounting.
Th is is necessary to ensure adequate heat transfer to the casting.
5-33
Figure 5-17. Spindle Motor Control Boards
5.4.3.6
Operator's Control/Indicator Assembly. This assembly consists of a metal plate on
which the control switches and indicators are mounted. The assembly is mounted to the vertical
sheet metal panel (part of the fixed disc cover) across the front of the chassis with four 6-32 flathead screws. The wire harness that connects the control assem bly with the Electronics Interconnect
Board is routed through the casting behind the blower access cover.
To remove the OCP (Operator's Control Panel), perform the following steps:
A.
Remove the four 6-32 screws used to secure the control assembly plate to the
Disc Drive chassis.
B.
Remove the two 6-32 set screws in the rim of the blower pulley; then slide the
pu IIey off its shaft. See F igu re 5-18.
C.
Remove the nine 6-32 screws that fasten the blower access cover. These include
the three screws around the pulley which are used to hold the bearing assembly
to the cover. Remove the access cover.
5-34
D.
Unplug conner.tor P8 (on the other end of the harness) from the Electronics
Interconnect Board, and unplug connector P19. Remove the three wires from
cartridge interlock switch S9. Then remove the harness and control assembly
from the Disc Drive.
E.
To replace the control assembly, follow in reverse order the procedure used for
disassembly.
I
NOTE
I
If the blower shaft ground brush is to be replaced, this should be done prior to reinstalling
the blower access cover and the blower pulley.
5.4.3.7
Blower Shaft Ground Brush. The blower shaft ground brush is mounted in the bearing
housing of the blower. The brush is to be replaced if the resistance between the blower shaft and
the casting exceeds 1.5 Ohms (with the shaft rotating). To replace the brush, remove the slotted
screw at the Lack of the brush holder, remove the brush, and substitute a new brush. Figure 5-18
shows the configuration of the brush assembly mounting.
5.4.3.8
Spindle Ground Brush. The spindle ground brush is mounted on the side of the spindle
motor. Brush replacement is indicated if the resistance between the spindle shaft and the casting
exceeds 1.5 Ohms {with the shaft rotating}. To remove the spindle ground brush, remove the air
filter and remove the screw securing the brush in the spindle assembly, as shown in Figure 5-19.
Take out the brush. To replace the ground brush, reverse the procedure.
5.4.3.9
Disc Cleaning Brush Assembly. The Disc Drive contains cleaning brushes that sweep
the disc(s) once during the start operating cycle. The Series F units contain a set of two brushes
which are used to sweep the disc surface. The Series T units contain two sets, each of which contains four brushes, one set being used to sweep the fixed disc and one set for the cartridge disc.
If the brushes are not in good condition (bristle tips are not touching), they must be replaced.
See Figure 5-20 for correct mounting of the cleaning brushes.
Access to the brush assembly is through an opening on top of the fixed disc cover in the Series F
Disc Drive and a similar opening on top of the shroud in the Series T Disc Drive. These openings
are normally closed by covers. To remove the cleaning brushes, perform the following steps:
5-36
WAN·0037·001
-
l
J
I
J
RETAINING
SCREW
/
C - - -:- T - - - - - -c::::l\\\\\\\\\\\,-am
L~=========-~-~~~L\
\GROUND
.~--~------{
BRUSH
SPINDLE
Figure 5-19. Spindle Shaft Ground Brush - Mounting
~I
~
WAN·OO27A
]
(
~
~
INCORRECT
INSTALLATION
c£DISCEDGE
!o
~
(
~I
~
]
CORRECT
INSTALLATION
BRUSH REPLACEMENT
REQUIRED
Figure 5-20. Disc Cleaning Brushes - Installation/Replacement Guide
5-37
So
A.
Remove the two 6-32 screws that secure the cover, and take off the cover.
B.
Remove the hair-pin shaped clip located on top of the brush arm clssembly, and
lift off the assembly.
C.
To replace the brushes, pull them (one at a time) from the brush arms. Install
new brushes, Also observe proper keying of the brushes in the arm; there are
two types of brushes, a right-hand brush and a left-hand brush.
I
NOTE
I
The brush may be installed only once, or its
retention capabilities are greatly decreased.
5.4,3.10
Cartridge Interlock Switch. This mechanism consists of a microswitch and a plunger-
type actuator on its upper end. When the disc cartridge housing is seated in the Disc Drive, the
actuator is engaged. The switch is located at the left-hand side of the control/indicator mounting
plate and is acce$sible when the trim panel at the front of the unit is removed. A photo of the
cartr idge interlock switch is included in Figure 5- 21.
To remove the cartridge interlock switch subassembly, perform the following steps:
A.
If the actuator is to be taken off, remove the retaining ring with which it
i~~
secured. Then lift the actuator through the top of the fixed disc cover.
S.
To Wi':10Ve the microswitch, unplug the leads from the switch terminals and
remove the two 4-40 screws used to fasten the switch to its mounting plate.
C.
After the switch has been replaced, verify the proper operation of the switch/
actuator. If necessary, the switch position should be adjusted.
5-38
WAN·0214·001
CARTRIDGE
INTERLOCK
SWITCH
SWITCH MOUNTI
PLATE
Figure
D.
5~21.
Cartridge Interlock Switch Assembly
To adjust the microswitch position, slightly loosen the two switch mounting
screws. Install a disc cartridge and close the door. On the Series T Disc Drive
the bottom cover must be installed on the cartridge.
E.
Move the switch against the actuator until it clicks, indicating that the switch
has been actuated. Tighten the switch mounting screws while holding the switch
securely in the adjusted position.
Some small travel should remain in the switch
after it has been adjustHd. That is, the actuator
plunger should not press the switch mechanism
to its stop when the cartridge is seated.
5.4.3.11
Dis(: Brush Home Switch. This microswitch is located next to the cam of the disc
brush drive mechanism below the base plate (ref. figure 5-14). To remove the microswitch, perform
the following steps:
A.
Unplug the two leads from the switch terminals, and remove the two 4-40 screws
used to secure the switch to the base.
B.
After the switch has been replaced, verify proper operation, and adjust switch
position if necessary.
C.
T(I adjust the microswitch position, bend the actuator arm so that it actuates the
switch as indicated by a click in the switch as the switch arm is halfwDY up
the cam.
WHEN TESTING AND ADJUSTING THE
SWITCH MECHANISM, DO NOT ROTATE
THE CAM BY HAND UNLESS THE LINKAGE TO THE BRUSH MOTOR (ref. figure 5-14)
HAS BEEN DISCONNECTED. DAMAGE TO
THE MOTOR HEAD WILL RESULT IF THE
LINKAGE IS DRIVEN MANUALLY.
5.4.3.12
I ndex/Sector Transducer, Series F. The index/sector transducer is a magnetic pickup
device that is mounted on the top side of the fixed disc cover near the spindle hub as shown in
Figure 5-22.
To remove the transducer, perform the following steps:
A.
Remove the two 4-40 screws. Note or mark the position of the transducer on
the bracket. This will facilitate index alignment.\
B.
When reinstalling the transducer, line it up to its original position mark as
noted in step A. After replacement, perform the removable disc Index/Sector
transducer check. This procedure is outlined in paragraph 5.6.3.3 and alignment
is outlined in paragraph 5.6.9.
5-40
WAN-0366A
REMOVABLE DISC
INDEX/SECTOR
TRANSDUCER
MOUNTING
SCREWS
METAL CONTACT
TO PC BOARD
Figure 5-22. Index/Sector Transducer, Series F
5.4.3.13
Index/Sector Transducer, Series T. The index/sector trunsducer in the Series T Disc
Drive is a magnetic pickup device mounted on top of the fixed disc cover near the spindle hub
as shown in Figure 5-23.
To remove the transducer, perform the following steps:
A.
To check the transducer for continuity (If its winding, disconnect connector P12
from the Electronics I nterconnect Board and remove the disc cartridge. Using an
ohmmeter, measure the resistance between the two contacts of P12. If this
measurement indicates an open winding, the transducer must be replaced.
B.
To replace the transducer, loosen the 6-32 set screw in the side of the transducer
mounting block. Remove
thl~
leads from the housing of connector P12. Turn
the transducer counterclockwise until it is completely removed from the
mounting block.
5-41
WAN·OO39B
MOUNTING BLOCK
TRANSDUCER POLE TIP
SETSCREW
Figure 5-23. Index/Sector Transducer - Series T
c.
Install a test hub on the spindie. Screw the replacement transducer into the
mounting block (clockwise rotation) until it just touches the sector ring. Back
off the transducer slightly, and with the aid of a shim, adjust the clearance between the transducer pole tip and the sector ring to 0.005". Reroute the transducer leads, insert the leads in the housing of connector P12.
D.
Perform the removable transducer adjustment as described in paragraph 5.6.3.1
and the alignment procedures outlined in paragraph 5.6.9.
5.4.3.14
Plug-In Circuit Boards. The Disc Drive contains seven plug-in circuit boards (which are
identified in figures 5-3 and 5-4). To remove the printed circuit boards, perform the following steps:
A.
To remove any of the five boards in the card cage next to the positioner assembly,
simultaneously lift up the two extractor levers on the top edge of the board being
removed. The circuit board will be automatically extracted from its receptacle.
5-42
I~
TURN OFF THE POWER SWITCH ON THE
OPERATOR CONTHOl PANEL BEFORE REMOVING ANY OF THE CIRCUIT BOARDS.
B.
After removing the Data Intl3rface Board, unplug I/O cable connector P20 from
the board using 3M extracting tool No. 3438 (WANGCO PIN 108200).
C.
Before the Servo Amplifier Board is removed, the harness connector (plug P15)
must be disconnected.
D.
The two boards adjacent to the power supply assembly are removed by pulling
them straight up out of their connectors and vertical guides. Prior to removing
the Power Regulator Board, unplug connector P18 from that circuit board.
E.
After replacement of the following circuit boards, the respective adjustment and
alignment procedures should be performed as outlined in the following paragraphs.
1)
Data I nterface Board -
Perform the Data Separator Adjustment
procedure, paragraph !5.6.7.
2)
Disc Control Board -
Perform the Run to load Adjustment procedure,
paragraph 5.6.5, also perform the Head Alignment procedures outlined
in paragraph 5.6.8.
3)
Servo Amplifier Board -
Perform the S.V.A. Adjustment procedure,
paragraph 5.6.4, and the Head Alignment procedure, paragraph 5.6.8.
4)
Data Electronics Board -
Perform the Write Current Adjustment,
paragraph 5.6.6 and the Data Separator Adjustment, paragraph 5.6.7.
5.4.3.15
Electronics Interconnect Board. This circuit board (mother board) incorporates the
connecting receptacles for all seven plug-in boards as well as connecting pins for various harness
cable connectors (ref. the interconnect drawing). The Electronics Interconnect Board is located
below the base plate (ref. figure 5-5). To take out the Electronics Interconnect Board, perform the
following steps:
5-43
A.
Remove the seven plug-in circuit boards.
B.
Unplug all cable connectors.
C.
Remove the two 6-32 screws that fasten each of the two brackets used to secure
the card cage to the base casting. Then disconnect the two brackets from the
frame but not from the casting.
D.
Remove all screws that fasten the Electronics Interconnect Board to the casting.
The screws are accessible from the bottom of the Disc Drive (ref. figure 5-5).
I
NOTE
I
The card cage and the vertical guides on connectors
J6 and J7 should not be removed from the Electronics Interconnect Board under normal conditions.
5.4.3.16
Read/Write Head Assemblies. Each Read/Write head assembly consists of a circular
ceramic pad that contains the Read/Write and Erase coils, a gimbal spring used to support the
head pad on the head arm, and th,e head arm which is mounted to the positioner carriage. A highly
flexible four-wire cable interconnects each head with the Data Electronics Board. Each of the four
conductors carries a five-pin connector on its free-end which plugs into a corresponding receptacle'
on the I?ata Electronics Board. See Figure 5- 24 for a line drawing of a Read/Write head assembly.
Replacement of the head assemblies is simplified if the power supply assembly is temporarily
removed from the Disc Drive to obtain unrestricted access to the head area. However, it is possible
to remove the Read/Write heads with the power supply in place.
I
NOTE
I
Prior to removal of the heads associated with
the fixed disc (the lower pair of heads), data
written on the fixed disc should be transferred
to a "scratch cartridge" since such data may
not be recoverable after head replacement.
5-44
WAN-0382-002
READ/WRITE HEAD
(TOP VIEW)
HEAD CONNECTING
CABLE
/
\
LOAD RAMP
Figure 5-24. Read/Write Head Assembly
To remove the Read/Write heads, perform the following steps:
A.
Remove the power supply unit (ref. paragraph 5.4.2.3) after making sure that
the line cord has been removed from the wall outlet.
B.
Unplug the head cable connectors from the Data Electronics Board.
C.
Remove the two 4-40 cap screws used to secure the head clamp for the upper
head pair to the carriage, and remove the head clamp.
D.
Carefully lift the upper head arm off the ramp, and remove it from the cartridge.
Then remove the lower head assembly in the same manner.
E.
Repeat the procedures performed in C and D to remove the lower head pair.
5-45
DURING THE REPLACEMENT OF THE HEAD
ASSEMBLIES, BE SURE TO AVOID CONTACT BETWEEN THE HEAD PADS AND ANY
OTHER OBJECT. DO NOT BEND THE HEAD
BEING REMOVED BEYOND THE CAM
HEIGHT TO AVOID DAMAGE TO THE HEAD.
To replace the head assemblies, reassemble per disassembly order of steps 0 through B of the
procedure used for head removal. Start with the lower head of the fixed disc head pair, and proceed upward to the upper head of the removable cartridge head pair.
After replacement of a head assembly, perform the following procedures:
5.4.3.17
A.
Data Separator adjustments, paragraph 5.6.7.
B.
Head alignment, paragraph 5.6.8.
I/O Interconnect Cabie. This flexible cable provides input/output signal connections
between the I/O Connector Board (mounted on the rear panel of the Disc Drive) and the Data
I nterface Board (mother board). The cable is terminated with a 50-pin connector at each end;
these connectors mate with pins on the Data I nterface Board and the I/O Connector Board.
To remove the I/O interconnect cable, disconnect the two 50-pin connectors at each of the two
circuit boards. Use the 3M extracting tool for this operation to facilitate removal of the two
connectors. Remove the upper screws from the vertical rod in the cable gu ide bracket. Then unsnap the cable clamps, tilt the rod, and slide out the I/O interconnect cable assembly.
5.4.3.18
I/O Connector Board. This circuit board is mounted on the rear panel of the Disc
Drive. It incorporates the input/output line connectors and line drivers and receivers (ref. figure 2-3).
To remove the I/O Connector Board, take out the four mounting screws (one at each corner) used
to fasten the circuit board to the rear panel, and lift out the board and its mylar cover. Unplug the
I/O Interconnecting cable from the board using the IBM extracting tool to facilitate disconnection
without damage.
5-46
5.4.3.19
Door Lock Solenoid, Series F. Th is solenoid is located near the right-hand edge of the
base plate (ref. figure 5-6) and is mounted on a small mounting plate that is bolted to the fixed
disc cover., To remove the door lock solenoid, perform the following steps:
A.
Prior to disconnecting the leads from the solenoid, record and tag the polarity
of the connections; one of the solenoid terminals is color-coded, and the leads
must be reconnected in the same configuration.
B.
Unplug the two leads from the terminal tabs on the solenoid.
C.
Remove the two 6-32 screws uSled to secure the mounting plate to the fixed disc
cover. The mounting plate and the solenoid can now be lifted off the fixed disc
cover.
D.
5.4.3.20
Remove the two 6-32 screws that secure the solenoid to the mounting plate.
Door Lock Solenoid, Series T. These solenoids are located behind the door assembly
(ref. figure 5-7) and are mounted on two small mounting plates that are bolted to the top of the
shroud. To remove a door lock solenoid, perform the same steps used to remove the door lock
solenoid for the Series F in the preceding paragraph. Make sure that the attaching plug is disconnected. If only one solenoid is to be replaced, unsolder the leads and tag each lead to indicate
its polarity as described in step A of paragraph
5.4.3.21
5~.4.3.19.
Emergency Retract PWB Assembly. This printed circuit board is located at the rear
side of the Disc Drive, and is mounted next to the positioner assembly. To replace this circuit
board, see Figure 5-25and perform the following steps:
A.
Disconnect plug P28 and remove the four 4-40 screws used to secure the board.
Disconnect the positioner ground wire and remove the board assembly.
B.
To install the board assembly, reverse the steps used to remove the board. Ensure
that the positioner ground wire iis connected to the same screw as the one from
which it was removed.
5-47
WAN·0367A
K1 RELAY
.... POSITIONER GROUND
WI RES CONNECTION
Figure 5-25. Emergency Retract PWB Assembly
5.4.3.22
Commutator Board Removal. This circuit board is mounted on the rear of the
spindle motor assembly with the spindle motor shaft extending through the center of the
doughnut-shaped Commutator Board. To replace this circuit board, perform the following steps:
A.
Slide the Disc Drive out of the rack, and remove the Allen-head screw in the
center of the spindle motor drive pulley.
B.
When the pulley is removed, the three Phillips-head screws used to fasten the
Commutator Board to the spindle assembly are accessible. Remove the three
screws.
C.
Replacement is done by reversi ng the steps used in removal.
D.
Replace the defective Commutator Board if required, and/or loosen the
pulley of the interrupter cup.
E.
Disconnect plug P37 (spindle motor leads) from the spindle motor Power Switch
Board, and plug Phasing Harness (301396) J37 into plug P37 (spindle motor
leads).
I
NOTE
I
Early models of spindle phasing harnesses had
J37 marked P37.
F.
Connect the alligator clip of the phasing harness to the copper plate on top of
the power supply as shown in Figure 5-26.
G.
Actuate th,e POWE R switch on the Disc Drive, and touch the harness contact
pin to the (+) side of capacitor C5 shown on the schematic showing the harness
connections in Figure 5-26. The spindle should rotate and lock in position.
5-48
100/200 TPI
COPPER
PLATE
CLAMP
CAPACITOR
(GND)
WAN-0651-001
HOT
LEAD
J37/P37
>SPINDLE
MOTOR
r----~ >LEADS
+18Vc:::::[J~--+)
ALLIGATOR
CLIP
-=
PHASING HARNESS
Figure 5-26. Power Supply Connections - Commutator Board Phasing Adjustment
DO NOT TOUCH CONTACT PIN LONGER
THAN 3 SECONDS.
H.
Ensure that the spindle does not move while adjusting the interrupter cup as
shown in Figure 5-27.
I.
Hold the interrupter cup with one hand, and tighten the pulley screw to 24
inch-pounds of torque.
J.
Rotate the spindle shaft approximately 45 degrees, and repeat Step D. Ensure
that the phasing is correct (ref. figure 5-27).
K.
Actuate the POWE R switch on the OCP' to OF F position, disconnect the phasing
harness, and reconnect plug P37 to J37 on the Spindle Motor Power Switch Board.
WAN-0708-001
SHUTTER
SCREW, FLAT HO, SOCKET
1/4 - 20 X 7/8
Figure 5-27. Shutter Adjustment - Commutator Board
5-50
5.5
FIELD EXERCISER FUNCTIONS AND OPERATION
5.5.1
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The WANGCO Field Exerciser (WANGCO PIN :300382) is an economical off-line test device that
provides manual and automatic control of the ReadlWrite positioning servo in both the Series F
and Series T Disc Drives. The Field Exerciser plug-in unit is used in the alignment and calibration
procedures. It also may be used within limitations in off-line trouble diagnosis of the positioning
servo electronics. The Field Exerciser will not re!ad or write any data patterns, and for this reason,
cannot be used for diagnosis procedures requiring comparison.
The Field Exerciser components are mounted on a printed circuit board which is inserted in
location J1 in the card cage when the Data Interface Board has been removed. It is fully operational
when it has been inserted in its receptacle and power is applied to the Disc Drive. Installation of
the Field Exerciser automatically puts the Disc Drive in off-line operation since removal of the
DI B interrupts the I/O lines to the remote controller.
The Field Exerciser circuitry is implemented with TTL integrated circuits. Its various functions
are programmed and activated by means of eight switches which are mounted along the upper
edge of the board. Head position is indicated by-'nine CYLINDER ADDRESS lights mounted
below the control switches. Two test points (SEEK COMPLETE and INDEX) and a SEEK
COMPLETE indicator lamp also are mounted on the circuit board. See Figure 5-28 for a line
drawing of the Field Exerciser Board.
5.5.2
OPERATING CONTROLS - FIELD EXERCISER
5.5.2.1
RESTORE (S1). A momentary-contact pushbutton switch which initiates a Restore
operation.
5.5.2.2
DISC SELECT, REM/FIX (S2). A two position toggle switch that selects either the
head pair associated with the cartridge disc or the head pair associated with the fixed disc.
5.5.2.3
HEAD SELECT, TOP/BOT (53). A two position toggle switch that selects the upper
or lower head of the head pair selected by switch 52.
5-51
WAN-0048/2A-001
256
128
«J «J
64
~
CYLINDER ADDRESS
32
16
8
~
~
~
4
~
2
1
«J «J
OSlO
«JSKCOMP
TP3
~GNO
~~~2rr ~~~~5~~~ B~~~~~0~O~~~~~ B
Figure 5-28. Field Exerciser Controls, I ndicators and Test Points
5.5.2.4
100/200 TPI (S4). A two position t~ggle switch that selects access of 200 or 400
tracks depending on whether the Field Exerciser is using a 100 or 200 tracks-per-inch unit.
5.5.2.5
I NC/F I X/DEC (S5). A three position toggle switch which selects the positioning
mode. I n the I NC position, the Field Exerciser programs the positioning servo for successive
incrementing of the heads, one track at a time, in the forward direction (toward the innermost
track). In the DEC position, the heads will decrement, one track at a time, in the reverse direction (toward track 000). In the FIX position, the positioning servo will keep the heads over a
given track. The access speed is governed by the setting of switch S6.
5.5.2.6
ALT, OFF/ON (S6). A two position toggle switch which enables the servo to alter-
nate between track 000 and any selected track. When switch S6 is in OFF position, the access
mode is governed by the setting of switch S5. When switch S6 is in ON position, the head carriage
will travel, in alternating fashion, from a track accessed by switch S5 to track 000 and then back
to the selected track, etc.
5-52
5.5.2.7
AUT/MAN (S7). A two-position tO~J9le switch which selects automatic or manual
operation. With,switch S7 in the AUT position, the accessing mode, selected by switches S5 and
S6, proceeds automatically and is synchronized to the Index pulses. When switch S7 is in the
MAN position, the accessing mode selected will be un~er control of switch S8 the START pushbutton switch.
5.5.2.8
START (S8), A momentary-contact pushbutton switch which initiates the accessing
operations. It operates in conjunction with switch S7.
5.5.3
INDICATORS AND TEST POINTS - FIELD EXERCISER
The nine indicator lights located below the control switches signal the track position (cylinder
address). The readout is in binary format. The indicator lamp above TP1 furnishes a SEEK
COMPLETE indication.
Test point TP1 (Seek Complete) permits convenient measurement of access time. Test point TP2
(Index) permits oscilloscope synchronization to the Index Pulse. Test point TP3 is the circuit
ground connection.
5.5.4
INSTALLATION -- FIELD EXERCISER
To install the Field Exerciser, perform the following steps:
A.
Turn off power to the Disc Drive.
B.
Extract the Data Interface Board (DIB) from its receptacle (refer to paragraph
5.4.3.14).
C.
Insert the Field Exerciser board into the DIB connector location J1. Both the
D I B and the Field Exerciser
arE~
keyed so that when the Field Exerciser board
is installed correctly, the controls and indicators face the positioner assembly.
Ej..53;
5.5.5
OPERATION - FIELD EXERCISER
Select the disc (cartridge or fixed) to be read out with switch S2. Select the upper or lower head
for that particular disc with switch S3. Select the. appropriate tracks/inch access with switch S4.
The programming of the accessing mode is illustrated in the following:
For example, if a 64-track seek is to be implemented, perform the following steps:
A.
Place switch S6 in OFF position.
B.
Place switch S5 in I NC (increment) position.
C.
Place switch S7 in AUT (automatic) position.
D.
Press and release switch S8 to indicate a Seek operation.
E.
When the address indication of 64 is obtained, place switch S5 in F IX position;
the positioner carriage will stop at this track position (cylinder address).
An alternate mode can now be implemented by placing switch S6 in ON position. The positioner
carriage will now extend to track position 64. It will then retract to track 000, again access to
track 64, etc.
In another example, the mode is to be changed to a OOO-track 50 alternating access. In this case,
stop the. process at cylinder address 64 by switch ing S6 to the 0 F F position. Next, decrement to
track 50 by placing switch S7 in MAN position, switch S5 in DEC position, and press and release
switch S8 until address 50 is obtained. Then return switch S5 to F IX position, switch S6 in ON
position, etc.
5.5.6
BENCH EXERCISER FUNCTIONS AND OPERATION
Since the Field Exerciser is incapable of Read, Write, and Compare operations, the WANGCO
Bench Exerciser (Part Number 300303-002) may be used in conjunction with the Disc Drive to
simulate signals from the Controller or Formatter. It also may be used to initiate a Seek operation
and to cause the unit to write on, and read from, the disc. Jacks mounted on the front of the Disc
Exerciser provide a means of monitoring the signals generated in response to the Disc Exerciser
program. Refer to the Operation and Maintenance manual for the Disc Exerciser (300880) for
instructions on operation of the Disc Exerciser.
5-54
5.6
ADJUSTMENT AND CALIBRATION PROCEDURES
5.6.1
INTRODUCTION
The procedures for all adjustments and calibrations that can be performed at the installation site
are outlined in the foll9win9 paragraphs. The procedures are listed in the sequential order to be
followed if a complete calibration of the Disc Drive is to be performed.
All test equipment items required for maintenance and adjustment of the Disc Drive are listed in
Table 5-2. It is suggested that the paragraphs oUitlining procedures to be followed in removal and
replacement of major components and subassemblies,be reviewed before performing the adjustment and calibration procedures.
5.6.2
POWER SUPPLY ADJUSTMENT
To perform the power supply adjustment, perform the following steps:
A.
Place the POWER switch on the OCP in OFF position.
B.
Remove the Disc Control Board (DCB) in card cage location J3. Insert an
extender board, and insert the DCB in the extender board.
C.
Place the POWE R switch in ON position.
D.
Using a VOM, measure the +fiV. DC output at pin D of the DCB connector.
E.
Adjust the +5V. DC potentiometer located on the Power Supply +5V Regulator
Assembly f9r a +5V. DC indilcation.
F.
Verify that there is +13V. DC on pin C and -13V. DC on pin B. These voltages
G.
are not adjustable.
__~_~___ ~____________~ _________________ ~
Shut off pow~r; r~~~~e the E!xtender card, and replace the DCB in its receptacle.
H.
If the voltage indication cannot be brought to exactly +5V. DC, replace the PRB
or the power supply as described in paragraph 5.4.2.3.
5-55
5.6.3
MAGNETIC INDEX/SECTOR TRANSDUCER ADJUSTMENT
5.6.3.1
Cartridge Disc Sector Transducer Alignment (Series T). The Series T cartridge disc
transducer alignment procedure is outlined in the follQwing steps. The fixed disc transducer
alignment procedure involves a sequence of similar steps (refer to paragraph 5.6.3.2). After the
mechanical adjustment.of the transducer, described in paragraph 5.4.3.13, perform the final
positioning of the transducer as follows making sure that power has been removed from the
Disc Drive.
A.
Remove the DCB, insert an extender board, and place the Disc Control Board in
the extender boa rd.
B.
Connect the oscilloscope probe to pin M of the extender board connector.
C.
If a cartridge disc is installed, remove it and install the test hub on the spindle
chuck.
D.
Unplug connector P15, and manually rotate the spindle 360 degrees to ensure
that the hub does not rub against the transducer pole tip. If rubbing occurs, refer
to paragraph 5.4.3.13.
E.
Place the POWE R switch in ON position.
F.
Manually actuate the cartridge interlock switch.
G.
Place the RUN/LOAD switch i'n RUN position and allow the spindle to reach
operational speed.
H.
The waveform at pin M of the extender card should have a minimum output of
300 millivolts base-to-peak with a maximum overshoot (baseline noise) of 50
millivolts. as shown in Figure 5-29. This will also be the waveform at the output
of the differentiator board on the Series F.
I.
If an output having a minimum amplitude of 300 millivolts can not be attained,
the transducer should be replaced. If overshoot is in excess of 50 millivolts, the
transducer may be positioned further from the test hub by rotating it counterclockwise. However, the minimum amplitude of the output signal must be maintained. If the output is acceptable, proceed to step X.
I NOTE I
These figures are for adjustment using narrowslot (0.020-inch wide) hubs only.
5-56
WAN-0002
IJ
,,
J
J
,
·r
Figure 5-29. Cartridge Sector/I ndex AI ignment Waveshape
J.
If the waveform polarity does not agree with that shown in Figure 5-29, reverse
the position of the two transducer leads on connector P12.
K.
When using wide-slot (O.OaO-inch wide) hubs, the minimum output is 1-volt
base-to-peak with a maximum overshoot of 50 millivolts. The same procedures
as those previously described are used to obtain these outputs. At no time may
the transducer be placed closer than 0.005-inch from the hub.
L.
Overshoot sometimes may be caused by a metal chip near the pole tip. A piece
of masking tape can be used to remove the magnetized metal chip.
M.
The 1-volt minimum requirement for the wide-slot hub is necessary to ensure
proper operation when using a narrow-slot disc cartridge.
N.
Place the POWE R switch in OF F position.
O.
If the set screw used to lock the transducer in place has been tightened, loosen
it enough so that the transducer can just be rotated.
P.
If the transducer is moved closer to the hub, manually rotate the test hub and
spindle assembly one complete revolution to ascertain that the transducer pole
tip does not contact the sector
I~ing
!)-57
at any time.
Q.
Place the POWER switch in ON position.
R.
Manually actuate the interlock switch (ref. figure 5-2).
S.
Place the RUN/LOAD switch in RUN position and allow the spindle to reach
normal operational speed.
T.
Observe the waveshape on the oscilloscope as described in step H. To increase
the amplitude of the output signal, turn the transducer clockwise very gradually
while monitoring the output signal on the oscilloscope. Make sure that a minimum clearance of 0.005-inch is maintained between the transducer and the
sector ri ng.
U.
After the final adjustment, place the POWER switch in OFF position and
carefully tighten the set screw on th~ transducer assembly.
V.
Repeat steps D, E, F, and G, in that order, to verify that tightening the jam
nut did not change the clearance between the transducer and the sector ring.
W.
Place the POWE R switch in OF F position, remove the test equipment, replace
the DCB in card cage location J3, and plug in connector P15.
X.
5.6.3.2
Perform the Index alignment outlined in paragraph 5.6.9.
Fixed Disc Index/Sector Transducer Adjustment (Series F and Series T). In both series
of Disc Drives, the index/sector transducer is mounted near the spindle in the filter plenum chamber
(refer to paragraphs 5.4.3.12 and 5.4.3.13). If this transducer has been replaced, its position relative
to the fixed disc sector ring should be checked by one of the procedures in paragraph 5.4.3.3. To
verify or adjust the final position of the transducer, perform the following steps:
A.
Place the POWER switch in OFF position.
B.
Remove the Disc Control Board in card cage location J3, insert an extender card
in its place, and insert the DCB in the extender card.
C.
Insert a cartridge disc as previously outlined.
D.
Connect the oscilloscope vertical input to pin P of the extender board card-edge
connector.
E.
Place the POWE R switch in ON position.
F.
Place the RUN/LOAD switch in RUN position and allow the spindle to reach
normal operational speed.
G.
After the spindle has come up to speed, verify that the waveform at pin Pis
clean with a minimum amplitude of 300 millivolts base-to-peak. (Ref. figure 5-29
for a picture of a normal oscilloscope display.) The pulses should be positivegoing. Use logic ground at the top of C7 and/or C14 for a reference.
5-58
H.
If the amplitude of the output waveform does not have the specified minimum
value, turn the transducer clockwise very gradually while observing the display
on the oscilloscope until the amplitude of the signal is within limits.
I.
Place the POWE R switch in OF F position and carefully tighten the jam nut
on the transducer assembly. Verify that the position of the transducer has not
chang~d
J.
during the tightening process. Use glyptal to hold the jam nut in place.
Remove the card extender and replace the DCB in card cage location J3. Remove the test equipment.
5.6.3.3
Cartridge Disc Index/Sector Adjustment, Series F. If this transducer has been re-
placed as described in paragraph 5.4.3.12, perform the following steps to check for a satisfactory
output signal.
A.
Place the POWE R switch in OF F position.
B.
Use a disc cartridge or test hub on the spindle chuck.
C.
Unplug connector P15.
D.
Manually actuate the cartridge interlock switch, if test hub is used.
E.
Press the POWER switch. Then press the LOAD/RUN switch and allow the
spindle to come up to speed.
F.
Place the oscilloscope vertical probe on pin 2 of J32 on the Differentiator
Board connector. This board is mounted near the front of the card cage (ref.
figure 5-3) and is available when the top cover is removed. The input signal
to the differentiator board shoulld appear as shown in Figure 5-30.
G.
If the input signal to the differentiator circuit is not approximately as shown
in Figure 5-30, replace or check operation of the transducer.
H.
Verify that the waveform on
J3:~
pin 1 of the differentiator PWB is clean as
shown in Figure 5-29. The waveform amplitude should be 130 millivolts
base-to-peak (minimum).
I.
Place the POWER switch in OFF position, remove test equipment and plug
in connector P15.
J.
Perform the index alignment
chE~ck
outlined in paragraph 5.6.9. If alignment
can not be accomplished, the transducer may be moved sl ightly to the left
to advance the signal or slightly to the right to retard the signal. This can be
done by loosening the 4-40 screws on the transducer mounting bracket and
sliding the transducer slightly in its mounting bracket.
5··59
WAN·0481
Figure 5-30. Input to Differentiator Board (Series F)
5.6.4
SVA ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES
These procedures pertain to SVA boards 301584 revisions A, B, and C. SVA adjustments must
be accomplished with the Drive in two separate modes. I nitial adjustment is required with P15
on the SVA board disconnected and manual movement of the Positioner. Final adjustment is
accomplished with P15 on the SVA board connected and using either a maintenance program
or an Exerciser to control Positioner movement.
~1:E~~~[j
THESE PROCEDURES ARE DESIGNED TO
BE ACCOMPLISHED IN SEQUENCE; HOWEVER, I F MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL
DEEM IT NECESSARY TO PERFORM INDIVIDUAL CHECKS OR ADJUSTMENTS
WITHIN THESE PROCEDURES, THE FOLLOWING MUST BE OBSERVED:
A.
Check initial procedure conditions i.e., POWE R ON/O F F, jumpers installed/
removed.
B.
Verify if P15 is connected or disconnected depending upon whether or not
positioner is to be manually moved.
5.6.4.1
LED Voltage Adjustment. To accomplish this adjustment, perform the following steps:
A.
Place POWER switch in OFF position.
B.
Unplug P15 on SVA in card cage location J5.
5-60
C.
Remove SVA and insert a card extender in its place.
D.
Place a jumper wire from TP6 to TP4 (ground). This disables the current fault
circuit.
E.
Place the SVA in card extender.
F.
Place POWER ON/OFF switch to ON; place RUN/LOAD switch to RUN.
G.
Using, a digital voltmeter, measure voltage across R125 (TP7 negative lead and
TP8 positive lead).
H.
Adjust AGe potentiometer (R96) for approximately 7.5V.
I.
Place a scope probe on BOT ANA LOG AMP (U22 pin 1).
J.
Load heads by hand and move positioner back and forth across disc surface
(near ramp) while observing scope.
K.
Adjust AGC ADJ. potentiometer (R96) until BOT ANALOG AMP output is
+5V with reference to ground. See Figure 5-31.
L.
Stop moving positioner; remove scope probe from U22 pin 1, and again
measure voltage across R 12!5 (TP7 and TP8). It should be +8.0V (max).
M.
Remove digital voltmeter.
N.
Manually retract heads to Home position.
WAN-l062
5V
.5V
-- -
-
--
L..-_-
OV~+H+H+H+H+HH+H+H+~~+H+H~H+H+H+H+~+H+H-HH
Figure 5-31. BOT Analog Amplitude Output
5-61
5.6.4.2
Preliminary Amplitude and Balance Adjustment. To accomplish this adjustment,
perform the foll9win9 steps:
A.
Connect scope probe to TP5 on SVA and set scope controls as follows:
1)
DC
2)
2V /cm (actual value).
B.
Place POWE R ON/O F F switch to ON position.
C.
Place RUN/LOAD switch to RUN. When disc is up to speed, manually load
heads.
D.
While moving positioner by hand, adjust AMPLITUDE (R53) and BALANCE
av. p-p, and
(R49) potentiometers until DETENT signal is approximately 1
balanced around ground. See Figure '5-32.
WAN-0004
,,
In
l
\~
l1li
Figure 5-32. Detent Signal Output VVaveform (manual)
5.6.4.3
E.
Manually unload heads by moving positioner to home position.
F.
Place RUN/LOAD switch to LOAD position.
G.
Place POWE R switch to 0 F F.
Phasing Adjustment. This adjustment checks for proper phasing between the BOT
(Beginning of Travel) pulse and the Detent pUlse. To adjust phasing, perform the following steps:
5-62
[NOTE
i
When moving positioner forward, try to simulate normal positioner motion (moving the
positioner too slowly will cause erroneous
adjustment).
A.
Verify preliminary procedure outlined in paragraph 5.6.4.2 (A through F).
B.
Connect oscilloscope channell probe (trigger) to TP9 (BOT pulse).
C.
Connect oscilloscope channel 2 probe to TP5 (Detent) and center ground
reference.
D.
Manually load.heads and while moving carriage back and forth, monitor scope
and trigger channell on the positive-going edge of the BOT pulse.
E.
When moving carriage forward from home position the first Detent signal
should start going negative from the base line (ground reference) as shown
in Figure 5-33 (not more tihan -O.5V).
WAN-0206
BOTPULSE~
I
I
BASE LINE
(GROUND REFERENCE)
I
DETENT SIGNAL
Figure 5-33. Waveform - Phasing Adjustment
F.
If preceding steps are verined, correct phasing is completed. Proceed to
I NJECTI ON VE LaC ITY adjustment.
[NOTE
I
If preceding steps are NOT verified, proceed with
the following steps.
5-63
G.
Manually retract heads to Home position.
H.
Place RUN/LOAD switch to LOAD.
f.
Place Po.WER ON/OFF,switch to OFF.
J.
Remove Power Supply from Disc Drive and connect extender cable harness
to Power Supply.
K.
Place POWER ON/OFF switch to ON and RUN/LOAD switch to RUN.
L
Loosen the two mounting screws on Optical Detent Assembly. See Figure ~-34.
M.
Manually load heads. To obtain correct phasing while moving carriage forward
from its Home position, gently pivot the I nner Block (ref. figure 5-34) on the
axis of the fixed pin until the desired waveform is obtained (ref. figure 5-33).
Detent signal should be slightly below, but not more than, -O.5V from base
line when Qutput at TP9 goes high.
N.·
Tighten the two mounting screws and recheck waveform. If necessary, repeat
, al ignment procedure.
G.B.4.4
O.
Manually retract heads to Home position.
P.
Place RUN/LOAD switch to LOAD.
Q.
Place POWER ON/OFF switch to OFF.
R.
Reinstall Power Supply into Disc Drive.
Injection Velocity Adjustment. The first portion of this procedure is accomplished
with P15 of the SVA disconnected and the jumper between TPB and TP4 installed. The second
portion is accomplished with P15 connected and the jumper removed. Perform the following steps:
FAILURE TO PERFO.RM STEPS A THROUGH
F CAN RESULT IN CATASTROPHIC'DAMAGE TO THE HEADS, MEDIA, AND POSITIONER MECHANISM.
"
A.
With POWER OFF, remove Servo Logic Board (SLB) from J4.
B.
Place scope probe on VE LOCITY RAMP test point (TP2) on SVA.
C.
Place POWER ON/OFF switch to ON.
D.
Adjust I NJECT~ ON VE LOC ITY potentiometer (R 127) to approximately
-O.25V.
5-64
100/200 TPII
WAN-1107/2-001
~@
MASK
POSITIONER
CARRIAGE
OUTER
BLOCK
MOUNTING
SCREWS
Figure 5-34 . Optllcal
"
Detent A ssernbl y - Phasing Ad"Justment
5-6f>
E.
Place POWER ON/OFF switch to OFF.
F.
Reinstall SLB in J4.
G.
Remove jumper between TP6 and TP4 on SVA.
H.
Connect P15 on SVA to J15.
I.
Remove scope probe from TP2 on SVA, and connect a digital voltmeter from
TP2 to ground.
J.
Place POWE R switch ON and RUN/LOAD switch to RUN.
K.
After heads load, readjust INJECTION VELOCITY potentiometer (R127)
to -0.25V ±0.01 V if necessary.
L.
5.6.4.5
Remove digital voltmeter.
Final Amplitude and Balance Adjustment. This procedure is accomplished using
either a maintenance program or an Exerciser. Perform the following steps:
I
NOTE
I
On 200 TPI Disc Drives, remove jumpers K to L
and M to N (temperature compensation) when
performing the following adjustment:
A.
Connect channel 1 scope probe to DETEN SIG (TP5).
B.
Connect channel 2 scope probe to SEEK COMPLETE (SKC) signal on the
Exerciser; or, if using a maintenance program, to TP1 of SVA. When using
Exerciser, set scope to trigger internally on positive-going edge of SE E K
COMPLETE (negative-going edge of SEEK COMPLETE when using TP1
on SVA).
C.
Set scope sweep rate to 2MS/div.
D.
For 100 TPI Disc Drives only: Command alternate track seeks from track 000
to 001. This should allow representation of the alternate seeks superimposed on
the scope - one a positive-going DETENT signal and the other negative-going
as shown in Figure 5-35. Perform step F, then check for the same results while
commanding alternate track seeks from track 201 to 202.
E.
For 200 TPI Disc Drives only: Command forward-incrementing single track
seeks. This should allow representation of the incrementing seeks superimposed
on the scope - one a positive-going DETENT signal and the other negativegoing as shown in Figure 5-36. This representation after performing step F,
should be the same from track 000 through track 405.
F.
Adjust BALANCE (R49) and AMPLITUDE (R53) potentiometers until the
Detent signal is 10V p-p and balanced either side of ground within ±0.1 V.
Replace temperature compensation jumpers if offset adjustment is not to be
accompl ished next.
5-66
WAN·1024
CHAN 1 ON TP5 - DETENT SIGNAL
CHAN 2 on TP1 - SEEK COMPLETE (EXERCISER)
CHAN 1 ON TP5 - DETENT SIGNAL
CHAN 2 ON TP1 - SEEK COMPLETE (eXERCISER~
INCORRECT ADJUSTMENT - OVERDAMPED RESPONSE
WILL CAUSE POWER AMP TO OVER HEAT.
CORRECT ADJUSTMENT - SLIGHTLY UNDER·
DAMPED RESPONSE MAXIMIZES RELIABllITV.
Figure 5-35. 100 TPI Drive - DETENT' Waveform - Alternate One Track Seek
WAN·1023
CHAN 1 ON TP5 - DETENT SIGNAL
CHAN 2 ON TP1 - SEEK COMPLETE (EXERCISER)
CHAN 1 on TP5 - DETENT SIGNAL
CHAN 2 ON TP1 - SEEK COMPLETE (EXERCISER)
INCORRECT ADJUSTMENT - OVERDAMPED RESPOINSE
WILL CAUSE POWER AMP TO OVERHEAT.
CORRECT ADJUSTMENT - SLIGHTLY lJNDERDAMPED RESPONSE MAXIMIZES RELIABILtTY.
Figure 5·36. 200 TPI Drive - DETENT Waveform - Incrementing One Track Seek
5.6.4.6
Offset Adjustment. While doing alternate or single track seeks for 100 TPI or 200 TPI
Disc Drives (respectively), center base line (ground ref.) of channel 1 to center of scope.
I
NOTE
I
On 200 TPI Disc Drives, remove jumpers K to L
and M to N (temperature compensation) when
performing the following adjustment:
A.
Set channel 1 scale to 0.2V fcm (actual value).
B.
Adjust OF FSET potentiometer (R 130) for adjacent track overshoot (see
CAUTION for overshoot) to be symmetrical above and below ground and less
than 0.3V p-p in amplitude for Revision Band C (0.5V p-p for Revision A).
~
THE OVERSHOOT IS THE DETENT SIGNAL
AFTER SEEK COMPLETE. i.e., THE DETENT
SIGNAL WHEN THE SCOPE IS TRIGGERED
ON THE POSITIVE-GOING EDGE OF SKC
ON TP1 (NEGATIVE-GOING EDGE OF SKC
IF USI NG EXE RCISE R).
REFER TO "A" IN FIGURE 5-35 AND 5-36;
A SMALL UNSETTLED DETENT SIGNAL BEFORE SEEK COMPLETE IS NECESSARY.
ELIMINATION OF THIS UNSETTLED DETENT SIGNAL BEFORE SEEK COMPLETE
WI LL RESULT IN OVER-STRESSING POWER
TRANSISTORS.
C.
5.6.4.7
Replace temperature compensation jumpers (K to Land M to N).
Seek Complete Timing Adjustment. While commanding a maximum length seek
("for 100 TPI or 200 TPI), perform the following:
A.
Set scope sweep rate to 10 msecfcm.
B.
Set channel 1 scale to 2V fcm.
C.
Trigger channel 2 of scope on negative-going edge of SKC if using TP1 on
SV A or positive-going edge of SKC if using Exerciser.
D.
Adjust SPE E D ADJ. potentiometer (R 126) for seek length of 84 ±1 msec
on channel 2 as shown in Figure 5-37.
E.
F.
Command the carriage to track 000.
Adjustment of SVA Board is completed.
5-68
WAN·0387
-I-
:~
-=~
-~
. 6,~"
I
~
,
,""\IIWI""
i
I-
t:
I-I-I-
TP-5 DETENT SIGNAL
5V/cm
:~
L
TP-1 SEEK COMPLETE SIGNAL
5 MSEC/cm
Figure 5-37. Waveform - Speed Adjustment
5.6.5
RUN-TO-LOAD ADJUSTMENT
To make the run-to-Ioad adjustment, perform the following steps:
A.
B.
Place the POWER switch in OFF position.
Remove the Disc' Control Board from card cage location J3 and insert the card
extender in its place. Then
C.
placE~
the DCB in the card extender.
Ensure that the RUN/LOAD switch is in LOAD position and press the POWER
switch.
D.
Press the POWER switch. Install a disc cartridge and place the RUN/LOAD
switch in RUN position.
E.
With the READY indicator lit, press the LOAD portion of the RUN/LOAD
switch. Verify that the lamp insiide the LOAD portion of the switch does not
light until at least 5 seconds aftE!r the disc has stopped rotating.
F.
If necessary, adjust RUN/LOAD Delay potentiometer R31 on the Disc Control
G.
Shut off power, remove the card extender from location J3 in the card cage,
Board until the proper delay time is attained.
and insert the DCB in its place.
5.6.6
WRITE CURRENT ADJUSTMENT
To adjust write current, perform the following steps:
A.
Place the unit on-line and use a V\lrite Diagnostic program. If a bench-type Disc
Exerciser is to be used, connect this unit to the Disc Drive as a substitute for
the Write Diagnostic program procedure.
B.
I nstall a scratch cartridge as desGribed in Section 2.
5-69
C.
Press the POWER switch. Then place the RUN/LOAD switch in RUN position
and allow the spindle to come up to normal operational speed.
D.
Select the upper head of the removable (scratch) cartridge.
E.
Write an all-zeroes pattern at track 900.
F.
Place the POWER switch in OFF position.
G.
Remove the Read/Write head cable from receptacle J24 on the Data Electronics
Board and connect the Write Current Adapter (WANGCO PN 101183) to J24.
H.
Connect the head cable to the Write Current Adapter.
I.
Connect the oscilloscope channel 1 input probe from channel 1 to the wire
loop on the Write Current Adapter.
J.
Press the POWER switch. Then place the RUN/LOAD switch in RUN position
arid allow the spindle to come up to normal operational speed.
K.
Using an offset screwdriver, adjust VVrite Current potentiometer R71 on the
Data Electronics Board for a peak-to-peak waveform of 34 to 36 milliamperes
while writing all zeroes to disc as shown in Figure 5-38.
L.
Access to the innermost track and verify that the peak-to-peak waveform is
between 29 and 31 milliamperes. If necessary, adjust the write current potentiometer to bring the waveform within limits. The waveform should appear as
shown in Figure 5-39.
M.
Access to track 000 and verify that the write current is between 34 and 36
mill ia mperes.
N.
Place the RUN/LOAD switch in LOAD position.
O.
Place the POWER switch in OFF position and remove the VVrite Current Adapter.
Reconnect the head cable to receptacle J24 when the Write Cable Adapter is
removed.
P.
5.6.7
Replace the "scratch cartridge" with a new cartridge.
DATA SEPARATOR ADJUSTMENT
For units with potentiometer data separator adjustment at location 055 on the 01 B Schematic
Dwg. 301321 (Appendix Cl, perform the following steps. For units without adjustment, begin at
Step F. All units must meet the optimum pulse width stated in the note following Step O.
A.
Place the POWE R switch in 0 F F position.
B.
Remove the DI B from card cage location J1 and insert a card extender in its
place; then place the 01 B board in the card extender.
C.
Place the Disc Drive on-line and use a Write Current .Diagnostic program to
perform this test. As an alternative methOd, connect a bench-type Disc Exerciser
to the Disc Drive.
5-70
WAN-0005
fn
,I
I
j
"'"
j
--
Jj
.-
-
~
I
.........
..,.
~
~
~
~
Figure 5-38. Write Current Waveform - Track 000
.-
WAN-0007
I
I
-
j
~
,.....,
r
~
I
JU
-
W"
Figure 5-39. Write Current Waveform - I nnermost Track
5-71
D.
Insert a "scratch cartridge" as described in Section 2.
E.
Press the POWER switch. Then place the RUN/LOAD switch in RUN position
and allow the spindle to come up to normal operating speed.
F.
Connect the vertical input probe of the oscilloscope to test point D52 (at the
input to the phase detector) on the DI B. Sync positive at the same test point.
G.
If the Disc Exerciser is used, program it to write a 2525 data pattern, then
program the Disc Exerciser for a Read Only mode of operation.
H.
Set the Disc Exerciser (or diagnostic program) to override all errors.
I.
Set the leading edge of the pulse on the zero time-base reference line.
J.
Turn the pUlse-width potentiometer at the output of the bi-directional one-shot
counterclockwise until the ERR indicator on the Disc Exerciser is flashing. VVhen
the diagnostic program is used an equivalent indicator lamp must be substituted.
K.
Record the pulse width at this time. The display should appear as shown in
Figure 5-40.
WAN·0038
-I
-
J
r
Figure 5-40. Data Separator Minimum
L.
Turn the pulse-width potentiometer clockwise until the ERR light on the
exerciser is flashing.
M.
Record this pulse width time. The oscilloscope display should appear as shown
in Figure 5-41.
N.
Calculate the mid-point of time between the step K and step M times. Adjust
the pulse width potentiometer for a pulse width equal to this calculated time
as shown in Figure 5-42.
5-72
WAN-0053
---
l
,
11
J
r
Figure 5-41. Data Separator Maximum
WAN-0054
-
f
J
r
r
Figure 5-42. Data Separator Optimum
o.
Run a short Data Reliability tlest using the Disc Exerciser or place the Disc
Drive off-line and run a Data Heliability program before shutting off power
and replacing the SVA board.
5-73
5.6.8
READ/WRITE HEAD ALIGNMENT
5.6.8.1
Introduction. R/W head alignment involves adjusting the position of the head arms
relative to the carriage after it has been accessed to a' specific alignment track.
The procedures outlined in the following paragraphs describe the alignment of both removable
(cartridge) and fixed disc heads. The power supply must be in place to perform the procedures
correctly.
5.6.8.2
Customer Engineer (CE) Alignment Cartridge Types. Either of two types of CE
alignment cartridges may be used. The two types are:
A.
Cats Eye - The output waveform of this CE cartridge is two loops resembling
cats eyes which must be adjusted until both loops are equal in length. See
Figure 5-4~a.
B.
Tribit - This CE cartridge uses a technique which records two adjacent tracks
with opposite polarity bits. Correct head alignment is (between these two
tracks) when the adjacent bits are of equal amplitude (ref. figure 5-43b).
5.6.8.3
Removable Disc Head Alignment Using Cat's Eye CE Cartridge. If only verification
of head alignment is intended, pe'r'form steps E through J, and select first the lower head of the
pair, then the upper while observing waveforms; then, perform steps P and Q. For head alignment,
perform entire procedu reo
A.
Place POWE R switch to OF F position. For ST drives, see DCB switch setting
chart on front of drive behind trim panel. If cartridge has only one notch on
sector ring, set for INDEX ONLY.
B.
Slightly loosen the two cap
screw~
used to secure the upper head pair clamp;
the clamp itself should not be loose.
C.
Slide the upper (cartridge) pair of head arms fully to the rear of the mounting
block slots of the carriage (away from the spindle).
D.
Ensure head arm adjustment screws are not touching the head arms. If they are,
back them away (CCW), and repeat step C:·
'E.
Connect both the SYNC input and CHAN 1 scope probes to REMIDX test
point (TP1) on the DCB. Use 50 or 100 mV /cm with AC coupling.
5-74
WAN-1110
TYPE OF C.E. PACK
(ALIGNMENT PACK)
APPROACHING TRACK
ON TRACK
OVERSHOT TRACK
a. CATS EYE
LOOPS EQUAL LENGTH
EACH LOOP % ROTATIONAL
TIME
APPROACHING TRACK
b.
ON TRACK
TRIBIT
Figure 5-43. Read/Write Head Alignment Waveforms (Removable Disc)
OVERSHOT TRACK
r:EEEl
PLACE THE PROT CART SWITCH TO ON
I
1
POSITION TO PRECLUD~ THE POSSIBILITY
OF ACCIDENTAL ERASURE OF DATA ON
THE CE CARTRIDGE.
F.
Place POWER switch to ON, and RUN/LOAD switch'to LOAD. Load the Cat's
Eye-type CE cartridge.
G.
Place RUN/LOAD switch to RUN, and allow Disc Drive to. run for 15 minutes.
I NOTE I
The CE cartridge must have been in the same
environment as the Disc Drive for at least 2
hours prior to use.
H.
Uncalibrate the scope, and adjust the display to show only two index pulses
10 cm apart (full screen).
I.
J.
Move the CHAN 1 probe to R/W head test point (TP2) on the DEB in location J7.
Using an Exerciser or Controller, seek to appropriate alignment track listed in
Table 5-3.
TABLE 5-3. CE Cartridge Head Alignment Tracks .
CE Cartridge
Type
Cat's Eye
Cat's Eye
Tri Bit
Tri Bit
Disc Drive
Series
Alignment Track
100T.PI 200TPI
Alternate*
Alignment Track
100TPI 200TPI
105 **
110
F
T
F
105
T·
73
73
200
146
200
.146
210
-
-
110
2
210
4
•
* on some packs
** Series F 100 TPI drives aligned to IBM 2310 standards have heads aligned
at track 100 and index at track 095.
K.
Select the lower R/W head of the cartridge disc pair. Check whether or not Head
and/or Disc Select inverted options have been incorporated. If so, this should
L.
be taken into consideration when checking output waveforms.
Turn the adjustment screw for the lower R/W head .clockwise until the correct
waveform is obtained (ref. figure 5-43a).
5-76
M.
Select the upper R/W head of the cartridge disc pair, and turn the adjustment
screw clockwise unti.l the correct waveform is obtained (ref. figure 5-43a).
N.' . Use torque wrench (PN T-00425) to tighten the head clamp screws to 6 in-lb. See
Fi gu re 5-44.
O.
Access track 000, then once again, access the alignment track. Verify that head
alignment has not changed during tightening of clamp screws. If necessary,
repeat the alignment procedure.
P.
Place RUN/LOAD switch to LOAD, POWER switch to OFF, and reset DCB
switch on Series T drives if moved.
a.
Remove CE cartridge and disconnect test equipment.
Removable Disc Head Alignment Using Tribit CE Cartridge. The procedure for head
5.6.8.4
alignment with the Tribit CE cartridge is the same as for Cat's Eye-type except for scope use and
the use of a formula for figuring misalignment measurement. Use the following scope setup and
formula to determine head misalignment.
A.
Trigger the scope internal (source channel 1).
I1EJ
TRIGGER MUST NOT BE ON INDEX, OR
ONLY ONE SEGMENT OF THE TRACK
WILL BE ALIGNED"
B.
C.
Set vertical sens,itivity to 59 mV/cm, and sweep to 2 usec/cm.
Place CHAN 1 scope probe on R/W head test point (TP2) on the DEB, and adjust
heads per paragraph 5.6.8.3 E~xcluding scope setting instructions. Adjust for
minimum difference in length between adjacent peaks (ref. figure 5-43b).
The following equation may be used to determine head misalignment (ref. figure 5-43b):
BY
2A
x 1000 =
microinches (misalignment)
Y = 4 for 200 TPI Drives.
Y = 7 for 100 TPI Drives.
Example for 200 TPI Drive:
A=300mV.
B = 10 mV.
10x 4
2x 300
>C
1000 =
40
600 x 1000 =
.066 x 1000 = 66 microinches
WAN-1180
o
"TORQUE
WRENCH
o
o
INCORRECT
CORRECT
(6.6 - 7.6 IN. LBS.).
(EXCESS TOROUE)
Figure 5-44. Torque Wrench No. T-00425 Application
. r
I'
•
5-78
5.6.8.5
Fixed Disc Head Alignment. If this alignment is to be accomplished independently
(not preceded by 'alignment of the cartridge disic heads), and if data on the disc is not to be recovered, perform steps A through E of the following procedure. If data previously written on the
fixed disc is to be recovered, perform the entin~ procedure.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
M.
N.
O.
Place POWE R switch in OF F position.
Loosen the two cap screws u~)ed to secure the head clamp of the fixed disc RIW
head pair just enough so heads can be moved.
Slide the two lower head arms fully back (away from the spindle) into the head
mounting block slots. Ensure! that the head arrn adjustment screws do not touch
the head arms.
Slowly turn each screw clockwise until it just touches the head arm; then.turn
each screw clockwise one-half turn.'
If the remainder of the procE!dure is not to be performed, use the torque wrench
(PN T-00425) to tighten the head clamp screws to 6 in.-Ib. (ref. figure 5-44).
If data on the fixed disc is to be recovered, the head position will be changed as
described in the following steps until data on the fixed disc can be read accurately.
This procedure .may be performed On- Line.
If Controller is not to be used, install an Exerciser.
Place POWER switch to ON position. Install a scratch cartridge. Place RUN/
LOAD switch to RUN.
Connect CHAN '1 scope probe to R/W head test point (TP2) on the DEB. Sync
at the REMIOX test point (TP1) on the DCB.
Select the upper head of the pair, and turn the adjustment screw clockwise until
the RIW signal (TP2) is maximum amplitude.,
Alternately position the heads further in or out with the adjustment screw to
obtain minimum Read errors. If track 000 data does not verify, or is not what
it shou Id be, the head may have been adjusted off track or to an adjacent track.
Repeat adjustment until data verifies and no errors occur during Read operation.
Select the lower head and repeat the adjustment procedure using the lower
head a~justment screw.
Tighten the head clamp screws to 6 in.-Ib.
Disconnect all test equipment.
With the Disc Drive On-Line" check data recovery characteristics on all tracks.
5-79
5.6.9
INDEX ALIGNMENT
I NOTE I
For Series T "index slot only" CE packs, move
the jumper for index only from points G and H
to points F and H on the Disc Control Board
in card cage location J3.
po~ition.
A.
Place the POWER switch in OFF
B.
Remove the Data I nterface Board from card cage location J 1 and insert the
Field Exerciser board in its place.
C.
Connect the· SYNC input of the oscilloscope to the index test point TP1 on the
Disc Control Board. Set the vertical sensitivity for 50 mV/cM or 100 mV/cM
with AC coupling .
. D.
Connect the oscilloscope vertical input probe to R/W test point TP2 on the Data
Electronics Board in location J7.
E.
Select a time base of 5 microseconds/division.
F.
Place the CART PROT switch in up (ON) position.
G.
Press the POWER switch. Insert the CE cartridge. The cartridge must have been
in the same ambient conditions as the Disc Drive for at least 2 hours.
H.
Place the RUN/LOAD switch in RUN position and allow the unit to run for
5 minutes.
I. __ Ac£~ss. t~e carriage to the app~opriate track a~ defined i(ref. table 5-3).
J.
Adjust index alignment potentiometer R8 on the Disc Control Board in card cage
location J3 to obtain the specified time relationship for the appropriate waveform as shown in Figure 5-45.·Ensure that the oscilloscope is being triggered on
•
the leading edge of the index' ~ulse .
K.
Select the other R/W head and verify that the oscilloscope display on both heads
is within ±1 0 microseconds of each other (1500 rpm) or 6 microseconds (2400
rpm).
L.
Adjust the delay by turning potentiometer R8 so that the single pulses (upper
and lower heads) are equally spaced to the left and right-hand sides of the 30microsecond line (1500 rpm) or the 19-microsecond line (2400 rpm).
5-80
WAN-oooa
-"
j\....
#fJ ~
-~
Figure 5-46. Index-to-Data Alignment
M.
If the specifications no~d in step K can not be attained, the R/W heads should
be replaced. If replacement by heads known to be functioning normally will not
produce satisfactory operation, replacement of the positioner is indicated.
N.
If both heads can not be adjusted to the correct position with respect to the
index pulse, either the transducer or the DCB components should be investigated.
In Series F Disc Drives, additional adjustment
may be attained by shifting the transducer
block (refer to paragraph 5.6.3.3).
O.
After completion of the ind.~x alignment, remove power from the Disc Drive and
take out the CE Cartridge.
5-81
P.
Remove the Field Exerciser board from card cage location J1 and insert the Data
Interface Board. Remove all test equipment.
Q.
!5.6.10
On Series T Disc Drives, re-jumper the DCB if changed for this alignment.
TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION CHECKS
This proceQure is used with 200 TPI Disc Drives only since temperature compensation is not
incorporated on 100 TPI Disc Drives. To perform this check, perform the following steps:
A.
Place the POWER switch in OFF position.
B.
Remove the Data Interface Board from card cage location J1 and insert the
Field Exerciser board.
C.
Remove the, Servo Amplifier Board from card cage location J5, insert a card
extender in its place, and put the SV A board in the card extender.
D.
Press the POWE R switch; then place the R UN/LOAD switch in R UN position
and allow the spindle to come up to operational speed.
E.
With the Field Exerciser incrementing or decrementing one track at a time,
verify that the base line of the detent signal is not changing level on any track.
I
NOTE
I
Step E can be verified only if jumpers are removed
from points K- Land M-N on the Servo Amplifier board.
F.
To perform the temperature compensation check:
1)
Access to track 400.
2)
l\t1!asure the voltage at pin 12 of connector P5 on the SVA board. The
voltage shou Id be between +2 and +4 V. DC.
3)
M'easure the voltage at pin N of connector P5. Voltage should be within
±100At of the value given by the formula:
V pin N
= 5 (V pin 12) -13.3
5-82
4)
Measure the voltage at pin P of connector P5. This voltage should be twice
the value measured at pin N in step 3, but negative. Reference the formula:
V pin p = ·-2 (V pin N)
5)
Access to track 200:
Vpinp=-1 (VpinN)
6)
Access to track 000:
V pin P = 0
7)
Install temperature compl~nsating jumpers on K to Land M to N on the
Servo Amplifier Board.
8)
Program the Field Exerciser for
an
incrementing one-track Seek operation
and watch for base line shift.
9)
The voltage level shift at track 400 should be equal and opposite from that
at track 000. Adjacent odd and even tracks should have essentially equal
and opposite voltages (e.g", tracks 000 and 001, tracks 400 and 401, etc.).
G.
Press the POWE R switch. Remove all test equipment
H.
Remove the Field Exerciser board from card cage location J1 and insert the
Data Interface Board.
I.
Remove the card extender from card cage location J5 and insert the Servo
Electronics Board.
5.7
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLE
Use Troubleshooting Table 5-4 as an aid in identi1fying, locating and correcting possible malfunctions
of the more common type. The last (Remedy) co:lumn on the table specifies the applicable component or circuit to be checked for probable cause of the symptom.
Part numbers for replacement parts or assemblies will be found in the Illustrated Parts List for
mechanical and electronic components and subassemblies.
5-83 .
TABLE
Item
1
2
3
4
. Symptom
POWE R indicator lamp
does not I ight when
switch is pressed
LOAD indicator does
not light when PO'NER
switch is turned on
Handle does not unlock when unit is
powered up
LOAD indicator lamp
does not go out and
handle does not lock
when R UN portion of
RUN/LOAD switch
is pressed
5-4.
Fault Isolation Chart (continued)
Probable Cause
Remedy
Line cord disconnected
Plug in line cord
Line fuse open
Replace line fuse F4
Line filter open
Replace line filter on rear panel
+18V. DC fuse open
RE:place +18V. DC fuse F1
POWER switch and/or
indicator/amp defective
Replace power switch and/or
indicator lamp
Bad connection at OCP
or at P10 from power
supply
Reseat connector P8, or connection P10/J10 from power supply
LOAD indicator bad
Replace indicator lamp
OCP cable loose
Reseat connector P8
+5V. DC absent
Check +5V. DC fuse F3
+13V, -13V inputs
absent
Reseat Power Regulator
Board in J6
Defective component on
Disc Control Board
Replace Disc Control Board
Brush switch S6 defective
or plug P11 not seated on
I nterconnect Board
Rep lace brush switch or reseat
connector P11 on Interconnect
Board
Solenoid plunger caught
on latch
Readjust door latch mechanism
Defective component on
Power Regu lator Board
Replace Power Regu lator Board
Solenoid open
Replace solenoid
RUN/LOAD switch defective, or poor connection
at plug P8
Replace switch 52 or reseat plug
P8 on cable from OCP
Cartridge interlock switch
misadjusted
Adjust or replace 59 ,
5-84
--
!!
!
TABLE 5-4. Fault Isolation Chart (continued)
Item
5
·6
Symptom
Disc does not start
to turn when RUN
portion of switch is
pressed
READY indicator
does not I ight after
completion of initial
cycle
Probable Cause
± 18V. DC absent
Remedy
Check'± 18V.pC fuses F 1 and F2
Check P8/J8, P10/J10,
P19/J19 and P18/J18
Defective spindle drive
circu it boards
Check connections to, or replace Motor Drive Power
Switch Board, Spindle Drive
Regu lator Board, or Commutator Board on spindle
Defective spindle motor
Replace spindle assembly
If heads do not load, brush
cycle may not have been
completed
Check operation of brush
motor, driver ch ip U3 on
Power Regulator Board, brush
motor S6 and brush motor
cam linkage
If heads do not load, spindle
may not have come up to
speed
Check +13V. DC and -13V. DC
outputs on Power Regulator
Board and connections on P18
Lack of input to Disc
Control Board
Verify that transducer is plugged
into connector P12 on Interconnect Board and that output is normal. I f so check for
.1100se or broken O-ring belt.
If o.k., replace Disc Control
Board
If heads do not load, but
brush cycle and spindle
speed are o.k., may have
poor connection in positioner
harness
Verify that connector P15 is
plugged in at ~VA board, and
that P16 is plugged in at power
supply
If heads do not load, but
other symptoms are normal,
may have defective Servo
Logic Board
Replace Servo Logic Board
If heads do not load, other
indications are normal and
rep lacemEmt of Servo Log ic
Board dOI~s not correct
trouble, Servo Amplifier
Board may be defective
Replace Servo Amplifier Board
5-85
TAB LE 5-4. Fault Isolation Chart (continued)
Item
Symptom
6
(con't.)
7
Probable Cause
If heads load, READY lamp
may be defective
Replace READY indicator
lamp
If heads load, READY lamp
driver defective
Replace driver chip U3 on
Power Regulator Board
If heads load, defective I C
on Control I nterface Board
Replace Control Interface
Board
READY indicator goes Defective lamp
out after completion of
initial cycle and success- Defective lamp driver
ful operation of unit
Defective I C on Control
I nterface Board
8
~
Disc Drive will not
respond to external
position commands
Remedy
Replace indicator lamp
Replace or check chip U3 on
Power Regulator Board
I~eplace
Control Interface
Board
If heads also retract, READY
indicator may be following
a valid or invalid indication
such as:
1 ) Low spindle speed
2) Current sense
3)
AC loss
4)
DC loss
Fault indications may be
isolated by observing the
characteristics of these signals
and the generated outputs on
the Disc Control Board. If
abnormal, replace DCB
(refer to Section 4)
Interface cable or line
terminator may be loose at
the I/O Connector Board
Reseat connector or terminator
assembly on I/O Connector
Board
UNIT SELECT switch in
wrong position
Reset switch S3
Defective receiver(s) on
I/O Connector Board
Replace I/O Connector Board
Interconnect cable from I/O
board to Data I nterface may
be loose or damaged
Reinsert cable connectors or
replace cable
Defective IC on Control
I nterface Board
Replace Control Interface
Board
Defective component on
Servo Amplifier Board
Replace Servo Amplifier
Board. Check signals (refer
to Section 4)
~
!
5-86
TABLE 5-4. Fault Isolation Chart (continued)
Item
9
Symptom
Probable Cause
Previously recorded data Heads dirty or head conca n not be read out
nectors not properly seated
READ ENABLE line
inoperativc~
10
Data error rate too
high
Remedy
Clean R/W heads or reseat
heads in Data Electronics
Board
Check for high signal on Data
Interface Board. If present,
replace Data I nterface Board
HEAD SELECT or DISC
SE LECT liine inoperative
Check for high inputs on
Data Electron ics Board. If
present, replace DEB
READ DATA or READ
CLOCK line inoperative
Perform the data separator
adjustment (ref. paragraph
5.6.7). If no READ DATA
input, replace Data Interface
Board
Data timing misadjusted
Readjust pu Ise width potentiometer on Data Interface
Board
Fixed disc transducer misadjusted olr defective (if
errors on fixed disc only)
Perform fixed disc index/
sector transducer adjustment
(refer to para. 5.6.3.2). Replace transducer
Defective component in
analog read data chain
Replace Data Electronics
Board. Check write current
(refer to para. 5.6.6)
Defective component in
digital read data chain
Replace Data Electronics
Board and perform data
separation check (refer to
paragraph 5.6.7)
Cartridge, heads, or fixed
disc dirty
Replace cartridge, clean heads
and fixed disc
Dirty or damaged air filter
Check and replace air filter
Write curnmt misadjusted
Perform write current check
(paragraph 5.6.6)
Data separator timing misadjusted
Perform data separation check
(paragraph 5.6.7)
5-87
TABLE 5-4. Fault Isolation Chart (concluded)
Item
Symptom
Probable Cause
10
(con't)
11
12
Positioner will not
retract upon pressing
the LOAD portion of
RUN/LOAD
LOAD indicator will
not light and/or will
not release door after
completion of stop
cycle
Remedy
Bad spindle or blower
grounding brushes
Replace grounding brushes
Servo not settling'properly
Perform SV A adjustment I
(para. 5.6.4)
Defective component in
read data chain
Replace Data Electronics
board and perform write
current check (5.6.6)
Defective component in
digital read chain
Replace Data Electronics
board and perform data
separation (5.6.7)
If READY indicator does
not go out, RUN/LOAD
switch defective or Disc
Control Board is defective
Check operation of, or replace RUN/LOAD switch or
replace Disc Control Board
If READY indicator goes
out, bad SV A board or
Emergency Retract Board
Replace Servo Amplifier
board or Emergency
, Retract Board
Defective component on
Disc Control Board or
Power Regu lator Board
(probably driver)
Replace Disc Control or Power
Regulator Board
Defective lamp
Replace indicator lamp
Defective solenoid
Replace solenoid
Solenoid plunger caught on
latch
Readjust solenoid latch
mechanism
..-.
5-88
5.8
SIGNAL DISTRIBUTION TABLE FOR DISC DRIVE
The signal distribution Table 5-5 on the following pages is an alphabetical compilation of logic
signals in the disc drive system. For any given signal, the distribution to the various circuit boards
is tabulated, which offers a considerable convEmience in signal tracing. In addition, the signal
origin and destination is indicated as follows:
A.
• signifies that the signal is 'generated in the circuitry of the assembly listed at
the top of the particular column.
B.
* signifies that the signal is furnished to the circuitry of the assembly listed at
the top of the particular column.
This table is furnished as an aid, not as a formal document. Any question as to the accuracy of a
given entry should be resolved by consulting the corresponding circuit schematic in Appendix C.
Also refer to Tables 2-1 and 2-2 for a brief description of each input and output signal.
Refer to Table 6-5, Glossary of Mnemonic Terms, for a description of each input and output signal .
....
I
5-89
TAB LE '5-5'. Signal Distribution (continued)
WAN·0377/1
SIGNAL
DESIGNATION
I/O BRD
DIB
CIB
DCB
SLB
SVA
DEB
ACIN
1/0*
CABLE
110CABLE
AC LOSS
P3·K*
J21·14*
P1·J
P2·j"*
ADD ACK
ADD 1
ADD2
ADD4
ADDS
ADD16
ADD32
ADD64
ADD 128
ADD 2S6
ATTENTION
ATTENTION
ATTENTION
ATTENTION
BM ON (+)
J21-10*
J21·47*
J21-4S*
J21·34*
J21-37*
J21·42*
J21·24*
J21·23*
J21·22*
J21·32*
J22·2O*
J22·17*
J22·19*
J22·18*
P1·L*
P1·W*
P1·X*
P1·Y*
P1·Z*
P1·A*
P1·B*
P1·~*
P1·D*
P1·34*
P2·T"
P6·9P4·31·
0
1
2
3
P7·12*
P22-14
P4·W*
P4·X*
P4·Y*
P4·Z*
P4·A*
P4·B*
P4·~*
P4·D*
P4·34*
P22·44
P22·39
P22·43
P22·42
P22·4S
P22·47
P22·48
P22-50
:P22·29
.
P22·20
P22·17
P22·19
P22·18
~~.p.
P6·J*
BRUSH MOTOR
RESTORE
DC LOSS (-)
P1·16*
P2·16*
P2·C"
DLYSK H
DIF.2S6/128 (+)
P22-38
P3·C·
P2·M*
DDAC
TCDAC
TCV
DET ODD (-)
DET EVEN (-)
P4·W
P4·K-
PS·M*
P4·P P4·N*
P6·P*
PS·N-
P4·R*
P4·S*
PS·R·
PS·S -
DET EN (+)
P4-N-
P2.N*
J21·26*
P4·V·
P6·V*
P4·E*
ps·e·
P22·8
P2O·26*
J21-12*
P1·R*
P1·F·
J21·36*
P2O·36*
FIDX
FSTR
FWD (-)
P22-31
P7·1S*
P7·T*
P2·R*
P22-40
P2·30*
P2·31 *
P3·30P3·31·
P4-C-
PS-L*
F DISC WRT
PROT SW
HD SEL
POSIT •
TRANSDUCER
P1S·6*
COARSE SERVO
ENABLE (-)
ERASE
ERASE GATE
P6·C*
P6·K*
P4-M·
SERVO MOTOR
RELAY COIL
DATA CLK
BEGINNING OF
.2!!!'VEL PULSE (-)
DISC SEL
BRUSW
MOTOR
P6·SJ21·4S*
WRT·
PROTSW
P7-F*
J21-13*
P22-33
P7-N*
P1-30*
LIGHT SOURCE
OPTICAL POSIT.
TRANSDUCER-
PS-F*
BRUSH MOTOR
ON 1-)
BRUSH MOT.*
P3-A'J21-1S*
J21-11*
OTHER
POWER SUPPLY
P6·6*
ATTENTION
AD 2S6
~X
ILL AD
ILL ADD (+)
LD HD ( )
PRB
P1-1S*
P1-14*
P22-9
P22-13
P2-1S·
1---P2-14P4-K-
P2-K*
P3-H-
P4-H*
5-90
TAB LE 5-5. Signal Distribution (continued)
WAN·0377/2
SIGNAL
DESIGNATION
I/O BRD
DIB
CIB
SOL
SLB
DCB
ROY L
READY
1/0 CABLE
P2·11*
Pl·l0*
P5·l0*
P22·37
J2l·40*
Pl·9*
P5·9*
P22-46
J2l·25*
Pl·S*
P2·P*
P15·4*
POSIT.
TRANSDUCER-
P15·3 *
POSIT.
TRANSDUCER-
P3.S·-f-·
P22·5
WRT
PROT SW-
P7·H*
J2l·27*
P20·27-
J2l·39*
Pl·E*
Pl·5*
P20·39*
P22·7
P7·U P7·17-
Pl·13*
".
P22-49
P2·U*
J21·7*
P3·UP6·ll*
P2·S P2·l3-
P22·11
P6·M-
READY LAMP*
OPTICAL POSIT.
TRANSDUCER-
P5·U*
P2·V*
RSTR
RTZ (+)
P2·29*
RUN/STOP
RUN (-)
RETURN ZERO
P3·V P3·29P3·j:-
P4·F*
RUN/STOPSW -OCP
P3:ij'*
J2l·l7*
J2l·l8*
Pl·28*
Pl·F*
J2l·l9*
J2l·20*
Pl·27*
Pl·E*
J2l·2l*
Pl·26*
OTHER
LOAD INDICAT*
J2l·41 *
BEGINNING OF
TRAVEL
RIDX
SAC/8 F lOX
SAC/16 F STR
POSITION CHANNEL
1/0*
CABLE
P5·T*
P5·ll-
READY INDICATOR
SAC 1
SAC 2
SAC4
PRB
P6·H*
P6·7-
P4·T-
DETENT MODE (+)
SERVO AMPLIFIER
OUTPUT RELAY
POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
PSEUDO SECTOR 2000
R DISCWRT
PROTSW
RD DATA
RD DATA 1
RD DATA 2
RD EN GATE
ROY 1
DEB
P3·D-
LOAD IND
ODD (+)
TRK OFFSET
FWD.
TRK OFFSET
REV.
SVA
P2·N P2·28P2·F-
P3·N*
P22·4
P22·2
P2·27-
P22·26
P2·EPl·26-
P22·1
P22·3
POSITION COMMON
P5·7*
OPTICAL POSIT.
TRANSDUCER -
P5·8*
OPTICAL POSIT.
TRANSDUCE R -
SECTOR IN (FIXED)
P3·'J5'*
MAGNETIC TRANSDUCER
SECTOR IN (REM)
P3·M*
SECTOR RTN (FIXED)
P3·N*
SECTOR RTN (REM)
P3·I*
MAGNETIC TRANSDUCER
MAGNETICTRANSDUCER
MAGNETICTRANSDUCER
SEEK COMP
J2l·9*
Pl·32*
P2·32-
SEEKINCOMP
J21·33*
P2·K-
SEEK STROBE
J21·46*
Pl·K*
Pl·18*
Pl·6*
SEK COMP
SEL 1
J2l-43*
Pl·U*
SEL 2
J2l·44*
Pl·17*
SK (+)
SOL
SOLENOID
P22·l6
P22·l5
..
--
P22·32
P2·18*
P2·6-
P5·L*
UNIT SEL
SWITCHUNIT SEL
SWITCH-
P2·33·
P4·33*
P3·l)-
P6·H*
P6·F-
5-91
PACK INTER.
SOLENOID *
SECTION 6
LOGIC·
6.1
SCOPE
This section contains:
(1) flow diagrams, (2) a list of all integrated circuit chips used in
system circuits, (3) a description of the logic used in the Disc Drive with related data, and
(4) a glossary of mnemonic terms.
See the appendices
Engin~ering
Drawings and Schematic Diagrams.
6.2
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT REFERENCE·
f~r
the Illustrated Parts List and the
Table 6-1 lists the integrated circuit chips used in the 100 TPI and 200 TPI Disc Drives.
This table lists both WANGCO and commercial part numbers, type of logic, and the
function performed by each chip.
6.3
KEY TO LOGIc! SYMBOLS
In several portions of this manual, similarly in Section 4 and on the schematic diagrams
in Appendix C, logic symbols are used to represent certain logic functions or integrated
circuit elements.
The basic logic symbols include:
I>
a.
This inverter symbol is used to signify all functions that produce
outputs proportional to the input such as a change in power levels,
signal swings, level sh ifts, etc.
b.
c.
i.
0
D
This symbol signifies an AND gate.
This symbol signifies an OR gate.
The basic gate circuits are drawn in such a manner that the activity of signals can be
traced through the logic diagrams in terms of HIGH (+2.4 to 5.0V.) and LOW (0 to 0.5V.)
by examination of the input and output of the logic symbol used.
LOW, a small circle is not used.
If the active level is
TABLE 6-1. Integrated Circuit List
WANGeO PIN
COM'L PIN
TYPE
100108-001
100234-001
100328-001
100329-001
100330-001
100332-001
100333-001
100339-001
100341-001
100344-001
100345-001
100347-001
101009-001
101011-001
10.1012-001
101013-001
101017-001
101018-001
101019-001
101020·001
101021·001
101022·001
101023-001
101024-001
101026-001
101029-003
101031·001
101032-001
101088-001
1011.39-001
123001-001
123023-001
123025-001
123027-001
123032-001
123035-001
123036-001
123037-001
123040·001
123046-001
123050-001
125000-001
125005-005
125005-006
125005-008
125007-006
125009-001
723
9602
7400
7402
7404
7408
7410
7474
7486
4024
4044
8T380
7411
7426
7432
7483
9322
9324
9360 '
9366
301
311
555
8T20
5558
1H5020
75452
592
1406'
75451
7414
74574
74161
DM8836
74 LS08
74L532
74LS74
74 LS42
74L5157
74504
74508
10116
78M05
78M06
78M08
79M06
308
LIN
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
LIN
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
LIN
LIN
LIN
TTL
LIN
MOS
LIN
LIN
LIN
LIN
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
EeL
LIN
LIN
LIN
LIN
LIN
1-.-.
, 6-2
FUNCTION
Voltage Regulator
Dual Monostable MV
Quad 2-lnput NAND
Quad 2-lnput NOR
Hex Inverter
Quad 2-lnput AND
Triple 3-1 nput NAN D
Dual J-K Flip-Flop
Quad 2-lnput Exclusive OR
Dual Volt. Control MV
Phase Freq. Detector
Quad 2-lnput NOR Bus Rec
Triple 3-1 nput AN D
Quad 2-lnput NAND H.V.
Quad 2-lnput OR
4-Bit Binary Full Adder
Quad 2-lnput Multiplexer
5·Bit Comparator
Up/Down Decode Counter
Up/Down Binary Counter
Operational Amp.
Voltage Comparator
Timer
Bidirectional One-Shot
Dual Operational Amp.
Analog Switch
Dual Periph. Pos. NAN D Driver
Video Amp.
D/A Converter
Dual Periph. - AN D Driver
Hex I nverter Schmitt Trigger
Dual D Flip-Flop Shotky
4·Bit Binary Counter, Sync
Quad 2-lnput NOR, Bus Rec.
Quad 2-lnput AND, LP Shotky
Quad 2-lnput OR, LP Shotky
Quad D Flip-Flop, LP 5hotky
4-Bit BCD - to - Decimal Decoder
Quad 2-lnput Mux., LP Shotky
Hex Inverter, Shotky
Quad 2-lnput AND, Shotky
Triple Line Re.feiver
Voltage Reg. - 5 V @ .5A
Voltage Reg. ± 6V @ .5A
Voltage Reg. ±
@ .5A
Voltage Reg. -6V. @ .5A
Operational Amp., Precision
av.
All of the logic symbols used in a I,ogic diauram are shown with the levels required to activate
the device;
that, is, the symbols show what level or levels are required at the input to obtain
the level shown at the output of the device.
For example:
Figure 6-1a. shows an OR gate
symbol with small circles at the input and no circle at the output.
This indicates that if
either or both inputs are low, the output will be high.
An AN D gate is shown in Figure 6-1 b. Absence of the small circle at the inputs and the
presence of the small circle at the output indicates both inputs must be high to obtain a
low response at the output of the gate.
Figure 6-2 shows a logical NOR gate which represents what the D output will be at +5Volts
(TRUE state) when any combination of inputs A, B, and C are Low (FALSE).
WAN-Q579
a.
b.
Figure 6-1.
Logic Example
WAN-0723
REFERENCE DESIGNATION AND CHIP' TYPE
A----{"1I"""\l~
B _ _2-<1I
,0
C_ _3....£'l&
.
LOGIC EQUATION
LOGIC SYMBOL
Figure 6-2.
Logic Symbol Example
€i-3
The single-shot produces a positive going pu Ise at the "1" output and a negative goi ng
pulse at the "O'~ output, and these are initiated at the time that the input pulse transitions to its TRUE state.
Table 6-2 shows typical logic symbols used in this manual.
Figure 6-3 consists of flow charts showing various modes of operation.
WAN-0619
TAB LE 6-2. Logic Symbols (continued)
DEVICES
836,7414
846, 7400
858
7408,
WIRED "OR"
SYMBOLS
-{>-
--[>-
LOW 'IN
HIGH OUT
HIGH IN
LOW OUT
=D-
=v-
BOTH INPUTS HIGH
OUTPUT LOW
EITHER OR BOTH INPUTS LOW
OUTPUT HIGH
=0-
=r>EITHER OR BOTH INPUTS LOW
OUTPUT LOW
BOTH INPUTS HIGH
OUTPUT HIGH
6-4
TAB LE !6-2.ILogic Symbols (concluded)
DEVICES
WAN-0619
SYMBOLS
7402
7418
BOTH I NPUTS LOW
OUTPUT HIGH
EITHER OR BOTH INPUTS HIGH
OUTPUT LOW
=D-
=D-
BOTH INPUTS LOW
OUTPUT LOW
844
-
EITHER OR BOTH INPUTS HIGH
OUTPUT HIGH
i.--
~
-
ANY OR ALL INPUTS LOW
OUTPUT HIGH
ALL INPUTS HIGH
OUTPUT LOW
862
ALL INPUTS HIGH
OUTPUT LOW
ril - A
I'
AA
ANY OR ALL INPUTS LOW
OUTPUT HIGH
Vee
w'YV
I~
SINGLE SHOT
......_o.~
...
lf3-5
SEE
EXPLANATION
WAN-0069
TU&'~
O:N CY CLE
TUR..T\J OFF CYCLE
STP..RT CYCLE
Enable Power Amplifier
Carriage Moves Forward
Heads Loaded
First Track Counting
Pulse Resets NAR & CAR
to 0 & Detents
Power Applied to
Drive & Brush Motors
READY
Yes
Figure 6-3. Turn-on/StartlStop Cycles Flow Chart
Light On
Carriage Returns
Home
CODE
MASTER SPARES LIST
:>
w
a:
""\lJ
WANGCO
MATERIAL LI
PART NUMBER
ST
REV.
:..-.-,
INCORPORATEO
...;
~
a:
w
a:I
:E
::J
z
l-
TITLE
ITEM
NO.
100/200 TPI DISC DRIVES
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
JIIARrT NO.
F &T
RECO MIN. ACT.
.
REV. REV.
DATE
2-j6-77
/
1
SHEET_OF_
REMARKS
et
«
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
~
~-
w
~
~
0
w
>
0
1
2
3
et
«2:
---
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
SUB-ASSEMBLIES:
Assy. Power Supply
Assy. Positioner
Assy. Positioner
Assy. Spindle Motor
Assy. Spindle Motor
Assy. Power Cord
Assy. OCP
Assy. Transducer
Assy. Filter Replacement Kit
Assy. Thermistor
Assy. Sector Transducer
Assy. Door Latch Solenoid
Assy. Door Latch Solenoid
Assy. Brush Motor
Assy. Brush Motor
Assy. Velocity Transducer
AC Line Cord
300346-201
300600-001
-002
301217-001
-002
300607-001
300376-002
300311-001
301742-001
300467-001
300606-001
3003.88-001
3'00433-001
300323-001
300323-002
300771-001
101153-001
II
II
A-I
FORM 209 (R.12174)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
200 TPI, Some Models
All 100 TPI, Some 200 TPI
100 TPI Only
100 or 200 TPI
Used on 300346
Fixed Disc
~~~ ~~~-]2~ v and Gasket
200 TPI Only
Series T Only
Series T Only
Series F Only
Disc Cleaning, 100 TPI Only
Disc Cleaning, 200 TPI Only
Used on 300600
->w
II:
II:
w
CD
~
z
I-
""\\J
CODE
MASTER SPARES LIST
WANGCO
MATERIAL
LI
PART NUMBER
ST
B
INCORPORATED
TITLE
100/200 TPI DISC DRIVES
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
'ART NO.
F & T,
REQO MIN.
REV
,
2-16-77
DATE
ACT.'
REV,
«
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
Q..
w
...
~
MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS:
1 Magnetic Recording Head
~0
W
>
a:
0
~
SHEETLoF_
REMARKS
a:
-".
REV.
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
2 Magnetic Recording Head
.......
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
3 Air Filter
4 Shipping Restraint
5 Key, Polarization
6 Transformer
II
7 '0' Ring
8 '0' Ring
9 Brush, Disc Cleaning
II
10
11
12
13
II
II
Brush, Ground (Spindle)
Clip, Hitch Pin
Sector Transducer
Brush, Ground (Blower)
.-L_.
FORM 209 (H.12174~
300132-001 2
-002 2
-003 2
-004 2
300397-001 2
-002 2
-003 2
-004 2
300387
1
300790,
1
101127-001 10
101060-001 1
-002 1
100410-001 1
-005 1
101095-001 1
-002 1
101701-001 1
101121-001 1
300679-001 1
101118-001 1
- . -A-2
100 TPI, 1500 RPM (UPPER)
(LOWER)
2400 RPM (UPPER)
(LOWER)
200 TPI, 1500 RPM (UPPER)
(LOWER)
2400 RPM (UPPER)
(LOWER)
Pre-Filter on 301742-001
Positioner Carria[e
Used on 300586
Used on 301157
Used on 301157
1500 RPM
2400 RPM
Upper
Lower
Used on 301217
Used with 101095
Series F Only
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
....
--.;.
-- ....
:.~
CODE
MASTER SPARES LIST
~~
,-a::
a:
w
-uJWANGCO
MATERIAL LI
~
z
:3
TITLE
100/200 TPI DISC DRIVES
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
P'AF'T NO.
F &T
REClO
'
DATE
NEXT ASSEMBLY fUSED ON
-<
0
I---
1
2
3
0
w
>
0
a:
4
PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
Assy. I/O Connector PWB
Assy. Line Terminator PWB
+5V Regulator PWB
Assy. Servo Logic PWB
l:
c(
--
3
SHEET_OF_
REMARKS
CL.
I-
2-16-77
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV
a:
0(
w
REV.
INCORPORATED
In
I-
PART NUMBER
ST
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Elect. Interconnect PWB
Power Regulator PWB
Disc Control PWB
Servo Logic PWB
Assy. Control Interface PWB
Assy. Disc Control PWB
Assy.Spindle Motor Power Switc~
Assy. Spindle Drive Regulator
Assy. Data Electronics PWB
14 Assy. I/O Connector PWB
15 Assy. Data Interface VFO, PWB
16 Assy. Servo Amplifier PWB
300075-XXX
300095-001
300200-001
300497-000
-001
-002
300586-001
301002-001
301018-XXX
3010:~5-000
-001
-002
301035-XXX
301 0~76-XXX
301Hi3-002
301198-002
3011S7-XXX
301179-000
,...001
-002
30132'0-XXX'
301584-001
-002
A-3
tsaS1C.
unit eel for dash nos
Spp
1
1
Basic
1
1
1
Ille~~l A~r~~1uTrack 408
¥VVo~~t ~~gnt :~O~~rlrk dOh
0.1
1
~aS1C.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
See unit CCl for dash nos
Basic '(100 TPI ONLY)
Front Load~ ILL ADD 203.
Top Load~ ILL ADD 204.
tsaS1C.
Spp unit eel for dash no,
I~aslc..
dh nos
I~ee unlt CCL for las
'
See unlt CCL for dash nos
I~aslc..
Basic
Attn. Lines: Neqative
Attn. Lines: Positive
ItsaS1C.
ISee uni t eel f~ nrl,h nne::
100 TPI F & T
200 TPI F & T, With Track
Offset and Temperature
Compensation.
CODE
MASTER SPARES LIST
.,;
w
a:
a:
w
ID
z~
It
-nJWANGCO
rARTNUMBER
MATERIAL LI ST
B
INCORPORATED
TITLE
100/200 TPI DISC DRIVES
MODEL
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
rART NO.
F &T
DATE
w
~
~
I"-'--
,
0
w
>
0
a:
---
2-16-77
REOO MIN. ACT.
.
REV... EV.
4
SHEET_OF_
REMARKS
I~
--
REV.
NEXT ASSEMBl V/USED ON
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
POWER SUPPLY &OCP ITEMS
Fuse
3 amp
Fuse
5 amp
Fuse
10 amp
Bridge, Diode
MDA-980-2
Rocker Switch
Bezel, Switch
Lens, "POWER II
Lens, RUN/LOADII
Lens, IIPROTECT CART"
Lens, "PROTECT FIXED II
Indicator. IIREADY/LOAD II
Lamp, 28V
Lamp, 28V
Switch, Thumbwheel
II
100235-018
100028-020
-027
101033-002
101077-001
-002
101078-001
101079-001
-002
-003
-004
101081-001
101082-003
101083-002
101137-001
A-4
FORM 209 {R.12114)
1
1
2
2
3
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
3
2
1
Used on 300346-101
&-201
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
300346-101 &-201
Used on 300376 OCP
II II
..
II II
II II
II
II
II
II
II
II II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
Used with Items 7-10
Used with Item 11
CODE
MASTER SPARES LIST
I~
"\l)WANGCa
\!:
II:
~.
z
l-
TITLE
ITEM
NO.
100/200 TPI DISC DRIVES
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
PAR1r NO.
F &T
DATE
I-
~
~
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS:
1 IC. Volt. Reg.
2 IC. Dual Monostable
(continued
723
9602
100108
10023:4
0
w
>
0
a:
~
---
5
SHEET_OF_
REMARKS
~
w
2-16-77
REQO MIN. ACT.
.
REV" REV.
a:
~-
3 IC. Quad 2 Input NAND
4 IC. Quad 2 Input NOR
5 IC. Hex Inverter
6 IC. Quad 2 Input AND
7400
7402
7404
7408
7 IC.Triple 3 Input NAND 7410
10032:8
100329
100330
100332
100333
A-5
FORM 209 4R.12114t
REV.
B
INCORPORATED
...l
w
m
PART NUMBER
MATER I J'L LI ST
2
1
4
4
3
2
2
1
2
2
1
3
3
3
3
1
3
3
1
1
3
4
3
Used on 301002 Assy.
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
5
II
II
1
II
II
1
1
1
II
II
II
II
II
II
301320
301076
301018
301035
301025
300497
301320
301076
301018
301035
301025
300497
301076
301018
301035
301025
300497
301076
301018
301035
301076
301018
301035
301025
300497
301076
301018
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
CODE
MASTER SPARES LIST
>:
WI
'"UJWANGCD
REV.
'ART NUMBER
MATERIAL LI5T
0::
B
INCORPORATED
0:'
TITLE
WI
ai'
~,
z
to:
c(
ITEM
NO.
100/200 TPI DISC DRIVES
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
'ART NO.
F &T
MIN.
DATE
ACT.
REQO REV, REV,
...
w
(§
NEXT ASSEMBLY fUSED ON
ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS
8 IC.Dual-D, Flip-Flop
7474
(continued'
100339
~0
w
>
a:
0
~
6
SHEET_OF_
REMARKS
Q,.
~.-
2-16-77
9 IC.Quad.2 Input.Excl.OR 7486
io.-_
10 IC.Dual Volt. Control
4024
11 IC.Phase Freq.Detector 4044
12 IC.Quad.2 Input NOR
8T380
13
14
15
16
IC.Trip.3-Input AND
IC.Quad.2-Input NAND
IC.Quad.2-Input OR
IC.4-Bit Full Adder
7411
7426
7432
7483
100341
100344
100345
100347
101009
101011
101012
101013
A-6
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
7
7
5
8
8
1
1
2
2
1
1
8
8
2
2
1
1
1
1
3
2
2
2
1
1
2
3
Used on 301076 Ass.Y.
301018
301035
301025
300497
301076
301018
301025
300497
301320
301320
300075
301179
301076
301018
301035
II
301025
300497
301584
II
301157
301076 II
301018
II
II
301035
II
301025
300497
301025
300497
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
/I
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
I :>w
,,1:
a:
w
"'\lJ
WANGCD
~
z
;B
INCORPORATED
TITLE
100/200 TP I DISC DRIVES
MODEL
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
rAR1" NO.
F &T
AEQO
a:
DATE
I-
C§
0
w
>
a:
0
~
-..-
7
SHEET_OF_
REMARKS
ct
w
2-16-77
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV,
NEXT ASSEMBL Y/USED ON
Q.
~-
REV.
rAATNUMBEA
MATER I ~,L LI ST
CD
I-
CODE
MASTER SPARES LIST
ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS:
17 IC.Quad 2 Input M/P
18 IC.5-Bit Comparator
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
IC.Up/Dwn Dec. Cntr.
IC.Up/Dwn Dec. Cntr.
IC.Operational Amp.
IC.Voltage Compo
IC.Timer
9322
9324
74192
74193
301
311
555V
IC.Bl.Direct One Shot. 8T20B
IC.Dual Op-Amp.
5558
IC.Analog Sw.
1H5020
(continued
101017
101018
101019
101020
10102:1
10102'2
10102:3
10102~4
10102:6
10102~9-003
A-7
FOAM 209 (R.12/74t
2
2
2
1
1
4
4
2
2
3
1
3
2
2
1
3
1
1
1
8
1
1
1
4
3
Used on 301035 Assy.
301025
300497
301076
301018
301076
301018
301035
301025
300497
301044
301584 .
301076
301018
301157
301170
301076
301018
301320
301584
301025
300497
300921
301584
300497
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
CODE
MASTER SPARES LIST
>
w
"'UJWANGCO
MATERIAL LI
It:
PART NUMBER
ST
REV.
:B
INCORPORATED
a::
w
TITLE
100/200 TPI DISC DRIVES
CD
~
z
~
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
PART NO.
F &T
REQO
.
DATE
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
«
--a
JL. OF _
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
Q..
....
SHEET
REMARKS
a::
w
2-16-77
27
ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS:
IC.Dual NAND Driver
.75452
(continued'
101031
---0
\oJ
>
0
~-
4
4
14
2
2
2
28
29
30
31
32
IC.Video Amp.
IC.D/A Converter
IC.Dual AND Driver
Ie. Hex Inverter
IC.Dual D Flip-Flop
33 IC.Quad 2-Input NAND
34 IC.Quad 2-Input AND
35 IC.Triple 3-Input AND
36 IC.Quad 2-Input OR
37 IC.Quad D Flip-Flop
38
39
40
41
592
1406
75451
7414
74S74
74LSOO
74LS08
74LS11
74LS32
74LS74
IC.4-Line to 10-Line Decoder
IC.Quad 2-Input Mux. 74LS157
IC.Hex Inverter
74S04
74S08
IC.Quad 2-Input AND
101032
101088
101139
123001
123023
123029
123032
123034
123035
123036
123037
123040
123046
123050
A-8
FORM 209 (R.12114)
2
2
1
1
2
2
1
3
3
1
1
1
2
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
Used on 301584 Assy.
300075
301179
301157
301025
300497
301002
301157
301025
300497
300075
301179
301157
301153
301157
301320
301157
301320
301320
301320
301320
301320
301153
301153
301153
301320
301320
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
\I
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
CODE
MASTER SPARES LIST
h
-uJWANGCa
MATER I AL LI
'AAT NUMBER
ST
REV.
B
INCORPORATED
~
a:
w·
a:a
~
Z
....a:
100/200 TPI DISC DRIVE,S
TITLE
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
F &T
DATE
MIN. ACT.
REOO REV. REV•
'ART NO.
NEXT ASSEMBLYIUSED ON
ra.
~
c
>
0
a:
42
43
ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS:
IC.Triple Line Receiver
IC.Voltage Reg.
78M05
---
44
45
46
47
48
Used on 301157 Assy.
II
II
301320 II
II
II
301157 II
II
301157
II
301157 II
301584
301584
IC.Neg.3Terminal Reg. 79M08AHC
IC.Op-Amp. Precision LM308
Transistor, PNP
MPS-U51
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Transistor . PNP
Transistor, NPN
101048
10105:2
3
"
II
j
/I
/I
II
1
1
3
1
II
II
II
/I
II
II
/I
II
II
1.
/I
/I
II
2
7
1
1
3
1
1
3
3
4
1
1
2
3
II
II
II
II
II
II
/I
/I
II
/I
II
/I
/I
II
II
/I
/I
II
II
II
/I
II
II
II
II
II
/I
TIP42A
2N2222A
49 Transistor, PNP
2N2907A
50 Transistor, NPN EP2179(TIP140)
/I
"
II
II
II
II
II
II
51 Transistor, PNP EP2180(TIP145)
II
101053
151003-001
151003-001
151004-001
II
"
II
II
II
II
"
II
"
"
"
/I
52 Diode-Rect.
53
(cont~i nued:
125000
12500S-005
-006
-008
12500:7-006
125009
10008:3
w
~
9
SHEET_OF_
REMARKS
;(
w
2-16-77
II
Diode-Rect.
.200V 1N4003
II
\I
1N5624
100127
"
107026-001
A-·9
FORM 209 {R.12174)
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
301002 II
301584
301076
301018
II
301157
301002
301153
301584
301157
301002
301044
301153
301584
301044
301153
301153
I'
301198
301584 "
300586
"
" " 300075
" " 300586 "
II
/I
II
II
/I
II
/I
II
\I
CODE
MASTER SPARES LIST
:>
PART NUMBER
MATERIAL LI ST
-uJWANGCD
w
a:
..B
INCORPORATED
a:
w
TITLE
CD
~
ITEM
NO.
z
f-
100/200 TPI DISC DRIVES
. DESCRIPTION
MODEL
PART NO •
F &T
DATE
SHEET
UL.. OF _
REMARKS
oc(
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
Q.
-
w
~
c
a
54
ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS:
Diode-Rect. .200V
1N4003
(continued'
100127
io---CJ
w
>
0
a:
~
2-16-77
REQ[) MIN. ACT.
.
REV. REV.
a::
.......
REV.
---
55 Diode, Signal
1N5317
101034
2
4
2
6
1
8
I
56 Diode, Zener 6.8V
10V
5.1V
4.7V
22V
1N5235B
1N5240B
1N5231B
1N5230B
1N5251B
1N5245B
57 Diode, Zener 500mw 1%
58 Inductor, 5%, 27 uh
Inductor, 5%, 1. 5uh
59 Inductor, 5%, 220uh
101058-010
-015
-006
-005
-016
-019
107040-009
101074-001
-003
122500-001
A-I0
FOHM 209 CR.12174t
1
1
22
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
2
1
6
1
2
1
Used on 301179 Assy.
301157
301044
301153
301198
301584
301076
301018
301018
301157
301002
301044
301584
301584
301320
301002
301076
301018
301153
301076
301018
301044
301198
301157
301157
301157
301002
II
II
II
II
II
1\
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
(X)DE
MASTER SPARES LIST
~r
-uJWANGCa
a:
~z
t-
w
a
TITLE
ITEM
NO.
100L200 TPI DISC DRIVES
MODEL
,-
'AI~T
DESCfUPTION
ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS:
'60 Crvsta 1
3.200MHz.
NO.
0
w
>
0
~
61
62
63
3.125MHz.
5.000MHz.
3. 177MHz.
Resistor . Variable 10K
5K
Resistor, ,Variable 20K
Resistor . Variable 100
,10K
1 MeQ.
F &T
DATE
2-16-77
REQO MIN. ACT.
'
REV REV,
11
SHEET .,.'._ OF_
REMARKS
'NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
(concluded)
101059-001
I--
~
REV.
.B
a:
~
.....--
PART NUM8ER
ST
INCORPORATED
"I'"'' ',r,_
w
co
MATERIIAL LI
-002
-003
-004
100163-103
-502
101006-203
101148-101
' -103
-105
Used on 301076 Assv.
1
1
1
II
II
301018
II
II
II
301320
II
1
II
II
301320
II
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
II
II
301320
II
II
II
:tOl~R4
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
301584
301076
301018
301157
301584
301076
301018
,
,
,
A-II
FORM 209. (R.12/74t
II
II
II
II
II
II
APPENDIX 8
100/200 TPI DISC DRIVE
ASSY. DWGS. AND MATL. LIST INDEX
Title
Disc Drive, 100 TPI, Top Load
Disc Drive, 100 TPI, Front Load.
Disc Drive, 200 TPI, Top Load
Material List
Disc Drive, 200 TPI, Front Load
Material List
I/O Connector PW8
Line Terminator PW8 and Schematic
Motor Filter PW8 and Schematic
Power Supply .
Servo Logic PW8 (200 TPI)
Electronics Interconnect PW8
Spindle Drive Module and Schematic
Transducer Differentiator PWB and Schematic
Power Regulator PW8 .
Disc Control PW8 (200 TPI)
Servo Logic PW8 (100 TP I)
Control Interface PW8 (200 TPI)
Emergency Retract PW8 and Schematic
Disc Control PW8 ("100 TPI)
Spindle Motor Power Switch PW8
Data Electronics PW8
Commutator PW8
I/O Connector PW8
Spindle Drive Regulator PW8
Data Interface PW8 (VFO)
Servo A"!lplifier III PW8
8-1
Drawing
Page
300000
300001
305100
404200
315100
414200
300075
300095
300226
300346
300497
300586
300612
300921
301002
301018
301025
301035
301044
301076
301153
301157
301170
301179
301198
301320
301584
8-3
8-9
8-15
8-19
8-25
8-29
8-35
8-47
8-51
8-55
8-63
8-69
8-73
8-79
8-83
8-89
8-115
8-123
8-147
8-151
8-179
8-183
8-205
8-209
8-215
8-219
8-233
""'-'LJ' ....
XXX SEE BUILD M/L FOR TABULATION.
I :>
J
~l)
a:
-uJWANGCO
INCORPORATED
TITLE
0
0
0
w
co
~
::>
I
0
0
0
0
0
Z
I-
a:
«
Q.
MATERIAL
LI ST
300000-000
'
ASSY. DISC DRIVE 100TPI.
OPTICAL - TOP LOAD.
ITEM
NO.
0101
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
PAFIT NO.
... -
~
~ -"l
....
9/19/75 SHEET..!... OF ~
DATE
REaD
REV.
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
M
-~
w~
1-,
c3)..
--f:!1
(~
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assv.
Assv.
Assy.
Assv.
--
Elect/Int. Pwb.
Servo 'Amplifier Pwb.
I/O Connector Pwb.
Line Terminator Pwb.
VFO Pwb.
Disc Control Pwb.
Data Electronics Pwb.
Control Interface Pwb.
Servo L09ic Pwb ..
-_._----
300586-001
301584-001
30102~5-XXX
1
1
Ref.
Ref.
Ref.
Ref.
Ref.
Ref.
Ref.
Assy. Voltage Plug.
30032A-XXX Ref.
Rin9, Sector.
Pull ey, Blower.
Spec. Proc. Recording Head.
Spec ..
30005,5-XXX Ref.
300110-XXX Ref.
300132-XXX Ref.
-xxx Ref.
Fuse.
'0' Ring
100235-XXX Ref.
100410-XXX Ref
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
301002-001
301044-001
301153-002
301198-002
II
II
II
Power Requlator Pwb.
Emergency Retract Pwb.
Spindle Mtr Pwr sw. Pwb.
Spindle Drive Reg. Pwb.
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
,
B-3
1
1
.1
1
F4.
1500 RPM=-OOl: 2400 RPM=-005
F
A
c:
,.-:;1
;-~;
S/N.
S/N.
S/N.
S/N.
0101
:>
LU
cc
[C
LU
co
:~
::>
;z
1-
n:
.:(
I).
~)
0
0
I
0
a
MODEL
DATE
PART NUMBER
REV.
300000-000
t'""
'...::;.
9/19/75
2
8
SHEET_OF_
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
REOD
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
("I')
LLI
C)
-C)
UJ
::-
()
0:
-«
ASSY. DISC DRIVE 100TPI.
OPTICAL - TOP LOAD.
0
0
0
1-'
cf
c~
TITLE
LI ST
a
---
c.
-uJ ::P:R::O
MATERIAL
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Brush.
Cable - Interconnect.
Transducer.
DC. Motor.
Power Supply.
OCP.
Bearing Housing.
Slide - Left Hand.
Slide - Right Hand.
Solenoid & Brush Cable.
Positioner.
Fixed Disc Cover.
Filter.
Shroud, Top Load.
Spindle.Motor Brush1ess
Harness Spindle Drive.
300223-001
300274-001
300311-001
300323-001
300346-201
300376-002
300396-001
300412-001
-002
300413-004
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
-~
300946-002
.
302034-001
301217-001
301250-001
1
1
1
1
Nameplate, 'W Logo.
Label, Model.
Label, Warning.
201347-001
202375-001
2
1
Ring, Inlet Blower
Crank.
Rod, Linkage.
Cam.
301177-001
300039-001
300040-001
300043-001
1
1
1
Or use - 002
- - -- -- ---- - - -- -_.
-
I
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
8-4
1
••
h l!) ""UJ
a:
0
0
TITLE
w
co
0
:l
0
I-
Co
0
0
~
z
a:
e{
CL.
0101
WANGCO
MATERIAL
LI ST
INCORPORATED
ASSY. DISC DRIVE 100TPI.
OPTICAL - TOP LOAD.
MODEL
DATE
ITEM
NO.
P)!\RT NO.
DESCRIPTION
REOD
le{
c
t--
cw
>
0
a:
CL.
CL.
e{
----
300000-000
6
9/19/75
3
SHEET _
8
OF __
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
M
w
REV.
I
0
~
PART NUMBER
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
Support, Card Guide.
Cover, Blower.
Cover, Filter Plate.
Cover, Brush Access.
Plate, Motor Gasket.
Gasket, Motor.
3001051-001
300865-001
300082.-002
.....'".
301 ~~18-00l
300086-001
300088-001
1
1
1
1
1
Disc, Magnetic Recording.
300133-001
1
301 ~~2l- DOl.
1
30m~02-001
1
1
1
1
1
1
-- -
-
-
--
Cover, Top.
Pin, Pack Ejector.
Clamp, Disc Plate.
Housing, Switch Actuator.
Bracket, Switch Mounting.
Actuator, Switch.
Nut, Plate.
Cap, End.
Cap,
Bezel, Switch.
Bracket, Guide.
Bracket,
Bushing.
Bracket, End Cap. Mounting.
Panel, Rear.
Cover-, Interconnect PWb.
Deck, Machined Casting.
Cover, I/O Connector Pwb.
Retainer, Pwb.
Plate, Mtg. Emerg. Retract.
Panel, Front Trim.
1
-
300l~04-001
300,~27
-001
300,~28-001
300,~30-001
300t~31-001
(G]
-
II
II
Bracket, Ret. Pbs
Label, Caution.
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
CnrrirloP
3002:80-001
-002
3002'84-001
3002'87 -001
300344-001
300384-001
300669-001
300503-001
300597-001
300616-002
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
300790-001
300827-001
1
1
300~~45-001
8-5
For Shipping Purposes Only
D1D1
:>
w
0:
0:
w
co
::E
:::>
z
I0:
«
Q.
\!J
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
:.
.
TITLE
MATERIAL
LI ST
.«UJ
C)
","()
UJ
::>
0
c:
c~
c~
--
REV.
t~'1
...... _. •
300000-000
INCOI'lPOI'lATEO
ASSY. DISC DRIVE 100TPI.
OPTICAL - TOP LOAD.
MODEL
9/19/75
DATE
SHEET
~ OF ~
I
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
REQD
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
M
~--
«
-uJWANGCO
PART NUMBER
100 Label, Carriage Restraint.
101 Gasket, Filter.
102 Bushing, Actuator.
103 Actuator, Door.
104 Pin, Door Latch.
105 Gasket, Disc. Access.
106
.........--.
------107
108 Bkt., Card Cage Support
109
110
111
112 Fuse.
10amp.
300828-001
300939-001
300962-001
300963-001
300986-001
301237-001
1
1
2
2
2
1
301786-001
1
--------
----
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
.-
Strap, Cable.
Fastener.
~
100028-027
100031-001
108610-001
2
2
2
-
,
Ring, Gripping.
Ring, Crescent Retaining.
Cement.
100133-011 2
144000-003 1
100303-004 A/R
Impeller.
Switch, Snap Action.
Switch, "
"
100411-001
101097-001
101098-001
1
1
1
Bearing, Thrust.
Spring, Compression.
101125-001
147700-003
1
2
131
Screw .. Pan Head.'
132. Scre\!/ , "
"
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
F1,F2.
~
100036-203
-209
8-6
2
4
4-40 X 3/16"
4-40 X 9/16"
CODE
0101
:>
w
ex:
\1)
ex:
0
UJ::P:R~:O
fI
w
co
:2
::>
Z
I-
ex:
ct
~
a
REV.
G
,ASSY. DISC DRIVE 100TPI.
OPTICAL - TOP LOAD.
MODEL
9/19/75
DATE
SHEET
l
OF
I
a
a
0
0
ITEM
NO.
DESCR IPTION
a
W
0
w
>
0
ex:
---
PAIH NO.
REaD
,
M
Ict
0
ct
PART NUMBER
LI ST
300000-000
0
--
~
~
TITLE
MATERIAL
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
Screw t Pan Head.
II
Screw, II
II
Screw, II
II
Screw, II
II
Screw, II
II
Screw, II
II
Screw, II
1000:36-212 4
-304 6
-306 48
-308 6
-506 4
-509 2
-332 8
4-40 X 3/4 11
6-32 X ~II
6-32 X' 3/8 11 '
6-32 X ~"
10-32 X·3/8"
10-32 X 9/16"
6-32 X 2"
Screw, Nylon Pan Head.
II
II
II
Screw,
1011:12-304
-307
6-32 X ~II
6-32 X 7/16"
Screw, Flat Head.
II
II
Screw,
II
II
Screw,
II
II
Screw,
100040-208 2
-305 29
-308 10
1000:74-304 4
4-40
6-32
6-32
6-32
Screw, Socket Head Cap.
II
II
II
Screw,
II
II
II
Screw,
10001ll-208
-508
-608
4
3
5
4-40 X ~"
10-32 X ~"
~-20 X ~"
Screw, Set.
100049-302
2
6-32 X 1/8"
Hasher, Split Lo'ck.
II
Washer, II
100042-200 12
-300 40
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
B-7
1
2
X~
X 5/16"
X ~"
X ~" (Black).
No. 4.
No. 6.
~
c.;uu~
:>
w
0:
\!)
0: iO
w io
co 1 0
~
=>
Z
I0:
c:(
0..
I
C
0
0
0
0
0101
U)::P:R::O
TITLE
ITEM
NO.
MATERIAL
ASSY. DISC DRIVE 100TPI.
OPTICAL - TOP LOAD.
w
Ic:(
0
~0
w
>
0
0:
0..
0..
w
a:
tt
WWANGCO
MATERIAL
0101
LI ST
'I'.CORPORATEO
.~
-
~
a:
w
TITLE
::
0
0
0
Z
......
Cl
:>
....
a:
0«(
Go
,
0
0
0
0
M
i -
ITEM
NO.
ASSY. DISC DRIVE 100TPI.
OPTICAL-FRONT LOAD.
DESCRIPTION
°1
t~
PART NO.
DATE
REaD
MIN.
REV.
HEV.
300001-000
F
9/19/75 SHEET..L OF...a..
ACT.
REV.
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
Assy. Elect/Int. Pvlb.
Assy. Servo Amplifier .Pwb.
~~
L:J
m
"
::>
.-I
Ct
a:
L!J
~
z
Ia:
.ct:
a.
..
P'
300001-000
,tICOPP!"A.'lTEO
ASSY. DISC DRIVE 100TP!.
LOAD.
OPTICAL-FRONT
----.
, ITEMI
NO.
0
MODEL
DATE
PART NO •
!JESCRIPTION
REQD
MIN.
REV.
ACT.
REV.
0
0
9/19/75
SHEET
~ OF 8,:
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
a
I
M
I-
ct:
Q
-0
w
0
_....
ct:
"f,
TITLE
0
0
w
0...
'.
Dl~
REV.
PART NUMBER
LI S T
0
_.-
>
a:
a..
MATERIAL
"U]WANGCO
".
.
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
,
49
50
51
52
. 53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Brush.
Cabl e - Interconnect.
Transducer.
DC. Motor.
Power Supply.
oep.
Bearing Housing.
Slide - Left Hand.
Slide - Right Hand.
Solenoid & Brush Cable.
Positioner.
Fixed Disc Cover.
Filter.
300222-001
300274-001
300311-001
300323-001
300346-201
300376-002
300396-001
300412-001
-002
300413-001
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
~
-
300630-001
300946-002
1
1
Assy. Spindle.Motor 'Brushless 301217-001
Assy. Harness Spindle Drive.
301250-001
Assy. Cable-Differentiator.
300925-001
1
1
-- -----
- - --
I
.Or use - 002
•
----
-
--
Nameplate, 'W I Logo.
Label, Model.
Label, Warning.
201347-001
202375-001
2
1
Ring Inlet Blower
Crank.
Rod, Linkage.
Cam.
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
~
301177-001
300039-001
300040-001
300043-001
8-10
1
1
1
1
--
r~ ~!Z\lJ
\U·
-
I.
~
a:
w
CD
::1!
:>
a
a
a
I
~
Z
0
....
a:
a
oCt
a.
M
w
oCt
c
I-IU
:>
.0
a:
Q..
a.
oCt
~
LIS T
'Nr:ORPORIIT£O
ASSY. DISC DRIVE 100TPI.
OPTICAL-FRONT LOAD.
. MODEL
iTEMI
NO.
DESCR!PTION
=
DATE
REV.
300001-000
F
9/19/75
SHEET
1- OF-..!L
OJ
I
c:::;
....
MATERIAL
WANGCO
0
I'-'--
C
TITLE
0101
PART NUMBER
I
PART NO.
FlEaO
MiN.
ACT.
REMARKS
REV. REV.
--
NEXT ASSEMBL Y/USEO ON
67
Support, Card Guide.
Cover, B1 moJer.
Cover, Filter Plate.
300051-001 J
30086S-001 ~ 1
68
69
30008~~-002
70
~.------71 Plate, Motor Gasket.
300086-001
72 Gasket, Motor.
300088-001
73
...
74
Disc, ~1agnetic Recording.
300133-001
75 Spacer, Cover~
,300138-·001
76 Cover, Top.
30013~~-001
77
78
-.-.....-..... . - 19 . Clamp, Disc Plate.
300204-001
80 Housing, Switch Actuator.
300227-001
81
Bracket, Switch Mounting.
300228-001
82 Actuator, Switch.
300229-001
83 Nut, Plate.
300231-001
84 Cap, End.
85 Cap, II
86 Bezel,' Switch.
300245-001
87
88 --. -'89
90
91
Panel, Rear.
300344-001
92 Cover, Interconnect Pwb.
300384-001
93 Deck, Machined Casting.
300669-001
94 Cover, I/O Connector Pwb.
I 300503-001 !
95
Retainer, PWb.
300597,·001
96 Plate, Mtq. Emerg. Retract.
300616,·002
97
Panel, Front Trim.
98 Bracket. Ret. Pos Carr; ;H1P
100790··001
99
Label, Caution.
300827··001
1
---
--
1
1
(~)
1
3
1
-----. - ---
----.--.----
1
1
1
1
1
.
1
-- -- -- -
------.-------------
-
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
8-11
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
For Shippinq Purposes Only
1
.AI."''''!
:;
w
a:
cr
w
(Q
~
l
~
";'H~lJRPORArEO
0
I
:l
-"
0
<:)
TITLE
MODEL
DATE
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
REaD
a: a
a
~ M
~UI
I-
<:
a
1---
aw
>
0
cc
a..
a..
<'
~-
--
REV.
F
300001-000
ASSY. DISC DRIVE 100TPI.
OPTICAL-FRONT LOAD.
ITEM
NO.
LI ST
MATERIAL
-mWANGCC
a
a
I-
z
0101
PART NUMBER
MIN.
REV,
ACT.
REV.
~
9/19/75 SHEET~OF~
I
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
100
101
102
103
104
105
1--106
107
108
109
110
111
112
Label, Carriaqe Restraint.
Gasket, Fi 1tei".
300828-001
300939-001
1
301237-001
1
300421-001
301786-001
1
1
----- ------_. - - -- -- - ---- - - -- --. - - . -
1
-'-
..
Gasket, Disc. Access.
Panel, Filler.
Support, Top Cover.
Bkt., Card Cage Support
,
~
Fuse.
10amp.
113 Strap, Cable.
114 Fastener.
115
. .
116 Ring, Gripping.
117 Ring, Crescent Retaining.
118 Cement.
119
120 Impeller.
121 Switch, Snap Action.
122 Switch,
123
.
-.
124 Bearing, Thrust.
,..
125 - . - - - -- -126
127
.
128
129
130
"
100028-027
100031-001
108610-001
,
~
..
.
..
,
2
2
2
1
2
1
AIR
-
100133-011
144000-003
100303-004
.
F1 ,F2.
,
.
"
~,
II
II
,.
----
131 ScrQ\II. Pan Head.
132 Screw,
II
-
FOHM 209 .R.12/741
II
100411-001
101097-001
101098-001
101125-001
,
1
1
1
"
;
;,..
1
---t
100036-203
-209
8-12
11
4
4-40 X 3/16
4-40 X 9/16"
11
... w~ ..
0101
:>
LLI
a:
,,./
a:
LLI
Q)
:E
::>
Z
I-
a:
-<
a.
ll'
-uJWANGCO
--0
0
Co
I
r-i
0
0
0
0
M
----LLI
le;(
0
~
0
w
>
o·
a:
t1.
a.
<
~
\
MATERIAL
[_'.\lIla
"Ile ()fl':>OAA.EO.
TITLE
ASSY. DISC DRIVE 100TPI.
OPTICAL-FRONT LOAD.
ITEM
MODEL
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
·NO.
L! ST
DATE
REQD
PART NUMBER
RE'!.
300001-000
F
9/19/75
MIN., ACT.
REV.: REV.
SHEET.J- OF!...
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBL V/USEO ON
f
j
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
Screw, Pan Heild.
Screw, "
"
Screw, "
Screw, ..
Screw, "
"
II
Scre'tJ, "
100036-212 4
-304 2
-306 28
-308' 8
-506 4
-509 2
II
II
SCre\4i, Nylon Pan He"d.
.-~
~
--------
11
.
10117~~-304
------------.-.
4-40 X 3/4
6-32 X l::t"
6-32 X' 3/8"
6-32 X ~"
10-32 X 3/8"
10-32 X 9/16 11
·1
I
6-32 X !4"
~
~
."
Screw, Flat Head.
Screw,
"
"
Screw,
"
"
100040-305 24
-308 10
100074·-304 4
6-32 X 5/16"
6-32 X ~"
6-32.X l.4" (Black).
Screw, Socket Head Cap.
Screw,
"
"
II
Screw,
"
"
100041-208
-508
-608
4-40 X ~"
10-32 X ~"
l.4-20 X ~"
II
4
3
5
158
159
160 .. . .
161 Scr~ew , Set.
162
163
164 ~Jasher, Sp 1it Lock.
165 Washer,
"
II
~
,
..
'.
,
...
100049-302
2
..
6-32 X 1/8"
r
.to)
100042· 200 10
-300 44
,
w
8-1J
No. 4.
No. 6.
'.
._-_._.-
"
CODE
0101
>\
w
a;
'
a:
w
0
,
0
Z
0
·0
0
0
=>
a:
c(
0..
-,:
r-t
I""CO~PC"ATfO
.
ASSY. DISC DRIVE 100TPI.
. OPT I CAL - FRONT -lOAD.
TiTLE
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
NC>.
LIST
MATERIAL
('~
c·
CD
~
....
~WANGCC
.
REaDI MIN.
i REV.
PART NO.
REV.
300001-000·
F
9/19/75
DATE
MODEL
PART NUMBER
ACT.
REV.
SHEET..§.... OF
JL
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
('I"')
~.
166
167
LLI
....
c(
c
Hasher, Split Lock.
II
II
Washer,
169
170
171
172.
c
w
>
0
a::
0..
0..
c(
~.
1t3
.'
;
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
1~1
.. l
....
.168
~.
100042-500
-600
-
•
>
No. 10
2
.
kll
4
..
.
Washer, Flat.
Washer, II
100047-300 12
-500 6
No. 6.
No. 10
Washer, Flat Reduced O. D.
100251-300
2
No. 6.
~las tier,
100050-100
101185-001
4
6
No. 4.
No. 6.
100043-200 2
-300 10
-500 2
-510 1
-800 1
4-40.
6-32.
10-32
Flat Nylon.
Washer,
II
Nut, Hex.
Nut, II
Nut, II
Nut, II
Nut, II
II
Insert, Heli-Coil
122601-001
Specification,Product.Design. 300300-001
..
i!)
~
'.
r
--
9
8·14
.r
1
_0 .
"
--,--
~-28.
3/8 X 16.
~-20
-
7
8
5
6
r
E
1,
~~F4
J -'
4
f
£-
__i~;-@:
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
REV.
FII1=2
D
=12./0
F
CR./o 710/
01104
0
11r
0
.<;\
REQ.O
~
~
CAUTION
102
.,.
REQ.D
I//&"Yf/ ~-~
x:'dTA'TEP CYV' /80 '"
3 RffiD®J
7t'fRc;(/E
.~
OPP05ITE-@
ITf-VJ
@.
INSTALL FLAT WASHER, ITEM 11~8E.-rM
MOTOR MOUNTING FLANGE AND' CJ,STII4
II
i
~"~Ei\f~'
~l·~''-.,~.
SEE OGTAIL;-
MAINTAIN A .OC5 AIR r;;..Ap
T~A.t.1'::.D\KEK AWD £fC.TCf.'.:.. Qtl--lC;
"
;'
-'.
Ti::'2:,T hwe, 101 \S~
-€)
IIJ~~TALL
t~E;V.'EGj
':..J)
(§J
D-D
il.iTlU\\i'. L. 1:.:L I~ i UL.lJJJ.\SI-t~
:TUvlS 12 ,o..\..Jo ~4
TIGH:DJ
t-JJTS, iITIvI 12:4
2 REQ.D
~
@
~
.xXi:"-"""
~........-
ANGuW
EDGiS AI'PIIQlC.
mo'
I. ~ IURFACES
4.
8
~
DIMS IN INCHEI.
F
2?~4CES
P()U~DS
..
\11..
WanlCO Incorporated '.
ASSEMBLY,_
D\SC DR\VES E: f2.1 E::S "T":
:tr'_
t. BREAK ALL SHARP
LJ£TAI!.
-~",'
7
6
5
A\...n:.R\JATE~'(
APPLY SIUCClt; GE..C:AS'c::. TO Ul-JUEe£IDE,;
OF MTG SUR.Fi~(~-(~ ACl...l£'. TL p..'
"'U)WANGCD
0
0
0
II:
w
0101
m;J
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Elect/Int. PWB
Servo Amplifier PWB
I/O Connector PWB
Line Terminator PWB
VFO PWB
Disc Control PWB
Data Electronics PWB
Control Interface PWB
Servo Logic PWB
1
1
Ref
Ref
Ref
Ref
Ref
Ref
300~~97 - XXX Ref
300586-001
301!j84-002
Assy. Voltage Plug
3003:24-XXX Ref
Ring, Sector
Pulley, Blower
Spec.Proc. Recording Head
II
II
Spec.
300055-XXX
300110-XXX
300397-XXX
-XXX
Fuse
100235-XXX Ref
100410-XXX Ref
'
'a·
II
Ring
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Power Regulator PWB
Emergency Retract PWB
Spindle Mtr Pwr Sw. PWB
Spindle Drive Reg. PWB
FORM 209 (A.12/74)
301002-001
301044-001
301153-002
301198-002
B-19
Ref
Ref
Ref
Ref
1
1
1
1
F4
1500RPM= -001 ;2400RP~1= -005
SIN
SIN
SIN
SIN
y...., .......
0101
:;
UiJ
DC
0:
UJ
Gl
;e-)
:ill!
to·
0:
o::;j-
'"I-
-a
10-0
w
-~
TITLE
PART NUMBER
ST
o::;j-
~--
>
0
a:
UJ::P7R::O
MATERIAL LI
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Brush"
Cable - Interconnect
Transducer
DC Motor
Power Supply
OCP
Bearing Housing
Slide - Left Hand
Slide - Right Hand
Solenoid & Brush Cable
Positioner
Fixed Disc Cover
Filter
Shroud, Top Load
Spindle Motor Brushless
Harness Spindle Drive
300223-001
300274-001
300311-001
300323-002
300346-201
300376-002
300396-001
300412-001
-002
300413-004
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
I;
300946-002
302034-001
301217-002
301250-001
1
1
1
1
Assy. Thermistor
300467-001
1
Nameplate, 'WI Logo
Label, Model
Label, Warning
201347-001
202375-001
2
1
Ring, Inlet Blower
Crank
Rod, Linkage
Cam
301177-001
300039-001
300040-001
300043-001
1
1
1
1
-
-- -
FORM 209 (A.12114t
- -
---
8-20
I~
a:
w
CD
~
z
.
~
~
0
0
0
0
0
N
~
o::::t
0
o::::t
-w
~
0
0
w
>
0
a::
~
---
D101
MATER I AL
LI
ST
INCORPORATEO
TITLE
I
~
a::
-uJWANGCD
'-Vue:
,
ITEM
NO.
ASSY. DISC DRIVE 200TPI
TOP LOAD
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
'~IRT NO.
DATE
REOO
PART NUMBER
REV.
404200-000
",,1
11-16-76
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
SHEET
-2. OFJ!..
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
Support, Card Guide
Cover, Blower
Cover, Fi 1te r P1ate
Cover, Brush Access
Pl ate, Motor Gasket
Gasket, Motor
300051-001
3001865-001
3001082-002
301218-001
300086-001
300088-001
1
1
1
1
1
1
Disc, Magnetic Recording
300133-001
1
Cover, Top
301221-001
1
Pin, Pack Ejector
Clamp, Disc Plate
Housing, Switch Actuator
Bracket, Switch Mounting
Actuator, Switch
Nut, Plate
Cap, End
Cap, II
Bezel, Switch
Bracket, Guide
II
Bracket,
Bushing
Bracket, End Cap. Mounting
Panel, Rear
Cover, Interconnect PWB
Deck, Machined Casting
Cover, I/O Connector PWB
Retainer, PWB
Plate, Mtg. Emerg. Retract
Panel, Front Trim
300202-001
300204-001
.300227-001
300228-001
300230-001
300231-001
1
1
1
1
1
1
300245-001
300280-001
-002
300284-001
300287-001
300:344-001
300:384-001
300669-001
300!503- 001
300!597-001'
300616-002
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
Bracket-, Ret. Pn~
Label, Caution
300790-_001
1
300B27-001
1
- -- -
FORM 209 (R.12/7<4)
-
- --
rrlrrirloe
B-21
~
....-
.",.-.
For Shipping Purposes Only
........,ua::
:>
lU
a::
a:
w
m
~
z
....
a::
<
Q.
~
"'U]WANGCC
.
I
'0
0
IN
ASSY. DISC DRIVE 200TPI
TOP LOAD
TITLE
10
10
,0
MATERIAL LI S1"
INCORPORATED
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
NO.
0101
REV.
404200-000
/,/)
DATE 11-16-76 SHEET....i OF_8
MODEL
fIIART NO.
PART NUMBER
REOOI MIN.
ACT.
REV. REV.
REMARKS
'o::::t"
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
0
'o::::t"
~-.
100
101
....
C§
102
103
0
w
104
>
0
a::
105
~
.106
r...-.
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
w
~.
~25
Label, Carriage Restraint
Gasket, Fi 1ter
Bushing, Actuator
Actuator, Door
Pin, Door Latch
Gasket, Disc Access
------ - -...- -- -- - -
1
1
2
2
2
1
301786-001
1
100028-027
100031-001
108610-001
2
2
2
-
Bkt. Card Cage Support
Fuse
Strap, Cable
Fastener
300828-001
300939-001
300962-001
300963-001
300986-001
301237-001
10 amp
Ring, Gripping
Ring, Crescent Retaining
Cement
100133-011
2
144000-003
1
100303-004 A/R
Impeller
Swi tch, Snap Action
II
II
Switch,
100411-001
101097-001
101098-001
1
1
1
Bearing, Thrust
Spring, Compression
101125-001
147700-003
1
2
Screw, Pan Head
100036-203
-209
2
4
F1,2
~26
~27
[28
~29
~30
131
~32
II
II
FORM 209 (R.12174)
II
8-22
4-40 x 3/16" ..
4-40 X 9/16
1
;
-'-"
0101
;>
w
a::
I •
~.
a:
w
CD
~
z
~
~
,........
W·
~.
Q
W
>
0
a::
~
---
""UJWANGCO
.
0
0
0
0
0
N
ITEM
NO.
ST
IfoolCORPORATEO
TITLE
I
MATERIIAL LI
ASSY. DISC DRIVE 200TPI
TOP LOAD
DESCRIPTION
DATE
MODEL
'AI~T NO.
REaD
PART NUMBER
REV.
404200-000
M
J.!.:}6-76
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
SHEET
~ OF...§..
REMARKS
o:::t
0
o:::t
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156 .
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
1164
l165
Screw, Pan Head
II
Screw, II
II
Screw, II
II
Screw,
II
Screw, II
II
Screw, II
II
Screw, II
100036-212 4
-304 6
-306 48
-308 6
-506 4
2
-509
-332 8
4-40 x 3/4"
6-32 x ~II
6-32 x 3/8"
6-32 x ~II
10-32 x 3/B II
10-32 x 9/16"
6-32 x 2"
Screw, Nylon Pan Head
II
Screw, II
101172-304
-307
6-32 x ~II
6-32 x 7/16"
Screw, Flat Head
Screw,
Screw,
II
II
Screw,
100040-208 2
-305 29
-308 10
100074-304 4
4-40
6-32
6-32
6-32
Screw, Socket Head Cap.
II
II
Screw,
II
II
II
Screw,
100041-208
-508
-608
4
3
5
4-40 x ~II
10-32 x ~II
~-20 x ~"
Screw, Set
100049-302
2
6-32 x 1/8"
Washer, Split Lock
II
Washer,
100042-200
~?
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
FORM 209 (R.12114)
II
1
2
-300 40
18-23
x ~"
x 5/16"
x 1:"
x ~II (Black)
No. 4.
No. 6
\,.Vue
..,;
w
II:
~
II:
w
m
~z
Ie
~
~.
OIIIIe
-u,
C)
C)
::.
C)
a:
B:
oocC
--
.
0
0
0
0
0
N
WANGCD
MATERIAL LI
ST
INCORPORATEO
TITLE
I
ASSY. DISC DRIVE 200TPI
TOP LOAD
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
..ART NO.
DATE
REOO
PART NUMBER
REV.
404200-000
/VI
11-16-76
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
SHEET...L OF
L
REMARKS
-:;t
0
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
-:;t
"""-u,
""\lJ
0101
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
I'll
Washer,
Washer,
S~lit
II
Lock
II
100042-500
-600
9
2
No. 10
k-II
~4
Washer, Flat
Washer,
100047-300 10
-500 6
No. 6
No. 10
Washer, Flat Reduced 0.0.
100251-300
No. 6
II
2
-
. '"
Washer, FLAT tJVLO~J
Washer, II
Washer,
Nut, Self Locking
Nut, Hex.
Nut,
Nut, . II
Nut, II
Nut, II
(00050-100
101185-001
100050-200
136003-006
100043-200
-300
-500
-510
-:800
4
6
4
2
2
8
2
1
1
Insert, He1i-Coil
Specification,Product Design
122601-001
300400-001
1
0
II
II
II
II
No. 4
No. 6 x .015 Thk.
No. 6
6-32
4-40
6-32
10-32
~-28
3/8 x 16
~
FORM 209 (R.12174)
8-24
7
6
,
5
4
y
E
r
2
3
. i
I
1
)
CAUTION
-------® 3
/-@R~
V
/11
RE2D
I
·c
. II
II
I
I
~
I
I
"', t
~l
o
f
;~
I
r .
I
o
o
L_
I
~
l§ \
:5 REG-D
i
.
~
•
,
.t:)-
/'
/...v:; ~4S
E"- /c/'¥' ,as
/"-v-, ~s
lfPLACE V;/STING XI?EW WITH
ITEM :%).
.
4 RfQ.D
FLAT WASHE.R ,ITE.M 1J7 8E.TrlEni
MOTOR MOUNTING FLANGE. AND CASTiNG.
jN'jfALL ft-J1E:gNAL-TOOTH LOCK h'AS~r.;:?
BETWEEN
\TE.MS 12 ..... 34.
/'o'IAI!-J"t/•.HJ ;\.005 A:R Gto.P
TRt\.t...l5DUCU: #.!D SEeroR..
~ T IGi-lTEIJ
!.JUTS,
~-:Slv'
, 24
I
BE.TVJEE~
R\~b.
,
.4L1ERNA.TEL"t' , .'
(CRISS-CROSS pxrTtr..I.J),~ EQUALLY TO
OBTAi!'\.! A TO~aL: E. wrf:NCH READIM5
b
I
:'.
H
L
c - (;;
s
./A/. ~es
~ INSTAL L
f
~..
#...,~~;V...,~E A'S s~c/~.,,£P
~.s/.N. ~..
8- 2<
, i
~~
j' (.;
TORQUe
A-
~
OF
113
111
8
I~J(H
pou"-lDS
~ t.PPLY SllICOT\.l G.'2EASE TO Ut.JCE2SlDE
OF MT(; SUe.FACE. P': :.L~ ~,:-,,, . ~.:~.~~:~.r~·~i:·:"-·-~-·--··->I &500 ~ J SffiIES \( FJI L·-•
------~--. ~---.-.
---...----.:..---------..-----------
.. ,,:,;;.;. :!; ......L-;4$,-«=~l,;.,~~.......~!-,r__~ . . . . ~, ~.L~ __
JI:· .....
•..
. :. . . :. . .__ . .~_.;~~. I:-b.:.l..:.l~
•.
;.,h5......:L..~._..J.
..< •.• .;;f.
_.' - -
- - • --.,'
;.~ ~~_1t~_._ ,._;~ l._~~ ~_..3~~.:-"~ ?~';;i _~'2~~J~;~~1~:~;~~~~~D
__
...
7
8
6
4
5
J
RtF"
.'-@
--0
~
\
~.\
\JI'~..r:::=::==::\l,,/
~6
iSH'FPING POSITION
VIEW C-C
I
I
i
i!
:I
-- po·rR!,J!NG HF..AD5, I(EMS
.-:,-; ,.... " TJ BE
~
IN~TALLED
45
J
i
I~r- i\
r r.NAL TEST
I
,.
®
11IL-l
~,
3 RfQD@
!
I
I
i
to
~
~
I
I
I
"
YJEW
G ~EQ.D
13-1~
L HeAD ~Uf.'f":S
AND MOUNilll/6
SUPPLIED WiTH
i:'O$ITIONER J ITEM 14-
H~,.'
w
~
II:
a:
a
a
a
I
a
a
w
CD
~Z
....0::
N
to-- ...
r
wr
4(
Q
'"
--
INCORPORATED
TITLE
ASSY. DISC DRIVE 200TPI
FRONT LOAD
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
DATE
MODEL
'ART NO.
IREOOI
o:::t
..-I
o:::t
~
...
MATE:RIAL LI ST
'\lJWANGCD
.::.
...
•
"'1
~
0
~v\fJ
o,~~
0::.
,
~\,
---
}
~~~.I ~~~: I
PART NUMBER
REV.
414200-000
1<
11-18-76
SHEET
,
--2.
OF
~
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Elect/Int. PWB
Servo Amplifier PWB
I/O Connector PWB
Line Terminator PWB
VFO PWB
Disc Control PWB
Data Electronics PWB
Control Interface PWB
Servo Logic PWB
Differentiator PWB
300586-001
301584-002
1
1
Ref
Ref
Ref
Ref
Ref
Ref
300497-XXX Ref
300921-XXX Ref
Assy. Voltage Plug
300324-XXX Ref
Ring, Sector
Pulley, Blower
Spec. Proc. Recording Head
Spec.
300055-XXX
300110-XXX
300397-XXX
-XXX
Fuse
"0' Ring
100235-XXX Ref
100410-XXX Ref
II
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
II
II
Power Regulator PWB
301002-001
Emergency Retract PWB
3C)1044-001
Spindle Mtr Pwr Sw. PWB 3C)1153-002
Spindle Drive Reg. PWB 301198-002
FORM 209 (R.12114)
- 8-29
Ref
Ref
Ref
Ref
..
F4
1500RPH= -001;2400RPM= -OO!
~
1
1
1
It
l'
B
C
SIN
SIN
SIN
SIN
.../
-...UL.
D101
::a:
a:
u.
a:
UI
a:t
;:
-,
2:
to·
a:
CI:
A.
~
0
0
N
~-
....-
ASSY. DISC DRIVE 200TPI
FRONT LOAD
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
DATE
MODEL
'ART NO.
REQO
......
~
~
414200-000
MIN. ACT.
REV •. REV.
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
Nameplate, 'W' Logo
Label, Model
Label, Warning
201347-001
202375-001
2
1
Ring, In'iet Blower
Crank
301177-001
300039-001
1
1
65
66
Ron. Linkaqe
Cam
300040-001
300043-001
1
1
Assv.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Brush
Cable - Interconnect
Transducer
DC Motor
Power Supply
OCP
Bearing Housing
Slide - Left Hand
Slide - Right Hand
Solenoid & Brush Cable
Positioner
Fixed Disc Cover
Filter
300222-001
300274-001
300311-001
300323-002
300346-201
300376-002
300396-001
300412-001
-002
300413-001
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
300630-001
300946-002
1
1
Spindle Motor Brushless 301217-002
Harness Spindle Drive
301250-001
Cable-Differentiator
300925-001
Thermistor
300467-001
1
1
------- --Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
Assy.
FORM 209 (A.12/74)
8-30
1
REV.
k
11-18-76 SHEET...LOF~
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
V
Q
w
ST
o:::t'
w
0
TITLE
I
MATERI AL LI
INCORPORATEO
0
0
0
1"-- -
>
0
a:
-uJWANGCD
PART NUMBER
...
---
0101
:>w
II:
a:
w
CD
~
Z
t-
a:
~
~
-uJWANGCD
0
0
TITLE
N
LI
ST
INCORPORATEO
0
0
0
I
MATER I AL
ASSY. DISC DRIVE 200TPI
FRONT LOAD
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
DATE
MODEL
'ART NO.
REQO
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
PART NUMBER
REV.
414200-000
K
11-18-76
SHEET
-1 OF -1L
REMARKS
o:::t"
r-t
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
o:::t"
-UJ
t-
C§
t--Q
w
>
0
a:
~
~
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
Support, Card Guide
Cover, Blower
Cover, Fi 1ter Pla te
300051-001
300865-001
300082-002
1
1
1
Plate, Motor Gasket
Gasket, Motor
300086-001
300088-001
1
1
Disc, Magnetic Recording
Spacer, Cover
Cover, Top
300133-001
30013B- 001
300134-001
1
3
1
300204-001
300227'-001
300228-001
300229-001
300231-001
1
1
1
1
1
300245-001
1
300344·· 001
300384·-001
300669·· 001
300503··001
300597··001
300616··002
1
1
1
1
2
1
300790·- dbl
300827·- 001
1
1
- -- -
-
-
--
Clamp, Disc Plate
Housing, Switch Actuator
Bracket, Switch Mounting
Actuator, Switch
Nut, Plate
Cap, End
Cap, II
Beze 1" Swi tch
-
--
-
-- - - - - - - -- -
-
-
--
--
Panel, Rear
Covert Interconnect PWB
Deck, Machined Casting
Cover, I/O Connector PWB
Retainer, PWB
Plate, Mfg. Emerg. Retract
Panel, Front Trim
Bracket, Ret. POSe Carriage
Label, Caution
FORM 209 (A.12174)
KG]
8-31
For ShippinQ Purposes Only
COOE
0101
->
w
a: ~
a:
w
CD
~
0
0
0
0
0
...
N
0..
o::::t
a
~0
w
>
0
IX:
~
---
ASSY. DISC DRIVE 200TPI
FRONT LOAD
ITEM
NO•
DESCRIPTION
DATE
MODEL
'ART NO.
AEOO
REV.
414200-000
}(
11-18-76 SHEET~OF~
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
REMARKS
o::::t
......
-...
MATERIAL LI ST
INCORPORATED
TITLE
I
z
a:
c(
w
-mWANGCD
PART NUMBER
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
Label, Carriage Restraint
Gasket, Filter
300828-001
300939-001
1
1
Gasket, Disc Access
Panel, Filler
Support, Top Cover
Bkt. Card Cage Support
301237-001
1
300421-001
301786-001
1
1
Fuse
Strap, Cable
Fastener
100028-027
100031-001
108610-001
2
2
2
-- -
-
-- -
-
-
----
-
-
-
10 amp
Ring, Gripping
Ring, Crescent Retaining
Cement
100133- 011
2
144000-003 1
100303-004 AIR
Impeller
Switch, Snap Action
Switch,
100411-001
101097 ... 001
101098-001
1
1
1
Bearing, Thrust
101125-001
1
100036-203
-209
11
4
II
--- -
II
-
-
Screw, Pan Head
Screw, II
FORM 209 (R.12174t
II
F1,2
-
8-32
4-40 x 3/16 11
4-40 x 9/16"
WUE
>=
w
a: ~
"
a
a
a
I
a
a:
w
m
~
...a:Z
~
0
-=:t
N
""\lJ
.
MATERIAL LI ST
WANOCO
INCORPORATED
TITLE
ITEM
NO.
0101
ASSY. DISC DRIVE 200TPI
FRONT LOAD
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
DATE
REOO
'AIAT NO.
r-f
...
-~
au
~
Q
W
>
a:
0
~
~
REV.
414200-000
J<
11-18-76
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
SHEET.2... OF.J!.
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
-=:t
~-
PART NUMBER
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
Screw, Pan Head
Screw, "
"
II
Screw, "
II
Screw, "
II
Screw, "
Screw, "
"
100036-212 4
-304 2
-306 28
-308 8
-506 4
-509 2
4-40 X 3/4"
6-32 x ~"
6-32 x 3/8" 1 for ShippinQ
6-32 x kll
10-32 x 3/8"
10-32 x 9/16"
Screw, Nylon Pan Head
1011i'2-304 . 1
6-32 X ~"
4
Screw, Flat Head
·Screw, "
"
Screw, "
1OOO~fO- 305 24
-308 10
100074-304 4
6-32 x 5/16"
6-32 x ~II
6-32 x ~" (Black)_
Screw, Socket Head Cap
II
II
II
Screw,
II
II
Screw,
100041-208
-508
-608
4
3
5
4-40 x ~II
10... 32 x ~II
~-20 x~"
Screw, Set
100049-302
2
6-32 x 1/8 11
10004~~-200
10
44
No. 4
No. 6
II
II
l164 Washer, Split Lock
165 Washer,
II
FORM 209 (A.12174)
II
-300
8-33
'.i"
",",UI:.
.,;
w
a::
~
a:
0
CD
0
w
TITLE
0
~
I
t-
0
0
N
0..
~
z
a:
c(
~.
~.
MATERIAL LI
ASSY. DISC DRIVE 200TPI
FRONT LOAD
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
ST
DATE
MODEL
'ART NO.
REQO
REV.
414200-000
K
11-18-76
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
SHEET
--2 OF .JL
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
r-i
'"t!
~
a
~
,..... ..
c
w
>
0
a:
UJ::7R::
0101
PART NUMBER
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
Washer,
Washer,
S~l
II
it Lock
.
100042-500
-600
II
Washer, Flat
Washer,
9
2
No. 10
kll
4
100047-300 12
-500 6
No. 6
No. 10
Washer, Flat Reduced 0.0.
100251-300
2
No. 6
Washer, Flat Nylon
II
Washer,
100050-100
101185-001
4
6
No. -4
No. 6
Nut, Hex
Nut,
Nut, II
Nut,
Nut, II
100043-200 2
-300 10
-500 2
-510 1
-800 1
4-40
6-32
10-32
Insert, Heli-Coil
Specification, Product Design
122601-001
300300-001
II
.
II
II
II
FORM 209 (R.12174)
8-34
1
0
~-28
3/8 x 16
rc-·---,
.r
f
. /
8
7
5
6
~2~1":-1
3
4
~EVISICNS
REV.
A
DESCRIPTION
ENG. P.EL.
REqD
REG,D
D
.M~~S~E~£~C~R~/~O~~3~O~7~/______~~~~~__~
~M~-+S_E_E__~C~R/~O~38_4_6__________~~~_4-~~~
SEE CR
5014
K
CR/O 6112
a
o
o
<~ J21
26
30
~
-~-- ORIENT 6 TRIANGLE DE51GNATION
ON CONNECTOR HERE.
~
r·
.~
n~
••
r
Ie
10
3S
15
40
UIO
C 0
•
c
20
E
J23
19
I. - --::r;--:~l
So? ~1 .25
,J.':I
JUMPER POINTS
TYP 7 PLS
I:~)l
I
~:?'
-
I
I
2S
n
50
: I
i I
!
Ii ,f:;'~.·l U
1.''~7
\ "fIJ
Is
I
r
I
1
I
B
,~,:
L.. _ _
\ _ _2~{1.:J
JI
I
I
o
~
~\
l
2REQD
o
~i~
PART NO.300':)76-XXX SEt TABULATED MIL ASSY
NOTES UNLESS ~I'ECIF!EO
21
~
23
·A
(
. )f!'o.\'IN
-i------+---4
1. TOLERANCES
.xxt
'l~
CH~c'~'K-+--'---~"';'---'-I
1 - - - - -- - - - -
2 REQD
A:i .. ULAR
Wangco
.xxx±
EDGES AP?~OX••010
3.
FOR SCrlEMi.TiC REF GViG SEE 300076
m
o
/.1':'. ':':K ~·'t..RT IJ!. ','i3E":; ;,;:: >- r''\ ~J" i:\ T E Q:,. SH NUlIl8C R ASS'(
.,,:~ ; .... ~~ : ..'\f:. ~ P:: ,".'i·-,;.",~·; • E :-. -c..:~." 2 t1i(~H \VrPTE
: . j ' ·\R/':"[ E (:~
i:'~ ~ 1',:, "rC~~c:, ~~~. -C ;C(" ):·7..
c':::.·~,·)::· ErIT S'~;J':"',
'/;''r"
ir-,fiLE, SEt:
i"-i F:-i,SrtT(. . ~~
a.
..~
VIEW V;'~ -
~~\
MACIf. SURFACES
4. ALL
v1
B1~~.------------~
DIMS IN ''''i:H£S,
if!o',,,
o
SPt:(iFI:;D
t
L---------r----------.----------,-------=------:i---~----r_--~:__--'__r.'-
8 7 6
ASSEMBLY P.W.B..
1.0. CONNECTOR
~~'~.J.S
I
OI.~:,
~1Jo,
'"j(,"'"..i;,..,.-·.L!'!Q,.'T'r,.,-o------+.sc~·A"'"L""',;--·r_""s~,::::-~.~-"----------+-
~:r~[S A;~E
M/'~
rl::HE,?,:U-.;~f;'S OTl-ltF-W~'O.E
~
Incorporated
2. BREAK ALL SH,o.AP
5
4
3
I
300075
1~!ltET
2
IK,
,-
...
.
CODE
-\'
I.!:
u::
UI
0
0
0
~
~
t.n
r-....
o
t-
a:
~UJ '.
t- ,"
ti,
\~-.
l-
0
t!:
UJ
>
.~:,~:-',jj~
PART NUMBER
MATERIAL LI ST
ASSY. I/O CONNECTOR PWB.
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
100 & 200TPI
.
MODEL
PART NO.
&T _ _
F
REaD
..
Board, Processed.
2 Retai ner, Connector, Bottom
3
4 IC
SP380
5 IC
75452
1
DATE
4/30/75 SHEET..LOF~
MIN . ACT.
REV. REV.
REMARKS
C
300073-·001
300589-001
1
100347-001
101031-001
8
12
J22
1
!
I'
I
U2,3,4,5,8,9,10,11.
UIA,IB,6A,68)12A,12B,13A,
U13B,16A,16B,17A,17B.
a:
0..
0..
.......
k
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
0
.q;
REV.
300075-000
INCORPORATED
0
0
M
.q:
0..
~
'
TITLE
I
=>
Z
'mWANGCD
r
0120
6
7
'1
~)
Diode.
9
1') Capacitor, 100V
11 Capacitor.
12 Capacitor, 20V
13 Capacitor, 6V
14 Resistor, 5%, ~1!1.
II
J.5 Resistor, II
IN4003
100127-001
2
CRl,2.
.01uf
.luf
,15uf
56uf
75
101042-103
100364-104
101002-156
101001-566
101156-750
-102
8
C3,4,5,6,7,8,9,lO.
Cl1,12,13,14.
C1,2.
C15,16.
lK
4
2
2
1
Rl.
R2,3,4,S,
4
"
16
17
18
19
20
21
1-:-
22
Connector, ~1a 1e
Connector, ~la 1e
Connector, Female
Screw, Pan Head.
Tubing, Shrink
t~asher, Flat.
-
23
24
25
.
26
\'lire, Solid.
,
..
.,"
"
I
-
50 Pin
50 Pin.
50 Pin.
101036-001
1
101040-1001 1
101037-001
1
100036-103 2
100185-002 A/R
101)047-100 2
J22.
J21.
J23.
2-56 x 3/16"
Use on C15,CI6.
No.2.
-
..
'
.
'11!~"""'"
100248-924 A/R
27
28 Schematic
Artwork. t~a ster
30 Procedure, Test
29
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
300076
Ref.
300074
Ref.
900000-000 Ref.
B-37
Jumper J2 from C to 0
Jumper J3 from E to F
Jumper J4 from E to'G
Ii
I
i
I
CODE
TERMINATION VOLTAGE: Internal. INTERFACE: D-40. C-300/200. P... 3000
:11>
&iLl
Cit:
~
Cit:
IJLI
co
N
c~
:e aI
LO
,.....
:)
-10'
01-
to-
Ilt:
c(
c..
""'UJ
WANGCO
MATERIAL LI ST
INCORPORATED
TITLE
ITEM
NO.
ASSY. I/O CONNECTOR PHB.
DESCRIPTION
100 & 200TPI
. . f.. & T
DATE
MODEL
PART NO.
REaD
!LJ12u
PART NUMBER
REV.
300075-002
J
.
1
1
2/26/75 SHEET_OF_
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
REMARKS
e)
C'!
0
M
J
USE f4ATERIAL LIST
300075-000
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:-
---.('
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
we
.... '-J)
~"
_..i
6
I. C.
75452
101031
2
U7l\. 7B. (Add)
I
c,~
W'
>
0,
a:
-Q.
Q.
26 Hire, Solid
100248-924 A/R
Add lJumper J1 from A to B.
c(
--
,
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
8-38
TERMINATION VOLTAGE: External.
h.-~
-uJWANGCO
co
:E
TITLE
0
I
:J
Z
lO
0
'"
c
t-
a:
OIl{
ITEM
NO.
0
Q.
;..~
100 &200TPI
F &. T
MODEL
ASSY. I/O CONNECTOR PHB.
DESCRIPTION
PART;.
USE MATERIAL LIST
V\ND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOHING:-
(Y")
IREDOI ~~~.I ~~~:
DATE
2/26/7.5
I
SHEET
.
0
2-
OF
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
J
300075-000
REV.
. 300075-004
INCORPORATEO
0:::1'
0
LJl~O
PART NUMBER
MATERIAL LI ST
IW'
a:
w
CODE
INTERFACE: D-40. C-300/200. P-3000.
_1_
-
--
~-
'-t
~S
OII{N
6
I.C.
75452
101031
2
o ,
U7A. 7B. (Add)
i
-
N
I---
mt!
>
i
.::¥.v~
f.
I
_.
0
~
a:
Q.
Q.
-OIl{
I
t;
,
t
,.
--
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
t
8-3.9
,
'>w
cc
CODE
0120
Attention lines 0-31 negative.
PART NUMBER
REV.
WANGCO
MATERIAL LI ST
·300075-005
~
100 &200TPI
ASSY.
I/O
CONNECTOR
PWB.
F &T
DATE 2}26/75 . SHEET~OF_1_
TITLE
MODEL
ACT.
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
REMARKS
REOD MIN.
NO.
REV. REV.
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
USEHATERIAL LIST 300075-000
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:-
'7 ""UJ
a:
w
ILl")
,0
CD
10
Z
I.......
:F.
:::>
....
a:
I
1..(')
I:::>
10
10
_•.
0(
A.
I:v')
TERrlINATION VOLTAGE:
Internal.
INCORPORATEO
J
~
w,
~'-$
o~
~.
6
IC.
75451
101139-001
2
U7A,U7B.
Add.
0)91
W
.>
';0
'a:
:A.
. a,.
26 Wire, Solid.
100248-924 A/R
III(
.......
FORM 209 (R.121741
8-40
Jumper J1 A to B.
Add.
COOE
TERHINATION VOLTAGE: Internal.
">
w
a:
1]
a:
w
\..0
0
m
~
0
Z
LO
I
;:)
'"
o
t-
a:
""\lJ
MATERIAL LI ST
INCORPORATEO
TITLE
ASSY. I/O CONNECTOR PWB.
ITEM
NO.
0
0
c(
A-
WANGCD
INTERFACE: Special. S1 Controller.
DESCRIPTION
')ART NO.
USE MATERIAL LIST
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:-
M
100 & 200 TPI
F &t LOAD
MODEL
REaD
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
J
300075-000
DATE
0120
PART NUMBER
REV.
300075 .. 006
J
2/26/75
SHEET
~ OF _1_
. REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
1
:-VI
w'i
t-
..t
oC(""•
~
6
I. C.
75452
101031
2
U7A. 7B. (ADD)
~t
0
IX:
Q.,
D-
26
Hire, Solid
100248-924 AIR
c(
----
Add Jumper JI from A to B.
Add Jumper J5 from U8-12 to
U9-10.
Add Jumper J6 from U8-9 to
U8-10.
.
I
I
I
I
!
;
I
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
8-41
CODE
TERtUNATION 'VOLTAGE:' INTERNAL.
a:
:r
a:
w
r--..
->w
co
~
:>
Z
l-
a:
e(
A-
0
0
I
,.....
L(')
e
INTERFACE:
MATERIAL LI ST
-uJWANGCD
INCORPORATEO
TITLE
ITEM
NO.
ASSY. I/O CONNECTOR PWB.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
Disc.
MODEL
REaD
,
0
0
M
0-31.
DATE
0120
PART NUMBER
REV.
300075-007
1-1
1/17/74
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
SH EET
.1.- OF _1_
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
USE MATERIAL LIST 300075-000
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOHING:-
~-,
w
'l-
.e(
-,
;0
6 IC.
75452
101031-001
2
U7A,U7B.
Add.
0
w
>
.0
a:
A-
E-
26 Wire, Solid.
FORM 209 (R.12174)
100248-924 AIR
8-42
Jumper J1 A to B. Add.
Jump_er J5 U8-12 to
U9-10. Add.
TERMINATION VOLTAGE: External
I :>w
c:t)
-uJ''VANGCD
'MATERIAL LI ST
INCORPORATED
a:
w
I-
0
4(
A.
a
I
a:
TITLE
0
Co
It)
,.....
100
ASSY. I/O CONNECTOR PWB.
ro
co
:E
=>
Z
ITEM
NO.
F:&;:r
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
PAFIT NO.
&200
REaD
J
USE MATERIAL LIST'
300075-000
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOHING:a
-V\
TPI
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
0
M
'"''''''''''-
Attention lines 0-33 Negative.
Ul t:lJ
PART NUMBER
REV.
300075-008
B
2/26/75
DATE
1
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
'.
"
w ,
~~
o~
~
6
75451
I. C.
101139
2
U7A. 7B. (ADD)
oiJ
w
>
0
a:
a..
..
.'
~
'
" ,r.
"
a..
4(
---
~
I
.'
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
B-43
1
SHEET_OF_
TERMINATION VOLTAGE:
,;
CO
w
a:
INTERNAL.
-ruWANGCD
MATERI AL
0
m
:I:
~Ul.''":
~"",
D'?~
PART NUMBER
LI ST
REV.
B
300075-009
,,' 100 & 200 TPI
C>
w
---- .
SPECIAL: DAISY CHAIN.'
INCORPORATEO
0"\
It
- . - . - ---I ----
INTERFACE:
"ITLE
I
ASSY. I/O CONNECTOR PWB.
MODEL
:F.; ,~}
DATE
2/5/75
SHEET...l.- OF
-L
l.{')
~
:J
0
Z
o
t-
ITEM
NO.
D
M
a:
0(
0.
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
REaD
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
USE MATERIAL LIST 300075-000
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:
-,.-
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
G
~
w'~
~.
a~
.
~1
'13, (
W·'l·~
> .,.,
6
I. C.
75452
101031
2
U7A. 7B.
ADD.
-
o ...
.- f"',;
• OJ.,''!v
~l'
.........
26
Wire, Solid.
100248-924 AIR
Add.
.J~u_mper
"Jl; 'from
A:to . B 1
\
.
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
8-44
,
,
TERMINATION VOLTAGE:
h
CO
-uJWANGCO
.
J
a:
w
0
co
~
:>
r--
~
0
0
0
z
a:
'I(
L
INTERNAL.
,.....
~'A!
;~
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
F"&'T
-
MODEL
1
PAI~T
NO.
~r"
. 300075-010
100 &200TPI
ASSY. 110 CONNECTOR PWB.
T NUMBER
.,'.
"~.~<-:"
INCORPORATED
TITLE
DATE
2/11/75
IREa~ ~~~.I ~~~: I
USE MATERIAL LIST 3000l5-000
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:-
(Y')
0120
MATERII AL LI ST
0
I
LO
CODE
INTERFACE: CO-22.
J
,f
~
~HEET 1
I
."
->
,-
OF
1
J
P~MARKS
NEXT
~
':~SEMBLY
_. IUS~~:=1
~'--j
NONE
,
~...
L~\1
.{--.~
.-
...
~:'-"
C«,~"
0"1'
-4
6
I. C.
75452
101031
2
U7A.7B.
ADD.
o
~ 1.:\
0,$
~
100248-924 AIR
26 Hire, Solid.
~".
"-"
Add. Jumper Jl'. From'A ito B
Jumper J7. From
U12A-5 to U4-10.
,'.~
NOTE: Jumper J7 connects
the illegal address to the
restore. This Jumper must
be removed when tested on
WANGCO Computer Diagnostic.
1
~
;
,-~
--
-~.
,,,-
r
----..,.
~~
.
~
-,.-~
·ne4U:~;..~_.".~,~""'.~·
•
_&6&_
~
.....
~~.-.-,~,
~:..r-')~'-"'''''
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
B--45
CODE
TERMINATION VOLTAGE:
->w
a:
"\
-WWANGCO
.
a:
w
INTERFACE:
0-40, C-300/200.
PART NUMBER
MATER I AL LI Sf
ASSY. I/O CONNECTOR PWB.
MODEL
0120
P-3000
REV.
A
300075-102
INCORPORATED
TITLE
CD
Internal.
F&T
DATE
10-29-75
1
N
:E
:>
a
.--
z
la:
I
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
REaD
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
REMARKS
Ll)
......
a
f
USE MATERIAL LIST 300075-000
AND ADD THE FOLLOWING:
0
0
M
n:~
r"
I- ~l
<
,..."
a •
2 Retainer Conn. Bottom
J
NEXT ASSEMBl Y/USED ON
300589-001
1
414212-201
J23
75452 101031-001
2
U7A. 7B.
100036-103
2
2-56 X 3/16 11
100047-100
2
No. 2
w
i::~
~~
6 I. C.
~(
21
l!l
23 Washer Flat
'iF
Screw Pan Hd.
~
26 Wire, Solid
100248-924 A/R
_.
8-46
FORM 209 (R.12174)
Jumper Jl
1
SHEET_OF_
A to B.
300095 ID
REVISIONS
REV.
DESCRIPTION
CHK.
A
ENG. REL
B
CI VAll/E FROM ~.8I/F To ISVF
Al>D CALLD"T$ 7ZJ PIA/oS
"C
DATE
1
!
APPROVED
f.
I
CHANGED JI CALLOUT TO P23
MFG. REL. NO CHG. SEE E.O.
REDRAWN FOR CLARITY
~
r
fJ
P23~
+
25
u
.•
50
.;-
•J
!
U3
"'--
~
UI
.~
U2
1
i
j
I
!
NOTES UNLESS SPECIFIED
ANGULAR
i
~
\ll
CHECK
1. TOLERANCES
.xXi
.xXX±
DRAWN
APPR .
Wangco
MATERIAL
1
~
Incorporated
EDGES APPROX ••010
3. MACH. SURFACES
ASSEMBLY, P. W~B~
LINE TERMINATOR
J
4. ALL DIMS IN INCHES.
c
DISC
NEXT ASSY
300050
300250
DO NOT SCALE
THIS DRAWING
100
'O'fY.'
REO'O.
I
D
300095
WEIGHT
ISHEET
B-47
j :',
D
MODEL No.
t
i -r
£QQi
2. BREAK ALL SHARP
3 OF 3
;
i
.r.
r
->LU
a:
lXl ::P:R:~O
~
.
'-'
L()
z
-
(j)
•
0
.0(
<:)
a:
(V)
<:)
0
_J
;s,E
1!-;4"
.'
I
ifj
Item
1'10.
Drawing Title
1
2
3
4
Board, Processed.
1
{
.
,~
IC, Resistor Network
ML
LI S T
MODEL NO.
Disc
Dwg. No.
Rev.
300094
C
DATE
I
Qty.
J
8
~
9
10
300095
J
110
101000
3
U1,2,3 .
Connector, Male
50 Pin
101036
1
P23_
Capacitor 20V.
15uf
1
Cl.
Printed Master.
101002-156
300096
0;
8-49,
FORM 209 (5174)
Ref
REV.
NO.
SHEET
D
-L
OF-L.
Remarks on Ckt. Desig.
7
i
DRAWING
lL2~LZ3
5
6
l~
I
J,
ASSY, PWB
LINE TERMINATOR
DRAWING
TITLE
.,)
z
MATERIAL
8
6
7
5
4
2
3
1
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
REV.
l..
ENG
CHK.
DATE
RELEASE
C
DELETEO
JUMPER PT D ~ E. REWORK
I 1\1 5TfO'. . AODE.O c.5 -CoS .01 UF
PilJ 101042 -103
D
MFG. REL 5E~ £~v £.0
r-E~--SE-~-=-R-~-V-.-E-.-.O-.~(-D-C-R--I-39-7~1~4~-+-)~~+Z~~~~u
D
,L...',
MOTOR DRIVE
F
L3
2
[)
SEE REV EO (DCR 1992)
MOTOR (+)
(6
SIG. GROUND
m JrTI
~MOTORCABLE
h
~ O~E~..:::.;:;.:-t_ _ _A..O
m
SHIELD
C
L2
MOTOR RETURN
3
JUMPER J2
MOTOR(-)
(!J
F T Y P 4PLS
6 PLS 20 /
5
6
C
§ @ rg
'-'
mJUMPER.~
JI
I
\
,
t§f
0
~ C?t;F-I
~
A
~
~
CO
"l '(
4
c
Pr-L_S~r------l
54PLS
14
13
/ 12
@
r@l
~
\.;:~
~
~
~
+
a
~~
",
k2J~.sQD
I@:r
I
SO 1(0'11rLf)'1
10
~
~~RIVET/
4
l~
19 6 PLS
L4
"'-Jlr"'-/
~
0 ~~
+
©~
+
~+
5
4 PLS
~I
~
SWAGE
TYP
B
B
[!J
C5.C6.C7.C8 A"JD JUMP~R POINTS 'ATHRU'E'
ARE NOT USED ON THIS ASSEMBLY.
NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
NOTES UNLESS SPECIFIED
U1
1. TOLERANCES
)(X±
A
ANGULAR
.XXX±
Wangco
±
3, MACH, SURFACES
4.
ALL DIMS IN INCHES.
ASSEMBLY P.W'B.
MOTOR FILTER
J
SCALE
NEXT ASSY
8
7
6
5
t
4
3
A
Incorporated
~
2. BREAK ALL SHARP
EDGES APPROX. .010
3000 SO
300250
2
0
100
~il,
SIZE
G
0
DO NOT SCALE
llilS DRAIMNG
SHEET
B-51
2 OF 2
r--
->
\b
III
GC
•
0
""\lJ
WANGCO
MATERIAL
ML
LI ST
INCORPORATEO
.
DRAWING
TITLE
z
0
\.0
N
N
0
0
M
Z
Jr;
/._"
F
/~rt:?" A;.PM
-cd/ 1t7 A
IdA
~
DESCRIPTION
--.(:
G
SEE CR,Io 3457
H
.sE.E C R /0 J~ 30
...
:...j
.... K
--
J
J
.:..••
L
L
::i£E CK.IO -I:..'DOt. -1247
SEE CR..
04319
.sEE CR./O 4388
SEE. CR /0
M 5EE CIf?/O
N CI< Q 64-IS
SEE SHEET 6
S"t:JSSS'9/6
-u
p
~ ~Ea./)
It.
c.r..../o 7;";7
S
C~/o
. -f- '/'·/'1" "I" , ........
--4-- '/04/1 I
;ol?')";;--
7699
1!.EI='
2 REQD
-t-
.
./
I~\
C
Kg:-
(
2
2 REQD
C&
)
E
B
~;\
li....J
SEE SHE,£T ,
SEE SHEET 6
.06
.03
m
~,.,
RUBBER STAMP FUSE. VALUE. WHERI! SHOWN PER.
TABULATION CHART ./2 HIGH WHlrE CHARACTER.S.
C
C
('I'
~ APPLY SILICON GREASE. BETWEEN ITEMS " 3Z , AND 20
AT TIME OF ASSEMBLY.
5.
4.
PART NO. 300346 -XXX ASSY
[±1
!A
i
CONNECT AC AND AND V,DC GROUND
STAR WASHERS AS SHOWN.
WIRES BETWEE.N
NOTES UNLESS SPECIFIED
I. TOLERANCES
JOlt . 0 j
ANC;VLIIR
.xxX! ! :r. IREAK ALL SHARP
3. WIRE PER WIRE LIST 300389.
CIl
o
REFERENCE
(DOES APPAOX •.010
DESJG~ATlON5 ARE FOR WIRING PURPOSES
3. MACH. SURFACES
ONLY.
J
DRAWN
Wangco
~------~~~----~--------~~
fl~
F&T
7
~
6
5
4
'/'
s
?CAI,E
J:t
301500
? 11~)<')n
2
J..
.t1 SSE MBL YJ
POWER SUPPL Y
~~------~
!,lARK PART NUMBER A."ID APPROPIVATE DA:,H NUMBER AND
, Ai( sr HEVIStON LETTE.'" WflERE SHOWN, .12 HIGH CHARACTERS)
8
TABULATION
\lJ
Incorporated
c>IEET+
.
OF
G
-1 . --- ..... --_.-
.~
6
·-.. . . . .- - - - -
....· .
.........-..•
5:~-....--.--.-- --·r--,..,---,......"..,-~-4~·
~-.
,sfE. SHE.E. T
~
~ PART OF ITEM I
11
I)
I
FLI
[
~
Q2
ij
~
I
'i
:
~
~ReF
DETAIL
~2REQCl
n
a::n
PIN 3 RE.F
1: :~REF
Z
PIN I REF
I:
,
PLACES
\~
~2R£QO
I~EE DETAIL
IJ
DETAIL
SCAL.E:NONE.
•
DETAIL
15:
I-@
(
C
2 REQD
4REQD
B
2 REQD
PIN 3 REF
VIEW
~\ - ; . \
ITEM !}p Sf.l'~LD?
ONI TT£LJ Fale. c IJItR I T Y..
Z REQD
VIEW
,
15-13
i\",
I·
t
REF
PIN 9
----_-f
t ",
I.
REQ.]
A
VIEW ( : - (:
Ul
~QLefll""'CES
,xXi J()(Xi-
~_____W~an~g~c~o__In~c~o~rpo~~~t~oo~~~rl~
ANGULAR
:1:-
L IREAK ALL SHAR,
EDGES Ml'flOl(, .010
J. MACH.Sl'''F';'ceS
-J
ASSEMBLY,
POWER. SUPPL Y
...
~~~----~
4. AU DillS IN INCHES.
,
l_~._------8----~,----~-------7-----------------6--------~-------S--------~
s
I
1'1
, ?9 ;~~:~~~~~c
1W[!CHT
,:;HEET
5
C
F ~:
------4--------~--------~3--------~~~------2--~----~--B-57--~------~
\"vut:
USE WITH BRUSH TYPE SPINDLE MOTOR
->
w
a:
tf.~
,,'
....
a:
w
....
0
co
~
"\l)WANGCD
MATERIAL
LI ST
INCORPORATED
TITLE
·ASSY, POWER SUPPLY
MODEL
I
:>
\0 ITEM
Z
I-
-.:::t
a:
M
A.
M
010a
NO.
DESCRIPTION
PAFIT NO.
F-T
REQD
DATE
!"'- -
\..D
\,-,
w~
~ ~.J
o \'\
~
0
w
~
'"'"
~~
---
REV.
300346-101
F
2-26-76
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
SHEET.l.. OF
REMARKS
0
0
c
PART NUMBER
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
Assy, Pwb, +5v Regulator
Assy, Line Filter
Pad, Retainer
Spec. Proc. Transformer
Bracket, Fuse Mounting
Chassis, Power Supply
Plate, Clamp-Capacitor
Rod, Capacitor Clamp
9 Shield, Power Supply
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Fuseholder
Fuse
5 amp
Bridge, Diode, MOA, 980-2
Capacitor, Elec, 25VOC
83,000uf
17 Capacitor, Elec, 15VDC26,000uf
18
330
19 Resistor, 5%, 5W
20 Transistor,NPN- 2N3771
21 Connector, 12 pin
22 Connector, 3 pin
23 Connector, 6 pin
24 Connector, 9 pin
25 Connector, 4 pin
26 Pin, Female
27 Pin, Male
28 Terminal ,Ins. Ring Tongue
29 Lug, Solder
FORM 209 (R.12174)
K
300200-001
300607-001
300598-001
3001!50-002
300214-001
300215-001
3002Jl6-001
3002Jl7-001
300809-001
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1OOO~~7 - 001
1000~~8-020
3
1
XF1 thru XF3
F3
101033-002
2
OBI, OB2
101066-001
2
C5, C6
1011~~0-001
1
C7
100111-331
10017'3-001
1000l0-018
100010-003
100010-020
100010-009
100010-016
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
10002~1-006 13
10002:1-007 14
1000Ei7-008 14
10013:8-004 4
8-519
T1
R11,R12
Q2
J28
P18
J10
P9
J16
-1..
""...,u ....
->w
4.;
a:
a:
w
-'
0
-'
m
:IE
:>
I
\.0
Z
...a: "'0 "
"'\lJ
D10a
W ANGi:::a
MATERIAL· LI ST·
INCORPORATED
TITLE
ITEM
NO.
ASSY, POWER SUPPLY
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
PART NO.
F-T
REaD
(\"')
c(
REV.
300346-101
E-
2-26-76
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
SHEET
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
(\"')
~.-
\.0
'l"--
~IK
\"
t\
~-
0
~7'
0 ,~'.....
g: 1~
:t~>~
\
110.._
\,
.1.. OF 2..
REMARKS
0
A.
~
DATE
PART NUMBER
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
Clamp, Capacitor
Strap, Cable·
Insulator, Transistor
Terminal, Quick Disconnect
Spacer, Fibre
Spacer, Fibre
Bushing, Strain Relief
Wire, Insulated
Grommet, Flexible - Nylon
Tubing, Teflon
Screw, Pan Head
Screw, Pan Head
Screw, Pan Head
Screw, Pan Head
Screw, Pan Head
Screw, Pan Head
Screw, Pan Head
Screw, Flat Head. 82 0
Screw, Pan Head
Screw,. Pan Head
100025-001
100171-001
100151-001
100139-001
100391-001
-003
101122-001
101090-918
100141-002
100226-020
100036-206
-210
-214
-306
-312
-506
-508
100040-306
100036-307
-406
Washer, Split Lock
Washer, Split Lock
Washer, Flat Reduced 0.0.
Washer, Flat
Washer, Flat
Washer, Lock, Int. Tooth
Washer, Lock, Int. Tooth
Washer, Nylon Shoulder
~lasher , Nylon Shoulder
Nut, Hex
Nut, Hex
100042-200 4
-300 10
100251-200 4
100047-300 10
-400 4
100059-300 2
-500 6
100063-003 2
-012 2
100043-200 6
-300 13
8-60
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
1
18
1
7
2
2
1
Use with Item 17
Use with Item 20
A/R
A/R
A/R
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
2
2
4
4-40 x 3/8
4-40 x 5/8
4-40 x 7/8
6-32 x 3/8
6-32 X 3/4
10-32 x 3/8
10-32 x 1/2
6-32 x 3/8
6-32 x 7/16
8-32 x 3/8
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
4
6
4
6
8
6
10
Use with Item 20
4-40
6-32
0100
:>w
-uJWANGCO
r
a: '{j
~N COR PO RATE a
,
a:
w ......
TITLE
0
m ......
~
I
\0
Z
I-
q-
ITEM
NO.
ASSY, POWER SUPPLY
DESCRIPTION
MATERIAL· LIST
MODEL
PAI~T
NO.
M
a:
~
F-T
REaD MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
0
0
DATE
PART NUMBER
REV.
300346-101
C:7
2-26-76
;-
SHEET2-0F2
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
M
~
...
62
63 List, Wire - Power Supply
64 Test Procedure
65 Specification, Power Supply
v
"l
w"
~t\J
0'
"1
~
c
0
9000176-001 0
301127 -001 0
300389 -001
~
~
~
a:\~
~~~
---
See Note [7] &Tabulation
B10clk
(Stamp SA for F1,F2)
;
"
8-61
FORM 209 (R.12174)
->w
a:
\J
a:
w
.-t
:I
N
I
\.0
'UJ
WANGCa
MATERI AL
0
:>
Z
qM
I-
a:
INCORPORATED
TITLE
ITEM
NO.
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
0
0
c(
0..
USE MATERIAL LIST
M
-,-
DlcD
LI ST
ASSY. POWER SUPPLY
UI
----
USE WITH BRUSHLESS TYPE SPINDLE MOTOR
PART NO.
300346-101
EXCEPT:
F-T
REaD
....
ACT•
REV. REV.
e
DATE
PART NUMBER
REV.
300346-201
c,J/.
2-13-76
SHEET
L
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
'-$)
t,
~ t~
c( C;'{
o \
~~
See Note C7] and Tabulation
Block
~-
0
w
>
~Q
0..
--
o..\~
~'"
-~
~
8-62
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
OF
Stamp IDA for F1, F2
_1_
8
'~.
6
7
-----
-
3
4
5
s.
sIN
°rJ ~!T
Us ~I
~
<{Q}>
r-'
I
I
U!2
I
j
1
I
B
I
c:iCIC·P
I
I
V
10
n!
.9.
[~
0:
>
•
cJ)
'"
dl
cf0J:>
Jt"T2}3
~- I
Q.
e:GIP
Ei
3
B
El
~
~ @'--~-----'
.
I-I
I yl4 1
.
I
I
__ _
~~~~
,'---l
~1@
L__U~_J
X:
1..) .
~
•
~~..
U8
riC301='1
I
L,
ASSY
R_
~ IU21 I 9.6+ I U221
0~~Q.· I_!_~
,*J21
'~@P
n
IU23\
LJ.t
U9
"---'---'
Il II
!U/l
IU?51
La
B
I
~L-_C_22---J~
I
I
I
I
I
--+.
0--~
P4
\
\
\
P .\ f·(
4.
o
o
FOR SHEMATIC REF.
srr
r
"10;jF.MrKrS
MAX HEIGHT OF ALL 'J)MPON!:.N1S WITlllt~ I\Rf:A
or Don t!l I II\! OJ TU WYII~[) [UC;E~> ~Hi\i L ilL
,)/I('MII)(. !;J'.( rY~'l' (/,1'/\[1 ifll:', r:iuu~.H i) IN
Till', AI{lI\ (~III\LL H::: ·~U,F-'ll:. U:';,~'Jiii(;
tN-JA( n«A: !. [,CES Of (j()':,j Alii. I.n r u',lD
tIJ lni}f~p,EH
~;I"t;1i
r vU. f'E R
",I,;, r;).• fI,l[-,LY
W:,I-;(,U.)
Nil)
~.PiC !Duu,?,r
~,j '.
7, () (\ ·1 .., I· X\):
......--NO-T-[S-UN-'l(;;s;.r:cl.mD-l~i~\~~F~· ~~"
300·; 0<3-
nEVi·.;ION
S
ANGULAR
[OG£.S }\/'!'nox, .010
3. MACH. SUftFAC[S
t~.:!:-·t -_.--'-- ---'
r~A'l'li!""-l"
J
5 f-i.:
. ",:
I
i:iNiSU
.. .. -.._.'---
1---.. -" -_ .. '-
'1 fd~ U [/\ T L
II
\~ /
I.
..-.-----.-. ---.-'----~
\\lJ
_ _Wan~~ncorporated
ASSI!MBLY. PWB
SERVO LOGIC-2
; i/
IHY.
1I[(1'1l.
!;."·'·~,74~-.-,.----t-.~~!\I:~ ~D'/~T300-497- ~:'t
~---8----~~~---7----~I-.----6-----~----5-----~t-----4-----1~---~3-----t~':2 ~-~~-~~~~~3j
.'>
>
&&I
c.:
~
w
..
0
z
0
0
0
.., ,
Z
•
w
CIC
tu
;-'.
.
U
Z
•«
~/
..
DRAWING
TITLE
0
z
"'WWANGCO
0
0
0
,
I""--
m
ITEM
NO.
ML
LI ST
INC 0 R P 0 RAT E 0
ORA WIN G NO.
REV.
E
300497-000
ASSY.PWB SERVO LOGIC-2
BASIC BOARD.
DRAWING
TITL E
MODEL NO.
Disc
DWG. NO.
NO. REO.
DATE
2/22/74
REMARKS ON
SHEET
~
OFL
CKT. DESIG.
o:;t
0
0
_.J
32
33
34
Resistor.1%.kvJ
Resistor,1I
Resistor,5%,11
:~
35
Resistor,1I
36
Resistor,1I
CIC
0
MATERIAL
M
2 32K
4.64K
5.1 K
100155-324
100155-353
1
1
101156-512
1
II
7.5K
101156-752
6
II
20K
101156-203
2
R11 , 12
37
38
Resistor,l%,11
Resistor,1I
49.9K
63.4K
100155-452
100155- 462
1
1
R1
R9
39
Resistor,1I
II
lOOK
100155-481
1
R2
40
41
Resistor,1I
Resistor,1I
II
200K
402K
100155-510
100155-539
1
1
R3
R4
42
43
Resistor,5~h,
820K
1.6M
101156-824
101156-165
1
1
R5
R6
II
II
Resistor,1I
II
1\
II
R7
R8
R14
·R18,19,20,21,22,23
-
44
45
Rework Instructions
301699
Ref
46
Pin, Wire Wrap
100360-003
3
A,B,C or Use -001
I.
47
48
Wire, Sol id, Insulated
49
Extractor, Card
50
51
52
Printed Master
Spec.ification, Test
Schematic
100248-924
. 100354 -00 I
300495
300498
8-66
A/R
Jumper across R26
2
Ref.
Ref.
Ref R~V :r:'~
->-
..
ILLEGAL ADDRESS TRACK 408
:>
w
a:
W
a:
r-f
w
c
~
.......
CD
~
Z
I-
a:
~
Q..
"U)WANGCD
I
o;.:t
0
0
('V')
-w~
~~
Q'
t{\
PART NUMBER
MATERIAL LI ST
TITLE
ASSY. PWB. SERVO LOGIC - 2
MODEL
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
200TPI
;:TOp·--· LOAD
REaD
USE MATERIAL LIST 3004·97 -000
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:-
47 Hire, Jumper
~
300648 -001
S~
>
0
a:
Q.
Q.
~
'-----
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
• 8-67
REV.
300497-001
INCORPORATED
0
0'\
0120
-.
REV.
DATE
3/4/75
ACT.
E.
1
REMARKS
REV~
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
E
1
Jumper
1
SHEET_OF_
. A to B.
(ADD)
_ " " ' .... Ffho
:.
1:1:
0
Ci:
N
&iU
&i1J
co
:e
:)
"'\lJ
ILLEGAL ADDRESS TRACK'406
WANGCO
MATERIAL LI ST
INCO~PORATEO
TITLE
0
ASSY.
P~JB •
SERVO LOGIC - 2
a
I
..cr;- "
:;!!
0"'1
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
PART NO.
200TPI
F.RONTlOAD
REaD
<¢
c(
eil.
D12U
~.
REV.
0
e,
USE MATERIAL LIST 300497-000
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:-
M
.,'
DATE
REV.
300497-002
D
3/4/75
ACT.
REV.
-
PART NUMBER
SHEET _
1
OF
..
1
.•
_~_
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
E.
r~
~
~~
~iL
47
Hire, Jumper
300648 -001 1
Jumper
B to C. (ADD)
Ol~
WI
>.
CI
a:::
-G..
G. .
...:
~
~
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
B·68
r-------------------~----------------------L---------~----------~----------~----------JL--------~=-~--______L-________-=3~··__________1_____~_-_~-_·_'~_-~2:···-~'-----------~~(VJ's~,~-'---~·-:~-·~-·
__--_.
~f~·~~-~---·~·~lI
D(SCII'1'T1OIf
CHIC.
.' '/"t.
~~~~-----+~-~.~/,~~.
C4 BOTTOM SIDE
OF' BOA"Q
i
t.
OArl
I
J.
-'t
5
Gt:../o 758e
04
J30 01
02
01
:~
..
.W
01
02
03
4
JI2
05
c
c
I
02
03
4
J31
05
A
A
',\
(3 BOTTOU
OF BOARD
SIDE~
J
CARD GUIDE 1'1
TYP 10 PLS
'"\
\.
."\.
3
:Ie! iei ie! iei lei
.:
••
'I
.:
8
.:
..;;
e! .e. ,e· !e! !sl
l! i! iii! !! !
:, iii
iii !! !
L-i L .....: L_..i
:~.J
~_~
PART. NO. 300586-00 I A 55 Y.
I
NOTES UNLESS Sl'£CIFIED
Ul
1. TOlERJUtCES
JIll!;
A
JOext
ANGULAR
t:
2. BREAK AlL SHAJIP
EDGES ...,...ROJ(•.010
2,
FOR SCHEMATIC REF DWG SEE 300803.
~U.i1K
PAr~r NLMPFR. ,\[-J"i-IOPPIAT E
DASH tIUMBF.:R ..... ·~·,{, ',n ,.. NO LATEST
R F V I '; Ii) N LET T E R • I 2 HI" H WHIT E
CHARA':TERS PEi~ Wt.Nc.JL
SPEC 100037.
:
~
r-______W~a~n~g~c~o__~ln~c~o~~~~~t~ed~__~~A
8
_ _ _ .... ___
....._ _
.~_
~
___
~~.
~.PLS
SECTION
'---1
4. AU. DIMS IN
J
ASSEM8l~
ELECT
INTERCONNECT 80.
INCHES.
DISC
~
7 6 5
........_ __._
_ - . . _ _ _..;...;.....:-.......-"'......- . - - -_ _ _ _ _ _ _-L____
A-A
3. MACH. SURfACES
~
_..___..._
__1
4
3
S2EORO'E
402400
412400
2
~
~
I: I
D
00 Hor"'''LI
in,:;, OJ ........: ... u
WEluHT
300586
nT 2
8-69
1
N
::;F
2
..,.
.-
--~
....
0120
->w
a:
~
a:
w
.-f
2
C">
Z
O)
CD
::;)
C)
I
I..Q
t-
1..0
~
(V')
a:
. MATEf~IAL
LI ST
INCORPORATED
TITLE
ITEM
NO.
ASSY. PHB.
ELECT. INTERCONNECT BO.
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
PART NO.
200TPI F & T
a
RE D
....
REV.
w
~
0
w
>
0
--
PART NUMBER
REV.
300585-001
IJ
5/21/75
DATE
ACT.
REV.
SHEETLoFL
REMARKS
0
0
---a:
CL.
~
-uJWANGCO
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
402400-000, 412400-000
I
Board, Processed.
300585-001
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
End, Card Cage.
..
II
End,
II
II
Rod,
Caoacitor.
Diode.
300046-001
-002
300048-001
1001364-104
107026-001
1
.1uf
lN5624
a
1
1
5
4
C1,2,3,4,5.
CR1,2,3,4.
S
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
Pin, Hire Hrao .025 sq.
Connector.
9 Pin.
Connector.
12 Pin.
Connector.
6 Pin.
Connector
72 Pin
Connector
36 Pin.
Connector.
72 Pin.
Connector
72 Pin
Guide, Card.
Connector'
36 Pin
Guide, Card.
Connector
72 Pin
Connector
72 Pin
Tubing, Teflon.
Screw, Pan Head.
Scre\" , II
Screlt/, Flat.
~!Ja sher, Spring Lock.
II
II
Hasher,
Washer, Flat
~
II
'
."
,
......
1°1O~~-nOl
26
1
1
1
1
1
J9.
J8.
I.Hl.
J3
J7
Jl
J2
1
1
10
1
2
1
1
-
"
100246-002
101128-001
105024-004
105024-005
100226-018 t\jR
100036-206 1
-305 4
100040-306 2
100042-200 2
-3'JI)
4
100047-300 4
J6
J4
J5
4-40 x 3/8"
6-32 x 5/16 11
6-32 x 3/8 11
No.4.
~~o. 6.
No.6
,.-
II
.
Screw, Par) Head
Schemati c " . " ....
Pri ntedt1aster
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
100360-0')1
100247-001
-012
-')13
105024-003
100246-001
105024-001
105024-002
1001036-204
300803-001
300584-001
8-71
1
0
0"
4-40 x 1/411
F
'I
8
I
iI
7
5
6
4
2
3
I
II
I
1
R(\lISIO"~
II(V.
·M
1\
DESCRIPTION
8 LMFG Hi-:L
-c .
~J
l~
I
''j
·u. ;G
I
I
I
03
I
F
·M.
I
I
:,c::
(I(/u '311','*
CH/ll___.\-i ~9---·
~;i:c'
--. -.---
. ,"" __
~ Iri~.
~
0- :E~·-(]7~'-33~.! - - - - ~.;;;.~ ::: '~-,.-_
F
'?IL.~ ~ 3619
. ~ ?:_~J.: • ...: .1.,. . _
F SEE eRlo 3 U , 9 - i 1 : : :', ::~,{
A..,
-::---...
(/0
CHK.
~Ji ~lt':'i __ ________~r
H
-.;r f (R!O ""~8 7 CORRtCTED
NO Mf: N C L A T UREA T PIN
@$@
s~ t
SE£
r:. ;:;"/0 4 I ;:, 4
C!Z.TO~B70 ---~'
7.
J
:
,
~
~.- ~T -.=tt
ra;'
l 06 dE\J
/~\
q+-4(
ij ~l~~ ((0 ': ~ij ~$
1oiiot~l?J,
(
I
04
I,
,
,
SEC,TlON
I
I
.
A-A
SCA.LE: NONE
I
TYP 5PLS
~rlr""',J
06
BeE
E ( B
9Qq
a;:
~L..!J..-I.,
I
I
SWAGE
B
~18
voe c ~4-----4-----~----~----~----~----~----~----~----~------~
R5
...
(I
&.8UF
R6
o o
RI
10K
R9
o
RIO
S
sw
I r.
.35VOC
R.II
:;
s\~
IY.
MOTOR DRIVE (OUTPUT)
HARD PICK.
mIN~ERT
o
A
U]
(I NPUT )
D }--t---'--t-i
QJ
ZN2222A
AND TIGHTEN SCREW ,ITEM
R4
IK
07
TIP41
40,APPLYING 4 INCH LBS.OF TORQUE.
A~4-----------~----------~----~----+-----
APPLY SILlCOIoj GREA::>E ON 60TH
SIDE S O~ MICA WA,SHE Fl.
NOHSUNlr:.s51"ClfIW
. '.
[;]
CC~.:PC':';'lns
'-:-:-:-:;-;-;:-:~_I.o.oW_...&o....~."...j
:&
I. BREAK AlL SlIARP
EDGES Al'l'ftox.. .010
LA.TE'ST R~V.:"'EVFL A.Nfl :'offl!AL N('.
WHERE S~iO'I'IN ..i2 diSH CH;nACTEHS
COL'-'ii: !.lLA;~K .~,:r. Wr..,,,,; .:0 ~PEC IO'JO,q.
l If!:-:K
1 - · - - - - ",,---+---1
ANGULAI.; N'!':;.
. 'J' • 1
JOCXt
MARK PART NO•• APPPOr'RIATE DASH NO..
3. MACH. SURFACES
UJ
···7H;"~·F------·.:r--·
J
" TOLERANCES
.xXi
Wangco Incorporated
t------=----..:...-----r;1Il"IIIII"'f
J
ASS EMS':Y
...
I- .,
~
SPINDLE DRIVE MODULE
4. ALL DIMS IN INCHtS.
r;HO ..... N IN PH/>NTOM UNfS ARE VARIABLE, SEE MIL.
I. ALL RESISTORS IN OHMS)S7o,I/4W
NI)TES·.CNl [', .... rjllifRWISE SPECIIIE.D
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
I
.I
2400 RPM DRIVES. WITH CARTRIDGE &FIXED DISC
->
au
0:
'""J
~ ~.-
.
Z
.-~
a
z
s:
N
0:
0
0
0
-c
.:~.
;;~
DRAWING
TITLE
0
0
"\lJ
C>
I
.-'i
w
(V)
...J
~
ITEM
NO.
1
2
3
MATERIAL
WANGCO
INCORPORATED
ASSY, PWB
SPINDLE DRIVE MODULE
MODEL NO.
DRAWING TITL E
ML
LI ST
DWG. NO.
Disc
DR AWIN G
300612-00:
NO.
_J
DATE 12/19/73sHEET 1 OF~
NO. REO.
REMARKS ON CKT. oeSIG.
Board, Processed
300611
1
Plate, Trans. Mtg.
300614-001
1
151004-001
101047
101052
101053
4
1
1
1
Q3,4,5,6.
Q7.
Q1.
Q2.
1N4003 100127
1N52278 101058-002
1
2
eRI.
2
C1,2.
Lt:yct.
'D~
4
5
6
7
8
Transistor
Transistor
Transistor
·POWER·
TIP41
2N2222A
2N2907
Transistor
9
10
11
12
Oiode,Zener 3.6V
13
14
15
.Capacitor, 35V
6.8uf
101003-685
Resistor,I%,5W
3-n
142000-006
2
R8 ,·R9~·
1.5-0..
142000-003
14·2000-008
2
2
R5,6.
R10,11
Diode
VRl,2.
16
1718
19
20
Resi~tor,
21
Resistor,
1%,5W.
II'
II
5..n.
..
22
23
24
Resistor,
25
Resistor,
II
26
Resistor,
II
1K
101156-102
3
R3,4,7.
II
2K
-202
1
R2.
II
10K
-103
1
Rl.
5%,~w.
27
28
29
30
31
32
I
8-75
REV.
C~
.,;
w
I~
.
~o
:r:
I;)
:r:
.-i_
.(
Ca!:
~.
""\lJ
WANGCO
MATERIAL
ML
LI ST
INCORPORATEO
.-t
0
0
DRAWING
TITLE
ASSEMBLY, PWB
SPINDLE DRIVE MODULE
Disc
MODEL NO.
DATE
J
300612-001
8/22/74
SHEET
2
I
N
.-t
\.0
0
0
M
C:l
.--1
:::!:
Item
Drawing Title
No.
33
34
35
36
Rivet, Al, Univ. Hd.
Terminal.
Owg. No •
J
Rev. ,
100429-001
101135
Oty.
5
5
Silicon Grease.
Insulator; Mica.
100146/
Washer, Nylon Shoulder.
Washer, Lock.
100063-013
100042-200
5
5
41
Screw, Pan Head.
Standoff, Swage.
100036-206
147800-001
5
5
42
43
44
Printed Master.
37
38
'·39
40
FORM 209 (5/74)
300610
8-76
Ref
OF.-.L
Remark, on Ckt. Ollig.
.095 Dia X .156 Lg.
AMP 61407-1
A/R
5
C
REV.
DR A WIN G NO •
No.4.
4-40 x 3/8
l~UU
>'
au
a:
.
~
0
z
C)
-
'J
UKIVt~
WIIH
LAKIKIUti~
& ~lXtU
MATERIAL
-uJWANGCO
UlS~
N
0
e::::>
DRAWING
TITLE
ASSEMBLY, PWB
SPINDLE DRIVE MODULE
MODEL NO.
DR A WIN G NO.
ML
LI ST
INCORPORATEO
Disc
DATE
REV.
J
300612-002
2L4L74
SHEET
_1_
OF---L
I
N
Z
.-t
Jr:
~
&I..
ell:
'J
"'UJ
WAN"GeD
MATERIAL
ML
LI ST
INCORPORATED
.,
CI
z: N
0
ell
0
-.z:II:
N
.-t
W
O73
'"'10.. Yh'~'
t
f
0
I
f
TYP
.~ 0 0
0
J 32
I 2345
-+
c
i:........ .
R3
OPEN
R4
62K
,.•
A
B
C3
510PF
r
R5
39K
l
!B
·1
T·OI
-L
2
CI
j
5
GROUND
3
USED {
4
+5V
DIFFERENTIATCR
OUTPUT
7
.0022
NOT
Fl
or C4
J 32
;
SECTOR
TRANSDUCER
OUTPUT
-..J-..J
J"''''
-13V
2
GROUND
4
NOT
~
USED
i.
I
5
PART NO 300921 - 00 I
0COMPONENTS SHOWN IN PHANTOM LINES
ARE 'OPC: N' '\ND ARE FOR FUTURE USE.
A
[}JMARK
LATEST REVISICN LEVEL,APPROPRIATE
r\UVEER,AND SERIAL NUME-ER .12 HIGH
CHARACTERS PER WANGCO SPEC 100037.
DASH
2.ALL CAPACITORS
I. ALL RESISTOR
IN
IN MICROFARDS.
OHMS 5% 1/4 W.
rWTES UNLESS OTHERWISE
8
2:1
SPECIFIED.
7
6
D
0
8-79
1
,r
1500
FRONT LOAD.
RP~
-
1ST
NO.
,.,.
001
-
Disc
--....:
fv1L
DATE
-,, ~ev·l
~ty.
A
1
I
DRAWING
L)
300921-001
..L0/24/74sHEET .J:..
.....
I
'1
8
r,
;;1
I Capacitor,
------
10~~! 80V .
II
Capacitor,
-
Capacitor,
it
II
II
510nf
1oo,~(~ 3- 511
1
.OO22uf
.Oluf
.OO47uf
101004-222
1
Hemarks on Ckt. Oesig.
II
4
..-
--
I_-
Ul.
--
-
!
.-----==1
C3.
C1.
~0'1I1. . . .. . _ _ _ .
II
3
OF_'_
I . . . U ......
~_R
Cap,~citor~ r~i ca.
REY.
NO.
.--~
cr-
: J.
C4~
,~~-+----+----+-----~---------------------,.
-103
2
-472
1
C2.
10
I, J.1
100 101156-101
1 R2. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _'';
R(~sistor,~_5_~b.;;..'~,;;..W"';'·_ _ _""':;:":";;'4":'':'~;'''';-''':'::'=--''-_-+''''';;;'''-''+---;;'';'-'
ll~~
Resistor,
13
I Resistor'!"
. . 1.S+... or,
I ,Kes
~"""-";1"~
14
1p:~
II
62K-+_
II
I 20
39K
II
1/
II
-512
-623
1
-393
1
1
;;;'-w--r-ap-.-"'------+-100360-003
t;- $t;;':;;;:-Si'la_g_~.-ttt:
l19
5.1K
_____
II _ _ _ _ _ _ _
II
-Pin,
II
Pt~ ; 11 ted t1a s ter.
w
-'J
(,,'(t
10
J3r
Jumner Points A & B.
3
101136
300919
RI.
R4.
R5.
A
Ref
,--------------------4----------+---~-----+_--------,--------------i
~--.~--------------~---------~---.--------~----~--~--------.-------------------~
c:r _::
FORM 209 (5/14)
l
t
,
t
~
FROtH
2400 RPt'1.
LO~,f).
~.'\llFl ~:NG:;~-----:;;-; R I AL~ana_~-·I-q;-T-----':IIf·-~--"""-D-R-A-'W-'-N-G-'-N-O-.-.....p,-EI:V
! I. .
~§~
.'. ~(l
u~.
\
, .
ML'---30-09"-?1--O-O-2
INCOrlP'::~A~eD
~ ~ j ~~, O~ttW~~G
-_'- J -C
c..
ASSEMBLY PWB
MODELNo. __~D~i_s~c~_
TRANSDUCER 0 I FFERENTIATOR.
DATE
10/24/7~EET
-1..
3_
OF_
i ~ !.!~i · _.
l_~~o- ]
rOW.
on Ckt. Ocsig.
t: ~~q~ E'~.1!?' I USE MATERIAL LIST 300921-001
,t
EXCEPT:.-----~---+---~--------------------.--~
:~ _M"II 1
,! :;~'::~ I~'-2--40----------------+-'------+---.. . .---+------·-------1
'i
.~
D,=Title
:::
R••.
Remark~
.::!
-r
,~.:.. '"i"":.........~
3
~--~------------------------_P----------~----~--_+---------------------.-.-~
4
~--~--------------------------r---------~----~----~--------------------~
5
,----~--.----------------------~--.,~------~--~----~----------------------.~
~fi.-~-------_ _--~------+_~---~__-____--------_~
'7
~.--~--------.-~,---------------+-----,----~----~------~---------------------....---~
8
9
s.-.,--:---------------r----.-,
.....--.a----+------------~
10
_""____-+-_,__,____~-_+--. . . --_-__--_-_. .
~.~l-., _. ._.,....
=:=-'
--+--.
.
.
==:=:=:-~----.
j -f5==
12
Ii":
'4
Wi r~, JIJmper
18
300648
, 19
~,--~-----------~---_--------,------~-------------~--·--~--~t------------------------~
20
~,--~~--~------,------------~~---------~----~----~---------------~~--__1
~---~----------------------------~----------~~----~---+-----------------------~
....------------+--------,----~--~~--_+----------------------_1
~,--~-----------~.
--+----------------------.a
__-+____----__--______________~-----___,~__--~____
.
.
~---+--------------------------+------·----~-----~--~~----------------------1
FOBM 209 (5/74)
~------------------------~----~-
';8-82
I
7
8
6
5
4
,-
3
2
I
1
REVISIONS
REV.
PILOT REL
.,w.
e
.JL.
.oM
0
~g
bE CR./o
-
'~\I,
~R£F
~REF
\.
\~,-U\
-
\
~RE.F
\
DOC. CHGE
SEE C'plc; .;901
~
:::-£/0
G
CR./O 67bf&,
C;
~61
5- 4 80::
.::.. .. 0
c: -=:1-1 ($1£"
MOUNT CONN,
FAR SI DE.
\
\
3471
TOleA60TH
SIDES OF
M
WASH::F{
\
REF(2; ~
\
4693
eNo
;',PPU ::,IL:::O'. GREASE
\\\\.
" .. , .J \
~R£F
=- CP../C 32 S 4
:"FG PEL SEE
t. c:e o 4?0b
r
~
DESCRIPTION
A
•
II
#\+--:
t\-
®i
I
I
. REFC!)
~-/l ~I{~ --'1@
~/\
! :~ .I~~j
'( !"( fTl ~,1,"
,t
l l
r=-=-=-= --
-i'l-rl ~~-L::-U:-~1-r§-H1- ---/tq ;;~..J I.
L-'
L..J
_J: " ,
:
~I
, .... i
1,...--"
I~
/A\
i , fl ( :
r y~. 2.
E:
r=-L~~
'S
10P-----1
801-----1
15
P6
V
THIS DJIIAWlNG CGNT-.NS
JlfICPRIETARV Iftl="(}RMATIOttt OF
WANGCO INC.
ANO MIA'" NoO"'!' .N WHCI_E !)IlIMt "tH.
IE OI.MII..I(ATECOP OtS:LOOfD "'IA
USED fOR MANUFACTURE ot: ANV PART
:»!CLO$ED HEIt~1N wtrHO'JT rl-tE pqM)A
WAlnUt 'E!=!.YISSIi)N OF iNA""c.cD iNC .
.t:. Fcr,; SCf"tEr'l"TI.' REF VWG SEE 3010401.
~~~ ASS)
PRe",
R£;i=lE"CTS ,tiE US£ Of:
I
,=.S5-EI) 8D 3D0025 LEVEL '6 OpJL~.
2:~\"'r'-R A(:.RC:SS C7 5EE wjL.
t "'-'I" t ;-1< STJlMP ASSEM13I..Y /try J,) RE\/ LEVa
- Pt."R ........ .;c,ro :)PEC. 100013.
ort-rE:RlI,jlsE" SPEc.! FleD.
NOrr~~UNLE'S~
8
,7
6
5
.~
I
4
. . . --
D12j
:>
w
a: (9
a:
w
~
co
-uJWANGCO
-
INCORPORATED
TITLE
I
(",,!
t-
e
~
e,
en
z
a:
0
ASSY. POWER REGULATOR PHS.II
ITEM
NO.
MODEL
PART
DESCRIPTION
,..0;
lOO/200TPI
F &T
IREaDI
DATE
5ll4l75
~.I ~~~·.I
--Q~
o
w
~1
>
0
a:
t0(
--.....
SHEET
..L. OF L
NEXT ASSEMBL Y/USED ON
50/f)CO-~
w'>
!(~
G
REMARKS
~
--
REV.
301002-001
a
:i
:::>
PART NUMBER
'MATE:RIAL LI ST
Processed.
2 Heatsink
3
4
5 Inteqrated Circuit
6 Integrated Circuit
1
I(
300025
300135-001
1
1
723
75452
100108
101031
2
2
U1,2.
U3,4.
TI.P42A
2tl2222A
2N2907A
101048
101052
101053
3
1
1
Q1,2,3.
Q5.
06.
IN5317
101034
1
CR2.
101058-006
1
VR1.
100pf 100243-101
1
C5.
101005-102
1
C2.
6.8uf 101003-685
6.8J.ff 101003-635
15pf 101002-156
1
2
2
C8.
C1,4.
C3,6.
R9.
R18.
R3,11.
~n2,14.
noard~
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
. Transi stor, PNP
Transistor, NPN
Transistor, PNP
Diode.
Diode, Zener.
Capacitor,
~1i ca.
Capacitor, Poly •.
Capacitor, Tantl. 35V
II
Capacitor,
II
Capacitor,
Resistor, 5%, 3W.
29 Resistor, 3%, II
II
30 Resistor,
31
32 Resistor. 5~;. ~H.
28
II
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
IN5231B
.OOlpf
330
10
100068-331
101084-003
.5
-002
1
1
2
62
101156-620
2
8-85,
311500 -000
0120
:>1.&.1
IX:
~
1:0
.....
0
:::1
0
:z
::J
N
1-
0
'C:
0
1:1:
1.&1
I
0
I~
LI ST
INCORPORATED
TITLE
ASSY. POWER REGULATOR PWB.-II
ITEM
NO.
MODEL
PART NO.
DESCR IPTION
100/200 TPI
SERIES F &T
REQD
DATE
REV.
301002-001
G
5/14/75
~
ACT.
REV. REV.
SHEET
.
.1... OF -.1..
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
CV?
~--
.~
..C)c~
.......'
UI
~
~~
C)
'MATERIAL
.....
IX:
LlJ
~WANGCO
PART NUMBER
itl
::.
C)
a:
8·cl
1.-
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
Resistor,
5~~ , ~H.
Resistor,
Resistor,
Res; sto,",
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resistor,
II
II
1%, l:iH.
5%, II
II
II
II
II
II
II
1%,
II
II
II
5°110,
II
II
II
Inductor.
100
101156-101
1
R2.
750
2.94K
3K
3.6K
1.5K
5.1K
6.34K
7.68K
12K
15K
101156-751
100155-334
101156-302
-362
-152
-512
100155-366
-374
101156-123
-153
1
1
4
1
1
R17.
R3.
R6.1Q.15,16.
R1.
R13.
1
K'-'+.
1
2
1
1
R4.
R5,7.
R23.
R22.
220uh
122500-001
1
Ll.
Hire, Solid, Insulated.
100248-924 A/R
JUMPer across C7.
Silcon Grease.
Connector. 3 Pin.
120100-001 A/R
100247-010 1
Apply both sides of 62.
Screw, Pan Head.
II
Screw, II
Washer, Flat.
Hasher, Spring Lock.
Nut, Hex.
Insulator, t·1ica.
100036-206
-208
100047-200
100042-200
100043-200
Hasher, Nvlon Shoulder.
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
JIB.
4-40 x 3/8"
4-40 x 1/2"
r~o. 4.
No.4.
100146
1
2
3
3
5
2
Use with Q1 & Q2.
100063-014
2
Use with 01 & ID2.
8-86
•
t1r -4().
•
----
D12(J
;;.
w
a:
\l)
-mWANGCO
'MATE~~IAL
LI ST
INCORPORATED
PART NUMBER
REV.
301002-001
G
100/20D TPI
a:
w
.-I
=
:&
0
C:)
Z
N
0
:;)
t-
a:
~
I
c·
TITLE
ITEM
NO.
65
66
I--
67
68
.
>
69
a:
70 Printed, ~1aster.
71 SlJec, Pi'/b. Assv. Pwr. Reg.
72 Test Procedure
t
~
r...-.
-.
ACT.
REQD REV. REV.
0
~
0
PI"RT NO.
F &T
M
....w
w
DESCRIPTION
MODELSERIES
......
~-
Q
ASSY. POWER REGULATOR PWB.-II
Schematic.
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
301041
3001)24
300997
Ref. C
9001057
Rpf
13-87
Ref.
Ref.
DATE 5/14/75
SHEET-LOF~
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
•
8
7
I
6
1
I
5
4
3
I
2
I
1
REVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
REV.
D
A
·M.
B
oM
C
5EE':CR/O'S 3622,3623,3624
SEE CR/04191
D
D
SEE CRjO 4794,4884
CR/O 5641
DOC. CHG
EXTRACTOR
TYP 2 PLS
WIRE~
v~
CHIC.
DATE
APPROVED
MFG REL
·M.
E
eRio
F
ce/o "'-77
D
"i>~- T"-,,,:/::'
5940
c;4w.
%~b
;?7tl /:i
o
JUMPER JG ~ J7
ATTACH
PIN 200248-924
TO HOLD DOWN
CASE OF XCLI
c
c
B
B
I--
L.L
I-ex)
-
o
o
R
J
-
n
I--
@JI
6
[3J
A
o
o
OJ
LUMPER J5
' - JUMPER 8
SCHEMAT:C- 301019 REF
PART NO 301018-xxx SEE TABULATED fJJ.!L.
NOTES UNLESS SPECIFIED
M~,\X.HEIGHT OF ALL COMPONENTS WITHIN AREA OF DOTTED
LINES TO BOARD EDGE SHEll BE 51 16 MAX. DISC TYPE
CAPACITORS MOUNTED IN THIS AREA SHALL BE ASSEMBLED
LEAN I NG AWAY FROM EDGES OF BOARD.
~
CHECK
1. TOLERANCES
JCX;I:
JO
w
a::
~
II:
I
OJ
Z
l-
..~
C
0
M
II:
CL.
TITLE
c
a
2
e;::,
MATEI~IAL'
LIST
INCORPORATED
0
w
CD
:::)
-uJWANGCa
ITEM
NO.
ASSY. DISC CONTROL PWB. - 2
DESCRIPTION
'MODEL
PART NO.
200TP f, ~F&T
REQD
DATE
PART NUMBER
REV.
301018-000
r
9/2/75
__ ACT.
REV. REV.
SHEET-LOF~
REMARKS
~
~-
w
I-
~
~
Q
w
>
0
II:
CL.
CL.
c
~-
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
1
Board, Processed.
G
301008-001
1
100234-001
100330-001
100328-001
1001329-001
100332-001
100333-0n1
1()O339-001
10n341-001
123066-001
101009-001
101012-001
101020-001
101022-001
101023-001
4
1
2
2
2
3
2
1
2N2222A
101052-001
1
Diode.
1N5317
Oiode, Zener. 4.7.v. 1N5230B
Diode, Zener.
22v. 1N5251B
1010311.-001
101058-005
1
-016
1
CR2.
VRl.2.
VR3.
Ca pac i tor, ~1i ca.
Capacitor, Mica.
100:243 -1 00
-330
1
1
C46.
C5.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
19
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32 '
33
IC.
IC.
rc.
IC.
IC.
IC.
IC.
IC.
IC
IC.
IC.
IC.
IC.
IC.
Transistor.
CatJacitor, ~1; ca.
Capacitor, Mica.
Capacitor, Ceramic.
Capacitor.
FORM 209 (R.12/741
9602
7404
7400
7402
7408
7410
7474
7486
74502
7411
7432
74193
311 '
555V
10pf
33pf
270pf
620pf
.01uf
. 015uf
2
3
J.
7
1
1
2
100:243-271 2
-621 2
101042-103 18
'101004-153 2
. 8-91'
U4,11,17,33.
U25.
U6,22.
,16,30.
U5,15,31.
U13.
U18,19!20,23.24.26,28.
ll27
U8
U9,14.
U7,21.
U1,2,3.
LJ29A,29B.
U10.
,
01.
C10,12.
C4,41.
C2,3. 22 thru 35.
C7,14 .
~3.44.
CODE
T120
:>
w
a:
~
a:
0
w
CD
:i
;:)
Z
~
a:
c(
0..
0
0
0:>
.-t
0
.....
0
w
~
c:
0
1----
ITEM
NO.
w
>
a:
Q.
34
35
36
37
38
0
Q.
.......
301018-000
F
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
200T"PI F.&T
MODEL
.
DATE
9/2/75.
ACT.
REQD .. REV.
REV
SHEET..LOF~
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
0
c(
ASSY. DISC CONTROL PWB. - 2.
M
_.-
REV.
INCQRCQRATED
TITLE
I
MATERIAL LI ST
--uJWANGCD
PART NUMBER
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
Capacitor.
Capacitor,
Capacitor,
Capacitor,
Capacitor,
.068uf
2.2uf
6.8uf
15uf
56uf
101004-683
101002-225
101001-685
101002-156
101001-566
1
1
1
Cl1,13.20.
CI6 . 17 . 18,19.
C45.
C1.
C21.
3. 2~1Hz
101059-001
1
XCL1.
Resistor, Variable
Resistor, Variable
20K
1 Meq
101006-203
101148-105
1
1
RB.
R31.
Resistor, 5%, !.1t~ •
II
Resistor,
Resistor, II
"
Res i star,
Resistor, II
"
Res i stor,
"
II
Resistor, II
Resistor, II
Res i stor,
"
Resistor,
"
Resistor, " "
75
220
510
560
820
1K
1.5K
1.8K
2K
5.1K
6.8K
101156-750
-221
-511
-561
-821
-102
-152
-182
-202
-512
-682
1
2
2
1
'I
8
4
1
3
3
2
R39.
R6,44.
R5,17.
R43.
R21.
R22,23,24,26,28,35,45,46.
R3,4,14,15.
R30.
R13,25,32.
R7,18,34.
R9,11.
Resistor, 5%, ~W.
Resistor. " "
Resistor, " "
20K
36K
39K
101156-203
-363
-393
1
1
4
R47.
R20.
R10,12,16,27.
Tant.20v
Tant. 6v
Tant.20v
Tant. 6v
Crystal.
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
Tu bi no, Thermofi t.
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
3
4
100185-G09 AIR
, 8-92
Use
~~Ii th
i
tPM
41
\iUut:
0120
->
w
u:
~
-uJWANGCa
2
:)
Z
~
I
CO
~
0
0
Q.
(V)
ASSY. DISC CONTROL PWB. - 2.
. MODEL 2001PIF&T
' .. '
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
F'ART NO.
DATE
PART NUMBER
REV.
301018-000
r
9/2/75
REaD - . ACT.
REV. REV.
SHEETloFL
REMARKS
~
~-
w
~
CS
!-0
w
>
0
a:
Q.
--oe(
TITLE
0
a:
0(
Q.
LI ST
INCORPOAATEO
c
a::
w 0
CD
MATEIRIAL
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
Hire, Solid Insulated.
Extractor, Card.
Pin, Hire Vlrap.
100248-924 AIR
100354-001 2
100360-001 25
Schematic.
Artwork, Master.
Wire, Solid Insulated.
301019
Ref.
301009
Ref.
100'248-924 AIR
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
B-93
Ho 1d nown wi r~ for XCL.1.
TP1.TP2
and JlJmopr
Points.
G
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
J1 From M to P.
J5
T to R.
U16-2 to lJ33-1n.
U33-12 to ·U25-6.
II
CODE ~
1500P.Pt1. SECTOR CONFIGURATION. TYPE "011 INTERFACE. FRONT LOAD.
:>:
u.t
/\
0::
'l
0::
.-t
Ul.
0
0
WI
~
:J.
2
.....
I
~
.-I
C~
~"11J WANGCC
..,
. ,:
MATERIAL LI ST
.NCORPORAUO
TITLE
ASSY. DISC CONTROL PWB. - 2.
ITE:M
DESCRIPTION
NO .
Disc.
MODEL
PART NO.
DATE
~
C)
USE MATERIAL LIST
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:-
M
ACT.
REV.
301018- 001
[:,' ~
SHEET
~
OF
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBL Y/USED ON
F
301018-000
--.
PART NUMBER
3/28/74
REaD REV. REV.
.......
0:
D12 ~'
_1
J
-,J,
-f
".:.iI
~-
I
~
1
~~
C§~
l.~
~:~
>
0
0:
Q.
0..
cC
"--
75 IC.
76
77 Caoac;tor.
78 Capacitor.
79 Capacitor.
80
74193
'. 'O·22uf
.OO22uf
.OO22uf
101020
1
U12.
101004-223
100165-222
100165-222
1
1
1
C9.
C39.
C40.
~
I
81
82
83
Resistor,
5~~, !4H.
5~lK
101156-512
1
R2.
84
85
86 Resistor, 5%, ~"'.
87
88
89
90 Hire, Jumper.
~
75K
101156-753
1
R38.
I
30064B
A/R
Junper
Jur1Der
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
J2 from r, to H.
J3 " J to L.
A to D.
J6
J7 " B to C.
J8 ·11 H. toV.
_.
II
.
;
8-94
FflRM ?flQ IR 1')/111\
--
2400RPM. SECTOR CONFIGURATION TYPE "0" INTERFACE. FRONT LOAD.
>
w
a:
~
a:
w
N
:E
0
c")
Q'l
i
z=> CO
........
I- 0
a: ......
f
-uJWANGCD
'MATEFnAL LI ST
INCORPORATED
TITLE
ASSY. DISC CONTROL PWB. - 2.
ITEM
NO •
C)
M
DESCRIPTION
. PART NO.
~'A
a'}
~
o($j
w
>
0
a:
tc(
--.
REaD
PART NUMBER
REV.
301018-002
,LJ
3/28/74
'
DATE __ '
ACT.
REV. REV.
SHEET
~ OF _1_
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBL Y/USED ON
USE MATERIAL LIST 301018-000
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:-
,..--
k?
Disc,
MODEL
0120
F
".
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
IC.
74192
Capacitor.
Capacitor.
Capacitor.
. 022uf
.0022uf
.OO22uf
101019
1
U12.
101004-223
100165-222
100165-222
1
1
1
C9.
C39.
C40.
.
Resistor,
Resistor.
Resistor.
Resistor.
:
5~~ ,
!.iH .'
II
II
II
II
II
II
Wire, Jumper
S.lK
Ii0K
110K
75K
101156- 512
101156-114
101156-114
101156-753
300648
1
1
1
1
R2.
R29.
R36.
R38.
. A/R
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
J2 from G to H.
J3
J to L.
J6
A to D.
J7
B to C.
II
J8
Wto V.
II
II
II
I
I
, ,
I
I
i
I
• 8-95
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
J
-- --
1500RPt1. SECTOR CONFIGURATION. TYPE "011 INTERFACE. TOP LOAD.
:~
LU
~
cc
cc
LV
co
:~
M
0
0
:)
;;~
tCC
4'
III.
~WANGCO
::
I
co
....-i
O
PART NUMBER
'MATERIAL LI ST
ITEM
NO .
ASSY. DISC CONTROL PWB. -, 2.
DESCRIPTION
Disc.
MODEL
PART NO.
REOD
DATE
.~ND
,---
USE MATERIAL lIST
ADD/DELETE THE FOllOHI NG:-
3/28/74
ACT.
REV. REV.
SHEET.2... OF
D~,
.2..
REMARKS
.-i
C')
M
REV.
301018- 003
INCORPORATED
TITLE
D12!j
NEXT ASSEMBL Y/USED ON
301018-000
F
\.
w~
...
a:
a..
0'
CL
c(
...-
75
7r..·'77
7<3
79
80
81
82
83
IC.
74193
_033uf
.OO22uf
.0022uf
Canacitor.
Capacitor.
Capacitor.
Resistor, 5%,
~H.
2K
101020
1
U12.
101004-333
100165-222
100165-222
1
1
1
e9.
C39.
C40.
101156-202
1
R2.
~
84
85
86
-87
Resistor, 5%,
88
~~J.
39K
101156-393
1
R38.
<
89
90 Hire, Jumper.
A/R
30064·~
Jumper'
JUMper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
J2 from G to H.
J3
J to L.
J6 "
A to B.
J7
D to E.
J8
H toVe
II
-4
I
II
~
"11
;
,
..ill
"".
8-96
FORM 209 IR.12/741
(~
a:
w
~
Cl
0
"""
0
::>
I
~
-----
2400RPt1. SECTOR CONFIGURATION. TYPE "0" INTERFft.CE. TOP LOAD.
Z
C:)
t-
o
0:
<
A.
....-i
-uJWANGCO
•
TITLE
ITEM
NO.
MATER~IAL
LI ST
INCORPORATED
ASSY. DISC CONTROL PWB. - 2.
DESCRIPTION
O.tSc. ..
MODEL
PART NO.
REaD
DATE
. ACT.
REV . REV.
w~
g~
<
80
or-
~
0
w
0..
0..
..........
301013- 004
0
~·~I28l74
SHEET...!... OF
-1-
F
..
75 IC.
76
77 Capacitor.
78 Capacitor.
79 Capacitor.
~~.
REV.
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
USE MATERIAL LIST 301'018-000
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLO~IING:-
f--
\..)
PART NUMBER
REMARKS
...-t
0
M
ol{~O
74192
101019
1
U12.
. 033uf
. 0022uf
.0022uf
101004-333
100165-222
100165-222
1
1
1
C9.
C39 .
C40.
2K
110K
110K
39K
101156-202
101156-114
101156-114
101156-393
1
1
R2.
R29.
R36.
R38.
81
82
83
84
85
86
Resistor. 5%,
Resistor. II
Resistor. II
Resistor. II
~H.
II
II
II
1
1
I
I
87
88
89
90 Hire, Jumper
I
I
300648
A/R
I
JUMper J2 from G to H.
Jumper'J3
J to L.
II
JUMper J6
A to B.
II
Jumper J7
D to E.
Jumper J8
\v to V.
II
II
'.
FORM 209 (A.12174)
, 8-97
.
\.uut:
>'
~
WI
0::
a:'
LI")
all
c~
WI
,
co
:'1.:
0
2:
t-'
r-I
:::1
0
a:: r-I
Cl: c
a"
M
10----
~
~~
0'
\\.)
1---
~w.
>
0
a:
Q..
Q..
-<
'"\\J
2400RPM. Sector Configuration. Type 'C' Interface. FRONT LOAD.
. MA TER I AL LI ST
WANGCD
INCORPORATED
TITLE
ASSY. DISC CONTROL PWB. - 2.
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
PART NO.
USE MATERIAL LIST 301018-000
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLo\HNG:75 IC.
74192 101019
76
.022uf 101004- 223
77 Capacitor.
78
Disc.
REaD
DATE
0120
PART NUMBER
REV.
301018- 005
P
3/28/74
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
SHEET
~ OF _1_
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
F
'1
U12.
1
C9.
1
R2.
R29.
79
80
81
82
Resistor,
84 Resistor,
85 Resistor,
86 Resistor,
87
83
5~s .
l:-il,.,.
1\
"
1\
1\
1\
"
5.1K 101156-512
110K
-114
110K
-114
75K
-753
II'
1
II
1
1
1\
--
R36.
R38.
~
88
89
90 Hire, Jumper.
30()648
~/R
Jumper
Jumper
Jumner
Jumper
Jumper
8-98
FORM 209 (R.12174)
J2
J3
J6
J7
J8
from
from
from
from
from
G to
J to
A to
B to
H to
H.
L
D.
C.
V.
15f)ORpr~ .
;>
a: '-.)
w
a:
W
CD
:E
lD
C
-ruWANGCO
,
.
MATERIAL LI S T
'INCORPORATED
TITLE
ASSY. DSIC CONTROL PWB. - 2.
c')
I
:>
z
la:
oc(
Q.
c:')
r-f
e
ITEM
NO.
Oise.
MODEL
DATE
PART NUMBER
REV.
30101S-00(1
C
1
F
~~
REMARKS
I---
~~
0
a:
Q.
Q.
c:(
~
:::
I
-
i
~~
C§~
1
SHEET_OF_
NEXT ASSEMBL Y/USED ON
USE MATERIAL LIST 301018-000
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:-
M
D120
1/28/74
;~T NO:];EODI REV.) ~~~·.I
DESCRIPTION
..-I
0
CODE:
SECTOR CONFIGURATION TYPE "c" I NTERF.I:,CE. TOP LOAD.
I
75
I.C.
74193 ' 101020
76
77 Capac; tor.
78
--
1
U12.
.033uf
101004-333
1
Cg.
2K
101156·· 202
1
R2.
39K
101156-393
1
R38.
300G4~
A/R
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumr>er
Jumper
..-
79
80
81
82
83
Resistor. 5%t
~H.
84
85
86
Resistor.
5~~, ~H.
-
87
88
89
90 Hire, Jumper
8-99
I
FORM 209 (R.12/741
J2 from G to H.
J to L.
J3
A to B.
J6
o to E.
J7
J8
H to V.
II
II
II
II
15naRPn.
:>w
~
a:
\1D ::.:.::0
l,;UOf:
SECT('\~ cn~!Flr,lI~.l1.TI0t.!.
TYPE
IICII
rt-tT!:f1 FACJ:. Fq0NT !J'.l\'1.
MATERIAL LI ST
D120
PART NUMBER
REV:
301013-007
0
i
a:
w
co
:E
.........
I
=>
c::o
Z
r-i
t-
a:
0(
A.
TITLE
0
0
ASSY. DSIC CONTROL PWB. - 2.
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
PART NO.
Disc.
REaD
3/28/7'
DATE
ACT.
REV. REV.
SHEET...!.. OF!..-.
REMARKS
r-i
G
USE MATERIAL LIST
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:-
(V)
NEXT ASSEMBL Y/USED ON
301018-000
..
;--
\..)
F
\J,Ir-....
~t
<~
o
l
~:!.
or"
~ .~
a:
c..
c..
<.
0
.....-
75 I. C.
76
77 Capacitor.
78
79
80
81
82
83 Resistor. 5~~,
84
74193
.022uf
101020
1
U12.
101004- 223
1
e9.
,
~H.
5.1K
101156- 512
1
R2.
Resistor. 5%, !.i\L
75K.
101156- 753
1
R38.
300648
A/R
Jumper
Jumper
Jumr>er
Jumper
Jumper
85
86
87
88
89
90
,
\~ire,
JUMper
J2 from S to H.
J3
J to L.
J6
A to D.
J7
B to C.
J8
H to V.
II
II
II
II
,
,
..
8-100
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
2400RPr1. Sector Confio.uration. Ty!)e IC' Interface. TOP LOAD.
I :>
w
la:
lU
co
a:
w C'
cc
0
:l
Z
r-i
~
....a:
4(
A-
I
C'J
0
~WANGCO
.
.
TITLE
ITEM
NO.
MATERIAL LI ST
I~CORPORATfO
ASSY. DISC CONTROL PWB. - 2.
MODEL
Disc.
DATE
...
DESCRIPTION
PA.RT NO.
REQD
C§I'
76
77
1
e9.
f3~
>
78
79
80
~
0
a:
a.
0.
<
........
.033uf 101004- 333
Caoaci tor.
t:=
3/28/74
SHEET
~ OF _1_
NEXT ASSEMBl Y/USED ON
U12.
w'
,...~.
301018- 008
REMARKS
1
~
t"
REV.
ACT.
USE MATERIAL LIST 301018-000
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOHHlG:75 IC.
74192 101019
M
PART NUMBER
REV. REV.
r-i
C
D120
P
,
81
82
83 Res;stor t 5%. ~H.
84 Resistor t " "
85 Resistor t "
"
II
86 Resistor!l "
87
2K
110K
110K
39K
-101156-202
II'
II
II
-114
-114
-393
1
1
1
1
R2.
R29.
R36.
R38.
88
89
90 Hire, ,Jumper.
3006i~8
"/R
Jumrer
JUMper
Jumner
JUMper
JUMPer
..
...
8,-101
fORM 209 (R.12/74)
J2
J3
J6
J7
J8
from
from
from
from
from
G to
J to
p, to
D to
H to
H.
L
B..
E.
V.
2400RP~1.
'>W
l\
u:
0:
.
~WANGCO
.
m
1
TITLE
w' 0
t:\1
-::;
0
=>
I
Z
G)
t-
O
r-i
a:
r-i
Q.
0
c(
1--
--
a~~J'
I"
\'"
'1<-";:"
)
f~~1
;> to
~-
~-
D12(J
MATERIAL LI ST
INCOAPO~ATEO
ASSY. DISC CONTROL PWB. - 2.
ITEM
NO.
('Y)
~f"~
~
!
~
\.UlJll:
INDEX ONLY. TYPE "0" INTERFACE. TOP LOAD.
OESCRIPTION
Dts.c ..
MOOEL
PART NO.
REao
DATE _
PART NUMBER
REV.
301018- 009
D
3/28/74
ACT.
. REV. REV,
SHEET...!... OF
_1_
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBL Y/USED ON
USE t1'o,TERIAL LIST ·301018-000
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:-
F
"
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
·IC.
74192
Capacitor.
Capacitor.
Capacitor.
101019
.• 03-3Lif 101004-333
.0022uf 100165-222
•0022uf 100165-222
Resistor, 5%,
84 Resistor. "
85 Resistor.
86 Resistor.
87
83
~H.
II
II
II
II
II
2K
110K
1IOK
39K
101156-202
101156-114
101156-114
101156-393
1
U12.
1
1
1
e9.
C39.
C40 •
1
R2.
R29.
R36.
R38.
1
1
1
--
..
88
89
90 Hire, Jumper
300648
A/R
Jumper
Jumper
Jum'per
·JuP.1per
Jum·per
..
. .
..
..
.
-
..
J2 from F to H.
J3 " J to K•.
J6
A to B.
J7
n to E. J8
" H to V..
II
II
.
..
"
3J
--I
-J
8-102
FORM 209 tH.12/74)
-j
,,",VUI::
1500RPr1. 'INDEX ONLY. TYPE"D" INTERFACE. TOP LOAD.
I
'>
w
a::
~
0:
w
0
......
co
~
.::>
~\JWANGCO
..
.~
TiTLE
'MATEIRIAL LI ST
INCOAPOAATfO
ASSY. DISC CONTROL PWB.
- 2.
MODEL
Disc •.
0
I
C)
z
~
....a::
C:1
012')
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
f·ART NO.
IREOOI
~E'v,1 ~~~:
......
DATE
PART NUMBER
REV.
301018-010
D
3/28/74
I
1
1
SHEET_OF __
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
c:
<
CI.
M
~ND
USE t1ATERIAL LIST 301018-000
ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:-
F
~
t
~~
Cl~
~
~l:9
>
0
a::
0..
0..
~
--
75 IC.
76
77 Caoacitor.
78 Capacitor.
79 Capacitor.
80
81
74193
.. 033uf
•0022uf
•0022uf
10Jl020
1
U12.
101004-333
100165-222
100165-222
1
1
1
C9.
C39 .
C40 •
82
83 Resistor,
84
5%,~H.
2K
101156-202
1
R2 •.
5~~, ~~/.
39K
101156-393
1
R38.
85
86 Resistor,
87
88
I
89
90 \'lire, Jumper.
30064.
A/R
JUITlPer J2 from F to H.
JUMper J3
J to K.
Jumper·J6
A to B.
Jumper J7
o to E.
·11
H toV.
Jumper J8
,
II
II
II
•
8-103
FORM 209 (R.12174)
-
24 o0RPf'1. SECTOR CONFIGURATION. TYPE "0" INTERFACE. TOP LOAD. 40 usec SECTOR PULSE.
->
w
a:
llJ
a:
~'WANGCO
'~.
r-f
r-f
W
a:l
TITLE
MATERIAL LI ST
INCORPORATED
ASSY. DISC CONTROL PWB. - 2.
MODEL
200TPI
'
DATE
,
PART NUMBER
REV.
301013- 011
E
_5/18(14
SHEET
0
~'
I
=>
z co
r-I
....
a: 0
r-t
c(
A.
0
M
ITEM
NO.
-
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
'
REOD
-1- OF _1_
REMARKS
REV.
NEXT ASSEM{3LY/USED ON
USE MATERIAL LIST 301018-000
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:-
0:-
ACT.
,
REV.
0120
..
F
.
"-'"")
wr'l'I-
"'j.-
c( '''''
o ~~
~-
~lB
>
0
a:
0..
Q...
«
""'--
75 IC.
76
77 Capacitor.
78 Capacitor. 5%
79 Capacitor. 5%
74192
.033uf
.015uf
.015uf
101019
1
U12.
101004-333
102793-153
- -153
1
1
1
C9.
C39.
C40.
80
81
82
--
83 Resistor, 5~~ • !.lH.
84 Resistor.
85 Resistor.
86 Resistor.
87
88
89
90 Wire, Jum'per
II
II
II
II
II
II
. 2K
110K
l10K
39K
101156-202 1
101156-114 1
101156-114 1
101156-393 ' 1
300648,
R2.
R29.
R36.
A/R
.
'
,
.
,
'
,
..
,
-
R38.
Jumper
,JuMper
Jumper
JUMper
JUMper
.
J2 from G to H.
,J3
J to L.
J6
A to B.
II
J7,
o to E.
J8 " H to V.
II
II
'
,
,
,
'
,
'
'
.
8-104
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
~
2400RPr1. SECTOR CONFIGURATION. TYPE P-3000TINTERFACE. TOP LOAD.
I,tcr.~ l\
a:
N
co
0
w
~
-uJWANGCO
=>
Z
TITLE
I
Q.
ASSY. DISC CONTROL PWB. - 2.
ITEM
NO •
G)
.-i
a: O....
c(
-
INCOAPOAATEO
....-f
t-
MATERIAL LI ST
200TP.I
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
REOO
'DATE
75 IC.
76
77 Capacitor.
78 Capacitor.
79 Capacitor.
c(~
0\
~
~~
>
c:
c..
0
c..
c(
74192
1
U12.
.033uf
.Q047uf
.OO47uf
101004-333
-472
.-472
1
1
1
C9.
C39.
C40.
,2K,
101156-202
101156-114
101156-114
101156-393
1
1
1
R2.
R29.
R36.
R38.
III "
'
'II "
£/
SHEET
-..
-.!... OF -1..
!=
101019
",
301018- 012
NEXT ASSEMOL Y/US(O ON
USE MATERIAL LIST 3,01018-000
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:-
~I
REV.
REMARKS
<::)
~
wt"-.:
PART NtJr.1BEA
-7/9/7"4
"
ACT.
HEV. REV.
~
M
~O·
80
""--'
81
82
Resistor. 5%.
84 Res is tor .
85 Resistor. II
86 Resistor. II
87
88
83
II
~H.
110K
110K
39K
1/
II
II
1
89
90
.
Hire. Jumper
,A/R
300648
,
~
Jumper
,JuMper
JUMper
JUr:1per
Jumper
.. - .
,
J2 from G to H.
J3
J to ~ .
J6
A to B.
J7
o to E.
J8
Hto V.
II
II
II
II
.
"
..
"
'
'
"
"
,
.
..
'
..
"
'
..
.
8-105
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
.
2t1rOO RPt,1. SECTOR CONFIGURATION TYPE ItOIt IHTERFACE. FRONT LOAD. 40us Sector Pulse. OL!O
>,
WI
0:
Q
1
~WANGCO
,-
•
I
I
0:1 M
W'
TITLE
.-I
Cl
a
z
I
C.)
.--1
::
;:)
o
t-
0:
INCORPORATEO
ASSY. DISC CONTROL PWB. - 2.
ITEM
NO .
DESCRIPTION
200TPI
MODEL
PART NO.
DATE
ACT.
REaD REV. REV.
USE MATERIAL LIST 301018-000
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:-
(V")
n:::;
t'-...
>
0
c::
0-
75 IC.
76
77 Capacitor.
78 Capacitor ,
79 Capaci tor 1
«
80
w'
'\i--
c( ....,
a \'~
1--
ol'J~
w
"-
0-
......
74192
.022uf
.015uf
.015uf
REV.
301018- 013
0
SHEET
--
-1- OF _1_
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBL Y/USED ON
F
101019
1
U12.
101004-223
,-153
-153
1
1
1
C9.
C39.
C40.
81
82
...
Resistor, 5~~ ,
84 Resistor. It
8-J Res; stor. It
86 Resistor. II
87
88
89
90 Hire, JUMper
83
~H.
II
II
II
5.1K
l10K
110K
75K
101156-512
101156-114
101156-114
101156-753
300648
1
1
1
1
R2.
R29.
R36.
R38.
A/R
.
. -
.
.
PART NUMBER
10/28/74
r-I
<:)
«
a..
I-
MATERIAL LI ST
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
JUJ1lper
J2 from G to H.
,,1 to L.
J3
/I
J6
A to D.
J7
B to C.
1/
J8
H to V.
II
II
-
,
;
A
-8-106
fORM 209 (A.12/74)
_
C
~<-..",
1500RPH. INDEX ONLY. TYPE f·C" IHTERFACE. TOP LOAD.
~~ \J \1\J ::P:A:::O
a:
w
o:::t
:E
0
:J
Z
I-
a:
0(
0.
I
C'1
.-1
0
.-1
ITEM
M
.l\~m
~
I,Ur-.....::
<~,
0"',
,~
)td
"
~: ::l
i,,1
>
a ....
~
0-
c:(
'--
2.
Di~c.
MODEL
I
~;;:().
:
DATE
1/22 ~
SHEE'·
,
lREQ~r;;~l~~rr
-,
(
REMARKS
2- OF _1_
....
-
:
..
A
NEXT \SSEMBL Y/L SED ON
USE r~Al ERIAL LIST 301018-000
ADD/DELETE THE FOLLo\H NG: -
~
I
"err
-
~~
I
I
,-
75
76
77
I. C.
--
74193
Capacitor.
.03311f
,_.',.
78
79
80
,,--
, U12.
- ...... .
: 1
ICg.
,
•
!
-
-
~
;
~
.--' ~,,~.) ; 1
~.
-
•
-~.
R2.
J
...
-
~
_ -
4
.-~--~-~-
Resistor.
••
5~b, ~H.
1011 :i(;-~~93
39K
-"---,
--,R38.
: 1
---,--.,~,,---~-
87
88
89
90
..
..
~
84
85
86
-
"-~-
I----
lOlP;:r
:)u
2K
I
~
,-, ,'
~H.
I
. - . ...-.--.~~
Resistor. 5%,
iI
-_. ' : -
1CH~O ~,· ~33
~
83
j
101020
1
-,-,,-~,;
81
82
I
...
,---~--
0
it;
--
1----
C
nEV.
301013-014
DESCRIPTION
NO .
P ~RT NUMBEf:
MATERIAL LI ST
ASSY. DSIC CONTROL PWB.
TITLE
......
a:)
D120....
..
~
~
~- ..
-
-----..,:,•
·;
~
.-1--'
\~i re ~
Jumper
~
30)(;4h
---
~
1-
A/R
'~=-It--
1
~
~-----
-
~
-,
....
1
"
:--
·
~
.
JUPlper
! J lJr:'lper
:Jurnl1er
IJurrmcr
JurlDcr
J2 from F to H.
J3
J to K.
l\ to fL
J6 "
0 to E.
1..17 "
l18 "
H to '1.
II
-
-
. _.
!
..
--
,-
........
13-107
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
J.OUUKt"M.
->w
,
\'...... ..
a::
~
--mWANGCO
\ .
.
-
!,.',
a:
w
en
:>tl.l UK l,U;U' 1{;.
"
,"COIl/'OIllATEO
TITLE
uSee SECTOR PULSE.
4U
ASSY. DISC
~
I
ITEM
NO .
-,0
z
...... -4
RE.V .
,--i
.,.J'''''
--"
CO;~TROL P~/B
.
-
2
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
REaD
PART NO.
liT
200TPI
::~
I-
PART NUMBER
301018-015
.-~
~
U12U
."
MATERIAL LI ST
.
"'.....,LI. ,
TOP LOAD., 0-40.
II
..
ACT.
REV,
REV,
DATE
3/26/75
SHEET..L OF...L
REMARKS
'-:- '
a:
.....
.-1
oct
NEXT ASSEMBL Y/USED ON
C)
0..
USE HATERlf,L LIST
A:m ADD/DELETE THE FOlLO~1I ;IG:-
(""
R'...........
301018-000
F
401524-008
\ .........,i
~
oe{ ... :~~
__
7S
o (iJ~
76
W
r .'.
~
1---
77
~
0
w
> l ......'"
}d
80:
~J
79
80
0
oe{-,
1. C.
~,'
t..w.,
74193
Capacitor.
Cap acit o}~ _, 5%
Capac; tcr , 5%
.033uf
.015uf
.015uf
101020
1
U12.
1
101004-333
102793-153
-153
1
C9.
C39.
C40.
-
II
1
31
.l')
0L
03
q
Resistor,
5%,~W.
2K
101156-202
1
R2.
Resistor,
5~; ,}4~·J •
39K
101156-393
1
R38.
04
.
ciS
I
.r
00
.
I
-
87
83
89
90
~.J
ire, Jumper.
300648
A/R
I
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
J2 from G to H.
.. J to L.
J3
J6
A to B.
..
J7
0 to E.
J8
~~ to v.
II
I
II
$
.'
-)
<
..-
-
~.-.
8-'108
-.~.~
....-
-'l-~
'.----
..........
-'
2400RPM.,' 50 SECTOR
:;;
Cf:)
w
c:
~WANGCO
"
~
cr:
w
.-t
::!
0
.:::l
I
r z
CO
I~
.-t
ITEM
'
'M A T ,f'IR I A L
INCOA~OAATID
543.
"
1tJTE~F.'\'CE. Tnp Lf'f\D..
M
~ND
t~~
la~
!~;
~
I~ r
t'--
I (
:...--
75
-
PART NUMBFH
LI ST
ASSY. DISC CONTROL PWB. - 2.
200TPI
MODEL
F'ART NO.
IREOOI
flEV.1 ~~~:
DATE
USE HATERIAL LIST
ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:-
IC.
74192
4/22/75
I
HEV.
6-
SHEET....!.- OF
REMARKS
.-t
0
iJ 1;.\)
~1.Ql21&:Q}"L_.
DESCRIPTION
NO.
.
0
t:-r;:'
i~
\
TITLE
'-0
c:l
CONFIGUP.ATIO~I.
=
-l..
~~
NEXT ASSE.MBL Y/USED ON
30l018-000
"~
F
402450-003
101019
1
U12.
, D33uf
.OO22uf
.OO22uf
101004-333
101004-222
101004-222
1
C9.
C39.
C40.
2K
24K
101156-202
101156-243
101156-243
.
101156-393
~
76
-7773
Caoacitor.
Capacitor.
79 Capacitor.
80
81
82
83 Resistor, 5%,
8
Z
.-f
c-,
t-
.-f
c(
0
a:
ITEM
NO.
C"0
~
~
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
..
DATE
PART NUMBER
REV.
301018-017
g-
7/31/75
1
1
SHEET_OF_
ACT.
REV. REV.
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
F
.
.
r-.,
...!.
ac( '\'\
\
r....
~:
.0
REaD
USE MATERIAL LIST 301018-000
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:-
\ ........\
W
Series IF'
MODEL
CODE
0120
I
co
::>
!-
FRONT LOAD.
:
)w' t,.
l> ....
~ g~ ~:~
l~~
75 IC ..
76
77 Capacitor.
78 Capacitor.5%
79 Capacitor.
80
81
74193
101020-001
1
U12.
.015uf
.015uf
.015uf
101004-153
102793-153
-153
1
1
1
C9.
C39.
C40.
~W.
2K
101156-202
1
R2.
~W.
39K
101156-393
1
R38.
II
82
83 Resistor, 5%,
84
85
86 Resistor, 5%,
87
..
88
89
90 Hire, Jumper
300648-001 A/R
8-110
FOFIM 209 (R.12/74)
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
J2
J"3
J6
J7
J8
G to
J to
A to
D to
H to
H
L.
B
E
V.
Add.
Add.
Add.
Add.
Add.
1500Rpr~.
SECTOR CONFIGURATION. TYPE "0" INTERFACE. FRONT LOAD.
USE WITH OIFFERENTIATOR PWB. (P/N 300921)
'>
w
a: \)
UI
~
.....
0
.....
,
z
r-I
a:
w
:l
co
o
a: .....
a
<
At-
-uJWANGCD
MATERIAL
LI ST
INCORPORATED
TITLE
ITEM
NO.
ASSY. DISC CONTROL PWB. - 2.
. DESCRIPTION
MODEL
PART NO •
Series 'F'
REaD
PART NUMBER
REV.
301018-101
C
11/22/i4
ACT.
REV. REV.
SHEET
~ OF _1_
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBL Y/USED ON
F'
USE HATERIAL LIST 301018-000
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:-
M
DATE
CODE
0120
~~
w.
~~
Q l
~
olf-'
w J
>
0
f
~
......--
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
IC.
74193
Capacitor.
Capacitor.
Capacitor.
• 015uf
.OO22uf
.OO22uf
101020
1
U12.
101004-153
100165-222
100Jl65-222
1
1
1
C9 •
C39.
C40.
~
Resistor, 5%,
~W.
2K
101156-202
1
R2.
Resistor, 5%,
~W.
39K
101156-393
1
R38.
88
89
90 \'lire, Jumper.
A/R
30064~
Jumper
JUMper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
8-111
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
J2 from G to H.
J3 II J to L.
J6
A to B.
J7
o to E.
WtoV.
J8 ,
It
It
·:It
.
~
~J
a:
N
w
0
co
~
::>
"'U)WANGCD
.:.
; -
TITLE
I
co
r-{
t-
INCOAPOAATlD
ASSY. DISC CONTROL PWB. - 2.
ITEM
NO:
DESCRIPTION
r-i
a.
M
411(
0
t-
::?
\
a
.~¥
411( '~
f-3~
~t~
>
l
PART NO.
Ser1es·~F'
REao
DATE
PART NUMBER
REV.
301018- 102
C
.11/21/74-
ACT.
REV. REV.
...!-. OF .J..
NEXT ASSEMBL Y/USED ON
--:
..
75 IC.
76
77 Capacitor.
78 Capacitor.
79 Capacitor.
80
81
SH E ET
REMARKS
F
USE MATERIAL LIST 301018-000
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:-
~.-
\
MODEL
O
a:
0120
MATERIAL LI ST
.-I
Z
wt
'CooE
2400RPM. SECTOR CONFIGURATION. TYPE "0" INTERFACE.
FRONT LOAD. USE WITH DIFFERENTIATOR PWB. (PIN 300921)
,",
74192
.015uf
.OO22uf
.0022uf
101019
1
U12.
101004-153
100165;.;222
100165-222
1
1
C9.
C39.
C40.
1
-,
...
82
Res is tor,
Resistor.
85 Resistor.
86 Resistor.
87
83
84
5~~ , ~U.
II
II
II
II
II
II
2K '.
110K
110K
39K
101156-202
101156-114
101156-114
101156-393-; .
1
1
1
1
R2.
R29.
R36.
R38.
88
89
90 Wi re, Jum'per
300648
A/R
Ju~per
JUMper
Jumper
Jumper
. Jumper
J2 from G to H.
J3
J to L.
J6
A to B.
J7
o to E.
J8 " \~ to V.
II
II
II
..
j
'
...
,
'-
..
8-112
-I=I"lRU '){"\O IR 1.,'7"'1
....
I. :;w CJ
JCT.
a:
w
co
:i!
::>
...z
CT.
«(
A-
L(")
C"l
2400RPH. SECTOR CONFIGURATION. TYPE "C" INTERFACE.
FRONt LOAD. USE HITH DIFFERENTIATOR P~B. ( PIN 30nQ21)
-mWANGCa
;
~
TITLE
CODE
D12n
PART NUMBER
MATERIAL LI ST
3fl1018-105
INCORPORATED
ASSY. DISC CONTROL PWB. - 2.
MODEL
Series IF'
DATE
11/22/74
...
D
REV.
SHEET...!.. Of
2
r-l
I
co
r-t
0
ITE~
DESCR IPTION
NO.
PART NO.
REaD
ACT.
REV. REV.
REMARKS
r-I
a
M
t'--
~
~~
cc~
0,
~
o~
LIJ
>
a:
a.
0
a.
a:
,J
a:
w
r......
:!
.-1
UJ
"
z
I
CD
.. -I
I-
a:
ci
A.
c-'
PART NUMBER
MATERIAL LI ST
ASSY. DSIC CONTROL PWB. - 2.
ITEM
NO,
DESCRIPTION
Series F'
I
MODEL
PART NO.
REaD
DATE
USE MATERIAL LIST
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWIHG:-
11/22/74
ACT.
REV. REV.
C
SHEET
2- OF_l_
REMARKS
.. - f
(:J
C'J
REV.
301013-107
INCORPORATED
TITLE
(:::>
ro
:J
~WANGCO
l;UUt:
D120
NEXT ASSEMBL Y/lJSED ON
301018-000
F
rh
1.11,
{:'-:.
a~~.
l
~
8'{tJ
>
0
ex:
~
c.
--ci
75 I. C.
76
77 Capacitor.
78
79
74193
101020
1
U12.
.015uf
101004-153
1
C9.
,
80
81
82
83 Resistor.
84
85
86
5~~, ~H.
Resistor. 5%,
~\L
2K
101156-202
1
R2.
39K
101156-393
1
R38.
300648
AIR
Jumner
Jumper
Jumr>er
Jumper
Jumper
87
88
89
90 Hire, Jumper
.
J2 from G to H.
J to L.
J3 "
A to B.
J6
o to E.
J7
J8 " H to V.
II
II
..
..
,
8-114
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
2
"EVISIONS
II(Y.
XI
.--
I.
EXTRACTOR
TYP 2 PLS
E
[ED 0
[ill
F
~ ~ ..--~ ----I ~~--
~=~~~~~J~~~
-U
2-
H
0
U7
I~ -~u-a
~
mIl
~ ~
I
~
~
Ul3
~
UI"
,FDt
I
IQ ~
R£L
J/, .
•.
I
2-;'
("<. ,/ ..
C
CR 0
' . ....>tF
REL
... ~. \. 1J4NVi!:
f'.A/tJ.---··---
D
~9'5S
CR/O 7254
C
..; £./c ;'·43
~
u ..
~
~
I
~
uta
~6A
US
IU6S1
•
.2 PL ACE S.
rrnrillJ
Vi I
i~
t
D!1J
UIJ
Ui9
PILOT
mIG
~
~
J
em oqo
~
-I
EXPERIMENTAL
.,
ASSY 301025
-U
I
A
DeSCRIPTION
~
UIS
~
Ul6
un
]
~
UI!
~
I
~
u20
I
U21
Eh
I
U.22
~
~~U28
~
Ig~
1+
I
~
U2j
U24
[ID
~
~
U25
ODD
.
L
0
UJ I
~
~
U26
V27
mIl
,~ ~
rn2J
mIJ
UJ2
rnI1
mIl
[ID!J
U29
)~
000
B C
&mJ
A
~
U30
m:IQl
...
ITD
....
P4
A
----
HO"f'Ii",WANGCO
....., INC.
\
",'0fIMo\'1OIII 01
\
ANDMA" NOT.I~ 'M-IO\.t 0It .....utT •
• OI.J.~UCATlOC)lll oISCL~OOfll
unO'OI' IIANUfACTl,.IfIIIl 01 ..,..'" flAR'
..."......_tON
OtICt..OA-O HI"£ IN WtTMOUT TNt MtOft
Of
..-..oco..:.
\
o
2.
PART NO. 30102S-)(XX ASSY
Ul
L TOLEIlAHCU
,xxi
AHOl./UUt
JCXXi
COMPONENTS IN DASH LINE ARE NOT USE O.
Wangco Incorporated
Z
I. PEAl( AlL IMAM
IDGES N'PROlC. .010
~
AlL DIMS IN INCHIL
MARK APPROPRIATE DASH NO. (OR No.S) (LATEST REVISION
LETTER IN DOUBLE BLOCK (AT TOP).12HIGH CHARACTERS.
COLOR WHITE PER WANGCO SPEC 100037. MARK DATE IN
SINGLE BLOCK (ON RIGHT OF BO).
FliT
~
NOTES:UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
8
ASSEMBLY
SERVO LOGIC-3
I. MAQf. IU .. FACD
FOR SCHEMATIC REF SEE 301026.
7
6
5
4
3
100 TPI
E
300000
30000 I
UT
2
8-115
1
3 OF" :3
->
IIJ
III:
.
llJ ""\lJWANGCO
'.
INCORPORATED
;0
I
z
u
Z
~
4!
III:
Q
0
0
0
I
LO
DRAWING
TITLE
MATERIAL
ASSY. PWB. SERVO LOGIC -3
ITEM
NO.
DRAWING
TITLE
ML
LI ST
MODEL NO.
F&T
100TPI
OWG. NO.
DATE
NO. REO.
DR A WIN G NO.
REV.
301025-000
~ .~
4/5/74
REMARKS ON
SHEET
L
OFL
CKT. DESIG.
N
0
......
0
C"")
....J
~
3101024 -001
1
Rev'£ '
9602
7400
7402
100234 -001
100328 -001
100329 -001
2
3
3
UI . U20
U7,U8,U32.
U5,19,31.
7408
7474
100332 -001
8
IC.
IC.
100339-001
1
8
U13.
U2,14,23,24,25,26,27,28,
9
IC.
7486
100341-001
2
U10.11.
10
11
12
IC.
IC.
IC.
7411
7432
7483
101009 -001
lC)1012 -001
101013 -001
1
1
2
U29.
U30.
U16,22.
13
IC.
9324
101018-001
2
U17,18.
14
IC.
74193
1C)1020-001
2
U15,21.
15
IC.
IC.
IC.
1
2
1406
101026-001
101031-001
101088-001
U6B.
16
1458
75452
1
U6A.9.
U4.
82pf
100243-820
1
C25
33pf
100243-330
1
C5.
18.Qpf
.0047~f
-181
101004-472
1
2
C2.
C3,4.
.01uf
101042-103
18
luf
101003-105
1
C8.
15uf
101002-156
1
C1.
101156-151
1
-102
6
RIO.
R3,4,5,8.R13,R14
-202
B-117
1
R12.
1
2
3
Board. Processed
4
5
6
IC.
IC.
IC.
7
17
18
19
24
CAP Disc
Cap,' Disc
Cap. Disc
Cap. - Polyester
Cap, Disc 100v.
25
Cap.
20
21
22
23
26
27
28
29
Tant. . "35V
Cap. Tantalum 20v.
~
Resistor. 5%.!4W.
30
Resistor.
31
Resistor.
. "
. "
150
lK _
2K
C6,7,9 . 10 . 11 . 12.13.14 . 15.
C16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24.
>'~lJ
~
.
0
z
c
-•z
~
III:
Q
(:::>
(:::>
(:::>
L},
"\})WANGCO
.
MATERI AL
INCORPORATED
~
ASSY. PWB. SERVO LOGIC - 3
DRAWING
TITLE
ITEM
NO.
DRAWING
TITLE
F
MODEL NO.
. DWG. NO.
DRAWING
ML
LI ST
&T
100 TPI
DATE
REV.
NO.
€
301025-000
4/5/74
SHEET _
2
oFL
REMARKS ON CKT. DESIG.
NO. REO.
C;\.j
c::>
.......
c:::>
c:",,)
_J
~
32
Resistor. 1%.!.4V1.
2.32K
100155-324
1
R9.
33
34
Resistor. II
Resistor. 5%.J..iw.
II
Resistor.
4.64K
5.1K
-353
101156-512
1
20K
-203
R11.
R1 ,:'L • R15
R6,R7.
35
II
II
·2
2
I
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
..
Pin, Wire Wrap
100360-001
10
Extractor, Card
100354-001
2
Printed Master.
301023-001
,0- .
Schematic
301026-001
0
..
P..B .. C9U.E~F~G~H.J.1(
,.
44
45
46
47
/~
-
~
- -
Test Procedure
Rework Instruction
;- 0
301696-001
B-118
0
,.(?EV ' 'tJ
/I
SK DLY O/S
>
au
QC
\u
.
;
0
Z
.-I
C
0
0
-Z
Ln
N
•
.",
GC
~LJ
.
0
z
C"~
"-
ur>
Z
~
oC
ct:
Q
0
0
I
('~
LI ST
U]WANGCO MATERIAL
",
INCORPORATED
F&T
ASSY. SERVO LOGIC - 3
DRAWING
ILL ADD?204 TOP_ L9AP
MODEL NO. 100TPI
TITLE
~-
ITEM
NO.
DRAWING TITLE
c::>
......
c::>
OWG.
NO.
62
70
Resistor, 5% ~w
Wire, Jumper.
7.SK
ML
1
4'
R2
Jumper
/I
~
B to C
E to G
D to F
H to J
.
I
I
8-120
REV.
E
1
OF_
REMARKS ON CKT. DESIG.
Rev \' D
101156-752
300648-001
DR AWIN G NO.
301025-002
DATE4/19/74 SHEET ~
NO. REO.
USE MATERIAL LIST 301025-000
AND ADD THE FOLLOWING:-
C'r)
_I
::!~
= 400 n sec
SK DLY 0/5
:>
w
II:
c(b
= 1.0
usee
'"U]WANGCa
0120
MATE~tIAL
PART NUMBER
LIS ,.
a:
w
CD
M
0
0
~
z
~
0
LO
C\J
ct..
.......
C
ITEM
NO.
0
'-l)
MODEL
PI'RT NO.
...
F 100 TPI
REOO
DATE
12/20/76
ACT.
REV. REV.
SHEET
1- OF 1-
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
301025-000
62
USE MATERIAL LIST
AND ADD THE FOLLOWING:Resistor, 5% ~W
20K
101156-203
1.
R2
70
Wire Jumper
300648-001
4
Jumper
0
M
~-
DESCRIPTION
15
301025-003
INCORPORATEO
ASSY.,PWB.SERVO LOGIC-3
ILL ADD <: 203
TITLE
REV.
E
~'t-
~i
~
~4
~~
~~
US
8-121
.FORM 209 CA.12174t
A to
D to
E to
H to
B
G
F
K
SK DL Y O/S
'>
w
a: ~
a:
w
CD
Z
~
0
0
t-
I
LO
a:
J N ,_:, TT t: R .: 2 HiS "i
wHIT: CHP.~~.:': T E~S PER I'i~NGCO S?~C ,00037.
S/~
[2J~\..)~!?Oi\E~~TS ::.~-/\":.~ l~~ ?~ANiO~'
-A;iE ~l'" JS:::,'
,,1:-='>
C,\j~·{).
1_I"-:E5
GJ':O~-:PL"i~NTC. C;,';Q'NN I'J O:,c..-i '-IrES A==IE
VAR'''E'I_E C(;:lP':)'lEtHS SEE M!L.
1,1~!l.E5o:,
_ _ ... _ _ _ _
'::itERWIS::
c:.PE,:lfiE[):
.. _ _ _ _ •• _ _ _ _ --. _ _ ... h-;"
,
~,.
"i
5
4
0/20
.-.-
rc.
U2.3.7.
100328-001
........
.....
1
U26.
100329-001
......
1
U9.
7404
100330-001
3
U4.15.24.
7408
100332-001
5
U6.8.12.13.20.
7474
7411
100339-001
101009-001
f::
US.I0.11.14.18.
U19.
7400
~,.,..
7402
....".",..*''''~
- 7 IC.
-,+------_._- IC.---- - IC.Ie.
'-6
3
~.
8
9
-.
..I
1
U21.25.
2
7432
101012-001
rc.
10
. . . . --+-----------~-------~------~----+--------------I
U17.23.
2
9322
IC.
101017 -001
11
- 101020-001 2 U16.22.
..
13
~----.+-------~---------.-------~--,--------~----~------------------------~
14
..----.---...f..----el7.
1
15
Capacitor.
5l0pf
100243-511
~-~-------------------------,~
12
74193
IC.
~-
..--
;':'11
t-'-I>---.~---
=capaCi~~:=~
-16
~
t=i
20
iiOPf
I
-..-
.=
~MQ.JIIMC'I"""
..
___..Jof';_~
'··1 - u=rN=·I:---.j~'--·'"
C-1.15.
luf I 101003-105! 2
•• ' _•••
Capacitor. Tant. 35v.
Caoacitcr. II ·15v.
l-'--+--~
23
C16.20. .
Capccitor------~·.u~:;l~;"Wd-2--1-0 3-+--1-0--J--C-6:7.8.;TlO.1-1-.1-2-.-1-3-.1-4-.-1-9....--t
. . . . -_ _ _ _. . . -_ _.~(... ue
21
22
-l
2
C3.
I
V~~~---2_7_1~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
~~cit~_
18
9
I ==-----:ls. . ~-- _ ,\,..
~
-
______
...,j_
...'*-,_--(~,~----.r~ ...._.~__•_ _ _,...._ _ _ _ _ _.....
iELSLO'.\ol...L..-~''i'~_It
20uf
_ _. . . . . . _
Capacitor',
II
6v. 56uf
~-.-;
.q~."lIU..""----"'~".'--'
a;~
........
......
Imc;~2_~~,7--J"""_-~--C-5-.--......- _r_
-P101001-566
...
.
.
.
.
,---------------·-.
.
.
-------1
Cl.
1
---~--
~:,--"~_-+-,_ _ _.",, .-~~..-.~.,~......-. ........~------.1
:~
,
_.
QI-1 \,;'T\
lli~ I~CORPORATEO
~ ..~QW''''~
~
"Iwsn
-'V.!ANGCO
j
LJ/ZO
.--.......
..
!;
·2
• ORAWlt~G
g L ,T.tTLE-=Y
__ A_S" SY.
cmnROL INTERFACE. PHB_.
,.~ ..enn! m~-----=~~~
! 8 r 33-' - -- -8
NO
1..
1'1 TL E
:J RAW 1 N G
....
~
,~
,,")
y. .... ~
,
r
: t:~:;!
!a:"".;~lt'fS1iW
36
37
........
38
-
I
Pin, Wire Wrap_
-
{to
~--
Extractor, Card.
H3
-,
100360 ··001
100.354-001
-
Art'rJork, r.1aster.
---
41
42
. . . . 1II!'II"If
.t
D ATE
*
301035-000
"
41:.1111-
SHEET
Rev. ;
NO.
L
,J
-
~
OF ....::::-..~
NO.
REc·l
-
R EM A R r.
s
ON
C K T.
D ES I G._
--
,;1
43
- p.----
..
39
I
DWG. NO.
-
-
t
[34
..
35
~ ~,'~:HUJ
:!'I'...
_200TP_I_
.
ITEM
:.::::J
MOiJ r-:L NO.
DRAWING
ML
-
LI ST
MATERIAL
new
Ref.
301029
Schema tic
-.
Ref.
301027
--
-
2
44
.
45
-..
II1II _ _ _
--
; e - - -,'
.-
-
-
.............
--.~
~
...-----.-.-....
-
Dt._
..
-
_.
-
~
0 .......
II
_I
-
-
=.-
.
I
1---.
--
...
...
r' ,,'
8-126
-
-
IZJI!L.... JI:....r~
.......--...-.. .. .......---.-....
~
..... -.. .X«r.ll.l~_'ft'I_MD
1: . . . . 4
....
-
-----
;>
w
a::
C10
a::
.-l
""\lJ
INTERFACE 0-30.
WANGCO
CODE
MULTIPLEX LINES.
D120
MATER: I AL LI ST
INCORPORATEO
PART NUMBER
REV.
301035-001
8
•
w
c)
aJ
TiTLE
ASSY. CONTROL INTERFACE PWB.
DATE
4/23/75
SHEET
-L OF_1_
0
~
I
LO
=>
Z
ITEM
e) NO.
M
t-
a::
c(
r-i
A.
('I")
0
DESCRIPTION
PART
NO.
USE MATERIAL LIST 301035-000
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:-
~-
~
w~
t«
c(
200TPI
MODEL
~
o~
46 Capacitor.
47 Capacitor.
.0068u.f 100165-682
820pf 100:~43-821
~
c~
w
>
0
a::
A.
49
Hire, Jumper.
300648
A.
c(
--.
8-127
FORM 209 (R.12174)
REaD
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
B
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
..
1
1
AIR
C2. Add.
C18. Add.
Jumper
Jumper
Jumoer
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumoer
Jumoer
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jl A to B
J2 HH to YY
J3 G to J
J4· GG to HH
J5 L to M
J6 KK to t-1t~
J7 PP to SS
J8 DO to EE
J9 BB to Y
JI0 AA to X
Jll T to U
J12 P to R
J13 UU to VV
Add
Add
Add
Add
Pldd
Acid
A.de!
Add
/\dd
Add
Add
Add
Add
0-40 Interface. Disc Select Inverted.
->w
m
a:
a:
w
N
:t
:J
Z
I
LD
M
t-
...-I
<
a.
M
c
co
0
a:
o
WWANGCO
CODE
Multiplex Lines
DILU
MATERIAL LI ST
INCORPORATED
TITLE
ITEM
NO.
ASSY. CONTROL INTERFACE PWB.
DESCRIPTION
200TPI
MODEL
PART NO.
REaD
C"
USE MATERIAL LIST
Arm ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOHING:-
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
B
301035-000
DATE
PART NUMBER
REV.
301035-002
B
4L23/75
SHEET..L OF-L
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
...
~'\.,
r-....
~'
~ ."il
< ,\
a~....
--
49
Hire, Jumper.
300648
AIR
o~~•
w
>
0
a:
a.
a.
<
----
-
8-128
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
Jumper J1 A to B
Jum~er J2 H\~ to ZZ
Jumper J3 G to J
Jumoer J4 GG to HH
Jumoer J5 L to r·1
Jumper J6 KK to t1M
Jumper J7 RR to SS
Jumper J8 DO to EE
Jumper J9 BB to Y
Jumper JIQL\A to X
Jumper J11 T to U
Jumper J12 N to R
Jumper J13 UU to VV
Add
Add
I\dd
Add
Add
Add
Add
I\dd
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
C-300/200 INTERFACE.
->
w
a::
It)
-WWANGCa
.
.
MULTIPLEX LINES.
~n20
MATEFU AL LI S T
INCOltPOltATlD
PART NUMBER
REV.
301035-003·
B
I
a::
w
M
co
0
0
=>
z
M
~
t-
I
LO
o
a::
II(
.-I
Go.
(V')
TITLE
ITEM
NO.
ASSY. CONTROL INTERFACE
DESCRIPTION
P~IB.
200TPI
MODEL
PART NO.
REaD
0
'"
~~
47
Capacitor.
Capacitor.
49
Hire, Jumper.
46
.OO68uf 100165-632
820pf 100243-821
~
S~
>
0
SHEET..L OF
300648
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
.
~
a-
--li(
-
.
8-129
--
FOAM 209 (A.12174)
I
1
1
A/R
a::
L
REMARKS
..
,.-~
~~
4/23/75
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
B
USE MATERIAL LIST 301035-000
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:-
DATE
C2. Add.
C18. Add.
Jumper
Jumller
Jumoer
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumner
Jumoer
Jumper
Jumper
Jumner
Jumper
Jumper
J1 A to C
J 2 WW to XX
J3 G to H
J4 HH to JJ
J5 L to r~
J6 KK to ~1M
J7 PP to SS
J8 DO to EE
J9 BB to Y
JI0 AA to X
Jll T to U
J12 Not Used.
J13 UU to VV
Add'
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
.... VUI;.
P-3000 INTERFACE.
->
a: p)
w
a:
UJ
III
~
0:::;1-
0
0
I
LO
=>
Z
M
t-
a:
.-t
a...
M
c(
O
DISC SELECT INVERTED.
~WANGCO
,
MULTIPLEX LINES.
MATERIAL LI ST
INCORPORATED
TITLE
A55Y. CONTROL INTERFACE
ITEM
NO.
P~/B.
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
PART NO.
200TPI
REOD
0
USE MATERIAL LIST
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:-
r-,-
PART NUMBER
REV.
301035-004
B
4/23/75
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
13
301035-000
DATE
~n20
SHEET
--L OF _1_
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBL Y/USED ON
i~
~~~
46
o .. t
47
c( ~~
.~
r---
~ Itl
>
a:
0..
0
Capacitor.
Capacitor.
.0068uf 100165-632
820pf 108243-821
49 Hire, Jumper.
. 300648
0..
c(
....-
1
1
A/R
C2. Add.
C18. Add.
Jumper
Jumper
Jumoer
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumner
Jumoer
Jumper
JUMper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jl A to B
J2 AAA to ~M
J3 G to J
J4 HH to JJ
J5 L to M
J6 KK to MM
J7 RR to 55
J8 DO to EE
'J9 BB to Y
JI0 AA. to X
J11 T to U
J12 N to R
J13 UU.to VV
.
.
8-130
fORM 209 (R.12114)
",dd
Add
Add
--
-
Add
Add
Add
Msil
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
0-30 INTERFACE.
->
w
a:
-
~
a:
w
LO
0
C>
CD
~
I
LO
M
z=>
....
a:
«
A.
0
.-t
0
M
-ruWANGCO
-:,
ASSY. CONTROL INTERFACE
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
~
47
Capacitor.
Capacitor.
49
\~; re,
o~
200TPI
MODEL
PART NO.
.OO68uf 100165-682
820pf 100;~43-821
~
>
0
P~/B.
REQD
DATE
REV.
301035-005
A
4/23/75
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
B
PART NUMBER
SHEET
-L OF L
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBL Y/USEO ON
'.
46
w
D120
LI ST
USE MATERIAL LIST 301035-000
AND ADD/DElETE THE FOLLOHING:-
~~
C§~
'MATER~IAL
----
LINES;~
INCORPOIUTlO
TITLE
r-C
~
NO COUNTER, INDIVIDUAL
Jumper.
300648
a:
c..
~
«
---
1
I
AIR
C2. Add.
CIB. Add.
Jumper
Jumper
Jumoer
Jumoer
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumoer
Jumper
Junper
Jumner
Jumper
Jumper
Jl A to B
J2 \4W to YY
J3 G to H
J4 GG to HH
J5 L to M
J6 KK to HM
J7 PP to SS
J8 CC to EE
J9 BB to Z
JI0 AA. to W
Jl1 U to V
J12 P to R
Jl3 UU to VV
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
.
13-131
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
r.·
_
(;-300/200 Interface.
;>
w
a:
<:{J
a:
w
\.0
C)
C
CD
~
WANGCa
TITLE
0120
PART NUMBER
'MATERI AL LI ST
ASSY. CONTROL I NTERFACE
P~JB.
301035-006
Djsc.
MODEL
DATE
2/21/75
REV.
/3
SHEET-LOFL
I
=:)
LO
I-
M
0
z
a:
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
REaD
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
REMARKS
r--
0
M
c(
CL.
-~
w'
t-t"IJ
c(
"'\lJ INCO~POFIATEO
----
No Counter Individual Lines.
I
cl\J
~""~
~
o C
w('.
~ ~~ ~
a: ()
8
USE MATERIAL LIST 301035-000
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:46 Capacitor.
47 Capacitor.
48
49 Hire, Jumper.
.0068uf
820pf
100165-682
100243-821
300648
~.~
c(~~
---
.
1
1
A/R
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
C2.
C18.
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
aumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jl from
J2
J3
J4
J5
J6
J7
J8
J9
J10
J11
J12
J13
\I
II
\I
II
II
II
II
\I
II
II
II
II
A to C
WH to XX
G to H
HH to JJ
L to M
KK to t~r1
PP to SS
EE to CC
BB to Z
AA to W
U to V
N to'R
UU to VV.
I
8-132
FORM 209 (R.12174)
0-40 INTERFACE.
->w
a: ~
-WWANGCO
...
,.......
a:
w
TITLE
0
0
co
::>
:e
NO COUNTER INDIVIDUAL LINES
DISC SELECT INVIERTED
\..UUl:
Ul~U
MATEFU AL LI ST
INCORPORATED
ASSY. CONTROL INTERFACE PHS.
MODEL
2QO"[fI
DATE
PART NUMBER
REV.
301035-007
A
4l23{}5
SHEET...L OF
--L
I
L()
...a:Z
M
0
.......
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
REaD
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
0
4(
("I")
Q.
,.....,
B
USE MATERIAL LIST
301035-000
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:-
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
.~
~~
<~
Q~
~
49 Hire Jumper.
t
300648
Slg
>
0
a:
Q.
0..-
ct
~
AIR
Jumper
Jumper
JUMper
Jumoer
Jumoer
Jumper
Jumper
Ju~oer
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jl A to B
J2 HH to ZZ
J3 G to J
J4 GG to HH
J5 L to ~~
J6 KK to MM
J7 RR to SS
J8 CC to EE
J9 BB to Z
J10 AA to W
Jll U to V
J12 N to R
J13 UU to VV
.
.
•
8-133
FORM 209 (R.12174)
Add
Ad'd·
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
l
0-40 INTERFACE.
'>
CC
'(
a::
UJ
co
:::'!:
I
UJ
..
0
0
co
~
I
t.n
Z
: M
t-
O
a:
«
~WANGCO
I
MATERIAL LI ST
ASSY. CONTROL INTERFACE PWB.
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
PART NO.
200TPI
REao
DATE
PART NUMBER
REV.
301035-008
A
4/23/75
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
SHEET..1.-
OF_1
REMARKS
r-I
0
~
UILU
INCORPORATED
TITLE
ITEM
NO.
,",vue:
SECTOR COUNTER, MULTIPLEX LINES.
M
USE MATERIAL LIST
AHD ADO/DELETE THE FOLLOHING:-
B
301035-000
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
~~
~ "
,~
w
a:
't
IX:
w
co
(j)
0
0
:E
:>
Z
I
lC')
t-
M
0
f
r-t
a:
~WANGCa
.
,
ITEM
NO.
LI ST
. 301035-009
ASSY. CONTROL INTERFACE
DESCRIPTION
P~/B.
200TPI
MODEL
PART NO.
IREaD)
~~~.I ~~~:
B
USE MATERIAL LIST 301035-000
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:-
'
DATE
4/23/75
I
REV.
A
SHEET...L OF
L
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
'.
-:~
w~
46
o~
47
Capacitor.
Capacitor.
>
49
\~i
---S~
MATEF~IAL
........
D120
PART NUMBER
INCORPORATED
TITLE
0
M
~~
'-"""
SECTOR COUNTER, MULTIPLEX LINES.
.OO68uf 100165-682
820pf 10Q243-821
re, Jumper.
300648
0
a:
0..
0..
0(
---.
~i
1
1
A/R
C2. Add.
C18. Add.
Jumper
Jumper
JumDer
JUMoer
Jumper
Jumper
Jumoer
Jumoer
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jl A to C
J2 WW to XX
J3 G to H
J4 HH to JJ
J5 K to ~~
J6 KK to t1M
J7 PP to SS
J8 DO to EE
J9 BB to Y
JI0 AA.to X
JII T to U
JI2 Not Used.
J13 UU to VV
.
Ad 9.,
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
-
i
I
I
8-135
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
J
INTERFACE 0-30.
->w
a:
«
a:
w
N
.-t
co
=>
z
c(
0..
I~COAPO"ATfD
TITLE
I
LO
(V)
0
ASSY. CONTROL INTERFACE PWB.
ITEM
NO.
~l:Ll:t;1
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
PART NO.
----
INVl:KIl:U.
DISC SELECT INVERTED.
MATERIAL LI ST
0
~
....
a:
~WANGCO
..,
Hl:AU
SECTOR COUNTER MULTIPLEX LINES.
200TPI
REaD
MIN.
REV.
DATE
!)}20
PART NUMBER
HEV.
301035-012
4
4/23/75
ACT.
REV.
SHEET...L OF
_1_
REMARKS
.-t
0
(V)
B
USE MATERIAL LIST 301035-000
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:-
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
it~
t'-:
\JJ~
....
.J
C3 '(~
'-::~
~...
~D~
>
0
46
47
Capacitor.
Capacitor.
.0068uf 100165-632
820pf 10Q243-821
49 Hire, Jumper.
300648
c:
CL.
CL.
c(
--
t
1
1
A/R
C2. Add.
C18. Add.
Jumper
JUMoer
Jumoer
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumoer
Jumoer
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
J1 A to B
J2 WW to YY
J3 G to J
J4 GG to HH
J5 L to t1
J6 KK to t·1M
J7 RR to SS
J8 DO to EE
J9 BB to Y
J10 AA. to X
J11 T to U
J12 P to R
J13 UU to VV
.
•
8-136
FORM 209 (R.12174)
Add
Add
Add
Adq
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
C~300/200
->
UJ
a:
a::
a..
0
47
Capacitor.
Capacitor.
49
\~i
46
.0068uf 100165-632
820pf 100243-321
re, Jumper.
30054B
Q.
w
a:
~
a:
...-:;t
co
C>
w
r-f
,
:e::>
L.{)
z
a:
c(
(V')
C>
~
-WWANGCO
,
~
TITLE
ITEM
NO.
--....--
OPTION I
~n20
'MA TE RIAL LI ST
INCORPORATEO
ASSY. CONTROL INTERFACE PWB.
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
PART NO.
200TPI
REOD
MIN.
REV.
DATE
PART NUMBER
REV.
301035-014
A
4/23/75
ACT.
REV.
SHEET.l.. OF
_1_
REMARKS
r-f
0
a.
(V')
11;
~
SECTOR'COUNTER, MULTIPLEX LINES.
bo
<: "1
o~
...:::1..
46 Capacitor.
47 Capacitor.
.0068uf 100165-632
820pf 100243-321
~-
o~~
w'- •
>
0
B
USE MATERIAL LIST 301035-000
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:-
49 Hire, Jumper.
300648
ex:
0..
0-
ct
...
'-
1
1
A/R
NEXT ASSEMBL Y/USED ON
C2. Add.
C18. Add.
Jumper
Jumper
Jumoer
Jumoer
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumoer
JUMper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jl A to C
J2 WH to XX
J3 G to J
J4 HH to FF
J5 K to r~
J6 KK to MM
J7 PP to SS
J8 DO to EE
J9 BB to Y
JIO AA, to X
J11 T to U
JI2 P to R
J13 UU to VV
.
I
8-138
FORM 209 (R.12/14)
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
D~40
->
w
a: ~
a:
w
co
:e::»
Z
r-I
N
0
I
U')
~
M
f
r-I
a:
INTERFACE. DISC SELECT INVERTED. MULTIPLEX LINES.
"'U)WANGCO
.
ITEM
NO.
0
ASSY. CONTROL INTERFACE PHB.
I
DESCRIPTION
JJ~
:~
£5'VJ
~
~
MODEL
PART NO.
200TPI
IREQDI
47
Capacitor.
Capacitor.
49
Hire, Jumper.
46
.0068uf
820pf
100165-682
100243-821
5/6/75 .
DATE
~~~.I ~~~: I
1
1
SHEET...!... OF
A
_1
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
B
USE ~1ATERIAL LIST
301035-000
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOHING:-
--,-
REV.
. 301035-021
0
M
0120
PART NUMBER
MATERIAL LI ST
INCORPORATEO
TITLE
CODE
CAl CONTROLLER •.
C2. Add.
CIB. Add.
.,..-
I\
300648-001 A/R
..
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jl
J2
J3
J4
J5
J6
J7
J8
J9
J10
Jl1
J12
J13
A to
WH to
G to
GG to
L to
KK to
RR to
DO to
BB to
AA to
T to
N to
UU to
B . Add.
ZZ Add.
Add.
J
HH Add.
Add.
r-1
t1t-"1
Add.
SS Add.
EE Add.
Y Add.
X Add.
U Add.
R Add.
VV Add.
.
~
;~ ~
8-139
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
·f,
..
\~
0-40. NEG. ATTN/DAISY CHAIN.
'>
w
a::
~
a::w
M
N
en
"'\\J
WANGCO
MATERIAL LI ST
INCORPORATED
l'lTLE
,.------
SECTOR COUNTER MULTIPLEXED LINES.
DISC SELECT INVERTED.
ASSY. CONTROL INTERFACE PHB.
MODEL
200TPI F &T
DATE
CODE
0120
PART NUMBER
REV.
301035-023
A
5/15/75
SHEET..L OF_1
0
:E
:::>
I
LO
Z
("0
o
t-
a::c(
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
REaD
...-t
C>
~
USE t,1ATERIAL LIST
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:-
M
301035-000
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
B
402412-009
~,-
~
w ••
t"..,
c( ....
0, •
VJ
1
Hire, Jumper.
300648-001 A/R
Jumper J1
A to B
Jumoer J3
Jumper J4
G to J
~:-.;;;
..
ol. . . -w-- "-
6~~"
a::\,}
0...
0..
c(
,
,
I
GG to HH
Add.
Add~
.'
M
AddJ
'--
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
J7
J8
J9
JIO
JII
JI2
J13
JI4
JI5
JI6
RR to
DO to
BB to
AA to
T to
N to
UU to
KK to
LL to
L to
"
,-
4._,
8-140
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
~.,
".
SS
EE
Y
Add.
Add.
Add .1
X
Add. '
U
R
Add.
Add.
"
'"-
VV
Ad~~
ZZ
Add. "
Add. '
Add.
HW
MM
INTERFACE 0-30
:>
w
a:
a:
~
w
a:
w
CXI
e
w
N
:E
::>
I
LO
M
Z
l-
e
e
a:
.-t
Q..
M
«
-\. .....
-,
w
I- ;',
c(
o
....
~
t
....
-~
-0 "
"\lJWANGCD
.
MATERIAL
TITLE
ITEM
NO.
ASSY. CONTROL INTERFACE PWB.
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
PART NO.
ST
> -''.\.
o\~"
i
I
8-142
FORM 209 (R.12174)
0120
REV.
4
j!
200TPI.
DATE 11/11/75 SHEET -L OF_1_
ACT.
REMARKS
REaD MIN.
REV. REV.
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
USE MATERIAL LIST -301035-000
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:
46 Capacitor.
.0068uf 100165-682 1"
47 Capacitor.
820pf 100243-821 1
48
49 Wire, Jumper.
300648-001 A/R
w "
E.~
LI
INCORPORATED
ILLA &SEEK INCOMPLETE.
PART NUMBER
301035-026
B
C2.
C18.
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
J1. From A to B
J2.
" ~n.l to YY
J3.
" G to H
J4.
" GG to HH
II
J5.
L to M
II
J6.
KK to ~1M
II
PP to SS
J7.
II
DO to EE
J8.
II
J9.
BB to Y
II
AA to X
JIO.
J11.
" T to U
II
P to R
J12.
II
UU to VV
J13.
"C" INTERFACE-NEGATTN
'>w
a::
~
a::
W
N
M
:E
::>
I
LO
-uJWANGCO
z
M
e
....-t
e(V)
l-
a::
c(
a..
MATERIAL
CODE
0120
PART NUMBER
LIS T'
TITLE
ASSY. CONTROL INTERFACE PWB.
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
PART ~O.
lOOTPI
200TPI
IREQDI
USE MATERIAL lIST 301035-000
AND ADO THE FollOWING:
--,
REV.
A~
301035-032
"INCORPORATED
e
m
SECTOR COUNTER,
MULTIPLEX lINES
DATE
~~~.I ~~~:
I
1-13-76
1
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
B
314216-007
~
Wt\n
\
~,
Q~
:~\,
f
49 Wire, Jumper.
Jumper J1
J2
J3
J4
J5
J6
J7
J8
J9
J10
J11
J12
J13
3010648-001 AIR
>\~
<~)
""J
--
~
,
.
8-143
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
1
SHEET_OF_
A to
ww to
G to
HH to
L to
KK to
PP to
DO to
BB to
AA to
"T to
N to
UU to
C
lL
H
JJ
r~
~1M
SS
EE
Y
X
U
R
VV
;>
w
t'('
:0:
w
0"1
M
:E
I
0:
=>
z
LO
M
o
a:
.-I
A-
M
0
0.
"-!.
o ~,
a:
~.J
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
PART NO.
....£.
REaD
USE MATERIAL LIST 301035-000
AND ADD THE FOLLOWING:
46 Capaci tor
.0068uf
100165-682 1
47 Capacitor
820pf
100243-821 1
48
49 Wire, Jumper
300648-001 AIR
a:
w
\t
UJ ::P:R:::O
DISC SELECT INVERTED.
MATER I AL
CODE
MULTIPLEX LINES.
D120
PART NUMBER
301035-040
LI ST
REV.
4
I
ex::
0
w
co
q0
~
I
:J
LO
z
(V')
Iex::
0
r-i
«
0
~
(V')
TITLE ASSY. CONTROL INTERFACE pWB.
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
NO.
USE MATERIAL LIST
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:
MODEL
F&T
DATE 8-27-76 SHEET -1.. OF_1
PAnT NO.
ACT.
REaD ~
REV. REV.
301035-000
.D
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
i"'--,')
~,
w~
\.'
I-
«~'l
Q
~<,
Q
~
l: )
/--
w' !-...
>
o :
ex:: ...!
46 Capacitor
47 Capacitor
49 Wire, Jumper
.0068uf
820pf
100165-682
1002:43-821
300648
C2.
C18.
1
1
A/R
Jumper Jl
J2
J3
J4
J5
J6
J7
J8
"
J9
JI0
Jl1
II
J12
II
J13
II
~'d
«
')-.
II
.(:.
a..-.-
II
II
II
II
1/
1/
1/
.
8-145
FORM 209 (R.12174)
Add.
Add.
A to
AAA to
G to
HH to
L to
LL to
RR to
DD to
BB to
AA to
T to
N to
UU to
B
KK
J
JJ
MM
WW
SS
EE
Y
X
U
R
VV
Add.
Add.
Add .
Add.
Add.
Add.
Add.
Add.
Add.
Add.
Add.
Add.
Add.
r-· -
8
7
6
~
2
3
4
5
1
-I
R[\lI~I(lNS
O[SCRJrTlQN
REV.
A
PI LOT
REL
·0
D
c
c
b
~
l
!
:=Jl
CI
.~;
.01
CO
:1
I
R4
SIOK
-15V
J28
0-.
..
~
~
1.5
MEG
ti ~.~J I( ,,(
() l'\
B
\
I,
J
,..--------+--+--~Q
R2
R3
51K
J 34
\...
2
-18V
A~\~
UNFUSED
B
TIP 140
2 ~----'-------3
CR2
QI
2N290lA
-15V
SPARE
N C'.
02
f'll V
J i ~t) r ~
TO S8
IN5317
3
1
10 58 COMMON
R5
10K
LINEAR :-.WTU, riOT
SERVO MOTOR RELAY
+ I 8V FUSED
TO PI 5-2
\
SERVO
~~[L-hY
-
()~ SEft~OlLfJ
MOTOR
C:C,;l.
/tM'
130"""-
[.fWlJ N()
:A
I
o
1. TOLlRANCES
.X)(t
.XXXi
+15V"
M/\ ~ K L A 1 F S T R f V I S ION L r V f. L) 1\ P P f~ 0 P I ~ 1 r... T E
~J ASH N U M B [R J 1\ N 0 ~) Ef ( 1/, L N U M 8 U~ . I 2 H I G H
CHAf~I\CTERS
WANGCO :,;:rc 100037.
:. BR[AK All SHAflP
[OGlS Af'1'flOX •.010
3. MACH. SURrACiS
per,
/
.f.!!;'!~U
4." ALL DIMS IN l'ie'lrs.
CAI'AClTORS IN MICRCU\f·WS.
2. ,'Ill
I • .I\LL Rrc.::.:c.::.TOf.F~
i-JOTES
""GULAR
LJNLrS~;
8
IN OHt,\~:' ~)~o 1/4 "~f.
OTHERWISE
I
~~I.>EC!FIED.
7
l
6
r
5
t
4
I
3
2
.,,:
'"
D:
~
.
z
e!)
--=z
.-I
Q
0
M
r;j"
~
0
-'
~
MATERIAIL
WANGCD
IMLI
LI ST
INCORPORATED
DRAWING
TITLE
0
.c
a=
'"\l)
ASSE~1BL Y
PWB
EMERGENCY RETRACT
Item
No.
Drawing Title
Dwg. No.
DATE 10/16/74sHEET -L.
Djsc
MODEL NO.
I
Rev.
,I
Oty.
I
Board, Processed.
4
5
6
7
I . C.
LM301AN
101021
1
Ul.
Transistor,
Transistor,
2N2907A
TIP140
101053
101140
1
1
Ql.
Q2.
1N4003
IN5317
100127
101034
2
1
CRl,3.
CR2.
A
1
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Diode, Rectifier.
Diode
Diode, Zener.
IN5245B
101058-019
2
VRl,2.
Capacitor.
33pf
100243- 3.30
1
Capacitor.
Capacitor.
Capacitor.
.Oluf
.luf
180uf
rotOO4--I03
1
1
1
C2.
Cl.
C4.
101087-104
102761-187
C3.
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
Resistor, 5%,~W.
Resistor, " "
Resistor,
Resistor,
"
1\
II
Resistor,
Resistor, II II
32
FORM 209 (5/74)
It
II
/I
330
4.7K
10K
51K
51 OK
1.5Meg
101156-33f
-472
" -103
II
-513
" -514
II
-155
II
- 8-149
2
1
R7,8.
R6.
1
1
1
R5.
R3.
R4.
R2.
1
REV.
;If, .
"
OFL
Remarks on Ckt. Oesig.
1
2
3
301043
I
DRAWING NO .
301044
.,;
w
&II:
~
.
DRAWING
TITLE
0
Z
-
•
~
«
WANGCO
MATERIAL
ML
LI ST
INCORPORATED
z
u
"'\l)
00::1'"
00::1'"
c
~
0
(Y)
a
•..J
::E
PWB
EMERGENCY RETRACT
Drawing Title
Sackett
Relay.
Relay.
Connector, 9Pin.
38
Pin, Conn.
Insulator, Transistor.
Screw, Pan Hd, Nylon.
40
41
42
43
44
MODEL
DISC
NO.
Dwg. No.
Rev •.
DATE10/16/74 SHEET ~
Oty.
100241
1
100240
1
Washer, Nylon.
Spacer, Fibre.
\~asher , Flat, Nylon.
Nut, Hex, Nylon.
100247-004
OF2-
I
Remarks on Ckt. Desig.
K1.
1
J28.
100360
2
.025 Square
100147
101172-208
1
1
4-40 x ~"
101185
100391-{)15
1
1
100050-100
136002-002
1
1
45
46
No. 4 3/16 x
No. 4
No. 4-40
~
0.0.
~
47
48
49
50
A/
301044
.
37
39
REV.
ASSE~1BL Y
Item
No.
33
34
35
36
DRAWING NO.
Printed Master.
FORM 209 (5174)
301042
8-150
A
~
---""w·,,",-
..,~
.. -__ ._____________ .•
_.~________
...___ ._ .. __ .
7
8
5
6
4
2
3
'1
II~VISIONS
IIEV.
OESCIlIn-1ON
D
EXTRACTOR
TYP 2 PLS
.lst,os
fSSY 301076
I
1
IR231
l~ L
UI
~
U2
L
U3
r21l
JU~PER J6(J7
c
c
JUMPER J4
JUMPER JI
B
~ '"~ ~ PrA~R~T_rN-O-3-0-I-O-7-E- - X-X-X- ~-~- E- T-A-BU_l_A_T_E_O_t_V_L_' .~jl
JUMPER 6
6
o
A
o
o
(Q
SCHEMATIC
301077 REF
_______ __
_l':~"'1NN_F=;.;..:..:;~;.:..:.:::=t-~-I
NOTES UNLESS SPECIFIED
MAX. HE IGHT OF ALL COMPONENTS WI H IN tlREA OF DOT TED
LINES TO BOARD EDGE SHELL BE Sf 16 MAX. DISC TYPE
CAPACITORS MOUNTED IN THIS AREA SHALL BE ASSEJ.ABLED
LEANING AWAY FROM EDGES OF AOARD.
! '.ri[CK
1. TOl[MNCU
.xxi
AHGULAIl
.xxxi
:t
~
i N1'II.
,~<"llilliM.
Wangco
t. IREAA ALL 8HAIII'
lOQ£SA/'I'ROX . .Il1Q
MARK A~PROPRIATE DASH NUMBEH
I. w.at. SURFACES
J
Incorporated
ASSEM BL Y
'=n=NI=SH:-------I
4. ALL OIMS IN 1w.:!lES.
FOR JUMPER COMBINATIONS
PW B
D ~ SC CONTROL - 2.
SEE MIL DASH VERSIONS.
1-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ ,
COMPONENTS OUTLINE IN PHANTOM LINES AR.E VARIABLE.
SEE MIL DASH VERSIONS.
'. 301076
~&
NOTl:::S:UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
8
__
""l
7
U
6
5
4
3
2
8-151
1
Di
..
OF""
~
:>
w
a:
'\-
a:
w
0
0
0
a:I
:E
;:)
Z
~
a:
~
I
. \0
......
. D12(
'\l)WANGCD
MA.TE: RIAL
-
INCORPORATED -
TITLE
ITEM
NO •
.
~
ASSEMBLY, PWB.
DISC CONTROL - 2.
DESCRIPTION
PART NUMBER
LI ST
100j200TPI F&T
MODEL
..
PART NO.
IREQDI
DATE
~
~
~1
11-7-75
~
SHEET..!.- OF
REMARKS
800000;
1
2
3
'\J
·4
5
6
7
~
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
- .26
27
28
29
30
31
32
~
,DJ
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
0
M
w':\
~ '\1
~ I
301076-000
=.1 ~~~: I
0
--
REV.
Board, Processed.
.0
301467-001
1
100234-001
1()0330-001
, Cl0328-001
100329-001
100332-001
100333-001
1010339-001
1010341-001
123066-001
101009-001
101012-001
101020-001
101022-001
101023-001
5
1
2
2
4
1
7
1
1
2
2
3
2
1
Ul0~
101052-001
1
Q1.
101034-001
1N5317
Diode.
Diode, Zener. 4.7.v. 1N5230B' 101058-005
lN5251B
-016
Di~de, Zener. 22v.
2
2
1
CR2,CR4
VR1.2.
VR3.
10pf 1013243-100
33pf
-330
1
1
C46.
C5.
9602
7404
7400
7402
7408
7410
7474
7486
74502
7411
7432
.
74193
311
555V
IC.
IC.
IC.
IC.
IC.
IC.
IC.
IC.
IC ..
IC;
IC.·
IC.
IC.
IC.
Transistor.
2N2222A
Capacitor, Mica.
Capacitor, Mica.
Capacitor, Mica.
Capacitor, Mica.
Capacitor, Ceramic.
FORM 209 (R.1 V74)
270pf 100243-271 2
2
620pf
-621
.01uf 10" 042-1 03 18
8 -153
'3 ()OOO/
U4, 11,17,33,34
U25.
U6,22.
U16,30.
U5,15,31,32.
U13.
U18,19,20,23,24,26,28.
U27.
U8
U9, 14.
U7,21.
U1,2,3.
U29A,29B.
C10,12.
C4,41.
C2,3. 22 thru 35. 43,44.
I
I
CODe
0120
;>
w
a:
CS
-ruWANGCD
w
:t
TITLE
:J
0
0
0
t-
\0
Z
a:
...:
~
I
MA,TE RIAL LI ST
ASSEMBLY, PWB.
DISC CONTROL.-2.
ITEM
NO.
REV.
3.01076-000
INCORPORATEO
a:
CD
PART NUMBER
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
100/200TPI F&T DATE 11-7-75
REQD - . ACT.
REV. REV.
DI
2
4
SHEET_OF __
REMARKS
.......
0
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
0
_.-
(V')
w
~
-c
w
>
0
a:
ea..
ea..
...:
--
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
Capacitor
.015uf
101004-153
2
C7,14.
Capacitor.
Capacitor,
Capacitor,
Capacitor,
Capacitor,
.068uf
2.2uf
6.8uf
15uf
56uf
101004-683
101002-225
101001-685
101002-156
101001-566
3
4
2
1
1
C11,13,20.
C16, 17,18,19.
C45,C47
C1.
C21.
3.2MHz
101059-001
1
XCL1.
Resistor, Variable
Resistor, Variable
20K
1 Meg
101006-203
101148-105
1
1
R8.
R31.
Resistor, 5%,
Resistor,
Resistor, II
Resistor, II
Resistor, II
Resistor, II
Resistor, II
Resistor, "
Resistor, II
Resistor, II
Resistor, "
Resistor, II
Resistor, II
Resistor, II
Resistor, II
Resistor, II
Resistor,
75
220
510
560
820
1K
1.5K
1.8K
2K
5. 1K
5.6K
6.8K
10K
20K
36K
39K
30K
101156-750
-221
-511
-561
-821
-102
-152
-182
-202
-512
-562
·-682
-103
101156-203
-363
-393
101156-303
1
2
2
1
1
8
4
1
3
3
1
2
1
1
1
4
1
R39.
R6,44.
R5,17.
R43.
R21.
R22,23,24,26,28,35,45,46.
R3,4, 14, 15.
R30.
R13,25,32.
R7,18,34.
R48.
R9,11.
R40.
R47.
R20.
R10,12,16,27.
R49
Tant.
Tant.
Tant.
Tant.
20v
6v
20v
6v
Crystal.
FOAM 209 (R.12174)
II
II
~W.
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
\I
8-154
*'"
.1
CODE
0120
'>
w
a:
a:
w
CD
~
Z
I-
CS
-uJWANGCD
TITLE
. I
a:
~
\0
,.....
NO.
ASSEMBLY, PWB.
DISC CONTROL - 2.
DESCRIPTION
0/
~1076-000
INCORPORATEO
·0
0
0
ITEM
REV.
PART NUMBER
MATERIAL· LIST
MODEL
PART NO.
100/200TPI F&T
IREQDI
-
DATE
:.1 ~~~: 1
0
11-7-75
SHEET
L
OF!...
REMARKS
. NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
0
M
~-
w
I-
-C§
c
w
>
0
a:
~
65
66
67
68
69
70
Tubing, Thermofit.
W.ire, Buss
Extractor, Card.
Pin, Wire Wrap.
Jumper, Insulated
100185-009 AIR
100051-024 AIR·
1010354-001 2
1010360-001 25
3010648-001 2
Schematic
Artwork, Master
Test Procedure
Test.Specification
30'1077
~
30~1466
900120
900121
I
8-155
FORM 209 (R.12174)
Ref C
Ref
Ref
Ref
Use with item 41.
Hold Down wire for XCL1.
TP1,TP2 and Jumper Points.
Jumper J1 From Mto P.
Jumper J5 II T II R.
5 usee INDEX/SECTOR PULSE WIDTH
1500RPM. SECTOR CONFIGURATION. TYPE "0" INTERFACE. FRONT LOAD.
I---.~---------~.---.--
.--l--------.. .
-~-'"
Jumper J8 W to V. _-
--l
~
~g_====-:-=._=_==_=~.~-·=_:~=--:_:l,__~=~-~-~-::-:+-=-:-:'--:--=-~-=-=~--··=~--=~-·"-"'·-=---'--il
J
________--------..--~;t
_ ] . _......- - , - - - - - - - - 4 - - - - - + - - - - + - - - t - - - - + - - - - - - - -...
~
~ .+_~L--J---,~.
____________________ __----__ __
~--.
m---J~---:IIIwe=
I.
.
.
...
~1II..,.~
~~-~---------~I-~~~-l-~~~~~~-~
_ _ _a5----!_-+--~.;..;.R3;;.:;6.;...._ _ ._______._
86
87
Res; stor,
II
II
R38.
J----l---------------+--.----c---~__t_-_+---------,-~J-
--j
Jumper.
~_4----
'~I~J-um-p-e-r-J-2--G--t-O-H-.--~=:J
Jumper J3' J to L.
Jum er J6 A to D.
____
..
----------------~ -_----~ +_~~~~-J~u~mp.e-r--J~
__
__
~
I
to_c_·____~~==1
Jum er J8 Wto
v.
I
CODE
1500RPM.
:>
w
a:
a:
w
co
~
::J
z
\J
-ruWANGCO
.
MATERIAL
PART NUMBER
LI ST
TITLE
ASSY. DISC CONTROL - 2
PWB. LOAD CYCLE DELAY.
MODEL
100, ,200 TPI. DATE 9/19/75
SHEET
0120
REV.
.C
301076-003
INCORPORATED
M
0
0
SECTOR CONFIGURATION. 5 usec INDEX/SECTOR PULSE WIDTH. TOP LOAD
..L OF _1_
I
I.D
r0
I-
a:
....-I
«
0
0..
M
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
USE MATERIAL LIST
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:-
REaD
ACT.
REV. REV.
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
301076-000
D
300000-001
I"-'"::J
't',
~~~>~
« "
'\;~
t----
\.)
w
a:
""\lJ
'
a:
0.:.::.1-
w
0
co
~
:>
5 usec INDEX/SECTOR PULSE WIDTH
2400RPM. SECTOR CONFIGURATION, TYPE '0' INTERFACE. TOP LOAD.
WANGCO
I.e)
f'.,.
z
....
a:
0
ITEM
NO.
.C
301076-004
ASSY. DISC CONTROL - 2
PWB., LOAD CYCLE DELAY.
C)
i
REV.
PART NUMBER
MATERIAL LI ST
INCORPORATEO
TITLE
CODE,
0120
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
PJI,RT NO.
'T' 200TPI
REaD
DATE
7/2/75
" ACT.
REV. REV•
SHEET
-1- 2..
OF
REMARKS
r-I
f
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
0
(V')
,l~
~i~
C3~
~
'~,
t
.~,
~
---~
~,
/
[)
USE MATERIAL LIST 301076-000
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
IC
Capacitor,
Capacitor,
Capacitor,
Resistor, 5~s , ~H.
Resistor, " "
Resistor, " "
Resistor, " "
Hire, Jumper
402412 .. 015
74192
101019-001
1
U12.
Add.
.033uf
.OO22uf
.OO22uf
101004-333
100165-222
-222
1
1
1
C9.
C39.
C40,
Add.
Add.
Add.
101156-202
-114
-114
-393
1
1
1
1
R2.
R29.
R36.
R38.
Add.
Add.
Add.
Add.
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
J2 G to H
J3 J to L
J6 A to B
J7 D to E
J8 H to V
2K
~11DK
110K
39K
300648-001 A/R
.
..
8-159
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
.$1
Add.
Add.
Add.
Add.
Add .
,
. 2400RPM.
600 nsec INDEX/SECTOR PULSE WIDTH
SECTOR CONFIGURATION. TYPE "c" INTERFACE.
~i::p-:,M'GCO
!J~.f
'
Q
.1U
1
ffi
~
5
~g
It;;u,""','
TITLE
ASSY. DISC CONTROL - 2 PWB.
LOAD CYCLE DELAY
.- ( L
I
-
:Yfl--
_
MODf:L
- __.:. '
LI <'T
..r-~·~~(.::r.V-Ls..,
~~~NO~~J:~;,~~V. "_~
D
3010 7• 6..- ....n'.!IO f " l m
I;)
OAT~
,
lO/22/7r:
.._ _ _ _
0
......-
_..-'
1
1·
SHEE:T _ _ OF __. ~
"
----"1
_:;.d
Rt=MARKS
--_. . . . _ ON...... _ . . . .~.
NO'T ASSEMBL Y. fUSED
~----..
j
-- - '-- - . . . .,. ,.".,. ----=i
- -____
f\ND ADD THE FOLLOlJl NG: _ .
C'J
'.1 '__
n. '---Ii
7~ IC.
~~
Djl~2i~~Jf1
. ~·i
.
D· .
_,J..~-,,---~
_-:------.. .I~"
.
. -·...
~ ~3 r~~~,---~w~~
~ C:>
USE tJiA
'\ ....
I ERJ/' L
CI..
iDl"2o-~
;~~7;~--'~,~~---' -T~u~-C;;~!
'.'"""'0 .... 0
(J!
rcOi.~)
.
FRONT LOAD.
74192
76
~"_::III 77.""1I ··c;p;;rt~~.
~) r-7iL~----
r.-
-.-J; '.-P79" .
W
-
-----
--.--...022uf
~i~~~--.
_. 82~L
z.~
.
86 L_Resisto ..r
".11
U2~'
101004-223
1
C9: -
--_.
_____ ,
I
----)
._. .
,---=J.
. ___- . ;
"1
U~.~._
___--!-.~-...-,.,
...___.,,--__-----.
..
.."
1
-_ ..--_.
Iiit:~::;-: Go::' ~:\V. ~;~~
I.~
l ,Resis.tor,
_ i
101019-001
_--.
10115.~:;;.! I~{'. .__-:.-,_......:~.~,__.___-====-----'
110K_
-114
-753
75~__
1
1
R36.
R38.
4-~.--+-----------.------:=jI·
87
"-88
89
t----t-,--------------.--i----,--+----6-. . . . _.-.11-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _,____,.,)
90 Wire, Ju~per.
300648-001 AIR
-t
Jumper J2 G to H.
~~--__~__--______----------~------____~.....?---!~~_J-u-.m~p-e,~J3J to ~_.________
Jum er' J6 A tQ.....D;...;.9_ _. _....
Jumper J7 B to C.
Jum)er J8 Wto V.
;..;.....~-----~.--1
--1
~--~------~~--------------.--r---..------+-....-~--,i--~----------------------~
I
~--
.-
8-160
- -... - - - - - - - - - - - - , - . . . . - . . - _ . . , . . . . . ._ _ _-...i"",,
_ _~"s..-
___ ,w......_.,
____ .• ~ .. .,..".,.....
.,~""1 _ _. . ~.
..1IIfJ'.... iULX' ..._
.....
-J
~",..a
.. ,
600 nsec INDEX/SECTOR PULSE WIDTH
1500RPM.
SECTOR
CONFIGURATION
TYPE IIC" INTERFACE.___"-'_
_____. - . - _ _
__
~------
p~;t?:J
.
""_'!.:o_~~..aoIIII:Ir1M'.
_
MATERIAL..
m_
LIST
ASSY. DISC CONTROL - 2 PWB.
n:
\0
.
c;
iTEM-,'"
0
W
~
TITLE
z
~ f NU:....J
t-
0
-==:
£gI'
~==.:
.1
~
LOAD CYCLE DELAY
MODEL
Disc.
USE
r'lATER~AL
J
Dr
---D'.- .-_, __.
LIST r301076 ..
AND ADD THE FOLl.OWING: -
~~~.-.
1
1 !
SHEET _ ..... OF _ ••
Jl
~~EMn~Y/U"EDON =--i
----'"
.__••--. 'M]_._:: ~-··1:~::.:l7~~'''1 ACrr
Pt~T NO:_:EQDL REV, Ht:'L..L
=== ::. _, : :'-:.::..-=-..=_,_ _=..:.:.-.._._
,===6. ._.-- DESCRIPTION
QOOl
. . _-_.....
iOZ _ _
REMARKS
"'~-="""t
.L~~.~WdlilWlWR~:1
"''::.~I ~===--~i['------------------"~------~--.--------~.--I
DATE
10/22/75
.
75
~.~
>-.~
-
-,--+--...1--+--+-----------1
IC.
r.
76
-~--~------------,------~--.-----~--~--+-~~---------------
~,:\l 71·_~(A_-p~r
~i'
78~ -----------------------~~;.~~~~---+---~~--------.--------------~
] - 79 1 -- ---
SOC·-·------------..--+--
Sil· - -- ----
~-
-{--. R2.
.,---
~~---------------------4_--.,~----~~.~~
1C1156- 202 1
~J Res i stOl' 5~; , ~\~ . 2K
,,...
--
t
84
---
-
---
.•
~-~----------------.-------.~~,------~-~~~--~------------------.--~
85
~.~
86
__
f--- -
~----------------
Resistor, 5%, ~W.
87
88
......
39K
__
--~---------
101156-393
1
___
~~
__R38.
-----------m------~~
..--....
--~
·~~1----------1------------~---~--~,~~~~-_r--~-------------------Jumper.
300648-001 A/R
90L\~ire,
Jumpe)~
.
J2
G to H.
Jumper l13
J to l.
-
Jumper \16 A to B.
~~---,-----------------------~--------~.--+---~~--~-----------~-o to E.
J~per J7
Jumper J8
-,-
W to V.
--==1
~~-------------------------i----'----~~~--_+·--~--------------------__1
~~--------------------.·------_T--------~i---+--~--~-----------------------~
.. ..,.-:I~OORPM: __:ECTOR
'1'\L'U
'
I~
"rf\.~ "1 \I\IAr\lGCO
I a:
;--
f~
'>
"
~):
TITLE
t.--~-"".
C)
I 1-,~
a:
LOAD CYCLE DELAY
p
-
DESCRIP~_.
MODEL __
PART
USE NATERIAL LIST
'"
PART NUMOER
...E.!~~_
1- /""'.
M
«
O/22/7~
1
DATE
N?~J.~~ ~~.~1
I
Hf'l.
SHEET
_l_ _2..
Of
!
. . -~-... . ~--_rA_'""".-i
_':IEMAnKS. .----1
r-~~SS8:iBLYIUS[(ON--]
301(r76-00G
E..._
~\I h---------f----of-~
~
I
1
:_
-~.;EY~J
301076-007---2=-:;
~.'.!l"'-" 'j
=e-.--·-r~"~·"r'·'''''''''···.'''-
• -
~o,,"?
.
5,!,,_IGURATION.:,_T!..:.:.s:J~,.:.,.,E~qAD.
MAT E RiA L LIS T
""'>"''''0
.as
a
ASSY. DISC CONTROL - 2 PHB.
_.
~ ~ ~I~~~j
600 nsec INDEX/SECTOR PULSE WIDTH
AIm ADD THE FOLLOHING: - --
- •..:....
F=~:il'
I
I
,--------
-
o~;i~
,! ~.-=-
~'I!'~pacitor
78 .
7~
--
70 181
"
as
- -
74193
101020-001
.022uf
101004-223
- -
~-
.
1'=i1~-::
:=:~l'
l
t-
~~Si-s-t-or-.-5~%-'-~-W-.-5-.-1-K--~~~~
I
._,
~-- ....- - - -
1
--
--
-,
-- -i
.
~2.:
l'
-1
,_ _ • _ _m
~~.=---
--t-.[.~-. --
-j
-~~
-
--I
~[_ReSis~~_o'_k_~_~_7_5_K_ _~_1_0_1_15_6_-7_5_3~_1~_~_~R3_~
_-=j
'----,-----------+---~--t_-. . -.+__-----_. J
8 8 _ 1
89
I
r---+-------+---{-r-~__+_-----~I
Jumper.
300648-001 AIR
...i-"_"_"-}--========================:=========:===:==::==:=J=u=m"'
________________________ ________ __ __ ___.__ .p.c=r-J-2-_-G-",
__-to-H-.--'t_o__
L_.__._____N]
. Jumper J6 A to D.
90 Wire
~~~.~
~
t
~
~
~
~
a_~._ _-_-_--_~_ _ _~~~_~.~~J-w~~r~ B~~
~~--
~~--
______--__--__----______;____ __
~
_ _ _ _-_ _- -_ _- - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
~
.~~~
_ _ _ _- -_ _
~
__
__ I
-!
Ju_m~p~e_r_J_3_·_J
Jumper J8 Wto V.
__
~
~--~_-~----------------s~·
~~~~--~-
_______________
• _ _,r
~~---------------~---------~------~--~--~--~-~-------------------~~----------------~------~----~--~--~~--~--~------~---------~----,
~~-----~------------~--+-------_~+--+I--~--~----~------------.-
.
1---1---------------+----~--+--~-_t_ ----------.~.-
--
~.~------------------------~--------~---+--~--~---------------8-162 ---~-I--·-+--·......-,jr~--------'--------
-----~- .. -..-,- .•- - -_ _..•~....-.x-, .........,.J
88
-----~--~~~_4--~--~----------------~~
89
---i~-·--------------~--.----.-----~--------~·--~--~--4-----·--~----------'--~
90 Wire. Jumper.
300648-001 AIR
~~---------------------
-
-----_--.'
J2 G to H.
Jumper J3 J to L.
~------.-------------.------~---------~~~-~--~--~----~~~~----~
. ium.E.£'~0? A to B.
.--~-----.Jumper J7 o to E.
~~.--------"",--------------~---------,~~---+~~--~----,------~------,~
Jumper ~18 W to V.
Jump~r
~-~--
~
__
I~
----------------~.---,------+-~
__.....____________
____________
-=--:i
.-
.....
~-~--------
n.
~~
~
__
~~~~
__________
~
__ _____
___
~
,~
__
~
__
J~.~~
K~_ _ _ _ !~-+""'~
__
~
____________
~.~
____,"_
____________________
~
.
a---l~____
" ' ____--I-~~+__+_ ..- - - - ;
1--o~---___t_--_t__4__·;._._+_-----"'1
~--~---+--~-------------------,--~
:;:=t.-+---i--....-..-...--------~J
--.. .---.. --. --~-.-_...-.ea_____~_,. _~. :. ............
1..-&2_ ...........'"'---_ _..
_ • .., . _
_
_,-nor
. 2400RPM.
-;1': J ~J
.~j~
VVAN(;.'CO
...,
~
O'l
0
I
-
.
DESCRIPTiON
~
'J
L...J
DATE
781' Capacitor.
301
-
_?~_.:~~.~Ci tor. -
--m-
.__·t..
.
83 Res'j stm' t 5~~ ~II~-~-J;:-.=-J....,E..nE....Q-D·f~~: f
AND ADD THE rOLLm'JING:
~r.hLI
I~~
301076- 009_--'.S..-J,
f'
I.
------------------------
i ~ ~ !~--.:.
!~ ;, I~------
I,
_a_Ok
ASSY. DISC CONTROL - 2 PWB.
l.OAD CYCLE DELAY
T'TI E
I
L2
I 0120 ~
-;" ATE R ! J
\I\IANGCO
l~conpO~AlfO
ASSY. DISC CONTROL - 2 PWB.
LO!\O CYCLE DELAY
~~ Ii"TE:'
t,._~J_O.. L::-
.~-
.',-'Cr->-r-I
..-
• -...
.t....... ,.
UJ
t
ANil ADD THE
«' .
78 . Capacit;;:-5%
-.'- -..... ~.-...~.
~....
-
---~~~
I 101019-001
f"lF.\i.LREV:
........ -"--=~
............
'
~----
R!::MARI<".S
,
,
~~.-...,jA'll':.tl.ll
\
'I ..
--r ;- -f-,-N.;.~~~~~:'SED~~l
i
1
-i
.033uf.
101004-333
1 -
.015uf
102793-153
1
.015uf
-
1
I
~~
~.L~acitor,5%
80 1
~t
1
I ----.- _._-.. . . .-""'' ' ' ' ' ----- ---""''1
_-I
-'--74192
r
~~
10/22/7~
200TPI
LIST1"301-076-000-
1__ , - t
~ r:,...~c. - '=
l]'~,' f~~Ca-pacTtor---
-;:~.~~~
..
'-~-"""~'-"-"'~
- 3 0 1 0 7 6 - 011
.~
PART NO.
~--"-
~~~L~~;~:~A~
1
lA,
._u_
PAR;-:UMREH
LIS T
=='=1·" ~~=J--'i--'-r;~~f.['
~ATE ==='_:~:::~':=~:-]~
RF.OD~
DESCRIPTION
.-
~~
MAT E R I .4 L
ol
w
D12
SECTOR CONFIGURATION. TYPE "D" INTERFACE. TOP LOAD.40usec INDEX/SECTOR PULSE WIDT
~--=~~~-.
:EJ
= __
-153 _ 1
--'1
U12.
C9.--~
.....---~
C39.
I.
......
,.--....-...-.."rii
C40;-
____.
-~~--~==-=---'--~-'
,->--
~,-- ~J'~==
_'-__,
~ R~i~tort ~%t _~W_.~~2~K~~~.lm~2~1 1 ~~_2_._·~~~__~_._..~~~.~1
~':.sistor. " "110K
_
-114
1.~
L~
_ _I
~Eesist~1I
110K
-114
1
RJ§.
•....."""____I'
LRes i stor
~7~1"'-·
86
II
II
'39K
II
-393
1
R38.
-...-l.,-..(---------.--.
. .-. .
~.
~
88
.
89 --~--------------_,_----_~--------+---~~---+-----------------------..J-----------,----.----t---~-..--~__f-~-_+_--------90 Wires Jumper.
300648-001 AIR
~_~-._L
______
----~--
__
. . - - ,.
---------+--------_+,--~W,--~--.~----------.----------.~
E----I-------------+--------f--i---t-- .Jumper J2
G to H.
...
..........
~_4-----------------+--------_+__~--~-.~+_J--u~per J~O~B~.______~jj
Jumper J7 D to E."
~-~----~------·-------------+-------·-+~·~-~--~J-u-mp~le-r·--J8--W~t~o~v~.-----·---- t
.........--_.
.i--~--------------__+---.-_t--
_______
Jumper' J3 J to L.
I----l.-~------~
----.-,~;.
__
~-~------------------------~----~--~--_r---~--T-----------~----------~-4------~~--------------~----------~~~~--~------------·-----~·--+-------,------:·-----f.--+---~-~------------t
~~------------------------~.--------~---+--~--~-.------.--------------~
~-4-------------------------+----~--_+~~--~--+_--------------.------~
I-~-------__t_--_+_'__J_--t-_+_-.----.---..~=l
~---~-------------------------.-~--~_-B~~._-16-6l----~~~~__~______~~~~,~
~,
Wi re. Jumper.
I_~__
_
0]:648-001
::
r .-
~~
AIR
-
_
Jump~r'
J2 G to H.
~---+_--\__
l1_un..:....1P£r ,)3 J
.....~~
to L. _ _ _ _ J
~~t--'---t-_J_u~m.lo.,pe_-:r'o J 6 A to B. _
;
-t_~,-_-+-J_u_m-.P£!_ ~7 0 to ~. _ _ _.._~
Jump_er J8 W to V.
---f-----------.. . .
-----a.
1
xe--~""--+---+--..""
........
----------.~" ....
.
-~----------oot-~50_~---~----- '"---.---.~·,."..-~I
I
r----t~-----.<.-.---,----_(._-.---~-...s__-9_____ti__-----------__I
I
~~--~--------~----------~~------~~-+--~--~----------------------I
=L_ll. ·_. ·~··~-====.-============~~=.-i-=_-_-:_-_-_-i:_-:_~.!i-'-_-_-:'--_-_~..~_-_~_-_-_-_-_-_-_-:_-_-_-_-~_--__-_-:_-_=~I
I
I
I
~~------------~-----~----~--------~~-+--~--~~--,--------~--------~~
Itl---.t.-------_____
.,
B-167
.----w---'1
.....~AT
-..J._-...-.w._~..._I:._
eft·
.......
~.~,~ ..... :;n.;.y;;r..,~~
wIDnf~¥Fl
[1.:3U"'lPO~7~6~·;O~1~·3R.0·'~'~J:=U#~.~=1
2400RPM. SECTOR CONFIGURATION TYPE "0" INTERFACLFRONT LOAD.40usec INDEX/SECTOR PULSE
~1~!~'j\\J"'\ wJ;\r'J~~;;-~
•
I
r
-'r-~
~
M
f
~
MAT R I AL
r~COR"O,lAT EO
'W>;:.
TITLe
'1~1 ST - . .
•
ASSY. Drsc CONTROL - 2 P\·IB.
LOAD CYCLE DELAY
MODEL
/
200TPI
_______
DATE
~
\..-
.
--.10/22/7
r::
1
J_ SH~[T _
-'U1r
OF
1:
1
..:~
~ I~ r~fC~-~-=-~;~J~p~7;--==-k~Q~~~L =:~ --=.~~
~ g
r~ATERIAL
l~'[ ~~~E!~BLY/U$ED~~~
j
L
;~;r
-=: 1--=~=-1~~:~±-JW#~~=3
LIST 13010l6-00j;)
USE
f
_.
AND .i1DD THE FOLLOtJING; -
.:...~1175I- ~_
L .
. ," C¥L
-
I · ::-J
.022uf
-- '79t~a-ci~.?r ~'
:~
--~-.
82.L~=-=-"=._
, 84.'I_~~~;-=;- .
86}Resistor
87
~I--
..
..
]-~~-.'
101004~~~~L \-i -- -~:~.
L --:153lT
J'0D."
=.-.
"'-'-".~.:.'
==-j
----1
f--""""""'x
---,__. _-.-..-. -,'E--_===-___,J[=
831 i~es;stGr> 5~;, ~W.
ReSiS~~
[
101019-001~~ -~=Y--=
74192
,i\- H~u~;~;::;-'85J
.
5.1K
110K
..
llQK'
\I
75K
10115G~ 512J 1
I
R2.
==l
-~
--~
r~~ ~
__
~
. -illJF,f1- R~
t_ _ -114 ,-L", _+--~_R3_6_._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _--1I
--·"--1
.
-753
1
R3B-=--__________--o
.
89
Wire, Jumper.
300648-001
A/R
M
+-~---------------~----~--------.:-~~---+--~.~~-----------------~
t--_i'-.._ _ _ _ _"_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _I--_ _ _ _--{o_~---+_-.....i~per
J2 G to H.
Jumper J3 J to L.
Jum er J6 A to D.
;_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-".-_ _ _ _-t--~-_ _+_-~llu!!lper
-I
J7 B to C.
Jum er J8 W to V.
~-----~--------------------~----------+-~~~--~
.
----~:-,
~'__t_-------I
___I
--I
1- 8-168 ": __ .... __ .~.. ,_.=r_~_ . . . .___:___~;==~~,~
~MP-------~-----
R@....l
600 nsec INDEX/SECTOR PULSE WIDTH
1500RPM •
~,:-r'r
lev" '~~]
\.:.\ r: WAI\I~CO
L:
~
: UJ
I
-
~
\Ul
.•~
1ND~~ .~f!l:'!.: •.".IY!'!....::£~~li~A~.QtJs.QaQ..L-_~lnw--dS-------,.--l~£!?2J
MAT E R' ALL 1ST
PAR, ~~A~[~ .!~~
;;;,-!
£ •
•
IF
301076- 014
L~
·"~r,ORPORAfEO .
ASSY. DISC CONTROL - 2 PHB.
Ir-..-.,TITLE
~ ~ ,!~L._ ---.:!?:~SC~IPTlON:
ffi
~
I
0
~g
I
\~ill'" l~
AND I,DD THE
~o~.
No
I'~.,
'~'\~
~~~L~:~~:~A~
'ow.-.,-.....-t-"T':-
-=-L!.:'~~_~~hE~ill:.[
LIST
=:: -:"
~ RE~R'::~
.-
-=I
3010i6-tJO~. :l~_.~~SE:LYI~SE::~
+
:_..
II
-
----
---------'---:l
._.J
"-~-------'----+--~----r--+--~'--r~
___
U1 2
IC.
76
77
__
Capacitor
Cl.
.•
....
75
5.) .\:
J -«
78 .
---
_
2L
- -
.....:........ _ . _ -
~.
-= _ _ "
.
W
: , '.,
MOUEL __ D1~~.:...-_ DATE .1 0/22/75 SH~~T ~ OF 2.
LOAD CYCLE DELAY.
74193
.033uf
-
101020-001 'I .-t-_--!i--+-__ _. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
__:,
101004-3331--;C9.
_I
----,~__4'--'-+---+-----~------__t
I
---tl
~~.~:~~:~~.. _---_'1-_-_-___""_-_-_-_-_-_-_~_-_-_-_-_-_-_:-_-_~.___- _-_-_~-_...+_-_-_:-_-_-++_-_-...,:-_-_-_-_-_-_-___- _-_~____•
-,--r---~--------------~--~-----.--~--+_--~~----..----------------~
81
r--[)2
r--------...----r.--..
..;
---~---------'+----f--~--t--------.---_
~~-------------+---.-- --i-o---~·-rr.l-------------;i
831 Res is tor. 5%. ~4W.
2K
101156- 202
1
R2.
:
.~
Ji----+-----t----O(~->4-.-----.-. _-~. ~.
86
Resistor.
5%; J.4W.
39K
101156-393
~~~----------------------,~~----87
1
R38.
~-~-----------------------~--.-----~~.--~--~--------------------88
89
~l
1500RPM. SECTOR CONFIGURATION 40 usee INDEX/SECTOR PULSE WIDTH. TOP LOAD 0-40.
.-T~~~~~
~
I\J ~ "'f\\'7.\\ 1
,
'--'1.
C!
~).....
.
MJ.. T E r~ ! A L
V"Af'.J.G "0
;~~~~';';SC CONTROL - 2 P~1B.
:.JJ.J
~""'''Jfa~'''''' ____ '''I. ......... ,,~''''i
P~BT NUMOE-R
! Il~V. ~
-301 076 --015r--....... ~·... ·c""~·-'.....,
liS T
.
.~ ~ I
LOAD CYCLE DELAY
200TPI "T"
:~ ~ trj~~j_~_ OES:~~~O!~
":-:--===
:I ~;RT N~~ h~{~~li .
--------.TITLE
MODEL
'
-r
J
;'\:"1
'u:
0
;
f
t;t 5
i
.n ____..
74193
lr
: 77 j Ca p a. c i to r
.033uf
-fer-Capacitor. 5%
'-79rC;pac;to~: ,";,
.015uf
. 80 l ' --....-
~-
.
81
~82I~
83 1
- ..
1
102793-153
1
2K
~
~W.
'7.~
1
---
-
~. .-.,.
-_....-..
A
t
..-
-~
C39.
.+
~-I
'l~--.....
R?
--1
..~~~
.
--j
--
....
.
-,j
i
\'lire, Jumper.
300648-001
~
"
AIR
_.
-
....t·"""';'1
-_~umper J3
H.
J to. L.
B.
Jumper' J7 0 to
E....-
W to
-I
-]
-
Jumper J6 A to
Jum~ J8
-
-~-1
_~..--&
Jumper' J2 G to
---
.........,
.... _..J.-
.......
R38.
1
101156-393
_--_._1
C9.
=r~40:-
1
101156-202
39K
U12.
.
t
-153
----
,
a_
-gO
~~
1---'
-101004-333
-
...
~ --~
85
1--.
~~
1
__ .
84
87
88
J
-.~
~
-
5e.:. -j 5 t~~. 5%! ~4W.:...
~J
Ass~~:aLY/USEOO"
J
~
-~
Resistor 5%,
"EXT
1
- 101020-001
.015uf
--
...
I
•
.
-
76
.
RE~~-;;~
. -~-l- -------"'"~
!"~
..- 1--' "'.
~. ,. r,··l'f
~ 'Or __~"I
~
~
Ic~~~
L
=
_.
1---...- . - - -
75
;~\~:I
~~~
~,L_
SHEET
~-=].
-.----------_
C - - ..
"~01076 -000
, ~ 1)
-
. AND ADD THE F0LLm~ I NG·:
!!r::~ r~'.,..,d~
id :':.
I
USE MATERIAL LIST
1 0/22/75
DATE
J! I
_.--1
-
v.
---I,
---;
I
I
:r.=
.~,...,.
..
--
-
I
..
8-170 _
-
:
I
----
-- -
-3
~3
_. ·'-1
. . __.!
-
.. -
___ •_ _ _ _ _ • _ _ •..-.-, ..
.o\1S'I~.o
...........vrtlll...
A~."
R2.
J~
--
R29 . ..
R36.
R38.
--
87
I-.-J.--'--------------f--.
.-----+---+---i--I------------,. .
88
~-~-------,------------------~--.------~---~--~~:------------~--------89
~~--~.--------------------~--------~--~--~.~~----------------~-.,-90 Wire. Jumper.
300648-001 AIR
. ----
~-4--------~--------------4---------~--~---~--~----------~------
Jumper J2 G to H.
E----I_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _._ _ _---'_ _ _ _ _-.J__-I--_-;......_-i-llumper ,)3 J to L.
Jum£et' J6 A to B..;;.,._ _ _ _
~~__---------~--__------__~------__~__..~--~~.+-J_u_m~pe-r--~-to~~E~.---__ __
~~------------
______.______
~
________
~~~~
__4--p
i-----t--------------i-------4f---~-"
Jum er J8 Wto V.
. . . . . ----+---.-.----------..
~~------------------------~--------~---~---,~~~--~--.--------------~
~~-------------------------~--------~~~-~--~----~---------------~~-------------~--.------~----------~~~.--~--~-----,-=-------~-------~~~----~~'.--~M---~-~
--+-__~~__-+...-.__~--____-----------
____--'------____
____
f.---C-----------....--+-.---,-..
.---10----....;...-----------.
..
-~-.---,----------~.
~
8.171
. . . . . -,.....
~-
..
~--------------,
-...(--~-~~-~lo__,..---------..--
15PORPM.
SECTOR CONFIGURATION.
TYPE "0" INTERFACE.
. 40 usee INDEX/SECTOR PULSE WIDTH.
~
'*;;-I
P~!B.
TITLE
LOAD CYCLE DELAY
I
__
-
D ADO TflE
i-:~'I-T
l~~, __
P'
If\' [capac
I
,R.__
MOOEL..:~Serie~ ~:
_
:~~:.~ iFf-" · ~~~RI~~ION -=--=:
.: ~ '~I-r~. ~~~L~:~~~~A~
LIST
75""iC:
L
---
~
1
101004- 153 1
102793-153· 1
~
-1 ~i 1
_
80
'-81 '
1
.
•
REMmS
__. _ . _. ___
.1
NEXT~~~~~
1!
-
--I
.. ~.--
---{
:j
r C9.
-
- , C39.
C40.
_
I
t
_..
•
I I tJ12:'
I
.015uf
t_":!~Uapaci:'o~
.015uf
79 Capaei tor t i l . 015uf
.f\t
1~:~:.=: ~
I...
101020-001 ,
itDr
__~.::~
~19~.J.
-=--- ·~I---r==·a-=_~j
76
77
.
301076-'()OOl~-r:v
__
74193
~~:.?17
~T N°:-IREOOGJmL_
I
~~'
PArnNUMOEr~"''''''''''-!-;~'''~~7-~
."""of1lV1
10--....-.....,'."~-"-"""""""". "6IfIo.~''''''''.
/1
ASSY. DISC CONTROL - 2
[?]20'~
USE WITH DIFFERENTIATOR PWB.
I~'I~,-~~~.U.--;;A~GC;;------M-A:--r~E--R'
J.,-L
L_I-S"T ."..~...........'v
" -,
'
,-U
INCOIIPOflAHO
rno~~
FRONT LOAD.
_T ....
~
_-I
1
....
--1-,
-
~~-----------------~-..----~.j~+-~-~.~-----1
82
1
t . _ _ _ _ _ ._~~
,
---.,~
83
-
Res 1s tor', 5%,
--.......--~
84
...
~~J.
~~
2K
101155-202
-
1
¥2_
__I
_
-3
"*~~-1=0=1=1-5-6=-=3-9-3=+-"'''-'-1-+-.
85
R38.. - 86 Resistor , 5%. ~W. 39K
87
I
88
~-~-----------------------*---------~~~~---~----------~--~----~
89
90 ··Wi,-..or-c"'",-Ju-m-pe-r-.--'----l~3-oo648:001·A·-/-~~~-:~-I-----=
:- ]
- - _~7SSt
- - - - -- -- -- - - -- ' - J- -- , -- -- - - - -- - - -- -- -
.-
r---l.-_ _ _ _ _ _ _- . f_ _ _
----!~-oI__+__+__Ju.t~.,;.p-er-J-2 i:: ==:1
_G.......
;
~~..........------.........--__----...........__--~-.----. . . . . . ~--~~--~~-J-u-m~pe-r--J-3~J~t~o-L-.--______ j
Jumper J6 A to B.
Jumper' J7 0 to E.
....
,--~--~--------------.,---p-~.--w-------.-
____________
. . . . .--------
--~--------~--~--+-~~----,--
_w.---,.-----~~-~--~--~.----------------
~~,----------------------~I~'--B--1-7-2----~-----:~----~-~--~-:~~---------~----~--~~--~--~--~~1
~
.. ".....:.......
._.' - - - - - ..... _ _ _ ' __ r._h. .... ____... _v_.~.__.
=&IIIDIIQft"~.~~7_.
1500RPM.
SECTOR CONFIGURATION. TYPE "0" INTERFACE.
_..--.. . .________
. .-..-.-----E
L
~co;;;~
FRONT LOAD.
USE WITH DIFFERENTIATOR PWB. (PIN 300921) 5 usec INDEX/SECTOR PULSE WIDTH-1n1fOi
>.
~
-~,','"'f.'\,_, )
V~ \\
'-l
_
r.. J
A~ AT.,. ,.",
\.l...Ll \r~COHflO~oI\T:[I
."-~'~""'II<"
0:'
~----'II
,WAI'\JGCO
ASSY.
TITLE
J.
3_______
r~_;;~~:;~~~.~r:7*
LIS T
,
"
-'"1--'-'301076-101.
__.!...C--e4
7
_ _ _• _ _ _ _
DISC
CONTROL - 2
PWB.
I.Of,D CYCLE DELAY
MODEL
2er1:~~
DATE.
10/22/75
SHEET.1.
HI
or._1
_
]t: t?~ 1'ff~
. ~ESCRIPTION
[~~E~I A;V]~ ;,:;~;_-.:..--==:
-----::::-:.:
..:=~=::i.r========~=:==::=;~=*=*=:;::=::_.;==::::~~~--,---,. . --::
~ 5
USE t~ATEkIAL LIST
301076-000
r'\
(rJ
t--_ _N._E_XT_A_S_~:_MI3_l.Y_/U_S.......
ED,\2!!_____
/,/
=.J..~..,~~--+...;A~N.:.:.'D~A:..:DD:;.....;.T.:.;.H;:;.,E...;.F..;:.O.::.L.::.;LO;.;.W~I~N.;;;.a;;...:-----+--,----1---;.____--~.,.",..V:7TTIIa.JI_ru.I:nw::iJ!3I_1!.':II...........
1E:D'laI"~~~
77
Capaci
au.tor
__
78 - Capacitor
79 Capacitor
.015uf
.0022uf
-.....1!I ..... . . .. -
300648-001
A/R
Jumpel'~
J2
Jumper J3.
Jumper J6
Jumper J7
Jumper J8
-
G to
J to
A to
D to
Wto
H.
L.
B.
E.
V.
I
!
~~--------_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~ _ _ _ _r_ _~--~·_4--+_----------------~1
-'-+-~~i_-+--------I
~~-------------------------~--------~--
_'-,. . .;. . . . . .------------t-
B-173 -
".
.~ ._~.~~
__
____
I-
~
j
:>
w
\)
a:
2400RPM. SECTOR CONFIGURATIONs TYPE '0 1 INTERFACE. FRONT LOAD.
.
USE HITH DIFFERENTIATOR PHB. (P/N 300921-002)
5 usec INDEX/SECTOR PULSE WIDTH
PART NUMBER
WANGCO
""\lJ
MATERIAL LI ST
. 301076-102
INCORPORATED
a:
w
TITLE
m 0
;:i!
I
:J
z r---.... ITEM
NO.
t- o
N
ASSY. DISC CONTROL
PWB. - 2, SPECIAL.
MODEL IFI 200TPI
.-i
~
a:
<
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
REaD REV. ACT.
REV.
301076-000
D
,-I
0
~
USE MATERIAL LIST
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOHING:-
M
,.....,,-
DATE
CODE
0120
...
REV.
C
.i
3/31/75 SHEET ~ OF_1
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
412412-201
1
w 1'-1
t-
)
~~~
"'"-~,.)
.~
..
~\\,.
t"i",'
<
;i
.....-
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
Ie
74192
Capacitor
Capacitor
Capacitor.
101019
.015uf 101004-153
.OO22uf 100165-222
.0022uf
-222
Resistor, 5%,
Resistor, "
Resistor, II
Resistor,
II
Wire, Jumper.
~W.
II
II
II
2K
110K
110K
39K
101156-202
-114
-114
-393
300648
1
U12, Add.
1
1
1
C9, Add.
C39, Add.
C40, Add.
1
1
1
1
R2, Add.
R29, Add.
R36, Add.
R38, Add.
Add.
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
A/R
J2 from G to H.
J3 II J to L.
J6 II A to B.
J7
o to E.
II
J8
H to V.
II
•
91
Rework Instr.
301775
E
I
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
8-174
2400RPM. SECTOR CONFIGURATION. TYPE ItC" INTERFACE.
FRONT LOAD. USE WITH DIFFERENTIATOR PWB. (P/N 300921)
·~l T::::~~~:"I\l-ot:o
"l:!
a:
. ~
~I \'UU
--_._-
MAT~;~;L
LIST - - -
-·1" ... ;~;~~"~';SC
~
~ r-;-
TITLE
I
CONTROL - 2 PWB.
LOAD CYCLE DELAY
'm,.:.,[-- .
~ ~ ~
-[")-E!'CR~IPTIO-N'
~
_
:~ ~~-~..
..
~(V')~_~_Ar,iP ADD THE
600 nsec INDEX/SECTOR
. PULSE WIDTH
Ser·ies
MODEL
r":
,: ~~ ~JO.
-
IFI
___ DATE
r~Bn
1'01201
rl'~-;;~-;-R--.~.;;~
.3010i6.:T05=~,c!
j
-,
10/22/75
1 or_
1
.
SHEET _
I
C.-·~IJ" ACT.l-
-~
-R'EM-AR,wKKg
!'. ,.,
t:::.C::,,-~y' . .!3.~L.
I
~~~~~~~~ST 301076~O=O=:~==~====·N=E=x·=rA=s=S~=~=BL=Y=/U=SE=O=O=N==I
'.--,---,.:----==1
fJ
3
~. ~~-7-~51·~---I'-C-.=-----=·==---------'--·7-4-19-2--~-1-01'-01-9--0-0~1~1~-~,·----~~U~1~2~:-_---~~~~------'~-;1_
r~, ~
FOLLOHING: -
._ _. ._.--6_- . f..............
~
:
t
.r. r-\
!IUf'
.
___
J2:.
76
I~~~ t--~7--7~C-a-.pu-"c-;-t'
O-~-----.-01-5-u-f--+--10-'·-0-04--...1-S3-+-.....1-+--t--T eg.
I
.. ..
~~
~
~
78'
•
-'"'.-
----
-'_.
__
--..,.----
w
cJ
a::
t--
a::
w
-'"
I
. 1..0
=>
Z
r-....
tt
,0
LI ST
INCORPORATED
ASSY. DISC CONTROL
PHB. - 2 SPECIAL
MODEL
200tPI
DATE
PART NUMBER
REV.
301076-107
.~~
1/10/75
1
1
SHEET_OF_.
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
REaD
ACT.
REV. REV.
REMARKS
.-i
c(
.0
a.
(V)
;
1"-'--
...'
l'\::
W'
~,"""'~
-c)
o -- '1
~-
0'
Wi'
TITLE
c·
MAT~RIAL
1)120
r-I
::i
c(
.
r-....
m
\.
-uJWANGCD
CODE
1
>\.i'\
~ .. ,~
..,
0...
~~;l
10..._
-"
USE MATERIAL LIST
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:75 IC.
74193
76
77 Capacitor.
.015uf
78
79
80
81
82
83 Resistor, 5%, ~H.
2K
84
85
86 Resistor, 5~s, ~~J.
39K
87
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
301076-000
D
I
411524-()03
101020
1
U12.
101004-153
1
C9.
101156-202
1
R2.
".
,
I
101156-393
1
R38.
88
89
90 Hire, Jumper.
300648
A/R
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
J2
J3
J6
J7
J8
t
8-176
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
from
from
from
from
from
G to
J to
A to
0 to
Wto
H.
L.
B
E.
V.
~-*----.-.----~~-----~------~--------+--.~---+-~----------------------88
~---------~-,--~----------~--------~-~---+--~--~--------------~~~
I
89
90 Wires Jumper.
--~--------"----~--,--,,,,,-~--,,-,---::--------------,-,,~
3006'1.8-001
A(,_R._~i----"- __.......
__ ..-._ _..-_
.. ______ .1
J2 Gto H.
to
.
to
___
J7
to
I--·-}--------------c·-..---:~-+I--:'-'--t-jum~er
W-- to-V";".--'--'1
~-
______________________
_______
__
__
__'____
______
Jumper
Jumper J3 J
L.
t--!.o-------------,--,:-.---.---t--~--'.a.-- .--I--......1• ...;;.....--..-;~~---_4
Jumper J6 A B.
f-~--.------.--~-------~~------'~----_M-----+--~--,~--+_~.~------------Jumner
D E.
.
~~--
~~
~~-+
~M_~
~
~~
~_I
r.
.
__-J--____
--__
J8
---
--~--' ------------""---c-------t--.i-.--~T_....
~
------.--------~
__
_.
--,-----+--.~---~~¥
-.?1~.,.....R_e_w-or-k-I_ns-t_r-.---_-::::::~::3~O--1-..-7-7~~5~~:~::~:fr.'-«---------_==_
.....~~--~~~--------------------~~.
~~------,-------------------~----.----~
___ ______.____ __
~-J_~, _ _-..oM----_~
~~
~
.--,---~
~-
__
J
~--~-~~---------------------
~:---"'~~~~--:-------.----1-- _. --~{
. . . -"""---__________. . . ._. ._~.._'CU_~2?!._ [ .. ",. .
. ---------.-_. "'.
-
"",..~
u. . _.... --..r .......................
·
-.
--=1
,~_,\.
_ _'"'"
.. _ _..... _ _ _....,._..
--
._.-
-_ .
7
8
6
5
+
r_
2
3
4
1
IIeVISIONS
REV.
I",Co
~
I
A
B
C
0
E
;J
DESCRIPTICN
PILOT RELEASE
CR 0 5627
CR C 569C N1FC. l
GREASE ON BOTN SIDES OF
MICA WASHER.
r~ur-![·ER, LATEST RE .... ISION
NU~'H~ER WHERE SHCWN .12
J
~.==~~:-:-A:-!-,A:::-~·~'O::"--..L·:...;···'"-'[·-·~~
Wangco Incorporated
~------:::..:...:...--:.....:..;,.!..---~----,."""""...l
ASSEMBLY1 P WB J
I.!l!!!:_~~
I
·-Flr-H~'-;------~
oO
;[ C
,R L-LACK PER WI'.NSC
SPEC
37
iceo .
BRUSH LESS DC SPINDlE
4. ALL DIMS IN INCHES.
MOTOR DR PWR SWITCH
DASH
-T~Lr cc..
,..'...
llJ
1. TOLERANCES
SCRE'II ,ITEM 48, APPLYING
JOINT
GJ MARK
Hkh
DWG NO. 301154.
TORQuE.
THERMAL
301153-002 ASS Y
!;QTES UNLESS SPECIFIE:l
M
.
r;Q...
F 5. T
~_ _ _ _ _ _ I 100/ZOO TPi
~
~
l)CAlE
1--
E
2: i
fl
~----------------------~,-------------------------~------------------------r------__________________- r__________~_____________ ~--------T-O~'~p-----L~~~I~~~~·-.~~-~E~:~
2
3
!
NCTes :UNLfSS OT"HfR',o./!SE SFEC1FIED
L-____________________
8-179
~
t
~
!
f .
I
r""1
" ' - - _...,..,-------------~.
t ~j(,j
MATEI~IAL
WWANGCO
.t-t- .' "";~~;~'~"pvlB.
; I g TIT~E _t·~OTOR, DR.
<
_m___-.______-.________. ·.
BRllSHLESS
pvl~.;
COOE
In
u..[)1.w2~.\JL....I
LIST
SP~00/200 TPI
PART NUMBER
REV.
301153-002
C ~
OF 2
MODEL ____F_&_T_ _ DATE 9/23/75 SHEET l
~ I f.~
;~-R-IP-TI-ON·"'-----....,..I-·F..;-~-~-~~~-=-'""lR-E-Q~"'9-~-~:~-~.IF1Y"'~-\~·...r-""".J-_-""'~=..-:-::-R-E-M-A~-K-~~-=-·--._--I
~r---r--~=====·-==;:=:=·=-=~=~=-=!=~===r\E=.x=T=·A=SS=E=M=BL=Y='U=S=E=O=ON===I
mfI:
--.:;..
.
.
p
SW.
.
iLl'
-t-1--..~-;II':~ ',~
,<'"
I
'
.~~~,~~~
Board, Processed.
I
.4------------+------..
1 e, He at sin k .
Pat
')
;I="
'.
~l ~
'. II---I--'-,-----------+--·-----}----I---+--+-------------I
5
i,~'
.' >
II s· '\'
i~.'>
,&
.-<
,I
6
I.C.
-+---+--+-------'-
74LS42
123037-001
1
U1.
~~--------------------..-.---~--------~---+--~-~------------~--------~
~7~--I_.C_·----L----------__75-4-5-1__~--lO_J~-1~~~9-~O-O~1~L_~3~.__~__~~,3,4.
8
I.C.
74LS157
123040-001' 1
US.
-----..I
--.~------------------------~--.9
74LS74
123036-001 .---4-----.t----r_--------------------~
1
U6.
I.e.
~-¥-----.------------------------~--------~~-+---~--~----...----------------~
10
~-+~----------------------~--.------~--~--+_--r_--.-----q-----------~
11
~12
13
~ 'i !)
~~z,
16
17
~-4------~----..------------4_--M-----~--_+-----~--~------------------------~
~18 l Diode~ Rectifier.
IN4003
100127-001
6
CR1,2,3,4,S,6.
------------+--- .----+---oI----I~--+------------. .----------..
. --------Diode, Zsner, 4.7V IN5230B
101058-005
1
VRI.
--t--~-'
19
'----t------'i-~~._t_-_t_--,---
20
21
Cl.
Capacitor, Tantl.3SV 6.8uf
II
Capacitor,
20V 15uf
26
e9.
~-~-----------------~---------~-27
.....
- - Resistor,
Resistor,
28
....
29
3H.
30
tt
~W.
n
II
31
Resistor,
- Resistor,
330
560
Sij, J"M.
II
~-----~------,-------------------
-
Rl,3,5.
R20.
R8,12,16,19,23.
lK
2K
~
FORM 209 (R.l 2/74)
________
.~
._.---,
___________________
---1
I
"
.
1..2.° 0E_
10120
~1"-"'1~"''''''''.-'----------''''''''-----------------''''''-------...:----1
.j
>
~"
.
-':'\"l.\.", VIANGCO
~~,"~,I s..:!:
\D:U ,"00"0"'"
1" f U
Ih
I ._,. __. .
I'
,
.
---l~: 81~- ,J-~----"==:::l:...
t._-
j~
1
ASSY. PHB. BRUSHLESS SPINDLE
~
r·10TOR, DR. PHR. S\·1.
TITLE
II ~~ • \.J,
~
LC'
1""r.!~M,
I
i
DESCRIPTION
:: ..,
L_. L,~w
3:2 . R€ sis-U;;" 5j~,
~;i~: •
]~ j~~~'
34
Resistor,
'i.-1 3sT-,
:! S I
t!~
~
~ <:.
F & T
I 38
:\".,-J l
..
SHEET.1... OF
REMARKS
~
[r--.-
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON_ _
5,lK-~---5-!_2~:~-1=:===:===:~-R-2-2-~~=============:::=:
510
··511
6
R2,4,6,10,14,18.
II
--
3 Pin
5 Pin
10 Pin
C()n(~ctor'.
37
2123 / 75
____--!:____~-4_ _4-~~~~lDI"'P'P-------nr=-....1I!.,..~..
3K 1011 56-30~ 1
R21.
',i~ ~ect()r.
~
I
II
DATE
ACT.
,,~
.
==~=R=EV=.~R=E=V~.~===========:1
M
!I~='-'I~ ~i
.:1
30l153-00~_Lc
~R~EOD ~'IN.
PART NC.
NUMBE~~
100/200 TPI
MODEL
Z
t~
PART
Connector.
.
100247-015
J37.
1
1
2
-007
120905-001
J38.
J36,J390
__ ____'__________-'-_____~i----i_--4_--+_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _---t
t~9 ~
140 .
.
~~;S~>n;v.
H._e._a..,d_._ _--I
I~A 1Standoff
~~~;~,_: ~_~_~1_1+_-~_+-_+_-_I_-·-0-9-5-d-;-a.-.--xo-l-5-6._'_9
0
__
...
-31
_ _
- Swage Type.
147800·,001
6
.250 dia x .187 19.
r.::sJ ~;f~-~'-;;"'~":"'---'--'---.--0-0-2~-1-+-'-""--+-.-2-5(). . -d-i-a-x-.2-5-0-'-g-.--~
i~Tt==------------+--·------II---t---+--+------------'1I
f431 Scre\t~, Pdn
~i
"49 r--~
. 50
\,1(1 S
~~ r,
Hd.
'
1-
6
- -
I~l~-t.
i3
4-40
x 3/8
19.
~~--0-O-1~-6-~~~~~U-s-e-w-;-t-h-l-·t-e-m-1-2-&-1-3-.-~
Grea~her'rral JOint.---
~
6
Ny 1o;-S-'h-o'-u-'0-'e-t,,-.--_Mf- -00-0-63·.. 0
WP~~O~i~.
. 52 -
100036-206
------~--~--~~~----------------------'120100-001
P./R
~~~OO-441~A'~/'R~-~~----------~
54_.Mark~connector-~____j~·_2_02_3_4_1_-_0_36~~1~_~_~_J_3_6_._ _ _ _ _ _ _ ~
55
r1arker,
,..1
(-037
1
J37.·
r'U M~r.~~2:~ -';--;;-=--j
-038-+---1........--+--+-J....;3-S.....- - - - - - - - - - - - .
1. 57 r,iarke.::.~._..."______--i!,____-_O_3_94~1_+-_+_-_+-J-.39-.'"---_ _ _ _ _ _--1'
i=:8
L:... --~--..
-01---4--+----------1
159
Schematic.
301154
.;. ;R.e-;...:.,f.J-,;..E
.
......__-+_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _- i
1"'--.10,_"'____
---",...
t--.•
e 60
~-
I
.....,
- - -..J,..
Printed ~1aster.
--~
M
I 301151
r-;;~t·i~=__=__:__+3ol.1(l5
72- . .,. Rewo.rk
-=--
L-........- . - " ,
- -
_
FonM 209 m.' 2/741
fI
.·
Ref
\... . .
,~~_a_--li----------_t
1
=~--+-';~~~~B-182'
~.....f..-------""1
...L........____.
-"_-.4._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _- "
_
... _
_
1
REVISIONS
D[SCRIPTION
CHK.
DATE
AN'ROVEO
I---+P_I_l._O_T_R_£'_U_·A_S_E_ _ _ _ _+-"_\rrl.:;:: .I-fl.__.
~.!..
(RIO 5810
"',:1 ,- ,'., ...
c
.~
:;:
Q
-,
I~
'0
\:
~
~
~
f .......
.
~
~
~
'~i4
\t
~
-',1
..;:1
B
PART NO,3011~7-XXX
4. FOR SCHEMATIC SEE DWG
A
301158.
NOTES UIILE~ SP(CIFIED
tl1 COMPONENTS
o FO~<
mHE.
,XXi ,xXXi -
ANGULAI\
Wangco
:1:-
2. BRCAK All SHARP
[DGES A/'I'flOX •. 010
JLJMP['~ LOCATIONS SEE TABULATED M/ L.
"
MACH.
WRfACES
-J
~=-------~
f)mitl
4. ALL DIMS IN INCIIES.
MARK I\PPRopr(lATE DASH NUMBEr?, SIN AND LATEST
VISION LET TEF? ,12 HIGH WHIT [ CHAf-lACTERS PER
1M
M)TE '3 : UNl E55
8
.
f -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ :200TPI
WANGCO SPEC 100037.
i ._ ..
Ul
1, TOUiiA"'CES
SHOWN IN PHANTOM ;\dE VARIABLE.
SEE TABULATED M/ L FOR VALUC:S ..
~
I
OlHE RWI S[ SPEC I FI E 0
7
6
5
t
4
3
SEE TABlJLATEOM/L
F&T
"OOJ(JO
-:~lJOOO I
2
Incorporated
ASSY, P\,VBDATA ELECTRONICS
2: I
00 NOT &CAl!
lHI';i O""W'I:'\I"
.'~
301157
WEIGHT
S>i!ET
8-183
t
..
1
OIY.
IIEO'I!.
H
4 OF '"
,",vue
..,;
w
a:
J:
a:
w
0
a
a
CD
2i
:;)
I
Z
I-
"'L.(')
a:
WANGCa
0120
'MATERIAL LI ST
INCORPORATEO
TITLE
AS5Y. PWB.
DATA ELECTRONICS
•
ITEM
NO.
' .....
M5g~( 200TP I
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
IREODI
,,""of
F &T
=.1 ~~~: I
W43
~~
Q~lo
I-;
~~
~
---
REV.
301157-000
H
SHEET
...!.. ~F ..L
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
0
M
1---
PART NUMBER
5/21/75
DATE
~
~
Q
""\lJ
BASIC
1 Board, Processed.
2
301156-001
1
1t~3023,-001
1
101011-001
101022-001
101031-001
101032-001
101139-001
12:3001-001 ,
125000-0(')1
3
C
.:'
3
4
5
6
7
8
IC
IC
IC'
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
Transistor.
Transistor,
74574
7426
311
75452
592
75451
7414
10116
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21 "
22
23
24 Diode.
78M08HC
-008
12~5007 -006
79~106AHC .,'
2N2222A 1D1052-001
2N2907A 101053-001
2
1
3
1
1
1
1
3
7
.
'
25
26 Diode
27
28 Inductor, S°/
29 Inductor, u
30 Inductor. II
10
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
12~5005-()06
78~·106HC
1
2
U2.
U1,8,9.
U6A.
U4A,4B.
U10,11.
U6B.
U3,5,7.
U12.
U14. ,
U13.
U15.
Ql,4.10.
Q2,3,5,6,7,8,9,.
"
'
IN5317
101034,-001
22
CR1,2,3,4,5,6,7;8,9,10,11,
CR12,17,13,19,20,21,22,23,
CR24,25,26.
IN4003
100127 -001
4
CR13,14,15,16.
1.5uh
27uh
220uh
122500-003
101074"'270
122500-001
1
6
L5.
Ll,2,3,4,6,7.
2
L8~9.
.8-185
.
----
0120
~:
UI
a:
a:
'"
al
::II!
:.
2:
....a:
"III:
A.
:t
0
0
0
,......I
LO
.-t
.-t
-uJWANGCa
, MATERIAL LI5T
INCOAPOAATID
ASSY. PWB.
DATA ELECTRONICS,
TITLE
ITEM
NO.
100/
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
PART NUMBER
REV.
301157-000
H
200TP I F &T DATE 5/21/75
REao MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
!
sHEETLoFL
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
a
M
1----
--~
~~
Q\.<)
~,
--
31
32
Capacitor, Nica.
Capacitor, t-1ica.
56pf
62pf
C35,3f.,17.
-6~
3
4
.01uf
101042-103
15
38 Capacitor, Poly.
.022uf
39 Capacitor, Tantl. 20V 2.2uf
101004-223
101002-225
4
11
40 Capaci tor, Tantl. 20V.
II
41 Capacitor,
6V.
42
43
44
'45 Resistor, Var.
46
47
48 Resistor, 5%, ~W.
15uf
56uf
101002-156
101001-566
3
1
C7,8,
12,13,17,18,27,28,
C33,40,41,42,43,49,50.
C23,24,29,30.
C1,6,9,10,32,34,45,46,47,
C48.51.
C38.39,44.
C14.
100
101148-101.
1
R71.
10
101156-100
33
..
34
".
35
36
37 Capacitor, Ceramic.
:
-
,".
~ ~
"
Res"i stor, 5%, !'M.
.,
.'~
.
..
!
"
r.19~20.21,22,
.
)
"
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
.,
100243-560
'
"
"
r
15
f
~
9
101156-150
1
-330
-470
-560
-750
-101
-201
-331
-361
-471
2
2
2
1
2
2
1
I
... R35,36,38,39,46,47,
R61,62,63.
R23.
.,
•
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resistor,
FORM 209 (R.12174)
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
"
II
II
II
II
II
II
"
33
47
56
75
100
200
330
360
470
8-186
2
4
R66,67.
R51,52.
R1,29.
R79.
R33,78.
R72,73.
R70
RG3,69.
Q41.42.43.44.
.
,
-..-
0120
"U) WANGCO
a:: tI:
:>
w
MA.T E R I AL '. LIS
r
INCORPORATEO
a:
w
III
0
0
TITLE
0
~ .....
a: .....
0
~
w
!
--0
w
>
0
a::
~
~
10
'.
~
:
"
.
100/
MODEL
.
200TP~
ITEM
NO•
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
IREQDI
F &T.
DATE
:'e. 1~~~: I
PART NUMBER
REV.
301157-000
H
5/21/75
SHEET
L
OF
..!.
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
M
...--
-
ASSY. PWB.
DATA ELECTRONICS.
I
Ln
z .....
t-
.....
60 Resistor,5%,
61 . Resistor, II.
62 Resistor, II
'63 . Resistor, II
64 Resistor, II
65 Resistor, II
~W.
66
67
68
Resistor,5%,
Resistor, II
Resistor, II
~W.
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
R~istor,5%, ~W.
510
lK
1.2K
1.5K
1.8K
2K
101156-511
-102
-122
-152
-182
-202
2
7
1
7
1
'12
2.4K
3K
5.1K
101156-242
-302
-512
1
1
10
10K
20K
43K
68K
lOOK
21 .K
-103
-203
-433
-683
-104
-273
5
1
1
1
4
1
Trans,former.
Transformer.
Connector, 5 Pin.
Pin, Wire Wrap.
10l060-001
..
-002
101133-001
100360-003
1
1
Schematic.
Printed Master.
Procedure, Test.
301158
301155
900088
Resi stor,'
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resis"tor,
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
"
II
II
8-187
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
R48,49.
RI3,14,80,85,86,87,88.
R53.
R32,55,56,57,58,59,60.
R54.
RI2,15,16, ,27,30,31,40,50
R74,76,83,89.
R20
R34.
R18,19,21,26,75,77,81,82,90
R91.
R2,3,4,5,25.
R84.
RIO.
Rll.
R6,7·,8,9.
R92.
T1.
T2.
J24,25,26,27.
Test Point &Jumper Points.
~
9
Ref
Ref
Ref
H
.
:>t.Lt.~
I :
11.. V •
,",,",UL
DISC SELECT:
INV.
D120
MATERIAL LI
ST
nt.AU
2400 RPM
->w \!)
a:
-'
a:
w
0
0
CD
......•
2
;:)
z
~
a:
Ln
-'
-'
-uJWANGCa
INCORPORATED
TITLE
ASSY. PWB.
DATA ELECTRONICS
ITEM
NO.
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
..
200TPI F&T
REao
DATE
("t')
REV.
301157--001
G~
4-15-76
ACT.
REV. REV.
SHEET
..!.... OF .l...
REMARKS
0
01(
Q.
PART NUMBER
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
USE MATERIAL LIST
AND ADD THE FOLlOWING:-
301157-000
Capacitor, Mica
Capacitor,
62pf
100pf
100243-620
-101
1
1
C26
C25
30
330
3.0K
101156-300
101156-331
-302
1
1
2
R37
R45
R64,R65
H
402450-003
~I-
\D
I";w \.0
~ ........
01(
I
Q'}
io---
Q
w
~c)Q
~.~
o:~
...
'--
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
II
Resistor,
Resistor,
Res i s tor,
5%,~
5%,~W
II
II
Jumper, Insulated
300648-001 AIR
~~.
FORM 209 (R.12174)
8-188
Jumper Jl
J2
B to C
E to F
2400 RPM
->
w
1
a:
\!)
DISC SELECT:
'"UJWANGCa
--
INV.
PART NUMBER
MATERIAL LI ST
N
0
0
CD
2'
TITLE
LO
.....
0
~
~
a:
~
G,,4
ASSY. PWB.
DATA ELECTRONICS
MOD.El
200TPI F&T
DATE·
4-15-76
SHEET
-1.. OF ...!
I
f"oo,.
:l
Z
REV.
301157-002
INCORPORATEO
a:
w
ITEM
NO.
M
DESCRIPTION
PJ'RT NO.
ACT.
RE.OD 'REV. REV.
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY IUSED ON
USE MATERIAL LIST
AND ADD THE FOLLOWING:-
301157-000
Capacitor, Mica
Capacitor,
62pf
100pf
1001243-620
-101
1
1
C26
C25
30
330
3.0K
101156 .. 3QO
101156-331
-302
1
1
2
R37
R45
R64,R65
H
~-
"
w "-;--
~~
C{
i-o-
c
~~
a:~
~~
I...-
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
.97
98
99
100
II
Resistor,
Resistor,
Res; stor,
5%,~W
5%,~W
II
II
Jumper, Insula ted
300648-001 AIR
B-189
FORM 209 (R.12174)
-
0120
Jumper J1
J2
A to B
E to F
Ht.AU
2400 RPM
:::.
UJ
a: ~
~t.Lt.l.,
I:
DISC SELECT:
"WWANGCa
1NV.
,",VLlC
STD.
0120
PART NUMBER
MATERIAL' LIST
REV.
G~
. 301157-003
INCORPORATEO
ASSY~
a:
UI
GJ
:IS
:t
.~
~.
a:
011:
A.
(\"')
0
0
,
......
LO
~
~
'rlTLE
PWB.
DATA ELECTRONICS
ITEM
NO.
0
(\"')
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
200TPI F&T
REaO
DATE
4-15-76
. . . ACT.
REV. REV.
SHEET
..l. OF -1
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
USE MATERIAL LIST
AND ADD THE FOLLOWING:-
301157-000
Capacitor, Mica
Capacitor, II
62pf
100pf
100243-620
-101
1
1
C26
C25
30
330
3.0K
101156-300
101156-331
-302
1
1
2
R37
R45
R64,R65
H
~--
w ~
•
... '-!:
< f
Q'}-
,...Q
w
>
~~
:cQ.~
--
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
[00
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resistor,
5%,~
5%,~W
\I
II
Jumper, Insulated
300648-001 AIR
Jumper J1
J2
B to C
D to E
,
8-190
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
lIL.nu , 'L.L.L.
2400 RPM
:>
w
ct
\!)
"" 1 .
DISC SELECT:
-u)'WANClCD
oJl U
.
...,,,
STD.
MATERIAL LI ST
INCORPORATED
"'"
ct
w
0
0
CD
::E
,......I
~
LO
Z
......
....
ct ......
TITLE
ITEM
NO•
0
f
ASSY. PWB.
DATA ELECTRONICS
M
... -
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
200TPI F&T
IREQDI
DATE
=.1 ~~~:
PART NUMBER
REV.
301157-004
G ...
4-15-76
SHEET
....!. OF ..L
REMARKS
I
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
USE MATERIAL LIST
AND ADD THE FOLLOWING:-
301157-000
Capacitor, Mica
Capacitor, II
62pf
100pf
100243-620
-101
1
1
C26
C25
30
330
3.0K
101156-300
101156-331
-302
1
1
2
R37
R45
R64,R65
H
~
w,
.... \S
C§ .....
~
p....-.
c
w
~~
~
8::'
«
---
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resi stor,
5%,~
5%,~W
II
II
Jumper, Insula ted
300648-001 AIR
Jumper J1
J2
A to B
D to E
.
.
FORM 209 (R.12174)
•
8-191
.....
Dl2IT
.
I •
j,nv.
DISC SELECT:
INV.
IILonu
1500RPM
,U
,;
...
-uJ'WANClCa
a:
a:
UJ
al
:le
:)
.,ac:.
:iiI~
c(
III.
Ln
0
0
"'LLoLo~
MATERIAL LI5T
INCORPORATED
·rJTLE
ASSY. PWB.
DATA ELECTRONICS
MODEL
....... ITEM
Ln
NO•
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
REaD
0
M
--
-.
200TPI F&T
I
...-t
...-t
wv ....
0120
DATE
PART NUMBER
REV.
301157-005
C..4J
4-13-76
ACT.
REV. REV.
SHEET.2.. OF.!.-
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
USE MATERIAL LIST
AND ADD THE FOLLOWING:-
301157-000
Capacitor, Mica
Capacitor,
100pf
180pf
100243-101
-181
1
1
C25
C26
Resis'tor, 5%,J..M
Resi stor, 5%,~W
II
Resistor,
2.7
180
,3.0K
101156~2R7
101156-181
-302
1
1
2
R37
R45
R64,R65
300648-001
2
Jumper J1
J2
H
....
'....s.
ut \
".,
.....
ce,",
91
92
93
11' " v' 94
95
96
CI~
...~
~M
,
-4I~
II
II
00 Jumper, Insulated
'
.
B to C
E to F
..
.
.
..
~
8-192
FORM 209 (R.12/74.
1500RPM
->
w
a:
0
\0
a::
w
m
:E"
0
0
"U1'WANGCa
DISC SELECT:
:;:)
...a::Z
f
&.n
......
......
0120
PART NUMBER
MATERIAL LI ST
TITLE
ASSY. PWB.
DATA ELECTRONICS
MODEL
ITEM
NO•
0
M
--
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
200TPI F&T
IREQDI
REV.
301157-006
INCORPORATED
" I
.......
----
INV.
DATE
!-1~-76
=.1 ~~~: 1
SHEET
C~
-1. OF ....l.
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
USE MATERIAL LIST
AND ADD THE FOLLOWING:-
3101157-000
Capacitor, Mica
Capacitor, II
100pf
180pf
100243-101
-181
1
1
C25
C26
Resistor, 5%,~W
Resistor, 5%, ~W
Resistor, II II
2.7
180
3.0K
101156-2R7
101156-181
-302
1
R37
R45
R64,-R65
H
~
u) ..
~"':Z
~
"~
---
91
92
93
94
95
96
.
100 Wi reo, Jumper
~"""
~~-d
J\
1
2
300648-001 AIR
Jumper J1
J2
.
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
...
8-193
,
A to B
E to F
.
m:.l"\u
1500 RPM
:>
1\1.1
Itt
0
Itt
'"
1\1.1
0
0
ICD
:::E
'\l)
WANCICO
LO
I~
....-...
0120
MATERIAL LI ST
ASSY. PWB
DATA ELECTRONICS
I
....... ITEM
:~
:z
111W.
STD.
INCORPORATED
TITLE
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
NO.
..-
.)C,LC,\" I •
DISC SELECT:
PART NO.
200TPI F&T
REaD
. DATE
PART NUMBER
REV.
30;L157-007
C~
4-13-76
-..
ACT.
REV. REV.
SHEET
1- OF..L
REMARKS
~
itt
~
c(
0
,lao
M
1""--
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
USE MATERIAL LIST
AND ADD THE FOLLOWING:-
301157-000
Capacitor, Mica
Capacitor,
100pf
180pf
100243-100
-181
1
1
C25
C26
2.7
180
3.0K
101156-2R7
101156-181
-302
1
1
2
R37
R45
R64,R65
H
~
.tile .....,
......
UJ .,'
~
Cl~
~..::!..
\:
~
~
"-
.
~
·iL.
l''':
.~
I.......
91
·92
93
94
[) 95
Resistor,
Resistor,
90 Resistor,
II
5%,~W
5%,~W
II
100 Wire, Jumper
II
300648-001 AIR
Jumper J1
J2
B to C
o to E
A
..
~
6-194
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
""'"LI .., ... ~ ... '"'
DISC SELECT:
'>
w
a::
'\'
o .'
ttl '--,
~~,l
<
' '"
4
~
91
, 92
93
94
95
96
Resistor, 5%,~W
Resistor, 5%, ~W
Resistor, " "
,
10C Wire, Jumper
'
300648-001 AIR
.
8-195
FORM 209 (R.12174)
Jumper Jl
J2
A to B
o to E
H~AU SEL~CT
2400RPM
:;
w
a:
a:
w
CD
:E
\l
f'-t
0
~
Q.
-uJWANGCD
\,iUUt;
0120
PART NUMBER
MATERIAL LI ST
30'1157-101
INCORPORATEO
TITLE
REV.
ASSY. PWB.
DATA ELECTRONICS
MODEL
100TPI F&T
DATE
4-13-76
SHEET..L OF
Cl
..L
f'-t
::» ......I
z LO
a:
c(
INV .
INV.
:
DISC SELECT:
f'-t
f'-t
ITEM
NO.
0
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
ACT.
REaD : :• REV.
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
USE MATERIAL LIST ' 301157-000
AND ADD THE FOLLOWING:-
M
1"--
REMARKS
H
~
.~~
< ....
c~
~~
,~
,~
tt
c(
.--!.
}
91
'92
93
94
95
96
Capacitor, Mica
Capacitor, "
62pf
100pf
100243-620
-101
1
1
C26
C25
Resistor, 5%,~
Resistor, 5%,!.4W
Resistor, " "
30
330
2.4K
101156-300
101156-331
-242
1
1
2
R37
R45
R64,R65
100 Wire, Jumper
300648-001 AIR
Jumper J1
J2.
B to C
E to F
.-!
,
8-196
FORM 209 (R.12174)
.
..
.
DISC SELECT: INV.
..... , , . ,
2400~PM
:>
w
a: ()
a:
w
N
0
.....
I
CD
~ ......
L()
...a:Z .....
::
\lJ:
~ANCJca
TITLE
ITEM
NO.
.......... ' " •
..., I . ,
D120
MATERIAL LI ST
CORPORATEO
ASSY. PWB.
DATA ELECTRONICS
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
II'ART NO.
100TPI F&T
REaD
DATE
M
REV.
301157-102
C ..
4-13-76
..... ACT.
REV. REV.
SHEET.l... OF
REMARKS
.-t
0
PART NUMBER
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
USE MATERIAL LIST
AND ADD THE FOLLOWING:-
301157-000
Cape citor, Mica
Cape citar, II
62pf
100pf
100243-620
-101
1
1
C26
C25
Res star,
Res star,
Res star,
30
330
2.4K
101156-300
101156-331
-242
1
1
2
R37
R45
R64,R65
H
~-
'"
w,\
a~
~
91
·92
93
94
95
96
~
0',
. ~'0
>:-.~
o '\:'
t~
cc'
~
~
;
100
Wir~
5%,~W
5%,~W
II
, Jumper
II
·3010648-001 AIR
I
FORM 209 ~R.12174)
I
8·197
Jumper J1
J2
A to B
E to F
..L
2400RPM
:>
let
U
let
M
IW
IJJ
0
I~
DISC SELECT:
-u)'WANGCD
I
::l
.......
I~
.....t
.....t
:z
Lt')
let
.<
INCORPORATED
TITLE
ITEM
NO.
0
I~
ASSV. PWB.
DATA ELECTRONICS
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
.
'-!;
,
-,
tile "::'--
Cl'.>
1--
,
~
C), \
"~u
~S;'
Ill.
ce
.-
-,
'
\
;
I
91
92
93
94
95
96
Capacitor, Mica
Capacitor, II
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resistor,
5%,~W
5%,~W
II
II
REao
301157-000
'
-.
100TPI F&T
PART NO.
USE MATERIAL LIST
AND ADD THE FOLLOWING:-
M
,,",,-~~
012-0
MATERIAL LI ST
.....t
::1
--""~~
STD.
DATE
PART NUMBER
REV.
301157-103
C~
4-13-76
ACT.
REV. REV.
SHEET
.l.. OF l
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
H
..
62pf
100pf
100243-620
-101
1
1
C26
C25
30
330
2.4K
101156-300
101156-331
-242
1
1
2
R37
R45
R64,R65
-
100 Wire, Jumper
,300648-001 AIR
Jumper J1
J2
B to C
o to E
.
•
8-198
FORM 209 (R.12174)
.
......
.., ....... "" ..
DISC SELECT: STD.
">
w
a::
0
a::
w
Ul
WANGCD
MATERIAL LI S T
ASSY. PWB.
DATA ELECTRONICS
~
......
MODEL100TPI F&T
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
~
a:: ......
~ 0M
,.....-
..,.
INCORPORATED
TITLE
2
I
::l ,.....
z Ln ITEM
...... NO.
CD
....,
,.",
2400~PM
USE MATERIAL LIST
AND ADD THE FOLLOWING:-
. DATE
IREODI =.1 ~~~·.I
301157-000
PART NUMBER
0120
REV.
301157-104
C~
4-13-76
SHEET..L OF..:!..
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLV/USED ON
H
~
w' )
~
~-,
91 Cap acitor, Mica
92 Ca~ acitor, II
93
94 Re istor, 5%,~
95 Res istor, 5%, ~W
II
96 Res istor, II
~
,~
~
i~
4
.
........
62pf
100pf
100243-620
-101
1
1
C26
C25
30
330
2.4K
101156-300
101156-331
-242
1
1
2
R37
R45
R64,R65
.-.
:
100 Wir e, Jumper
300648-001 AIR
Jumper J1
J2
A to B
D to E
.
.
_
FORM~ )9
(R.12/14)
8-199
'nt:.t\u
1500RPM
,;
a:
U
UI
u,a:aJ
Lf)
0
""\lJ'WANGCD
.Jt:.Lt:.\" I •
.lIlV.
DISC SELECT:
INV.
:)
I
,......
..,..:
Lf)
TITLE
etC
0
ITEM
NO.
Q.
M
....--
REV.
C.,.
301157-105
INCORPORATEO
ASSY. PWB.
DATA ELECTRONICS
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
...
100TPI F&T
PART NO.
REaD
9""i
9""i
a:
PART NUMBER
MATERIAL LI ST
9""i
:Ii
...v ......
D120-
DATE
4-13-76
SHEET
..
ACT•
REV. REV.
-1.. OF -1.
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
USE MATERIAL LIST
AND ADD THE FOLLOWING:-
301157-000
Capacitor, Mica
Capacitor, 1\
Capacitor, II
,15pf
100pf
180pf
100243-150
-101
-181
1
1
1
C15
C25
C26
30
180
2.4K
101156-300
101156-181
-242
1
1
2
R37
R45
R64,R65
H
,~
w' \
.... '-"">
<"1-
Q~
1---
l·,
c \.-.:
w~~
~~\
0:
..
.~:
..,
!
,
.;'
'--
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resistor,
5%,~W
5%,~W
II
100 Wire, Jumper
II
300648-001 AIR
Jumper J1
J2
B to C
E to F
.
.
4
8-200
FORM 209 (R.12174)
nCl\u
1500 RPM
'>
w
a: (J
a:
w
ur
.
\0
0
m
:E
~ANGCD
INC
~t.i.t.l" I :
MATEI~IAL
,......•
~
z
LO
ITEM
NO.
I
DESCRIPTION
<
0
~
M
,.....-
REao
"ART NO.
301157-106
, .
-.
100TPI F&T
MODEL
1""'4
1""'4
a:
PART NUMBER
LI ST
1""'4
I-
ID120
INV.
ORPORATEO
ASSY. PWB.
DATA ELECTRONICS
TITLE
-.... --
~IU.
DISC SELECT:
DATE
4-13-76
ACT.
REV. REV.
REV.
C,..
SHEET --l. OF .....l
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USEO ON
USE MATERIAL LIST
AND ~DD THE FOLLOWING:-
301157-000
Capa ~itor, Mica
Capa ci tor,
Capa citor, II
15pf
100pf
180pf
100243-150
-101
-181
1
1
1
£2fi
Resi stor, 5%,!aW
Resi ~tor,5%,~W
II
Resi ~tor,
30
180
2.4K
101156-300
101156-181
-242
1
1
2
R37
R45
R64,R65
H
'-9
w'\
1--,
<~
Q~
I--
~
~
~ ", ~
~
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
~OO
II
II
Wire, Jumper
300648-001 AIR
...
.....
.....a.-...,.~------_-
FORM 209 R.12/74)
~.~~.~"'"'~
.......J'~"
'I""I~----.-'-.'.---.
I
--.-.~
'~~~.,
~.-
Jumper Jl
J2
A to B.
E to F
8-201._..........._-'-.....- - - -_ _ _ _ _ _ _..
. . . - . '_:--.'". " " . "'-. ' ' . . . '- . . . . . ." ".- . :. .,. . .......... .
~
CIS
C25
~
,-~
~
lilY.
DISC SELECT:
STD.
n~I'\U
1500RPM
,;
(j
w
a:
\lJ'WANGCa
')~L~\"
I
----
0120
PART NUMBER
MATERIAL LI ST
301157-107
INCORPORATEO
a:
w
r-....
0
,
CD
TITLE
ASSY. PWB.
DATA ELECTRONICS
MODEL
2
:»
~
Z
Lt')
C
.....
0
....
a:
ITEM
NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
REaD
~
A-
M
...
100TPI F&T "
~
DATE
4-13-76
ACT.
REV. REV.
REV.
C~
SHEET..L OF
_1_
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
USE MATERIAL LIST
AND ADD THE FOLLOWING:-
301157-000
Capacitor, Mica
Capacitor, II
Capacitor, II
15pf
100pf
180pf
100243-150
-101
-181
1
1
1
C15
C25
C26
Resistor, 5%,~
Resistor, 5%, ~W
Resistor, " "
30
180
2.4K
101156-300
101156-181
-242
1
R37
R45
R64;R65
H
~-~
IAJ, '
1- '-..4
.(
......
1::1~
1-:1::1
,l:.u'
I~
lR ~
,
~~,
\
~--J
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
'I
2
AI
100 Wire, Jumper
300648-001 AIR
Jumper J1
J2
B to C
o to E
.
.
,
B-202
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
>
w
\lJ:
U
a::
I
co
a:
w
0
..-t
CD
TITLE
~tlt~
HtAU
1500RFM
~ANGCa
I :
~IU.
DISC SELECT:
STD.
MATEI~IAL
........
I-
...-1
...-1
:J
Z
Lt)
a:
0120
PART NUMBER
LI ST
.301157-108
~ORPORATEO
ASSY. PWB.
DATA ELECTRONICS
100TPI F&T
MODEL
I
~
'"'uu~
ITEM
NO •
DESCRIPTION
PIART NO.
REaD
....
DATE
ACT .
REV. REV.
('II')
USE MATERIAL LIST
AND ADD THE FOLLOWING:-
C.,4
SHEETLoFl
REMARKS
0
<
Q.
4-13-76
REV.
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
301157-000
H
~-
~
w'\
,
~~
o~
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
~
0.\
I~-
~,
-,)
Capa citor, Mica
Capa citor, II
Capo citor, II
Res; stor,
Res; stor,
Resi stor,
5%,~W
5%,~W
II
II
100 Wire, Jumper
15pf
100pf
180pf
100243-150
-101
-181
1
1
C15
C25
C26
30
180
2.4K
101156-300
101156-181
-242
1
1
2
R37
R45
R64,R65
1
300648-001 AIR
Jumper Jl
J2
A to B
o to E
I
• B-203
FORM 209 R.12174)
---_._
....
.. ----
-------
-- -.- ..
'--.-~~.--
. . -.. ---..-.. .
---~
. .- . . . . . ,. . -"'-.. ,<---,.---.. . . . ,...................,. .
""".~
-~
~,
""~.--
.. "" ,.... ...-.- . . . . -~-
-.~-
~
............-" . .
-.~"
-..........
. . . .....,.. . . . -- ...............
--.~ -~-.- ~-
-..~
~-
.....
-
"""
~~r···
7
8
6
r~--·
D":Z.C
..... v
I
(2
15
~----~8~~----~
-------,
I
RI2
t
J
I
I
I
I
I
-.J
L
IK
47K
(4
• 01
R7
3K
IK
IK
I
R8
3K
J
I
RI
R5
41K
(3
• 01
1
I
II(
I
7
I
;-------~~6~--·~K
I
I
I
I
-.J
\
-=
R3
\
- . . /
' - - _ - - ---- - - - - - _ . / "
3.AlL CAf'ACITOH VALUe':;. IN "dCRi.-FARAD;.:,.
?.ALL
RESI5Tor~
IIJ':;.HK
VI. . !
UE~ I~J n'p!s.
Pl'..iH NO.30117(;-001 ASSV
)
3K
WITH ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL ONLY.
LI~T FOR ~IRE_.1.ENGT~:.
I
IK
\
5.00 NOT VAPOR DEGREASE ASSY.CLEAN
SEE MFG ENGRG wlHE
,
1.\
I
I
R4
I o
IA
S:: E DETA IL
I
I
RIO
R9
I
I
THIS SIDE
7
I
I
1
rWH1TE DOT OR 0+
/
I
I
I
R6
)-t----;
I
CELL 1
I
RI4
RI.3
3K
I
I
I
I
I
IK
10 KEY POLARIZATION
I
I
LEO POWER
.OJ"', 7
I
B
I
RIS
P36
----'l
>----.-""1 4 J------K 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
,i
(5
3K
Ir
Ie
i
I
I
I
I
20V
I
I
I
I
RII
47K
I
I
3
5
L:-
..
03
TE
~_~_~.~:..._~-=~ ~-=_.
','1..1/4W.
P:\"l "IU/>1I1FR,APf'H(.PI:IAH DJ.;:;'H NLlAfif.f.,. LATEC,T •
hfVlSION l ETTU<,MW S~ >'tAL NUI-',HER WHHd ':>H 0 'liN ;It
HI(,H ('"!A.PA~ TrRS COLOff HAC" ITh' WAN(.{O SP[( 100,-,37.
llJ
Incorporated
fl-=:~u.~~.-_.~.:~
A~:T J"s-6i "r .
.~~~==. __rj_
P.I:.
•. __ .. _
--_....
"-.
_.
Wangco
ASSEMBLY, PWB,
COMMUTATOR BOARD
:3 PLACES
4.. All DIMS IN INeIlES.
r· .....
In.''·....... ··..,.>
-
!/
J'
~~
8
7
6
5
4
3
r 1·/
\. ': :. I /
301170
~JI[[J
2
1
Z
OF
2
. ·1
U l i..
->
w
CJ"
a:
a:
w
r-f
a
CD
:;:
:;).
U1
TITLE
WANGCD
MATERIAL LI ST
NCORPORATEO
ASSY.
CO~1MUTATOR
PWB.
MODEL
F &T
100/200TPI
C)
I
...a:z
0
r--..
ITEM
NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
,......1
.--f
41(
Go
IREQOI
DATE
'J
PART NUMBER
REV.
301170-001
C/
5/.6/75
=.1 ~~~·.I
SHEET..L OF
2-
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
a
M
301217
..-.\
-,
t,Lh,"t'
h'
<~;
Q,'".
"J
~-
Q .:. . .
~'J
0.,
o-,~
a:(
.
~::.......
'''''
'.~
~
1 Bo rd, Processed.
2 SVf tch, Optical r'1od i fi ed.
3 r-1al I-ker, Conn. - P
4
Ie
5
6
7 Caf acitor, ~isc, 100V
8 Ca~ acitor, Tant. 20V
9 Cal D1e, Flat 6 Condo
10 COl nectar, Hsa.
11 Pi I , Female.
12 Ke\II, Polarization.
U~311
.01
15uf
301169-001
301272-001
202340-036
101022-001
1
3
1
3
A
101042-103 4
101002-156 1
100403-001 A/R
105016-()Ol
1
6
106004-001
101171-001
1
01,2,3.
P36.
U1,2,3.
C1,3,4,5.
C2.
P36
13
14 Re c istor, 5~~ , ~H.
II
15 Re~ istor, II
II
16 Re c istor, II
17
18
19 Pr~ nted r-1aster.
lK
3K
47K.
101156-102
-302
-473
301168
6
6
3
R4,5,9,10,14,15.
R2,3,7,8,12,13.
Rl,6,11.
Ref. A
.
\,~jt
\.J
FORM 20 ~ (R.12/74)
- 8-207
'.
REQ.D
t:f®.>
0
J21
26
5
30
-j--~-- ORIENT A TRIANGLE CE51StJATION
ON COIINcCTOR HERE.
'
10
3S
IS
!4O
UIO
20
25
lSU~
-\!:
J\..i:APER POiNTS
TY;:> 7 PLS
,
I
i:
t
I
ASSY
~ ~I===:::=::;-,~
o
;
r
;.\
~
1.\
J
l
.
,-., .. ,.
r.·
..... "
....
. ..... -
l:DF
1.
.2
"""ARK. PART Nt;M8£R APPROPRIATE DASH NUMBER ASSY,
C;/N, ANO L"rE~T I(EVISIO"'LE1'TE"~.12 HIGH WHITE"
CHARACTERS PER WANGCO SPEC IOOO!7.
I, (OMPONt:NT SHOW", IN PfiAN TOM. L lNE5 ARE
. . VARIABLE/SEE ..../L.
NOT£~:UNl£!;':S OTI-\[Rwi5£ sPECIFlt£>
VIEW
~:=::::!.:
_
_ _ ........._ _.....
t ..........._.o.,,;..: ..
_J/..»...r.~ . . ·'H··."'4
......~_~ ....
f,·,- . .;"v
2'.
t:CIU~.
:L
......;;Jf.
4.
'-'.U t'!\;!5 I:i "
M.l
.... :;'"
l '-,:.£..3. ,."
/.0\ - It\
A~S&:MBL Y
r .. ".'.,:
P. W.8.
1.0. CONNECTOR,.
.
30~
.-~-
_. . _. ~,:~~-.~-.'~":--..~-=L~~-:--=·~.·-. -z--··--··..,...·1-·-.- - 6 ·- - .- - .1r-----5---·....,..t-._ - - - 4- - - ,
~_~
1:".!~1P1J._~~.~~
.Y' t
r.--_~f.:t!:~-==--::.:~~
'}:;"::.:..::" - ....
!. F"OR SCHEMATIC REf Ow(; SEE '301 160
'~'~.'"
o
d
., .. ~~ ......
-.........~~_;i:__ ........'.......,_,....., ......... -.
- , . . - - - - - . . 1 . ,-3----- ...... ,
~ .................. ~ ... ~:;~ __ .... ~;-~ __ 4
.... 'nr
··'d·
'»• .Iioo.............
~ ..........
f.
.4
;
, 79
..- ----."'_._ ..---, -
... 8-209"
. '.;' .". _ .. '_ ...:.... ," .l... .' _~~ ... '.................
;! ...............
...-~--....o.a.
I
CODE
D'~o
fANGeO
->
w
a: ({l
a:
w
0
I
::::l
...0: ,......
(J')
Z
1?>
301179-000
ASSY. I/O CONNECTOR PWB.
ITEMI
NO.
MODEL
-
DESCRIPTION
PAIRT NO.
.-I
.-I
I
0"\
;ii'!
1IX:
........
.
PART NUMBER
MATERIAL LI ST
. 301179-001
INCORPORATEO
TITLE
...-f
UJ
INTERNAL. ATTENTION LINES; D-40/PERTEC' NEGATIVE
ASSY. I/O CONNECTOR PWB.
ITEM
NO•
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
PART NO.
Disc.
REaD
DATE
3/20/75
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
CODE
0120
REV.
A
~
SHEET..l.- OF L
REMARKS
...-f
......
(
USE MATERIAL LIST
AND ADD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:
0
I:"
('V)
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
301179-000
A
....,
NONE
1-":,,",-
Ll. f~
Use Process Board.
Cut etch between U13B-6
to J21-7.
~c~
C)~
~-
300073
e6F
f~
'.
~;.'\~
~E~--'~'
~(\ :
-I
I
1
Add wire from J21-7 to
U3-9.10.
)
Add wire from U3-14 to U3-6.
-
Add wire from U13B-l to U3-7.
Add wire from U13B-6 to U3-2.
6
26
I. C.
Wire, Solid.
75451
101139~
2
100248-924 A/R
U7A.7B.
Add.
Add. Jumper Jl from A to B.
)
~
8-212
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
ROY. GATED WITH WRITE CHECK.
TER ~INATION VOLTAGE: INTERNAL.
ATTENTION LINES: POSITIVE.
">
w
UJ:
~
a:
a.:
w
N
~
c
Z
I-
"'....-i
TITLE
C
co
I
:::>
en
n:
oct
MA T·ER I AL
a
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
PART NO.
Disc.
REaD
n-.~
Use Process Board
Cut Iltch bet\'Jeen U13B-6
to J Dl-7.
W'
I-~
~~
l'\
~
DATE
7/17/75
MIN. ACT.
REV. REV.
A
USE MATERIAL LIST 301179-000
AND A[ DO/DELETE THE FOLLOHING:-
M
-,4
301179-002
bRPORATEO
"I~t>SY. I/O CONNECTOR PWB.
ITEM
NO.
REV.
PART NUMBER
LI ST
....-i
""
fO
~NGCD
CODE,
D120
SH EET
-..!...
OF
_1_
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
301524-014, ,401524-0U9,
301500-003
300073-001 Ref
......
',~.\~'
o",\:,
~'.\.
~
Add •lire from J21-7 to
U3-9 10.
y}
t
I.-
to;
..
..
..
Add Nire from U3-14 to U3-6.
Aqd Jire from U13B-1 to U3-7.
f-.,
--
6
26
Add lire from U13B-6 to U3-2.
I.C.
Hire , Solid.
75452
101031-001
2
100~~48:..924
A/R
U7A,7B.
8-213
A to B.
Jumper J1
..
FORM 209 (f ~.12/741
Add.
"
Add.
,'-'
·_,..--_._---_._.- ,-
;'
8
6
7
5
r
4
,
.-
3
...
2
1
....
-~"
"eVISIONS
DESCRIPTION
REV.
A
PILOT RELEASE
A
MFG
RELE"'SE
c
o
I!.
I
!
i
I
•
A-A
SECTION
SCALE:NONE
TYP 5 PLS
:C
SWAGE
LAST USED
DELETED
Q4
RGI
VRI
CRI
C4
!
+18VDC
18
R6
C~~~----.-----~----------~~----+-------~
R6
R5
3
45
03
(
CI
6.8
Q2
35V
"
(2
.47
J,:ril
1 1
RI
IK
3W
:3
CRI
IN400:3
r-t-~------~------+-------~--.--~------~--~--~~~----~'~+5V
I
t§]
A
INSERT AND T/t;HTEN SCREW, ITEM
6 INCH LBS.OF TORQUE.
40,APPlYIN(j
~ AP?LY THERMAL JOINT GREASE ON BOTH SIDES OF MICA WASHER.
8
"
L
fZ]
2.
.1
"I~~}'E;_F CJfl
"-"J~~q-~ ·.~:r.:
V",'LU~S
'-'/L
M!CI({"~A:>.4DS.
NOns UHLESS SPECIFIED
1. TOLERANCES
.xx:!:
'"
:,,!.<\,hK l..ATEST ~EV., "(VELS, AP>:riCPkIATE DASH NO.,
AND SEr,IAl NO.WERE SHO',·/N. , !2 HIG.., ·:H/lRACTEqS
COL (\ R : fI Lt' r:. :-: ~ E? WA N Gee ~;::' E C
: 000 :3 7.
rr!l
PART NO 301 i 98-XXX SEE MIL
C3
.xxx:!-
ANGULAR
l:
2. BREAK ALL SHAllp
E!l{;ES APPROX•.01a
~
iJ.A
Wangco Incorporate!:!
3. WACH. SUilfACes
2~ ~.!t ',:':'1510'.:.
4. ALL DIMS IN INCHES.
AL'_ (,A,r'':'CIT)R
IN
I. ALL RESISTOH '/,.'.LUC:S It-; :lH:,I:.). :1..5\'1.
:,O-;-E5 : U~;i.. ES3 'JTHE~WISt SPEll F !EO.
S>lF.ET
7
6
5
t
4
1
I
-
CODE
0120
MATE~nAL
a:
W
a:l
~
:::>
C\J
0
0
I
~
co
-'
a..
0
M
TITLE
PART NUMBER
LIST
REV.
301198-002
B
.- F & T
ASSY. PWB.
SPINDLE DRIVE REGULATOR.
MODEL
100/200TPI
DATE
9/23/75
SHEET
2.. OF L
~~----~------------------~~
. . .------~~~~~~--............- -........- - - -. . . .--~
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
PJ~RT NO.
REaD MIN. ACT.
REMARKS
Z
~I:=NO=.~==~======~============~==:==========~R=E=V=.=R=EV=.~====================~
-'
<
a:
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
-~
1
Board, Processed.
4
·301197-001
1
300614-001
1
Tran~istor.
151004-001
4
Ql,2,3,4.
Regu ator, Vo1tage,5V 7805
125006-005
1
RGI.
DiodE.
IN4003
DiodE, Zener 4.3V,I%.5M4.3CSI
100127-001
107040-009
1
1
CRI.
VRI.
Capac i tor, Tant. 35V.
Capacitor, Tant. 35V.
Capa< itor, Ceramic.
Capacitor,
Resistor, 1%, 5W.
Resiistor,
Resistor, 5%, 3W.
Resis~or, 1%, 5W.
101003-105
-685
101086-474
1
1
1
C4.
Cl.
C2.
C3.
2
3
Transistor Mtg.
P1at~,
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
~
II
II
II
luf
6.8uf
.47uf
.luf
2
45
lK
3
142000-004 2
-019 . 1
1000158-102 1
142000-006 2
R2,3
R6.
Rl.
R4,5
Termil a1.
Rivet A1, Univ. Hd.
101135-001
5·
5
.095 dia. x .156 19.
Insulctor, Mica.
Insulc tor,
Thermal Joint Grease.
100147-001 4
100146-001 1
120100-001 AIR
Use with item 6.
Use with item 8.
Use with item 6 &8.
______
10042~9-001
II
~
FORM 209 !R.l
____________
~14)
~
____
~
__-
B-217~
__
~
__
~~~
__________________
~
CODE
;>
w
a:
((}
a:
N
w
co
~
CO
0"\
r-4
r-4
ct
0
M
0-
INCORPORATED
MATERIAL
LI ST
•
ASSY. PHB.
SPINDLE DRIVE REGULATOR.
MODEL
F &T
100/200TPI
DATE
REV.
301198-002
B
9L23L75
SHEET
.
-L OF 2.
I
:>
a:
WANGCD
TITLE
0
0
I-
Z
"'\lJ
0120
PART NUMBER
~UJ
l-
e(
a
:-CI
w
>
0
a:
a..
0-
ct
~-
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
REQD
MIN.
REV.
ACT.
REV.
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
Washer, Nylori Shoulder.
100063-013
5
Screw, Pan Hd.
Standoff, Swage.
100036-206
147800-001
5
5
Cement.
100303-004 A/R
Printed Master.
Schematic.
Ref If
301196
301198-000 Ref D
4-40 X 3/8 19.
.250 dia x 3/16 19.
,
Rework,Instructions
301406
_..
..;,~., ..
8-218
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
1
,
6
7
8
4
5
~
, i
2
3
1
REV.
INSTALL CONNECTOR
Ctlt::.
nATE
AN'ROVLD
FARSIDE
ORiENT 6 TRiANGLE AS SHOWN
(PI N
1)
1(531
1(521
(49
1(461
1(45\
~
C41
lIm
___--OPEN
~
841
o
0
~
0
0
~
~ D33
30
1028\
\027
•
025
I
I
DI7
833
0
;A:33-,
I~
.-----
I@ • (25
0
V<:
828 829 830
f"Ai7I
~
425
~
825
II~
I
I_
I
I
~J5
_--+--------60) 39
1,4.221
~ AS
o
0
04AI9 A20 A,'j
P'....\CE S
RCOO
CI7
OPEN
NOT USED
815
813
AI4
o 0 0 0 o.?..,
&. 015
(;,
'-J
[ITO
@~
NOT USED
A29 A31
IA280 0 0 0 A 30
[ani
@)I
@
~
o
I
20
(33
J@
~~
837 B3e 839 840
[6A.fj
c
A41
814
10
[jiL
L@
=:J
SIN
I
B
OA3
oell
OA2
A
OA1
R
J
J
TillS DftAWU.G CONTAINI
."c:.Rl[TAAY lfdonUATI.QNOlf
OFJEN
5. FOR SCHEMATIC REFERENCE SEE
o
¥lANGeD INC
AHDUAV fofOT.INw'lrJ~' on IkP.... l.
If DUP'llCATfnMOt!.CLO!IDOI4
USfO 'OR M,.,I'IIUf-AC1U't! 0" A..... 'A'"
NOT USED
DViG 301321.
OISCl.(.>S(OH(RtttfWtltt(-'lVT ftt'PRIOR
""'ilT' N 'fltMlStIQM 01 VfANOCO...c.
SOLDER HOLD DOWN WIRE,ITEM 113 ,TO CASE OF (RYSTAL,ITEM
102) AND TO PLATED HOLE AS INDICATED .
. (3j FOR
JUMPER LCCATIONS SEf
LSI COMPONENTS
SEE MIL
MIL.
I. 101 I HANel
SHOWN
IN PHANTOM
.xx •
ARE VARIABLE.
.X~l(.
FOR I~EQLJI f?EHENTS.
2. nrllAK All
}nCIJI AH
WANGCO
'
.,/
4. loll 01'.1<; IN INelll_S.
vro
!i. PIMI r.. ~ION·. !"I"l \' Al-lrU
ItNI!.tlNIlIIIiAllt
,
SF & ST,F&T
it')
(~~.
[~
is
46
47
. tl~
.u
I
Resistor
~\r'J •
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
10
75
220
240
300
560
lK
JI.M.
1. 2K
II
II
1.8K
II
II
InK
II
u
.
-
Pin Connector
.'
'.;
59
_..
......
06.
01].9.
-
toOJ-'
/\38.
A50,B27,83G,C21,C33,C45,
C46,C52,C53,
._101'"
852.
A46.
013,028.
9
--
101156··122
-182·
1
1
-103 . 2
-511
1
A49
;
......
.
Used
1
2
.0255Q
\Ali th
-
Item 17
...--__u_
~.-.
'.
,-,
Al ,A2~A3 ,ell', ~1Z;;CI3;': 1'·~'.
A13,A14,A19,A20,A21,A23,
A29,A30,B12,B13,BI4,BI5,
B28,B29,B30,B37,B38,B39,
B40,C5,C6,C8,C9,C54,D5,07,
D8,D44,D47,D52,D53,D54.A31
j';
-
J,'.
100360-001
39
......
-
--------.
54
53
..
1\3 () ,.lV!· 5.
1
1
100223-001
100354-001
.
50
51
52
f53
57
.-,~-.-.....-.
....
.
56
-
Dltl,D1G.
/\12,/,\22 ,A27.
2
3
2
1
1011SG-IOn
-750
-221
-241
-301
-5S1
-102
510
Pad Trans is tor
Extractor, CareL
49
55
R~':-::··---
--~.
"'-
3
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
':-...,-;
43
2
• SHEET_OF_
.-11
II
Res'j s tor, 5%,
Resistor,
q.es·j s tor,
.~==
W!I
~·1
. " (.
9/4/75
DATE __ ..
PAR:_~~ =:E~i~~~~~·.1
I
OESCR IPT;oN
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resistot,
:3/~
MODEL
. . . . . . . . . a •• _ _ _ _ . _ . _
Schematic.
Printed ~laster
Test Procedure
Test Specification
Specification
60
301321
-90010
301318
tlr
900105
301431
Ref
Ref
Ref
B
-~
REF
REF
-
8-222
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
lS(ORPM.
WRITE - OF .
READ - PULSE 10 1
. WANGGO POSITIONER
1562 KHz
CODE
D12n
PART NUMBER
MATERIAL LIST
r-4
a: 0
w r-4
m I
TITLE
ASSY. PWB.
O~TA INTERFACE,' VFO.
MODEL
REV.
301320-101
100 &200 TPI
DATE
9/5/75
SHEETLoFL
ACT.
~Z M~~~----~------------------.---.-----~~--~~.---------------------~
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
REaD REV. REV.
PAFIT NO.
~J:N=O=.~====~==~~============~==:===~~~==~==~====================~
~ c
~
M
USE MATERIAL LIST
AND AD 0 THE FOLLOHING:101
102
103
105
106
107
Connector
Cryst~l
Capac i tor.
Tubin~, Thermofit
Capac·tor.
Res i s ~or, 1%. ~W.
20pf:
.0027uf
6.34K
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
3013.20-000
101040-002
101 0~)9- 002
100243-200
D
J20.
A55.
846.
1
1
1
100185-009 AIR
101004-272 1
100Hi5-366 1
Use with Item 102
A53.
045.
112 Wire, Solid Insulated.
300648-001 A/R
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
113 Wire, Solid
100051-024 AIR
Hold Down Wire for Item 102
Jumper Al to A2
c1i to ti2
B-~!23 _~--I~""&'_"'
FORM 209 (R.1 ~ /74)
A20
839
828
A28
07
044
813
A14
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
A21.
B40.
829.
A30.
08.
047.
B15.
812.
____""_____"'"
1500RPM.
.,;
w
'C)
&I:
a:
w
co
N
Z
N
M
0
.-f
WRITE - OF
READ - NRZI
I
C
WANGCO POSITIONER
1562 KHz
I
. 301320-102
INCORPORATED
ASSY. PWB.
DATA INTERFACE, VFO.
TITLE
MODEL
loa & 200 TPI
DATE
9/5/75
REV.
D-",
SHEET...L OF
_1_
I
~
C
~
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
REaD
ACT.
REV. REV.
REMARKS
a:: .-f
c)
<
M
L
~Z
w'
....
,~
~
0120
PART NUMBER
MATERIAL LI ST
WWANGCO
CODE
. < .:-
Q/~
.....
1---
~'
,-'0
.~~
l)
.......
USE MATERIAL LIST 301320-000
ANO ADD THE FOLLOWING:101
102
103
105
106
107
Connector.
Crystal
Capacitor.
Tubing, Thermofit
Capacitor.
Resistor, 1%, ~H.
20pf
.0027uf
6.34K
112 Wire, Solid Insulated.
113 Wire, Solid
. 101040-002 1
101059-0()2 1
100243-200 1
10018'5-009 A/R
101004-272 1
100155-366 1
300648-001 A/R
D
J20 .
A55.
B46.
Use with Item 102
A53.
045.
-.
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
100051-024 A/R
Hold Down Wire for Item 102
.
A20
838
829
A28
07
044
B13
A14
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
A21.
840.
B30.
A30.
08.
047.
815.
B12.
Jumper Al to A2
CII to C12
8-224
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
1500RPM.
I
•
>
"a:
~
a:
w
q-
:I.
:J
.-I
,W
\lJ
~/RITE
- NRZI
""ANGeD
IN
1562 KHz.
Read - NRZI
CODE
WANGCO POSITIONER
IC'
D120
REV •.
PART NUMBER
MATER:IAL LIST
301320-104
ORPORATEC
~ SSY.
0
CD
I
0
N
M
Z
...a:
TITLE
PWB.
DATA INTE-RFACE, VFO
ITEM
NO.
MODEL
I
DESCRIPTION
P~'RT
100 & 200 TPI
DATE
.1 1 I
NO.
REQD
ACT.
REV. REV.
C
....!.. OF ..L
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
USE HATERIAL LIST 301320-000
AND ADD THE FOLLOWING:-
M
SHEET
REMARKS
r-I
~
CL
9/5/75
'D
.
r\;
"
o ·
w,"
~~
N
.....::
.~
----
Conn ~ctor
102 Crys ta 1 .
101
103 Capa ~itor.
105 Tubi ng, Thermofit
106 Capa to' i tOl~.
107 Resi p tor, 1%, ~W.
20pf
101040-002
101059-002
1
1
J20.
A55.
100243-200
1
846.
100185-009 AIR
101004-272 1
100155-366 1
Use with Item 102
A53. 045.
112 Wire Solid Insulated.
300648-001 AIR
JUMper A19
Jumper A28
Jumper 838
Jumper B29
Jumper 07
Jumper D44
Jumper B13
JumperA14
113 W1re, Solid
100051-024 AIR
Hold Down Wire for. Item 102
l
.0027uf
6.34K
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
A20.
A29.
B40.
B30.
08.
D47.
B15.
B12.
Jumper Al to A2
elY to 'C12
--......_ _+-__________-'-_
FORM 209 (R 12/74)
B-225
....a._....._ ....._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _.",
~....
WRITE - NRZI
READ - NRZI
1500RPt·1.
.,;
w
A
a:
a:
w
U")
c
.......
,
CD
:Ii
::l
Z
t-
0
N
M
..:
III.
TITLE
ITEM
NO.
MODEL
PA~T NO.
DESCRIPTION
.......,
tit
'''
REV.
301320-105
100 & 200 TPI
REaD
D120
PART NUMBER
MATERIAL LI ST
ASSY. P\4B.
DATA INTERFACE, VFO
CODE
WANGCQ POSITIONER
INCORPORATED
c'
M
~:
/,
..:Q
'e'
DATE
9/5/75 .
. ACT.
REV. REV.
.......
a:
W
"U)WANGCO
1588.5 KHz.
D~
1
1
SHEET_OF_
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
301320-000
101
102
USE MATERIAL LIST
AND ADD THE FOLLOWING:Connector
Crystal.
101040-002 1
101059-004 1
J20.
A55.
103
Capacitor
20pf.
100243-200 1..
B46.
.0027uf
6.34K
100185-009 AIR
101004-272 1.
100155-366 1
D
I~
~~
&0
~~
~)
105 Tubing, Thermofit
106 Capaci tor.
107 Resistor, 1%, ~W.
112
Wire, Solid Insulated.
113 Wire. Solid
Use with Item 102
A53.
045 ..
300648-001 A/R
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
·Jumper
A19
A28
838
B29
07
044
B13
A14
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
A20.
A29.
B40.
B30.
08.
D47.
815.
B12 ..
100051-024 A/R
Hold Down Wire for Item 102
Jumper Al to A2
Cll' to Ci2
B-226
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
,
WRITE - NRZI
READ - NRZI
2400RPM'~
'> l-)
I·q~
a:
w
llr:
,....
CD
:i
I
:l
0
z C\J
M
a: ......
c
<
Go
(Y)
I-
~-
::s
."
w....,
........
MATERIAL LI ST
RPORATED
A~SY. PWB.
D~TA INTERFECE,
TITLE
0
......
\ANGCO
ITEM
NO.
WANGCO POSITIONER
Ie •
VFO.
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
USE MATERIAL
AND ~DDTHE FOLLOWING:101 ,Conn ~ctor.
102 Crys ~a 1 .
LI~T,
C§~
100 & 200 TPI
REaD
REV.
301320-107
p~
9/5/75
.
ACT.
REV. REV.
0120
PART NUMBER
SHEETLoF..L
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
301320-000
101040-002
101059-003
DATE
CODE
D
1
1
J20.
A55.
.....::::..
~
105 Tubi hg, Thermofi t
100185-009 A/R
Use with Item 102
---
107 Resi ~ tor, 1%, ~W.
4.12K
112 Hire , Solid Insulated.
100155-348 1
300648-001 A/R
045.
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
13
100051-024 A/R
Hold Down Wire for Item 102
!~~
...
Wire J Solid
"
Jumper
.
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
A20.
A29.
B40.
830.
08.
D47.
815.
B12 .
Al to A2
ell to C12·
~
8-227
FORM 209 ( R.12/:J4)
A19
A28
838
829
D7
044
B13
A14
:.>w
a: ,~
c"
a: c='
w .......
I
CD
~
C:;)
~
.c:
L
... -4
Z
C'IJ
("I')
w·'
~
II( ""1
.....,
C '
~~
~
~
MATERIAL
PART NUMBER
301320-109
LI ST
INCORPORATED
TITLE
ITEM
NO.
ASSY. P~1B.
DATA INTERFACE,_VFO.
DESCRIPTION
MODEL100 & 200 TPI DATE
PART NO.
REaD REV. ACT.
REV.
('t')
~,
CL
WANGCO
WANGCO POSITIONER
'c'
C
IT-'
.
""UJ
WRITE - OF.
READ - NRZI
2400 RPM.
~
.......•
CODE
0120
REV.
D~
SH EET ....L. OF _1_
91. 51. 75
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
USE ~1ATERIAL LIST
AtlD A,DD THE FOLLOHING:101 Connector
102 Crysta 1 •
107 Resistor, 1%, ~H.
4.12K
112 Wire, Solid Insulated.
301320-000
105 Tubinq, Thermofit
Use with Item 102
100185-009 AIR
J20 .
A55.
045.
Jumper
JUMDer
JUMoer
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
113
100051-024 AIR
Hold Down Wire for Item 102
~/ire,
Solid
101040-002 1
101059-003 1
100155-348 1
300648-001 AIR
A20
838
B29
A28
07
044
813
A14
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
A21.
840.
B30.
A30.
08,
047.
B15.
B12.
Jumper Al to A2
ell: to Gi2
..
8-228
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
D
"
WRITE - OF.
RE~D - PULSE '0'
2l OORPM ••
I>w
'0:
'0:
A
0
w
..-i
:E
r-4
I
CD
::»
Z
~
0
N
('I"";
a:
~
L
M
C
lll:
ANGCD
'MATERI AL
ITEM
NO.
c
ASSY.
PWB~
DATAINTERFACE,VFO
101
102
107
112
P,G.RT NO.
DESCRIPTION
USE MATERIAL LIST
AND ADD THE FOLLOWING:Conn ~ctor
Crys ",a 1 •
Resi ~tor, 1~~, ~~M.
4.12K
Hire Solid Insulated.
105 Tubin), Thermofit
113 Wire Solid
MODEL
'301320-110
100 &200 TPI
REaD
0120
PART NUMBER
LI ST
iDRPORATEO
TITLE
CODE
WANGeO POSITIONER
DATE
'
ACT
REV. REV:
9l5l75
REV.
DA
SHEETLoFL
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBI.Y/USEO ON
301:320-000
b
,101040-002 1
101059-003 1
100155-348 1
300648-001 AIR
J20
AS5.
045.
Jumper A20 to A21.
Jumoer B39 to B40.
Jumper 828 to B29.
Jumper A28 to A30.
Jumper D7 to 08.
Jumper 044 to 047.
Jumper 813 to 815.
Jumoer A14 to B12.
Use with Item 102
Hold Down Wire for Item 102
100185- OOg AIR
100051-024 AIR
Jumper Al to A2
ell to C12
t---I~--I------------II--------~-I--I---I-------------t
........._ _...._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _...._
FORM 209 (RI'12/74)
IB-229
....._
....I~
....._
...._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___
WRITE
2400RPM
->
w
a:
U
a:
w
('I')
.....
-c
CD
:E
::l
Z
0
I
N
t-
('I')
.....
0
a:
f
("t")
-'0
W
"",
I
.... '.0
0,,,
< ...~
- OF
-uJWANGCO
MATERIAL
ITEM
NO.
0120
PART NUMBER
LI ST
. 301320-113
INCORPORATED
TITLE
CODE
WANGCO POSITIONER
READ - UNDISCRIMINATEO
ASSY. P~IB.
DATA INTERFACE. VFO
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
PART NO.
100 &200 TPI
REaD
DATE
1-15-76
ACT.••
REV. REV.
REMARKS
D
101 Connector
102 Crystal
101040-002
101059-003
105 Tubing, Thermofit
100185-009 AIR
1
1
J20.
ASS.
-~
~~ '\
.
.
0
~.. ~~
\.
--!.
)
Use with Item 102
4.12K 100155-348
1
045.
112 Jumper, Insulated
300648-001
8
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
113 Wire, Solid
100051-024 AIR
107 Resistor, 1%,
~W
A21 to A20.
A28 to A30.
837 to 840.
829 to 828.
07 to 08.
044 to 047.
813 to B15.
A14 to 812.
Use with Item 102, ASS.
uumper Al to A2
CII to Cl2
8-230 -
C ~
SHEET.2:... OF.2:..
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
USE MATERIAL LIST 301320-000
AND ADD THE FOLLOWING:-
REV.
24 00 RPM
r
->
w
~
U
~
W
aJ
I"""t
I"""t
:J
I
w
::l
0
Z
I-
N
M
0(
0
a::
\lJ:
TITLE
PANGea
WRITE - DF
REAO - PULSE '0'
WANGCO POSITIONER
ASSY. PWB. DATA INTERFACE,VFO II
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
PJ'RT NO.
USE MATERIAL LIST
ANO ~OD/DELETE THE FOLLOWING:
M
REV.
·301320-116
F&T
REaD
DATE
6-2-76
~
ACT.
REV. REV.
SHEET
C
...l OF ...!.
REMARKS
I"""t
CL.
0120
PART NUMBER
MATERIAL LI ST
ORPORATEO
ITEM
NO.
CODE
NEXT ASSEMBL Y/USED ON
301320-000
D
~-
~
w~
~~
Q~
'-=>
28 Capa ~itor, Poly
"28 Capa ~itor, Poly
.0027uf
.0056uf
~
~1
t~
o(\:)
........
~
101
102
107
112
Conn ector
Crys ~al
Resi $tor, 1%,~W
Jump ~r, Insulated
105 Tubin g, Thermofit
113 Wire , Solid
4.12K
100165-272
101004-562
1
1
10Jl040-002
101059-003
100155-348
300648-001
1
1
1
10
100185-009 AIR
100051-024 AIR
8-231
en r:u.
"Inn ,
r- •...
,.,~,
027
027
Delete
Add.
J20
ASS
045
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Jumper
Add.
Add.
Add.
Add.
Add.
Add.
Add.
Add.
Add.
Add.
Add.
Add.
Add.
A20 to A21
B39 to B40
B28 to B29
A~8 to A30
07 to 08
044 to 047
B13 to 615
A14 to 812
Al to" A2
Cll to C12
Use with Item 102
Hold Down Wire for Item 102
~
WRITE - OF
1500 RPM
:>
w
(j)
a::
READ - PULSE '0'
-ruWANGCO
WANGCO POSITIONER
1440 KHz
MATERIAL LI ST
INCORPORATED
a:
w
......
r-«
:E
I
r-«
a:I
0
:l
Z
...a::
N
M
Q.
M
TITLE
ASSY. PWB.
DATA INTERFACE, VFO
ITEM
NO.
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
100 & 200TPI
REaD
r-«
0
~
USE MATERIAL LIST
AND ADD THE FOLLOWING: -
CODE
0120
301320-000
-
DATE
ACT.
REV. REV.
PART NUMBER
REV.
301320-117
B
7'-12-76
SHEET
-L --.!.
OF
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
D
P-'\J~
w
r-...
... ..".....
II
~
C
'I
t ...
1-0--
c /"
w)<""
>
o ,~..(
a:: r',
'\"
Q..
Q.
\
~~~
....-..
101 Connector
102 Crysta 1
103, Capacitor
101040-002 1
101059-008 1
100243-200 1
100185-009 AIR
101004-272 1
100155-366 1
J20.
ASS.
B46.
Use with Item 102
A53.
045.
112 Wire, Solid Insulated
300648-001 AIR
Jumper A20 to A21
" B39 to B40
" B28 to B29
" A28 to A30
" 07 to 08"
" 044 to 047
" B13 to B15
" A14 to B12
Al to A2
C11 to C12
113 Wire, Solid
100051-024 AIR
105 Tubing, Thermofit
106 Capacitor
107 Res i stor, 1% ,~W
20pf
.0027uf
6.34K
Hold Down Wire for Item 102
\
.
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
8-232
1
---.--.-
~
~
~\
r
3
4
!)
l...
2
1
r
L
+
,~
to
TP6
~
>(J)
(f)
~
:ll ~
O
Reo
R8S
'"'R'86
REF"
REF
I
:
. 1(.)
rR8 8"r«.-l.--+--7-t
TP3
0
~
II
oue
4REQD
C45
ZRECJD
~I
e. !a;="QO
~I
.!1!...
(42
_en
C26
RS2
~I
-
1150
i~
DUll
.n
R56
R60
C39
(12
IB
1
I~
F!59
...
C!
1
0
1·1
CI6
I
R70
UI9
OUIS
tr.
a::
@
+ ----
-
R63
j
A +
,
VIEW
J.\-~\
5(ALE~
NONE
I
I
! o
I
A
.
o
WANGCO INC.
AHOMAV IrtOT,IN If'ttw
a:
lL.
a:
w
w-4
0
0
CD
:e
::>
I
~
...a:Z
co
10
\11:
~ANGCO
MATEFU AL LIST
CORPORATEO
ASSY. PWB
SERVO AMPLIFIER - III
TITLE
ITEM
NO.
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
100TPI
F&T
-N
~-----
\,
301584-001
F~
REaD - . ACT.
REV. REV.
SHEET
..L OF --.§..
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
0
M
~~
~~
~,
REV.
2-20-76
DATE
~
c(
Do
PART
NUMBER
..
1 Boa "'d Processed
2
3 Hea t Sink
4
5
6 IC
7 IC
8 IC
9 IC
10 IC
11 IC
12 IC
13
14
15 Tra nsistor
16 Tra nsistor
17 Tra ns i stor
18 Tra nsistor
19 Tra ~sistor
20
21
22 010 de
C
301583-001
1
300135-002
2
LM308
311
1458
1458
5020
7426
75452
12!i009-001
101022-001
101026-001
10'\ 026-002
101029-003
101011-001
101031-001
1
3
5
2
4
1
4
U17
UI8,20,21
U2 •6 •8 ~ 19~2 2
U1,7
'U3,4,5,9
U14
U12,13,15,16
MPS-U51
2N2222A
2N2907A
EP2179
EP2180
100083-001
101052-001
101053-001
151003-001
151004-001
1
3
2
1
Q7
Q2,6,8
Q3,9
Q5
Q4
1N5317
101034-001
8
CR1,2,5,6,7,8,9,10
IN5235
101058-010 '1
10'1041-003 1
1
23
~.)
..
t'J
,..,ff!ItI. ... ~
"1'J··r~"""·.·:~·
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
Dio de, Zener
Oio de, Zener 10V + 2%
I
SCR
2N5060
161000-001
1
10pf
100243-100
1
Cap acttor, Mi.ca
FORM 209 (R.12174)
.. .•. - . ... ...
\
VR2
VR1
~
SCR1
I
C43
-8-235
- ....... .- -
,.
,.
~.
..................
.,.........
-
.....
~--
...., .............-... -.... ..
,
__ _
.... .... -.-,-, .......
_-.,-
.. _- ..... __.. _..
__ ...... .•..
... --.._ ........
__... -
...... "'....... .,. . .......
",.
-
0120
->w
a:
lL
a:
w
-c
~
I
0
0
m
Old"
Z
...a:
co
L()
"\l)WANGCO
MAT.ERIAL LI ST·
INCORPORATED
TITLE
ITEM
NO.
ASSY. PWB
SERVO AMPLIFIER - III
MODEL
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
100TPI
F&T
REaD
...
DATE
REV.
301584-001
F
2-20-76
ACT•
REV. REV.
SHEET.1... OF
2-
REMARKS
-c
<
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
0
A-
pART NUMBER
M
~.-
w
~
0
~0
w
>
a:
0
t
<
---
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
Capacitor, Mica
Capacitor, Mica
Capacitor, Mica
20pf
62pf
100pf
100243-200
100243-620
-101
1
1
8
C38
C50
C24,25,26,27,28,34,39,41
Capacitor, Mica
330pf
-331
2
C37,49
Capacitor, Poly,
.0047uf
Capacitor, Poly,
.001uf
Capacitor, Ceramic,
.01uf
101004-472 1
101005-102 3
101042-103 24
Capacitor, 1%
.01uf
102701-103
5
C29.,30 ,31 ,32 ,42
Capacitor, Ceramic
48 Capacitor, Ceramic
.1uf
.33uf
101086-104
101086-334
1
1
C47
C40
6.8uf
15uf
180uf
101003-685
101002-156
102761-187
2
3
1
C35,36
C1,11,12
C45
.-43
44
C33
C22,44,46
C2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,13,14,
·15,16,17,18,19,20,21,23,51,
52,53,54,55
45
46
:47
..
49
50 Capacitor, Tant.
51 Capacitor, Tant.
52 Capacitor, Tant.
53
54
55
56
57.
58
59
60
61
62
63(
FORM 209 (R.12174)
B-236
----
0120
-> It,.
a:
\lJ
w
a:
w
-e
0
0
m
~z
I
-
ASSY. PWB
SERVO AMPLIFIER - III
ITEM
NO.
o;;t'
MATI:RI AL LIST'
INCORPORATED
TITLE
CO
....
a:
WANGCO
,
'
DESCRIPTION
100TPI
F&T
MODEL
PART NO.
IREQDI
LO
-e
-<
REV.
301584-001
F,
2-20-76
DATE
=.1 ~~~: I
SHEET.2... OF
~
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
0
G.
PART NUMBER
M
-w
....
<
0
0
w
>
a:
G.
0
G.
<
.........
,
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
Re sistor, Var.
Re sistor, Var.
Re sistor, Var.
75
...
·~;··
1
4
1
R126
R49,53,127,130
R96
"
0.1
100
101084-001
101084-005
1
1
R129
R125
Re ) i stor, 5%,
Re )istor, II
Re )istor, II
~W
10
51
100
101156-100
-510
-101
3
1
2
R55,56,109
R101
,R46,92
Re $istor, 5%,
~W
lK
101156-102' 10
76 Re ~istor, 5%, ~W
77 Re ~istor, 5%, J.tW
2.2K
1.5K
101156-222 1
101156-152 11
78 Re )1stor, 5%,1..iW
79 Re ; 1stor, II II
II
80 Re ~1 stor, .
81 Re I>istor, II II
82 Re 1stor, II II
83 Re )1 stor, " II
84 Re~ )i stor, II II
1.8K
2K
3K
4.7K
5.1K
6.2K
7.5K
101156-182 2
-202 1
-302 2
-472 2
-512 2
-622 2
-752 14
85 Re c~istor, 5%,1..iW
86 Re~ ; s tor, II II
87 Re~ 1stor, II II
88 Re~ istor, II II
89 Re~ 1stor, .. II
90 Re~ 1stor, II II
91 Re~ 1stor, II II
92 Res istor, II II
93
10K
12K
20K
22K
36K
75K
91K
lOOK
1011156-103 2
-123 'I
-203 2
-223 1
-363 2
-753 1
-913 1
-104 3
,-
II
II
R3,43,44,45,82,83,84,86,99,
104
R17
R12,29,63,69,74,79,114,117,
121,123,128
R94,124
R80
R15,95
Rll,89
R54,59
R75,115
R1,2,13,23,24,33,48,51,57,
65,66,67,71,72
R91,107
RIO
R76,116
R9
R81,85
R73
R68
R90,93,105
I
FORM
.~.rvr;
100163-502
100163-103
1:38000- 103
Re sistor, 5%, 3W
Re sistor, 5%, 3W
,
..
5K
10K
10K
........
-,
20~
..
-
• 8-237
(R.12/74)
"
..
. ......... -..........
,
~
:..
...
..... ' _ _ _ ' _ _ _ 'R'"
_ _ _ _ _ ......... _
....
~
••
.
.. .. ......
..
........'-
..
..
..
~-.
-'-
..
.. .
~-.-
...
.,
-,.
........
........
_.... --. ..
,
l'"
'""vuc:;
.
->w
a:
~
a:
w
0
0
'WWANGCO
TITLE
ASSY. PWB
SERVO AMPLIFIER - III
MODEL
100TPI
F&T
DATE
'd"
....a:
.-4
00
LO
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
REaD
w
~
0
1--0
w
>
a:
Q.
0
Q.
c(
....-
"
301584-001
F
SHEET..i.. OF
REMARKS
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
M
,....--
REV.
2-20-76
- . ACT.
REV. REV.
0
c(
Q.
PART NUMBER
I
:>
Z
MATERIAL LI ST
INCORPORATED
.-4
CD
~
UlLU
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
-103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
Res i stor t 5%_t J..iW
Resistor, II
"
II
Resistor,
"
Resistor, II
"
300K
510K
1M
10Meg
101156-304
-514
-105
-106
2
2
3
1
R5,32
R52,97
R50,113,131
R98
Resistor, 1%, J..iW
II
Resistor, II
1.0K
2.0K
100155-289
-318
1
4
R40
R18,22,26,28
1
2
1
1
4
1
1
1
2
3
·Rl19
R25,27
R4
R38
R30,34,36,120
Rl18
R122
R78
R37,39
R61.64,41
R77
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resistor,
II
II
II
.
II
II
II
II
II
II
"
II
II
II
18~2K
1\
II
lOOK
II
II
II
II
261K
-521
II
II
280K
-524
1
1
4.99K
10K
142006-356
-385
5
2
Resistor, 0.1%, 1/8W
..
Resistor, II
FORM 209 (R.12/74)
3.92K
4.99K
5.49K
9.09K
10K
12.1K
14K
16.9K
-346
-356
-360K
-381
-385
-393
-399
-407
-410
-481
II
II
-
B-238
R42
RI4,16,19,31,70
R58,~O
2
,",vue:
0120
PART NUMBER
MATERIAL LIST'
REV.
301584-001
a: ......
W
m
0
0
iZ ""'I"
~
a:
f
00
~
0
W
oa:>
a..
~
ASSY. P~/B
_SERVO AMPlIFIER - III
100TPI
MODEL
E&T
DATE
2-20-76
SHEET.i. OF-i
~~----~-------------------r----.-----r--~~~~~------------~------~
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
PAFIT NO.
REaD - . ACT.
REMARKS
I:=NO=.======~==~~============~==:=====~~=R=EV=.=R=E=V~.~====================~
NEXT ASSEMBLY/USED ON
M
-c
TITLE
127 Conne~tor, 6 Pin
128
129 Pin, ~ire Wrap
130
131
132
133
134
.135
136
137
138
139
140
Greasl, Silicone
Extra( tor. Card
Screw Pan Head
Washel, Fl at
~lasher, Spr1 n9 Lock
Washer. Nylon, Shoulder
Insulator, Mica
Nut, ~ex
Spacer
Wire, ~umper
22GA
100247-013
1
100360-001
15
J15
TPl,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9
Jumper Pts A,B,K.L.M.N
120100-001 AIR
100036- 208 4
100047-200 4
100042-200 4
100063- 014 2
100147-001 2
10004.3-200 4
100093-026 2
100051-022 AIR
4-40 x 1/2"
No. 4
No. 4
Use with Q4 &Q5
4-40
Jumper C to 0
J to H
141
Printe~
Master
Schema~1c
Test Specification
Test P"'ocedure
301582
30158!>
900153
900154
...........____....___________________ 8-239
Ref A
Ref D
Ref
Ref
....._
~L_
.....__......__________________.....
FORM 209 (R.1 ~174)
._-
-.~
,",vUe.
WITH TRACK OFFSET AND TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION
->
~
w
a:
IX:
\lJ ::P7R::O
N
w
~
0
0
CD
TITLE
:J
z
q- ITEM
IIX:
LO
Q.'
0
00
NO.
I
~I-
I-
f~
1
2
r~
3
'.(2
('.....
,
~ r~
~-
,~~
ASSY. PWB
SERVO AMP - III
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
200TPI
F&T
. . ACT.
REaD .
REV. REV.
DATE
I
2-20-76
SHEET
301584-001
101026-001
101029-003
101031-001
1
1
1
U23
U10
U11
Capacitor, Cer.
.047
101086-473
1
C48
Resistor,
Resistor,
Resi stor,
Resistor,
5.1K
101156-512
7.5K
-752
1 Meg
-105
866K 100172-571
2
2
4
R103,110
R6,7
R20,21
R35,47,62,112
3
1
1
R100,102,106
R108
RIll
F
9
;10
II
II
II
II
l%,~W
2
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
..
~
.
~
Resistor,
Resfstor,
Resis tor,
..... .. ........
-~
~
~""
'-. "'....
II
"
Wire, Jumper
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
II
II
-10K
18.7K
49.9K
100155-385
-411
-452
300648-001 AIR
8-240
FORM 209 (R.12174)
,
l%,~W
. .... - ..
Jumper A to B
K to L
M to N
~
-L OF...L
NEXT ASSEMBL Y/USED ON·
USE MATERIAL LIST
AND ADD THE FOLLOWING:
IC
1458
Ie
5020
IC
75452
5%,~W
---'
REMARKS
4
5
~~~ t"", 6
J 7
8
T7
301584-002
.......
M
REV.
PART NUMBER
LI ST
I
oc(
w
MATERIAL
0120
APPENDIX C
100/200 TPI DISC DRIVE
SCHEMATIC INDEX
Title
Drawing
nnector PWB
Powe Supply , . .
Servo Logic PWB (200 TPI)
Elect onic Interconnect PWB
Disc ontrol PWB (200 TPI)
Servo Logic PWB (100 TPI)
Contr I Interface PWB
Powe Regulator PWB. . .
Disc ontral PWB (100 TPI)
Spind e Motor Power Switch PWB .
Data lectronics PWB (100 TPI).
I/O C nnector PWB
Data Interface PWB (VFO)
I nterc nnect Diagram
Servo Amplifier PWB . .
300076
300346
300498
300803
301019
301026
301027
301041
301077
301154
301158
301180
301321
. 301386
301585
C-1
Page
C-3
C-9
C-11
C-15
C-17
C-19
C-23
C-25
C-27
C-29
C-31
C-35
C-41
C-43
C-45
J2J
WRT PROT
r~~~"--------::::~~~I
I
I
I
J-
OATAOUT '127~!
DATA CLK 126,.
~
il
WRT CHi< I 8 A
I
.
• 4!f
'19"
I
;JW,~B '" 5
~=6===~~~~U~~~~~k~S~--~-----------------~--~
';
7l!;
lU~I7~~B~":)'th":S~__________________________- -____ .__-,
~
~~1.';U~17,!JB~b":3~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___
SAce/FIOX :20';':
I
FROM
~
1
1~1'-U~17:,:A~):~3~____________________________1
~
SACI6/FSTR 121 ."
DATA
'j
:16~
I
INTERFACE
BOARD
STR/SAC32
lOX
I
I
I
r
r=======~~q~~U~I~~~~~5____________________________~
IIS~~
. ~~s
~'I
I
IT'
'I
I
I
I
SEEK INCOMP 133 f f - ( j - - - - - - t - - = - t
2
I
I
,I
.
",i
'i
ACK :10'"
';
I LL AD
ADD
J!MfA
I
,"
~
2 ~5164'D~)-3~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _- ,
PSEUDO SECTOR 125 ,I
2000
~1ui38\..JlI;3~8~b.23~_ _ _ _ _ _._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ,_ _ _ _ _--,
~'~
I
~ 2 ~~
I
I
f
'i
:17~:
5
~I~
~lUUl~!1~6~~A~_b~~3~____________________________________________~
217:l"t~
I
~
2~~~~1_2~B~~~3~______________________________- -________ '_____________1
,0:;::
3
6 UI2A
7
S
1754~-~b-~------------1
~mt;br-..:3~--_ _- - - - - - - - - - - - ,
1-
6 UI38
5
ROYI7~,I~---~---+-----~7~~4C~~----------,
•
I
l
I
I
l_..
-.
ENOR _ _--...I
J22
~--t-t--t-I
r---t
"I""
I
114,-,
113~:
::~
I
J 23
<
:~
IIIIIII
r
5,
5 !
3,
I I
126(1
,42 EI
11 261
+< 21
J
4 I
101
-+<'. 8 i
:~
PO(I
j
!
141
13:
:~ 91
I 8 (I
17 (I
112(1
1
"I
-K 151
(I
f
-.
m
.......
r
13(1
I 1 (I
TO
INTERFACE
:!
-r-r--r-,
n=
ISEI
,
I
l
~
TO
DAISY
C~AIN
I
i
i
f
j
!
I
;
fI ''
• I
t
"\}"1J
W.!:ng Comput~r Products
m
[1]
RESISTOR
t~ETwORK
SCHE~v'lATIC
,
I/O CONNECTOR
SEE MIL '-OR VAP,\.,,-SLE CC~i;JNi::~ITS.
I. ALL RESISTORS iN OHMS 5~o,;:~'.'1_
NOTE'S:UtJLESS OTHERWISE S?£;:IF"IED
I
-.t..o
__
-----, -~
--., ....
_-.
C-3
-[I II
REVISIONS
OESCRIPTION
SEE SHT .. -
J2i
r-l
__ ATTENTION 114~EI~-------------------------------
I,
l
I
I
t
I
t
I
+5V
J23
R2
IK
t
SEL I 143'E-:-:-
t
I
l
CIS
I
I
I
I
I
I
5&}Af
14
,
+
3
O-=~-------G20(,j
+5V
~
I
2
flV
I
:
5&~'
&V
5
J
13
+
1
I
n..::------~!9--------~I&~
t
~9~-------------------------------------------~~-~~-----------------------~
I
I
i
5
1
SEEK COMP
t
I
I
O=-------~!7<1
R3
IK
t
SEL2144E:~~r---~~-~-~
(1&
l _ I
f
t
J22
P"-.,
'I
13
......- - -....- - ' - -...
I
I
__._____________---,.
l_J
:R2
~ IN4C03
C
O.....
D----~ot-i-1.----1~--TER alA S
+
:.0 16
.
2~JV r
+5V
,J!;
141
R4
IK
15
r------...!..:.l
I
1J-:'..:.4_-..!.!::.
U14\
m
rn
~~~~-~--------------------ENDR
15
+SV
2
7
TERMINATOR
II
I
i
I
1
j
~3___________6a
~3
IR6
fr~ Ol-'E:.N
~
2_7_~_~_~~~~':~================~~~E~
1...____________ _
-
EN RECV
':'
~
LAST
UI7B
-~~~'---------;-~--~~~~-------------------------------------r~sIO!~1
CI4
UNIT SELECT I 13S~-------r-t---~~~~------~--------------~-----n~
~2712 ~UNIT
:27
.
II
l
f71~
.'
J23
J22
{2
i
l..u",;'d.TE
~
128
DEL=:r::D
I
1
I
R6
SELECT
K28 3)
~2S
TERMINATING VOLTAGE :25
USED
-
TERMINATING VOLTAGE
.. _-1
!t I
I
I
I
I i
I!
i
.~.
-- --.-
__ _
_ ___ i-.._--"
-
: ... ---_._,.(
C-5
,
------,--.,. - .
- - -.
-----
-zr·
REIiISIONS
--]
--
?-lC
DESCRIPTION
r------ EN
5EE 5HEET 1
RECV
l
256l
128\
64
1
32 1
16
: (ILINDER
ADDRESS
8
TO DATA
!NTERFACE
BOARD
R
~;:. I:
I
~
I
F
I
I
j
:
I I
l
...
...
t
t
~
I
7
7
:
:~U:~
~I
1
I
!
:
I
I
:
I
I
I
,:1
I
!
I
I)
9
I
!
! I
I!
i
I
15
16
)
I
J22
I
I
L - T E R BIAS
I
I
I'
~l
J23(2J
~'t::::====::::::::::::::::====~::::::::t::::::::t==t==t==~=t~t==t==±==±==i::::::::i==j=~==~==.!==~~~~==::::::::==========~~~501
:~~
i,
TI: ~: I
::~;
, : ,J.--+I---jII--------r';~~~:1
'
142~f,,~=====================_
______J~J::j=j[:j=~~~~=~=1~=I--+!·--+I--~'!--------------~1~391
I~~
=~~~~~~-~~~~~~~~I~I~=
I
;
__"~n.
r
~.
I
F'ROM
INTERF'ACE
139~
I
!
!.--------.-KJZ;
f44~t-1(~I~=::::-==-=-==-====::::::::::::::::=::::::::::::::::::::::::=------------_=::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~~=j==j::::=~::::::::~~=~~==~=
i32~~=====::::::::::::::::::::::::========::::::::=~~~======~~~~=t~=~,=~j~~=~I'~1!1~::F~~~~~~~,(3~
!
._
i,
I
>-
"t8~
i
,I~~E~;======::::::::=====::::::::=__~=======::::::::=~~~=I~=!~J--~~I--~--+!--------------~I<37!!
;031
:~I
::::==::::::::======------~=========~~:lt-=~'I~.-~-l----------~1(3I'
'37'f-(l-!- - - 1(331
-+--t--r--r
:
'
I
I
1(46 1
i
'I I! '
131(1
:;361
13J~(I--------=====-----------------======*"=~--1.-+-:I-r:--------,'<,<111
01/
I
!
I
l I ';O'~~
,3E(1
149(1
... -
..J
a
i
•
/
I
I
I
I
i
~ /'
1(40,
FROM
~.-N--:-:::-:-::::-::::;;-;;;;;;;-;;;;--r,:;;;:;;;;-r;----:;::;ut~fT-j--------~~~-----~B~U~~W~ I~~~~~I~~EJ
~
t DA 1S y' C HA.I
i
L~~
~ 1-1
~,~~~
lUitCl(
__
t
2. 8AE."K ALL SHARP
3.
EDGESA."FROX.JIl<1
MAOt.SURFAC£S
..
ALlDIMS'NI!'-=-,----'
4
I
- Ie VDe
-'8vocI3~~I------------------------------------------------------------;------------------------------~--~~------~I I
GROUNO
;:
r
I
I
TO AC
{ '' 4'
POWER SWITCH ~~18LAC.
RE~.
0
L
P;?~ ~~AY
8
FLI
c
PIN
1
GPEEN
GND
RFI
,IJOV T I
I
II·i
II'1.'1I
,
S~GRN ,ov
''vEL 15
4'i :7 uqj>-
';VIO
101151
AC INPUT----.
L1. WHT
r-------,
UNFUSED
-18 VDC
DB2
I II
I
R3
100._--t-t
:,I
I
1
: (I
t5V
~
I
+l~~oo OUF 1
I
15
II
~5
t,O
-
33
RI
1.5i<
RIO
:
IK
I
I
12
1+ ~
1
I
I
REGULA TOR ASSY
PIN 300200
RZ
5100
UI
I C.1Ii.
25
2
723
3
~
~
).J. _
"I.001T
C2.l
,L ______ _
I TI.42A
1
Q
r--
1
C
1
Bj
I
L -
_
IZN3771,
200,VDC
fR6
470
9
rl
I
-Et'R-1- -R..J·
Ii
I
I
NOT
USED
(CONNECTOR
ORIENTATION ONLY)
J
~-t--~
~J
r,kJ IN4736A .
I
.15 .15
5W 5W
'
-..............i------------.,.
lJ
I'~'I
I
--',.-.----+---:---+l-.. .-~(
8 + 5 v DC
I VR I I I
I ... I I AC POWER LOSS
1
S
., R 4
I 62
I·
1I·
Q2---1
.
'j", 6 BV
5 '-to
1W
C31"1"' (41"1"' R9
S~T 15T IK
6Vl
J~
\-~
I
I
SeRl1
RCA :40654
I ;
~
1
TNII 0IIlAM1IfG COfiITA,"
I
"",,",fir.,.., tffflQIIII.. ",tON QIJ
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ____________ J
WANGCO INC.
""'?
AND MA" Nor. I" WHOlf 0'" ,...
... .;;:x"LICA'fDOA OIJCLOS!OOft .
.... 0 ,OIIUANULIACTl.JIIt.
aLi
AH"t' ".IIIT
DtIl::LOSIOHII.. .,. ... JHOVT ' ......a..
,",Inl .. ~""'"10ti1 Of! WA"OCO INC
NOTES UNLESS SPECIFIED
t. TOLERANCES
I
.l()U:
A
ANGULAR
.xxx±
DRAWN
I
",:" ···.1 .' ... --;
I-
. '.!
Ul
Incorporated
I
'---'-~:
1
DICCK
i-op-PR-.-t--- - - - f
1
.t
J
Wangco
2. BREAK ALL SHARP
lOGES ..."RO)(• .010
-
SCH EMATIC,
3. MACH. SURFACES
rJl'F~ I.\OL.:L..ATION ::-GP VOL TASE PLUG
POWER SUPPLY
4. ALL DIMS IN INCHES.
.. (:~.;;-"j\)F\'''TION, A'JO LINE FlJ~t hPE.
IO.ALL CAPAC I TORS IN MICROFAR ..\[)S,?OV,IOZ.
9.~LL R[SISTORS IN OHM'~, 51. I !4W;.
GNLt"SS
OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:
":-. '
NEXT
s
mx,
oo ... ;,H
.scAI!
Yid!. lI'tAW'''!~
8
L.--...... ___ ..__ . _.. _ _ . __ .'_ __
7
_ .. _ _ L .... _. _.
6
3
2
SHEET
1
~ of
6
-
~,. -- -,~~::;: ---- ---~: -M~~:;.~_,:~1
- _1-
f'
r \
I
I.I
UNLOAD FF ( --) ~'I
~B=L...§S1.E1EjC~R~/:QO~3~8~4~!-;;-;_ _ _ _T~r0~~rz-l
-~---~~~---~---~---------~-~---~--~~-~~~~-JS~'~
c ~~E~R/O 4=0=8=3__
_
.•
I"I H·.J.,-----------,--_-_-_-_-_l
____. . ;. -.______T;~
I
LO HD(-)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
4
I
I
I
I
L - - - - - - - - y o 2 7 I LOAD UNLOAD (+)
3
-------- - ~---+----
: COARSE stRVO ENABLE(-)
I
t
I
h6L-+_~-_--_ _~b P I SERVO on EN H
I
I
I' !
I _ I
'J8L_~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _(I)N loET EN(+)
I
BOT 2
I
I
BEGINNING OF' I
S€f?t...~
SK(i-}
f.4--------------"'-r-i
U3
1.3.3~_---,
6
~~8!'
-,-I~
--!
ii;~~===~---~--------------=====D~~~
ID_~
, e .-~
:
c
:J!J~~tl-----t-~:==----
I
~L"(';-x,1I
L----t.--------------
06
'"
~
~.l
:A
7:
I
I,
~c
l1
--~----!!~~ - -- - -~- ~ -,
'
•
.
U3
13
I
!
'
,
2
'
~
~
B
~·b~'----.
{J ~~:n~"----"'.
___
+I3V{;
+,3V
J
•
{ .3~R'!J"""''-----''-·
A(f-I
?ROUNO,:
6ND
GND
A
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I
I
,3~ ~SHT
~,
16,
i
I - - t ;
.
I
AD64
FIF
I
8AD,
F/:-
AD32
~~---'l
's
::
I
I
I
7402.-
I
~ ~=========~-~==~======
-I3V
1.5UF
"liH ~~_.£.~ , -~.'~_~:!.
I~_~~-~:
t:.~:> ~ -'._ ~
~_
I
_
I
: '0
__
~_ --"T~--I!
I
.
7400
nrlI
::{;~l!=·~
:
I
111-1_
-----.----------.---_-=-_____________-=--=--=--=-=-_._-._-=--=-_.-
DETEV,"(-)! 5 :
~~I:
~L______III!I-_f-I_________~_~I
~
~
___
II
I
B~ --+M
,_ 'I' ~9
~5 +l:'.5r-~i
I '
II
I
- ..
I
I
I
I,
II
-1'
~
1 -~
II
:
6
'~2~?'" I
.~4,
-.--~
~T~H:Ri--~-~-~-----~===============================
___
----~:~lil~~
=3
~
I~
3 U31
1
I
;
12-:""',
Q5
I PII
I
1
1
-t
.-------t-'1,!t-9-:.; 740::'
20
7402
II
- - - - 4-
>-
I
4
I
L _____
...
DETENT F/F
~
'I
I
,
L: .... J
5'f1lP""
:FIF
---,-,,-----:-,6-,F/F
A04
",n
-
I
~r-\I
\
"erIc-Tel"(
'\L_VI~,
L
NOTES UNLESS SPECIF lEO
\.\l
Incorporated
1. TOLERANCES
=======================~_====================
64 I C(t--------·---128
.32 1I ofr----B&---16
A~(I-I----
4
y~(~I:_=-==---------------~~--------____________
.xxt
J'
AOD256:.34.~(~:------~----~------------~----
ANGULAR
.xXXi:
Wangco
t
I. BREAK ML SHARP
EDGES APPROX_ j)10
_________
So MACH. SURFACES
_______
J
SCHEMAT Ie
SERVO LOGIC-2
4. ALL DIMS IN INCHES.
8 : Z ~(II-------
ADD
.-L~.;
200 TFi F ~
T
2 : XCAR
CAAl28I
13
UIO
_____
,
+1:3V
)
-13V
t
c21
~~
12\~
1-=-------+[....;.~~-\\l~
r-r
~r-I~~
I
'--__-'~41
IO~
IQ
)
UII
7486
8
6
.01I •01
1
I I
I
l
~. -13V
r
I. . .
T.01 T:otT ~OIT :otT ~~ .01 ±m±~fu T.01 ±.Ol!
t
C9 Clolt~I~Ic~r
(l4
cI5 m
Cl6
(17
ell! •b8I CI8
"i' .01
.01
..., .01
Pj"'I .01
,01
.01
f.TI
r 1r r
r r ..
1-_'
---J.l
~
D/A
UII
7486
Or~E'S
1406
C 36 3
;3
':'
..T
~IC.~I,
~\i'
;~.
DIF 256/128(+)
-
I
I
':'
I
~~
:
I
I-:~
II
I~
~f9
13
.1,
[;l J'
r:j.
'
1~5S8
8
+ 4 L..-~l~"" + I 3V
hC2
B
I
1
4
~ VERTER 12 +SV
~ U7!HI
8
9
t
~:32K t-~
1"70
d2r~'7.
I U36~ I
(ON-
C 34
. . 10 1
0 '
I
-/3V,:,":'
-J,.
DOAC
:..-M
Ov~,-,,~r;
I
0 I.t A fJl,:r~trflcto/Ctf I
,;. C /L
~ It
b'A-1'tt'fl,
I
I
- __ ,I
':"
:
-1:3V
-
r----------=.--·-----------------...,I~)l
~b~6_______ ---____--t__________________________~
I
I
-rl/(l..IJf' c:)
{..o4/)·
I FWD(-)/-f~,.4p5
.. '- J
~£-r
FWD
~FQ~8~
I. TOLERANCES
JOCi
.xxxt
____________________
~
LAST USED
U36
R
2. ALL RESISTOR VALUES IN OHMS~5%~1/4w.
NOTES UNLESS SP£CIFIED
5 7400
Q"'--_.---"-1
U23
C74 74
0
~
3. ALL CAPACITOR VALUES IN MICROFARADS.
OPTIONAL CAPACITOR LOCATION TO BE USED
FOJ-{ ADDITIONAL FlLHRING WHERE REQUIRED
12~~9
'----=-
)~+~5V~~~~__~__~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~.
__ +5V
m
(+)
COMPLIMENT
(j)
r
ILL ADD
I
14
r!
1:0 I
2_\
t-"------+U;--\,
....../:)
rurJt:r
:~j~F +~v
~
1
(\I1"S'
I
0
~~. 7486
(301
:
P P'
{:}/Ll:?
~~II_-
*'
»).:f-5.!. : ,: ': 'v_'"e-2-0!---c2-J---e2-3.-c2-4.-cz-s..-c-20... c-27....It-c-28....I~c-30-4IIIr-c:3-411JJ-c-2~9IJ--Cl-9i.---.. +5V
) GOO
•
..1~ ",0"" I'"
7Gt;.)
rJ~
3
U21
2~;'
9~
I
4 \
) UII
F-------+---I
5
,01
1
~IU108
2
)>--:....:.=..:....-:(-:34-t.-----· +13 V
6No
TC DAC
I
t5V
_t....;..;10"__\~
U9
< DlY SK
(-)
UNLOADFF(-)
II
7486 ~---------'I
12
~.
~
+
t-'6~_ _ _ _--,
f
UI5
74193 ~2o...--t-t-..
~
/"
.,P
~ '--~JUMPER
JJc CAR-I r----t-;-t---.
7
II
'----"
_-t5V PULL UP
I"
9
10
_~
~
U33
. 13 7400
US
7483
_----1...
L-J
r~-
R26 5 5558
1,-i7
.,
6 SUB
..-I1-~---,9==-t
7400
COUNT UP
ENABLE
P4
6~OIo
U38
_7_.......-+_--+_____
,
SUB-~
'
-4
12
63.4K
~
2 )r;IMII~C9!V1~4---------------1
13 12 II[IC 9 15
13,-IC(
COMP-I HflCOMP-2 ~
I
UI7
2
ula
15
9324
9324
U8 ~o::""-~f-+-t-+-t------_+...
~
B
2
/
I
6
ILL ADD(+)
R9
5.....-
13YoETENT
DlY
CAR DlY
SHTl
8
~us
, UNLOAD {-)'y3
,
) U37
8 CAR-2j-:7~·___+_H_+__+_--__I_+.....
. U32- t~2 U3Z' ~
~J 9602
,,9602
9
"OT.EN FF.{+)
U
U2288 \ 8
.-~~9~~
IA
)
.01
34
4l?3
~~-+4-+---------------~~--~~~--+_--~~-_+---_r----~..~21 5020
3I U28 ~-+-+-I:..:O~
7432
U37 }-6-=-+-+-+-HH_r++-------------'
12
B 4 7432
7411
~.~
16r--
J..!..r---.,.
SHT I
C6
8
__----------;_~~_+;_+_~-------------~~JU28
..~,,---9
7411
)}S~T
ZERO(+)
,I U36
ILL ADD DECODER
P4
DELETED
I
1
UJ
r
1
Wangco Incorporated
""'O-------""nI:o;;ri
aI7,R24R25
mi.
5. FOR ASSY REF SEE 300497
F
o
~ FOR JU~PER VARIATIONS Se:t: ~L.
NOTES UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
DONOT&.:AlE
THIS UIllA\\I ....
6
5
__ . . . ___ ._.. _~_~._"'"'-_ ......._.:.......-..o..--........... -.
-~~~
4
.......,..............- - - _....
+
=ki-L __ ~:.:...,:..i.:.I..~::: ..~....:..:L... ,;r.'.'R. . .
S
3 _- _.. --.,-.-..-. r'" .
--...
A
SCHEMATIC
SERVO LOG I C-2
4. ALL DIMS IN INCHES.
C33
R26
:t
CHECK
APPR.
I. IREAK ALL SHARP
EDGES N'tROX. JIlG
I. IIAaf.. ILIRFACES
UI2,UI4
C 36
ANGULAR
2
SHEET
a
-' _____. C-13 __
2 OF 2.
I
-~--.------Ji
-
,
I
j
G
-
G
OPTI(AI.
~Tloo.
r~(11
}
f
f
E
E
I)
o
_.
c
c
-
~
t-I,
fP"l
0
co
0
0
B
P"l
~
I
-
(.
:-
.1
Jg
~,,+ ..
.1AC.r7~2~AC~IM~::::::::::::::::::::::======--=:::-------------------------------J~--------~
1.,{ 'I !~~tl~~~-------------------------------------------------t-----~==~---------------l~~
--ty
'
IIIOUIIO
,
4
,
1 (,1>40
I
( II 3
{
A
[!]
t:U :.:,.~S J~ fOIl Cl AIIITY OOILY. IT II
IHTlIICOtHCT
l
:"'~~~CT_ICS
=-~ NAMU S-N AT ' 1 _ .0IIIIa:
NOTU :utI.[sS OTHEIIWIK SI"EClf 1[0
I
I
7
-ltV
{I
U'I
'
:
{
S.CHEMAfIC
1-,,'1
ELECTRONIC S
!~
INTERCDNNECT AD
I +'!>v
:~- ....- - - - - - - - - - - - - . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
L_-::r--I
6
I
5
,....
lll)l!I
t.s:r.
F
3
I
A
•
6
7
5
3
4
2
A MFG REL
B SEE eRIC 3625
HI
';1'
.~ '1'1: /
.·i·
- ';.
,~
~
SPEED CONTROL Ole
RoiI3
I~.
!J..I
560
-
/. . .,.
I
NEUOO .CTOII 1000
I
G
I
I
I
I
I
P3
I
!4
IM~EM)IM~----~~~-'--~-'~~
I I
lECTOR ItT.(1tt1l) I Lfi---_~_-=~-. . . .__+-....._i
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
SECTOR
F
!lOT
USED
l21~df----~~ oY---~~
i:
~y
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
E
r-------~i!
llli;;'"
~--~-----------------------
spy ON
+sv
C39
rn
29
+5V
R36
el1
.01;8
12
CI4
;,C~~IO
r:::E:l
WI:lW'i
HI
I
[j
_ l J
0
9
'6~~
bUI
I(
P3
TABLE
c
RUN/STOP
RUN (-)
I
.01
136~
I
I
I
I ~
I
I
1
I
I
I
R I
e
IB~I__----~S~.~IK~-~-~~-~-_4---------+_......-~~
I
I
I
I
6~
I
I
18
BRUSH
1oI0TO~
-I~Y-{
I
~
RJ6
14J3
IJV-{
I iOK
II j(
I SOO RPM
OPEN
OPEN
H-F
-"'.-K
H-G
J-L
lOX ONLY
~
J3
lOX
I STR
-
~
:40
I[)X ISTR PLS (SOONS)
r¥.4C4Q·
IOXISTR PLS(S.uS)
OPEN
CPEN
.OOZZUF
.00Z2 UF
I
'---'-
JI
oJ
u-v
w-v
S!"'GLE DISC ONLY
O';AL DISC
THIS _ N G CONTAINS
_ M Y JNPOfWIIT1ON 0#
WANGCOINC.
AHD MAY NOT•• N WHOLE ORIN .AIIT.
lIE OUl'I.JCATED OR DISCLOSED OR
\lIED FOR MANUFACTURE OF AllY 'ART
~!~D"ERE'N
WlTt..,,(
SECTOR IN (FIXED)
IP DETEc:
DO
r r .o~oo I
"0
DO
I
.00
I I
.00
.00
·00
I
·00
I
·00
.00
T
!;-~_
X.
U"'LESS OTHERWISE
SPECIFIt::O
s~~~ ~
D~S~ CONTROL-2 ._
·00
o
~
~2~9!~
r
Mf: '
7
6
5
3
4
I
G.
.J
I OF I
r~
t
8
7
6
5
4
2
3
1
I![IIISIONS
DnCRlrT'-,O'-H-----r--~;;;..;.r:.=.;::-...I~
~:.. ~.I'"
r-______________~~____________________________~U~N~lO~A~D_F~F~(~-~)._~)
'$.
LOHD (-)
~~~
r-----~--------------------------------------_1~~
H~---------------------------4----------~
LOAD(-)
~----------------------------------------------~~
SEE SHT 2
J~S~T
I
I
I
n-~----------------------..---------_.._4~:.a U 31 \ ~
3 7402!
I +5V
I
I
I
I
RI
D-I-I--------+-----~V
BOT-I
BOT-2
~~------_.------------------------------------_t
--+------~p
.....--~
8
~8f
)-O'--+------~
rt=t 7'!~2
SK (+)
',--=-0_______________1--+-1--_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-+-________-+_______________+_'~
_4_t--_ _ _
s
II
t
OT
EVE (-)
I
I
(
::
1'1
T
I
OOO(+}
L ... J
OLY SK '-)
P4
r-,
oT OOD(-)
ADD 128 (+)
M IDLY SK(-)
.
1K
rWD FF (-)
DTEN (+)
N
I _
+5V
L
10
C+)
-
I
10
S DT EN (-)
'-~1 31
8
·c
FWD fF
COARSE SERVO EN (-)
,;
CZ
SHT
2
,
LOAD/UNLOAD(-)
RI4
IK
E~----------
+sv
[
--.-------""'*2.7 1 L Q A 0 I UNl 0 AD (+)
~3~+-________eI7
3
LOAD
F/F
BE~INNIN~
,...-,
j
+I5Y
'5.11<
13
TRAVEL PULSE
P4
2.
4
OF 2
DT EN FF(+)
I! R~II-L=~_.....,
1
OT P (+) )
13
S~--t__-------_+-r-+-----------~_a
C25
82PF
+5V
UNLOAD(-)
RI5
5.IK
Cl CNT~.J±l-7
ffi)
f-,4 )
g)
B
E
.....---.. . .
~~:tJ+-
~--------------------~----------------
+!SV
+13V
I.!
I
:+-:lJ~'---~"
,2
13V
D~
I
. _ - - - - -______ 1- )
+1
+')v
lei
15UF
':'
R4
IK
ADD
128
04
32
16
8
4
2
I
ADD
ttiIS~AW"\... (··I9oj' .. I..,.
."tllP"" t .... • ..
. '.. I.' .1,
-f-~.~----+-~
NOHS_lIN_l_E<.S_~I~~_=__f·.'~::"~ ,-.:.~<"'_LJ~I_R_RJ
~=~t
AN~utAII t~i-L.!11~J..
L.:~~ ~R':X~:'0
I
a.
MACl4. SUllfACES
ZH--
«---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.... AlL DIM:; IN IHCHES.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------~
:>'·14·74
-"-'+---'----~--_1
t'~"
1. TOLtIlAHC£S
A~~----------------------------.
U"'~I.I""
11;.<, _1'
J'
I
""1
1UlJ
Wangco Incorporated
I----...:.S.::...C=-H~-E~M-l-\T--I-C-=-----'T'l'l~
E.h'j:-:-;:!li!:1:.------~
S E R VOL 0 G I C - 3
._.~.",.,.--u::-------i=::-:-::---"TI""'0='l0r-T-P-l--------t--t
~~
~!U.
IOOTPI
0
G
!.H££1
<
7
6
........ " .. ~
""'111,,. PI ..... I·.~.UJN ,,' "''''",cot 111"-
'--of
8
'If)llill r)f
fll'", 1,'-" Otll 14:11.... 'I'I,!II., •• , rtll "M;tJOol
"'6(+------------------.--------------'
wq
...
,11,1lI\I0I1'', I ,III , ..........
III' lIurl"·'UIIII."!"',. 1II','",1foI
~:~j----------------------I
vx ( f - - - -
''''. ' .. ~M
WANt,C{1 INC
""., ......... "'I"
':~
A
C
I"
./
.. +5V
:g--GNO
I
C
)
1 )
I
4<1.
(\
h )
5
4
3
2
C-19
1
I OF 2
P
.1' .
8
;
7
Ir
("
6
t
5
2
3
1
ILLEGAL ADDRESS DECODER
9~
?41? 8 121U3~11
.u.,,-, ~743y
I p17~~06~~~
..2Ji4-3~_o
I
4
I
B
A_
J
o--lOU-
---- [2) l
.
;
9\U:30'.,
10 7432
-------
2
0
.----!J UZ9
I ~7411
m
====~ - - - - + - - , 1
r "~~~8--~--~====~~~
o
~
~
12
c
:
ZERoi+l
~
16
~
,
~~8~--~-i------t=======-+r-
SHT
I
16
~
(,
,
SHT { L
--'t-
\
,
P4
HP I
I
1
+sv
.
lJ------~--------------------~------~~------------------~+~5~V-------------- i,'
•
•
DLY DT()
DT EN Hi.+)
4
OTP(+)
C
I
2.
uZO
<;d~..JM
r
OAO(-f
)_LJNL
"~lc 8
+sv
C4
1 ~k2
:
I
I
I
I
I
LK
i
j-
luF
':' 35 V
R7
: 2 OK
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,
·0047
6'
,
3-.tCARDlY
_
(
OIF 128(+)/ •• (+)
I
. I
I
I
~
l~~K
i
# K I ILL ADD (+)
CL CNTFli+)
C3
TO OAe
I
I
I
I _I
I
IK
+SVPU
r
I
I
.00t4
Jl
-
r-
+'5V
SHT
1
,
2
R8
:
d
SHT
ILL ADD (+)
_~________________=~
~
( L
~---,
32
I
c
4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
I
1
~8
~7400y"~--'
I
I
~M
I
I~----;-'
,,
12
U 32
B
DuAC
I
II
C
SHT
I
I
4
--==-=-==--==-E~-ns.1
~i7\.,3
---------,
--1
-~~~_-_-_--_______
~t .~~.
-----
{~~~D~;~~Lf~~-----------------~_--_-____________
)~
UNLQ-AD
__
E
I
I
13 7400
r f (-)
2
7.~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
\f
C'
(
I
I
I
I
,
I
(
+)L I r WD (-)
I
...
----
t'
_...
I
1
F WD_FF (+)
----.
SHT 1
FWD FF ~
13
SHT
I
LAST
~~--l:~~--~--~---*--~~-------- ~.
+SV
))-
A
l;
U'.:[O
',2
DlLlHO
'-C25 'Ifls
+5V
1.
-
~o;i(IIANC£S
mtAw:~t/~"""::J_~I'C-- __ _
\l1
onu(
IINGULAII
f. IREA" ALL SHARI'
lOGES Al'f'ROlC • .010
a.
MACH. SURFACES
..
ALL DIMS IN INCHE1.
i
Wangco Incorporated
.x)()(~
_.
I
NOTES UNLrs.'l Sl"t ut If~
-t
SCHE MAT IC
SERVO LOGIC-3
J
100 TPI
301026
oo .. "'T
.''''lE
HT
It· ~ :~""''''''~t.
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
C-21
1
'2 Of 2
...
I
,
•
4
J
2
+5V
H
RS
5.IK
P2
r
'-T
/.
/- Lett 1- ""-o{Lt'
('{f e':> I
"'"
I
CI. RESTORE 116
I
I'
P2
a
I
r-'
mC /<>---......
~------------~:
I I
I I
"F
12 SKINC 9
at-'-<~-~
U 14
7474
SEEK STR09E 1&(r--m-3------~1.....t-Z-o--++i~
I I
I .
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
TT UU
LOAD I UNLOAD (-) ,174----<) ~--'c-:JC:-=O"
G
l-IIOPf
II
ILL
Qrs~__----~+_~~
AD
~f:_
3
.
6
T474Qr--------~~_r4
+SV
C2
!~I
as!-=-+--+-__.....--1~_o~71K : SEEK
INCOMP
I
HI RETURN
G
ZERO
~------t_--------------------~--~----~4_----+__+----------------~33IsK~)
7~4=3~2~13~-------------------__,
ADO~)IK~--~-------------------------------------------~2
C!]
I I
~-----------_;---~=--_+-+_----+_~---------------~I
U2IrI2=--------------~<
DL'fSK(-)I-
F
H~
I
~----~
VV
iLc..f"'''''' PO!}fl.-e55: I
ILL
TABLE
I I
I I
I I
i I
I I
I
R2
12K
r+----t----i-----'-oxx
-o~0
l _:I
I
J6
JI>
J
J7
Je
Je
ATTENTION
I~
•
~---------+
(;.J
SEEK INCOa,oPLETE ONL!
G-i-I
SEEk :NCOMP~ETE AND 'L~ AD!:
RESETING SEEK COMPo BY
;'
I'
4VR7~i'
I
4 74
22UFI
·ZOV
(02II.!.
.
""
."
~
+
5V
C47
R49+t
1 6 , a u F 30K
~
151
T'4
10
8
I
U34
I
"
9602
'3 +5V
12
I
,
I
I
'I
I' N
13
9
10
7~66
~
13V-(
I c3 ;---]
I
~
kJ
R2 I
820
II~ 10
I
~
12
{
1
L -_ _ _
I
5V
r--
7
8
~
'"7;-
i
0
v
I
+5V
-.r1
=sj
11
U33
R 27
39K
T2
5V
+.L
+5V
6
9602
;1 1I
(RI
OPEN
IK
r----l
+13V
+
(1 8
R20
36K
f 4F
2_2
&'1~
+
1
Rig
OPFN
12 15
r
I
II
+5V
U
r r
I
R
----l:
UI6
8
7402
10
i~Vls ~
YI3tflJ,Vi!4.{)/i
1"{e::;t:r
~
UIO
ntfP1()///lISt.V
I
H
I
liE:
E
•
:;(
_.4'NO~
I RSTR
RIDX I\.
;,F' .......
IlL~~~7-~;:;;p S
1 :
~~;
«0 WF''- 00,.0)
RUT i
(OMP I
D'ESIGNAT ION
LOCATION I
Jl.M'ER _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __tC.=,;O:.:.;M::,P-V:;,,:A=LU=JE
~
2400 RPM
rrm- _________
I
~
I
I
(+)
FI
,.-
1500 RPM
OPEN
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _+-..:::O:,.,~::::~N:;,F--I
IDXONLY
J,K
r-fr- __ID_X_I_S_T_R_ _ _ _-+_..:::~_~.:::~__I
RH (+)
J - - - ,---_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _+-==__1
If--_ _ _SO
l
0
I'
J-I i Go tI
SP DETEC
I
I
a
t--+----------t--=:5qJ~fo~r6"----5-U-3-0--4---l1
~4~
401.3
I
I
;![
6
Q f-f--<
D
+-__.1_---'
2
t-------'---'=--'.U30
..;;:3'-1 740
I
I
-
4~
~4 I~~Z~~
O"'PNE_N---1I--_~l~-..-!
I
I
I
UII:l\.3t:>=-6_ _ _
U
I 301 F lOX
12
9~~2
I
I
5_
r'" ,
VO--
6.~tH~6~
5
:
I
v
l'--yll<::1 2<::
1133
1
R42
:
I
::
IK
I
SOLENOID
F/F
I, ALL RESISTORS IN OHMS
NOTES
1.~
I '~ ~r-~--~---4~--~---.--~~--~---.--~~--~--~~--.---~--~~--.---~+
1
1
1
1
1
1 0411
!
I
SPEED!
INC
J
740+
I
~R28 I
I
SPMON F/F
I
740
I
til
I
lL-._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _tI __
G
R26
?--13V
r--I
UI4
U31 6
- B
5 ~408
'Q
' 1 3
)3:--
I
,
'--_ _+_-----~--------------~-+_T-------~~
•
8
II
I
I
7474'
QI-6-+,-+---",9q~~~ >-"-8_---1>---_-1' M
TPI
I
1
3
~'
0
UI9
1 74 '4
.
AHGIJLAI1
0_ 'L_AGUIRRE
~eg
..J.
6-73
±5Z ~
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
UI
07'/.!~I_---w=an:::g::.;co~...::ln::;lCOI=rpcII~a:;;;Ud=-_._.__t
SCHEMATIC
cl1r+ C22
c23
(24
(25
C26!1 (27
(2s!1 (29!1
( 30 r! (3II! ( 32 1
(3511 • +5V
03 1
II
~50U:_
,01 _
.01 _
,01 _ ,01 _
.01 _
.01 _
.01 _
.01 _
.01 _
.01 _ .01 _
·01 _
.01 _ .01_
1
A r-~~>----------+-~----o:..:...,t-t---,r--T-~s=LJI~M~S~-.J
3
CI911~+
v
+5V
13V-{
A
'-
I
I
<:~;' :'fv~IE: ::,:
I
2
L---
'---
7486>n-=2=--_ _ _ _ _-'
r--.lJ9
~
I
1t.
I
I
1 us
I
I
I
Q 8
nrr:~
F/F
U20
7474
I
'1'13
~y>-+----i 7474
Q a
RETRAC~
5 U32
1_
SRUSHMOTORON(-) ,A
".A(II" J tJ"-.e
.),
7474
,-C
_______
~
~~
~3
Rra
13
ZERO
H
I I
a
JUDN
Us''
, 127406
~
~~
_+_------'
I
1-'--------"-11
.~>~I ~'Q 6';1:~~~J8
~3f
2~
4
I
'I
. RETURN
G~
OFF
SPEED
F/F
U7
3
2 7432
1r--~---_I-+-+---==6'-«z~~~~15~,------L-==-I======~~=====+=l=+=========t===='-----.J
,
I
€rr~\~~
t2]r'~
~
J-l~
4
9
1
I
I
,
f
f~
'10
9~62
,f1'~, ,,
!
I
I
B
15
"~;:,, +1:"
Ii
~
c ~v~coAO ~=~~~ :~:.--+---_S¥J_K-.-(-I-~.+--~--.--+--~---~~~~~==~-~-~I~~ f 3~_4
I
9
~O
U14~
II 7411
3iU9\6
9 UI3
'---+-~------+----7-14
7411 r-------------;I~O 7410
,1:
1*
5.6K
6
'--------+-------------='-L~
V
93
10K
h· 1
,I
5
4 UI4
3 7411
~?r8'----+---tl'=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=-~--' ~I
,-____
I ~'r6"--If--.--=9'-i~"-7:::43/'7'
f:.l.... b~'J..'J
FIX~'V~'~
R 40
I
:36
I
G'1
,"00
I
~
13
.1
'il
t---~-=2--\EYUI6 I
I
~~
3 7402)0----+-----------------'
I
;>OJ \"~."\"\
I
A( LOSS
Q~
IZ
CR/07265
@1Y-
Oh crRS
II
4
5V
I
E
W.
1,
C9
~1~29A
7.1
311 4
""
R4
I.5K
:1
121
UI
'-------+-:-='"5V,,-------,--=-c-,-----:
~~
+5V
INDEX
(40
ALIGNMENT CW3
~
~_:K
510
G20PFIOPENl
:
I 5
RELEASE
CRIO 6682
C
~
IK
"J, ,
PILOT
i
Yi+-
OP~EN
~
~8 ~ ~~
~ ~.TK
R3
R2if
f"ii'
l
~
J,
,
NOTUSED
I
-.-_~_-"I"".5"'K_
(7:f
.015
+5V
&
R41
I)
Q~
~c
)lI3
+5V
I
OPEN
1f-_ _
RPM
'CTR 2
2
US
R23
RPM"-
+5.
r--.
RPM
~
~
,
~DU24Q~~DU24Qf-=5'-----------'
~/474
.2.c7474
CLEAR
5
XCLI
3.2 MHZ
.(P3
3
UI
3 7474
---yI3
'---------Ill---;IOr----'----'
I
J
V
R44I~'OPF
¥~OO 61-
i35PF
UI8
7474
rc
r
¥4600;::o-I...
I>-2"'2"'0......-.
12
-iffJ
F ~~
Lp.:.:2=---_f--+-'-j
0
DIVIDER
6~ l.~84Qr?-~l"LC~"'
I'DIVIDERI
14J.
J lr----c..,I.:V\:~-.
13
220
-t
I ~- _ ~
2.
DIVIDER
IAt,
UI2
~
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A
D.lSC CON TROL - 2,
r
c
I OF I
7
6
5
4
3
C-27
7
. - t.
6
_
5
4
.J.
•
2
3
R20
J36
REVISiONS
56C
LED PO:::~------------------~~~,~-O-~--~--+-5-V-'----'-__--"'-'-_-.-----------------------.------------.-..--.--.-.-..-.----~.--.-.. --.---.-..-..---.---.-.--.------..-.----.----.---..-.--.-.-.-.-----------.-.-.----.-..-.------.-------.-----.~-t·
19'----------~~~Jt~~~-,O~I_·t----~-,!~.T·_~~
c
.1
KEY POLARIZATION 10
GNO a
CELL r
CELL 2
CELL 3
'O%T+
io~;r
2~~/;r
20v
IOOV
loov-I
1
I
I
i;) U2A .x
2
~~CR2
RI
c
~
+5V~f<4
CR3~~
330
75451
-
Z
~
I
POWER INPUT
6~ ~
~
,2
CELL 2 1/
.... 2
CELL r 2,
4
,I;
U5
1
A
U3A
74LS
157
12
14
!c
\
R5
5
R7
U4A
3
2 75451
"-'
~
330
2K
P
~.~ 2N~07A
IK~J
~.
+5V
74LS42
•
______. . .
6~1
~~~~~~~:~:7=~)1~~:1
6
RI2r--:2~~1A
'~
5~.~
+
'-----+--':.:::,-------------------,
"'''lN29i::"\1
ZK
--4"-~
}!-.
I 1~~
RI8
MOTOR OUTPUT
RIO
(5
01
r4:I--.----,
I
+
~ ~\
y~
(gQ1
CIS
'"..
.---50V
l
II•
I
CI6
..33
Q9
50V
519
-
5~
Q5
~
5iO
~~~
033'1
,
l
.~
r!t
CI~_,-
31<
I I
I
1 1
L-______------__~~-------_~~~------~--~----~
+5V
35Vt:._ _ _
:--1
R9
.I~ I_)~~_ ~~CR5
.>"
A
l~t
5.IK ~
15451
R21
+SV
R22 ;.
6
•
(L}.~~
/1
'-= :;..-
,v--©
!Ai
b
®-r-
I
•
RIg
SPINDLE ENABLE (L) 7 "
-
(4
.Of
~4
DECODER
12 0
J37
(3
.01
~----------~----------~~~~-.~~~
• IK
HARD PICK{L)
•I
R8
~
\1
~~/!' I-I-------~
+5V
UI
+5V
~-::::-'
~----------------_r------------r_--__.
vvv
7545/
I
4~5~______~-+-+~~~~~
5&
RUN (L)
~
-"~ Q3
6
C
\I
3
14 B
.J
(14
.33
5b~
j~ U4B
7
."
R3
330
75451
7
3
3
~
3~4~------~-'-+-4~~~O
5
B
B
'5
CELL 3 IO~ ~.
RUN
A
~~~--_.---4~------.---._------_.--__~
4,
KEY POLARIZATION
OESCRII'TION
REV.
~
1° 0
Q;~
..g 0
2N2222A
Sf)
U6B
II 14l 5 7.1. 8
~C
Qi--
PO
LAST USED DELETED I
U6
;
010
I
C 17
I
R23
VRI
CR6
i
NOTES UNLESS
SPECIF~ED
\ll
1. TOLERANCES
.A
JCXl; -
J(}(X±-
4. ALL DIODES
1'0 BE IN4003.
3. ALL C.~PAC1TOR
vA,LUES ,,~
BY L:,A5HED
NOTE S: UNL:: S5
(lTH~' ':(W;Sr
SP~C!FIEr.
8
811EAK AU SHAAI'
So
.,....c.'i. SURFAas
LI~1':S
-
J
I-:::f""'IN~IStj""-----------I
4. ALL OIMS IS INCnES.
2. ALL ~fS:STOR '/ALUES IN OP.MS:"~/".1/4W.
ENC!D.CLEO
t.
EDGES Al'l'ilOX. .l110
~liCPOP.;:LJ,DS,'O"/.. ~L0V.
l:!}iRANSI51OfrS
HEATSINKED.
AHGUi..AR
... -
Wangco Incorporated
SCHEMATIC,PWB BRUSHLESS DC SPINDLE
MOTOR OR PWR SWITCH
F &. T
ICO/ZOO TP!
A2i:
o
~
:)OiI53
7
6
5
t
4
3
DONOTSCA.~E
THiS OftAilWl"fG
2
WF.IGHT
301154
SHEET
C-29 1
E
I OF
I
!
--.}
7
8
6
4
5
J27
F BOTTOM
~
~ ~:~
,
:~ eHS
.....
/
I
I
3
2
1
D[SCIIII'TION
II£V.
-1=1
CillO GGJO
F
43~ ~____~_________~~~_______________________________~______________,
G
c...P-/C>
.,
(REOf..-J,'<,2SHTS
o~.,
CR3
~
I~CR4
5~",------~--------~
F TOP
,
;"'~t======~~~C~-R~6~~~~~~~~~~~~_~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~_REAO
TRANsroR~CR211
J25
~
,::.=
I
~ CR7
R BOTTOM
~:U-----M:I.~J--C-R-b---+---'
4,~_ _ _ _
r~_____~-+-+~
- - - i > CR20jSHT 2
______________,
1
j
3~______~~C~R~9~__-4~-i
\
c
-lf\r-- 1
I
s
6
L -_ _ _ _
@]
!
t
OISK SEL
i
15
~___-.--o;..D
E
-
R2
10K
,
.I
2~~
R3
R4
RS
10K
10K
10K
-
LI
L2
27UH R8S
IK
IK
!
27UH
L3
Ra7
I....-.
L4
Re8
27UH
IK
27UH
IK
'---
t
L---~,4
I
RS
-+_____________________________________~______________~__AA~
T
IO~!
(
7
1
fJ"
I
r
J(P,
~ '8' T"0'
R9
IGOK
~
-13V
RIS
2K
I
~D-"S____...
~I
UI
3 ....
26
,
4
• +Sv
RI6
-
2K
~\14
US
]
WI
1.;:1
"
26,
2
+:.vV
_________________________'3~U5
+
BR
I.
•
'K.Cl"DV /)V (b
2N~~07A
I;~
U3
2....-4 lI~jhS!""<;
5'1~2~~~
.
f01J12L78~\I)eHC. 1::,3 ~~R28
10
~"I
ZY" I:' !..'
~_1_2_-+~
l4
uSB
R90
3
~
cRri~QI
,!.
2N2222A
~----------------------------------------------+----:~~~~-~lP~~ ~
5."
f./92
271<
:::,01
.
~~;~iK i
~
t
l.
-
Rn:3
. O~~~ ~
-i "
/v
+ I.W
+
{"'~_
T'O' -
r;
Q
-~
13 U9
~
~ :~~~15~~35&
R23
--.
04
2.
(,
".
5.11< -
+5'.'
Sv
"
t
R30
2K
2K
•
26
-+
H~:t
~2
II
':'
i/
+~5V
OPEN
•
~27
+
W(l.;-riJV'G
RI8
13
14
'8
2K
t
~ 2 + ~__~___________~5hv~~____~____~____~3 US
~
A
•
2.2
, 20V
+sv
~-------------~C9~~+--~~~
lO'3f--l
(10 f
-
PI?
:>'
r
1~4B~_iP~3__________l-__
4-I
i
PII'\
43K
.~
,D~2
IK
I
t>
+5"
13V
f
le
~t;~1~2~~~:~~~,,;~~,_b25____-JL-__+-__~______________________~____________-r__________----t-~~-1~-r----~~----~
-Jt
3~~4
Tics l
r-lR14
RI3
IK
I
+
+13V
lOOK
R7
lOOK
+(v~
8
MULTrPLE
HEAOS SEl.ECTED
R6
'----
10
9U3
Reo
,--
~
V-II~Vl 13ru~f-~ ~5
~
.r-..
+-_--.
Rssf
~I
i
.........
2
I U3
14
ERASF DRIVER
3a-_ _ _~LY~C~R~I~2~------~
'--.....
lOV,:,
B
~______4~~C~R~I~I____~
4 ~______
" ________
CI t
2-21
~
'-______....A- IN 1,IIChOFAf.(,:.[J';
:.11 f
1
IS
20V
r-r+109 JC4~lc:
OI
1J.6" 1,01
~
I -___........_...,.-J TI"3
(.NO
-I3V{
1/'~W,?v/G
-;:!;-
2
B
~ +13V FILTERFO~)
"
+lc38
i 'J
1----1---- . .
C"2
T· T··ol T'OI
r-CRIS
.,t
+lc
l' 1~4
20V
.-=-~~-j -·~70~'H--·~·~---~t~ -U~~RF O(F)
I
I
+
1-:'"
U 14
I 78.MOf,HC
C45
13
J..
2.2:·
+5v
C-B
T
~
CRI3
CRI4
I N4003 I N400.3
20V
(RIG
14
3
---l-
1j...:2~______..... + 6 R
-1
!+
1
C46
2 •2
20V
NOT£.S UNUSS SI'I ('.lrlrD
-=
UI5
J. ~::R::(:~::U~R
~
1~2=-+-_____,.. -SA
1
79MU6Alr.[
IN'I003 IN4003. (-'7._
'.'
'.-C',Co
...
J
+1 ~ot -0-
_ ... '"
12
2
WGlS
I'I'RO)(..010
3. MACH. S
lACES
~.
+::- 20V
All DIMS IN
OC[CJ:
AI','".
WANG CO
~
DATA ELECTRONICS
HES .
543
IMuOf
No.
/ '. ) l)
n' I
~I
r! T
\
M
NOTICAll
""':;'
fOKMJettl·'Jl!l.)
8
7
6
5
4
3
INCORPORATED
SC HEMATIC.
J
5. LJIM£N'>IONS A":i\:[,TrR
mllSIl AND IIlAl '(AT
NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
~
1/-':;-.1 (~ ..:.....~i. ~ -t . . ·. ..171·.;..
I ,- " ,,< " I.- '., ...
2
uft"WI~a
301/58
MIGHT
SHEET
C-31
i~. +"
{
6
I
o
2
3
4
5
1
"E"$ION:
+GR
DESCRIPTION
T
l
,. ~, 6,. 5 r_~0. ! ,~: .:_I. i-O.b7!_]"': ,
+ 6R
TPI
CR6
.
CR21
6
~
~
R32
CR20
.,
1.5K
TI
3
__
~~
CR22
101060
-001
2
~
eRB
fR'A"NSFORI-5;..M_E_R-1___....._-+_ _ _
~ .. R3<1
CR2'3
~
__
~5
I~
3K
I
1"1
El
CI5
R36
10
5
G]>
CRI8;i
"~CRI9
JC21
~
1c27 t
1 62PF
3
----Ii
II
~R2~,," C25 ~. U Y s '
40.
;::
~ 592
CR25 13) 1
1141
8
...
4
C31
OPEN
__
.022
-',=
-
C30
5
.0
'J;>
1~llfs
~ '-
"~
13
51
'--if-i
C26
R44
470
R43
470
.0'
G
~
0
':
Rile
510:>
J..
R49
"--
R54
•• 81\
R53
1.2K
-6R
C 33
.01
f.l57
1.5K
C32
e2-
>.---'
R56
> I.':,K
R5S
1.5t<
5.0
R47
10
R45
-6R
R58
1.5K
R59
1.5K
1
r
U
REf.D DATA I
17
READ
[
DATA 2
R60
'·5K
~CR26
+12.2
20 V
,•
____
I
lc51
-6R
n
2 .2
+1 20V
l
,.
u9-e >--t-,---------------------------------------------_____________
...
._______.____1_t _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _--I
CRIO:,
c
~
/4
.022
I UH
9
.g:fG
C21\
L7
27IJH
;
2
7
r--...,:.:::...:...::....-.H-+-+-....-=:..+-+-I-~/5r--C.:::.2-a--.-i0121--2++-R"S"2.t-,4.....7t---'--i,.B-n2:-·
~1
·01 =-
L5l
';-
5HTI
I
__
62 PF
C20
T62PF
:-
R42
470
R37
R33
100
,L7tH~r-- .g-l...~ ~-......___- ___,:~·~o.'0; C,:i~ ~i' . ','1:1
~
., ~i70r l1cI9
UIO
r - 592
I
B
SEE. SHEET I
~'
".J -
.,'c;'
READ
R/W HEADS
SIGNAL
'i
J
WRITE CHI( X
. M
L
i
c
WRITF PROTECT
,!
i'
WRITE DRIVERS
~
~
~___.-_.....~___-+~_~q~~~2907A
~
''';'
O('j
2N2907A
07
R66
,
+8R
-r8R
2 N 2~01A
.
33
>R6&
~ R6~
360
360
C3SQ-:::
R7.
+SV
100
r-f
..
f
WRITE GURREIIT AOJ
56PF
R70
t
330
I
9 Q
200
R73
'"
5.IK
R7"il
~
21(
S
ti72
...,:
WRITE
J
D 12
II
U2
574 C..:..:.
SQ
200
f:1
R
--im
1 ',"'~
I
f
R77
5.11(
6
-~5
7 75<'151
t~
"
A
2 N2907/,
A
2K
-' Cj5
T%PF
!
R7H
100
.tVV'
I
~
t
I
i
Qb
R76
l
J
H79
/5
~
I
+6H
14
CR2 5
INNER TF~ACt\S
CUHR£NT SHUNT
B
~U8
~
C r, I
8·
<;1";
n
26
UEi
' -_ _ _ _ _ _-4....5
= -/ 26
WHIP'. Ot.T/, X
J
Ef1ASl
T
WRITE
16
r---
I
6
T
'~G
14
"v13
U7
14
E
L9
(2,.'..,1l,5
?
hi7
"",L
T2
' R84
<
201<
;
-13V(F)
---------+------------------------------"-
12
l....r-' ________________________________________________
UI-3t>
SHTI
~3~_4___
V
~.~
~
I:
p.::..8..-._________________- - - i > u 9 - 2
:,rl", I
Ul
WANG CO
A
INCORPORATED
r-~----------~~~~~~
SCHE"M,t\TIC
A
DATA ELECTRONICS
S.-.f3
SHEET
lot(l,I.JN l~/l:')
8
H
" ~O1l58
NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
7
6
5
4
3
2
C33
I
1
2
bF2
--
~.
r;~
- .
~'''~'-''-'----''''-.
.............- -........- . . . - - - -_ _-
···-~·..".....,
. ."
_ _- .
. 9,..,.'_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _......._ _...,.._..
, ....._ _....,.___________
~
..
"-,,~,- -......,....-...---"~""" -.-~-----,..-..r~~.-~\1:.
'.~.
I
•r .
REV.
•
1." .
. r.
·If
J
-A lMFG
~~.
DESCRIPTION
1 CHIC O",TE I All'iI!lVED
I -rt. +'::(1...1
'0/.. J.l~!,,,7
REL
RD DATA
l;
DATA C U<
i!.
....~
f
----_.. _----------,
J
12~ 4-----.-+--~
._------_
I
I
WRY C HK I e k + - - - -.....--t------.;.--t
I
i
.
I
:27 ~-it-------t-----,
~
./
WRT PROT : 6 :,1-,- - - - - -
(:
7
./
r -.,
-
!.
3~,)
J21
/
I\
REVI$IO!'.f-'-:.....,. ..,.J_7"._:",_.1'-i'
TOLEAAI':ces
~[CK I I I
I
J
)..)1'
~
tH~(·''::''J\M
.xxx'
7.
3
a3
.
R£5ISiOR NETwORK
,IM_.".T.EIl'~.t_
UACH.St!A,.,["
ALLO''''5.''"",,,,,
I
.
I'CA'J,
fiiE~:~~~:
L. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~-'----..,....---'-I
NOTES:UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
'
~,~
\.-
- ,.....,..
~
..
., ..... --"
-
..
--~ .... ~- ... .;
... .•.. -.~- ............
,
....;.
...
'
.... -..-.
-~-- ..
,-~
CONNiirCTOR
_
~?E I
30 I I 80
1
1,1
\!'-:'
It~"
.
I
;.
1
.;.., .______
.-_ .
C-35.
...w".~
•• _
.,
IA
f..-------L.-~I_ _ _ _-..-_____ ,--:: I
'.~':~
....I..r:.,_,:":.._!.i!~.~
___:_'._0_'_'_'_'_ . '.._._._. _. .
.
- .. - .......~~ ..
VO
t ~ I0-
~
!;I>'-
;
Wang Computet Products
!
--I,f;N!~"!
..---------4
.
J
BE~:E~ :';.!;R~~""'~" J 1_.....' ~------:r--.
SCHEMATIC
1~,l.\&tLi.Q."
2 SEE Mil FOR VARIABLE COMPorIENTS.
t. All RESISTOHS IN O"lMS 5'7o,1/4W.
1
f
'APPR
!I
"1
UJLJ
NOTES
1.
3
.~
C
t;;;:;&ROIIMD.,
L2_~ ..
"
!
81
<. 7 I
1<. I 2!
•
GRoeND :H ~
'-
I
,IO!
,I 2 (I
/
I
r----r--.------,..:(
\
I
TO
INTERFACE
J23
!
___
REV:510NS
OeSCRIPTION
SEE. SHT
I
J21
,.-,
AT~=NTION 114~(~1- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -____________________________________________
-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SE L I 14 3~--_ijI~----...,..--------..,.
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
SEl 2 144?1!.....~""'"~t---+--~~...............==f"-__r
':R2
IN4CC3
'O-~~~~----~-----TERBIAS
16
I
+5V
\-1:..:::4~----t--t"--r---~L~
t~!~ 3~:' ~
~-' riB'",
~1~3~__- ;__; -_______
2 j'754
8
3
+5V
...
I
R;f
J l E N DR
·'-----~2_1r~4~~~~~--------------------------------~
+5V
2
7
3
4
I~
l~~<,
18
7_~
' 0273452
':3
~-----;
•i
6 FS452
,------f,,~OTUS'7D)
L__________________~--__--__----____---------
- - EN R£CV
J23
o
~?~
<34
uNIT SELECTi~~ i,~::~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~;~~~~::~:~:~~;~~~~~~~~~~~~~~--------------========:,~~~321)
'~----------+--+-------------L------------------======~,!',?-
27E-
H~"'lNATlN~
<2'
3 128~
I I
i
VOLTA::
5
{
1125.f1d~--------
~ -..1.~ _1~-1'1---1'1---1·1--:_:__1~~_::~r130,~~~.l_-...,71
~
- -.I
J21
r
IS
+ V a LT5
I
131
3
T __(",4 _i
Ie
I
.01 ..
l'
I 1 'I
."
RO NO
1
.0 I
1
(6
I- . .T.
.DI
c ".L
1
.01 ,.
c8
.Q!
~
-I .LI
')
."
1 J
-,J,
C 1 2 '" C 13 '" C,. .L
.1
,.1
.1
•
u'=.c
c:
DE~::T::C';
__ L..I? b_ _ _ ,__
a
~. ':; 4 _ - + - - - - - - ,
f\S
_ - L _ _ __
1
UNi T SELECT
~
T F P M I ' • .:., H. C. OL T A,,:;::
/
...-----:--=-=:-:::-:-::::-----r;::;;;:~rT;;:-::_::-G~~-------:;_,
~"'""'~ ~"'''''o
:o~,"~"
~X,,",,.-Wo<
,.X£ ....""..JI';7~-_-_---'
(!'I.~.- r~HI I,.1.
ji
E~,. , ~~,T! C
I"'"''
2:,:
1
1 3
~~~
.1
T"
-
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ :_
!,!a...:'1f. 1"0',, J
,
2,
1
<
..'w: ALL
Sfi""""0
lUU
~'" ~"""
.""~
.,,"""
---1h -
~
!''''''''--"'. _ , (.
J
W3ng Compu!", Product.
SC H' i\, ..;
---'1,_Wl,','"
!
1
'I
f'''''"
_ ,. _
l.
"")
-r'_--,J
f.=,!O_if_.::.:.-CK-+'_ _ _
~ i~4;!~]~,i~ i__________________.______________________________________________________________________________________________:~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~J_i;f_,x_r_As___~
f
__________G
___U
___
"
I
C5
_
c_,
LAST
O!
r "N [ ( TO
~
I I ..; , .
" _ :'10 I I P'"'
I/O
I
i""""
r
zi
R
Ii
~'~_,_- _-_-,!~_~= - -,- -C-_3-;- l- -, ~-':'-,;:-;~3--
I
__
3_(_-,_I_I_7__
" ______
0
' _ ' ,--i
t-
i'
.1 _________ ._ .. ;~l~~,...::~ ___ . _ _ _ _ _ _. -
fZF.. '. _.
\~. . t " ,?£L
t;:V.'''?iI,,:.
.
,SdUL 1... -
r.-r- - - -
EN RECV
380
,
5
~3
4
3BO
421
I
I
I
J) 3 7
I
1
I
I
I
34 I
'--ei 380
~
,
I 1;3
10
~~~
1
1
I" 48
1
I
I
47,
13
--*I
~~3
4
380
U4
4~
.
~.
64
32
I
16
' CYLINDER
ADDRESS
8
4
2
1
I
I,I/
!
I
I) 461
~
I
I
SEEK STROBE"
I
I
1
---- -.--t-)45 RESTORE
~
14
_
I
I
~
I
.. t.
.
I
14
1 .--
.
128
1
~)
~13
4~380
I
I
12
UIO
1
1
IF 23 I
1
I
.h.
1 241
2
3eo
10
1
.1 ....
7,.,
6;] U II
9
1
I) 221
380
~o/3
I
'
I) 32 11 256
5
UII 14
380
12
VVl. . ::"L~!·~;
.
r'
-
.-~2
.
3BO
-
C'
!)JoTI'
J 21
-,
~.
4
' ..' ;-u.· •.
.
.
' 'i~PkOV
s' 1""'1'-'-'.J-. "~
.,
I ';'F<_.
.'
TO DATA
INTERFACE
BOARD
I!
. .
~..
.
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
-!
)
I
j
~
.'
W·
(
I
C/AISY
CHAIN
NOTES uNLESS
Ii
I~
Fh()M
SPWflEO
IOR-.WN'UGUIRRE 120-.:'.:>:-::7;-:"-r--------,-oo--.--------; .
~--------+-CH-~-CKT
1.
:~~EI'I'-NCES
ANGULAR
.XXXi
~rn I
~TfRIAl
I
r:_
I
Wangco
C",b
EDGES AJ'I'RO:<' __ 010
)
I
1
MACH. SURFACES
4.
All DIMS IN u.otES
'-_ _ _ _
.-
~~_
I.LN9.
1---
DISC
.,
I~
SCHEMATIC
1;/0
CONNECTOR
I
.
'u'1
1S1
0
301
tOO
V
t
StCf,:
A f ~, .' ~;.
~1-"~<'sX
_
---t'--'-------..,..__ ,"----_
_ _ _ _I _ _
_ _ _ _ .M~'----t-.,
SEK COUP
A38
560
'AA 1A451~2~r
~
~~ ~
A;"~A501~
I A41
2 74500
I
m
~
~
~,~I:-~JL1-JL
________________
~3~3~=I
F
o C6
ce
READ EN GATE
~'l
3
:'41
II
13 74500
- - - - ' r : : - - - - l Jr r;,
____
~~~______~r-
2SI-_H--I--------,
WinGATE
-r-
WRT DATA
READ DATA I
E
:A
oO·
Ii
~~J~
~
ERASE GATE
R Q
'---ijj-
-,r;u;L--J
V
I
____
7~
8
8
13
A3J..
JUMPER POINTS
~W74LSII
W
A25
A29
12
0
~
A30
--~
Q
~
13
--+~---------t----
-'I
(TYP)
...._ _ _ _-0
j~~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
~
t.,2.d
PI
,619~
-'l'4S32B25
A3
A21:'0
4574LSlI
1.25
m
07 DI6
10
08
I
I
I,
I
J
~6'3'1
D5il~
•
+13v
'[81,
•
-13V
H3V-~~
l2~
-13V
(,
II
...
(J"E'
~ij ~
~
~D
,,,,.sf!'
(1V1'" FoilL-_"""T'_-r::-_..... e:lCIl,
~~o
~_88
~
1
1_,81
t
4
;1~~:;.:;:s
,.~
{;§
;
RO~
~
~ I
,,~
,
\::~ P~~2318
:08
31
!=----J
I '---Oil
-+5V
4
D27.>?6~
~
-
001
...
MO
1
05't
H3rgt~ 4+1 ~
.
...... '
......
I
I,....:-
OPEN
2
~~~
~
/). _..
I
5 033
474lSOO
II
6
13 033
4LSOO II
1 -I
12
033
I
3
r-"-
3
74LSOO
~
.-14
5
C49
4044
852
1.2K
C52
........
IK
-
10
C53
'VV'
13~ ~1_1117 O~€~f._
~
5v
l4
.us
13
~.Q~
DAr;""
I~~~:-::-"
~17'
'6
....
.4024
O$C
~6
R'3
,!! ,
Q~~~C25
836
J2
IK
+ 5V
+ __-+___
-:::::
BETA
CL!lC~~
"" ftl
0('..
rc:
iC
Seif'
I 74LS08
841 '"
C33
--- -------------
j ':",.,."
I
II
L-
13 74LS
~
9
033
10741SOO
eLK
~,
-:-
3 C C'41
---......"74 LS74
P-I'. t41
74 LS 7"
27
RD OAP.
82'
B26-,.!Q 74L
I
A27
~8~,,751'r_ _"'" 2~
OAT''' ClK
CLK
BZB
"-_COtn'_
_MY_~OI'
WANGCOINC.
3~
4
'\l6~~'V5"v--t-IIt-1.
.f-DRO!l~~ rE-~~O~TAQ~
---------
2~
GND
•
r:~ !RZIB:.O 10
9
J2Cm
A22
B25
32
I
~m
__
l5TI7~71
4
.....
014
I
__
IS 045
5
:~
oJ€: Dt~.
~~ ~~
v
READ DATA 2 5 I
D
AI7
/I
1274LS08
CI
AI2
7S
~+~~T2~~~~~~~~/~J~~,~D~5~1~hl--------------~~---------=~~~--------:--ll
~
t'JrrP~"
+5V
vi
•
741.S74 _.,§.
~
7~~1I
9
3 C B33
________t-____f5~BI~7~d6~
L
W
L-1------------------+---------====t====~~~A:,7::~6~----~--~~-~-_~-_-_~~~~~~~::~::::::::::::::J~~+-~::----~~e;;~
~LJ~~-------------------------------------~--~C~,~I-~CZ
~ ~
l~
L __________________________________j ______ c~'----I----1~14~
f"-......
D~~ ~.
~f~I~3~---+-+~311~~8~17~~~~~4~~~~3
~
~l-lJ~-.--------------------~~-----------------l---------1t::::====r_--[jJ2
~
V
WRT OATA
c
i' ~8
-
L
Ll. ;+'1-:5'4-_"-~1::;1
9
9 r'!"7
.~?
A41
10 74500
L
19
I
A46
1.8K
II'r-,
_ _ _--"V
MOIlAV_. _ _ rOll""'",,",
II! _
DU't.ICATED
011 DISCLOSED
USED
_ FACT\IRE
01' IWY 011
rAllY
-
OISCU'Il0 " _.. IIIIITHOUT'I'HE_
-'TTE"""'_OI'~IOC.
U11COi....,...
_......
SCHEMATIC
JATA INTERFACE
VFO- n
m
FOR VARIABLE COt.tPONENTS, JUMPER lOCATIONS
SEE MIl.
2.ALL CAPACITO~ "ALUES IN MICROFARADS.
I.All RESISTOR VAWES IN OHUS, S%,1/4W.
NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
•
7
301321
D
,oa
8
I.j
'~------~FH~T~i~Of~~1
6
5
t
3
2
C-41
t
Ir---I- - - - - - ,
'!!! ~
I i---+-------tTJ4
2
,..------------11
,..-----------14
r----------------------------------------------------------~_+---~
!-~_
O!'
~l_-------O'--~
2 9
0M
35
r---------------------------------~--------------------~+_--~~---------=====------------~4
51A
~~h~
I/O CONP£CTOR
4~------------~
'tE-:!E
i--L-.-
~~r----------,
~~+~1~8~YO~LT~S~_1 6
~!ER {:>----~
5>-----i
h~G~R.:.::0~U:!::N.:.D--_4'1-7
ASSE ....BLY
POWER
SUPPLY
INPUT
o
t -......-...:1~8..::V.::0.::LT.:..:5=--___I 3
ACIN
t---.;+;...;5;...V....;0...;;L;...T.;;.S----1 8
~------~I~
~--
~ ~:!~
J
4 ./
PIE>,-3,.-_2,--rI_-r
POWER SUPPLY
+
~ ~
v
•
5
EMERGENCY
RETRACT
BOARD
301044
lev FUSED
l:.J
CONTROL
INTERFACE
"'LLOW)
- '" '"'"
5,>r_ _ _ _ _r-r--+-r-____-~18~V~U~N~FU~S~f~~~~--------~
P~S~~~ORNER
(BLACK)
:
LINEAR MOT. HOT
I
mtVr? ~~~T
I
RELAY
Nelrs-a ~OME -6!
:
3
2'''f-------f--,
·r
8 81>1------.....
~ SERVO MOTOR
~,..!.~R£LAY COIL
I
(FULLY
M"B
SWITCH
A
NO
L ~4S Jlsj
RETRACTED)
MOT
"I"
7fT.(
3~;~5
8
'-------~IP_5 ~s.
tlecP
I
I
,
~
S~~~HN~
301198
J 10 PIO
5
5
0
IY
)',
'---22~
-
B (
GNO
f
(FlL 3
~11 CELL Z
h/lf~!;;R!'11
I
+18V
j---:.""':":'-"--+--'
P37,
,
::;1
2.
I=S
'"+S"Y
L -_ _~_11
6NO
MOTOR
H
DRiVE
POWEll SWITCH
~I
II
=
=
HEAD 0
ELEC TRONKS
INTERCONNECT
BOARD
3005&6
2
l
NC
PIS ,JIB
HEAD 2
-
I
,;>6 J6
I RPM
~
o
8
U~T
3
BOARD
~ ~
301002
F24-J24
DATA
ELEctRONICS
B 0'" RD
f-L-
+-__________--;lcOI.t
2~~------__- -______N~0~)Q
3~------------------N~O~)Q
n~STOn~
(NOT USEO)
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUNO
24
SECTOR TRANSDUCER
.. XED DISC
300311
r -_ _..--lIL-- '23
R
ED
04-
LINE
SEC TOR TRANSDUCER
CARTRIDGE
SERIES T
I·
BLK
I FO-ANOOF
t:t~L~
.-=B..::O..::T_ _ _ _ _ _ _-I
~
!...~IP{31
- -- -'lr-
I
4 r-------~------_i
0
--..I
2
OPT Ie AL
DETENT
TERM INATOR
USY
r-~
~A.;..:G:...:C:..-.-----__4
3
-~-3-3 ~-3;::-::::--::-
~--=B::.:R~CNt::.N:.!-------4
t--..::-G~R..;..OU;;;.;NO-"'-___---4
3
+5V
-13v
-- -- -- -- -- -- -WHIT-;V~f!:..A-
I
2
DlFFEeROAENRTolATOR
3
300921
BLACI(
5 t--..:..:::.;:.------I 5
L_
~~----------~
I
TR~~b~ER
CARTRIDGE
SERIES F
300679
I
I
_ --.J
~ r-=L~E..;..D_-~CA~T~H:...:O..::D~E_______i
----.....
JJ
IH+003
~--+------------;2
+sv
"--~
'I
I
ZOO TPX
~,
\eJ
ONLY--
THERMISTOR
A~SY
:~f::r-: I"r}~--~~~':--;"'!:"~ '~il-I~~~~~-~-_r--·,-;;-.-,-~-.---------------.,---.. .
2
,-c-FM-
301044
:;"
30
21
22
23
POSITION CHANNEL
r---.------------;s
NOnS:UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
19
...Jt,-
I ~P..::O..;..S:.;IT..:.tO;;;.;N:.;....;C:..::Oo.::M::..;;M:..::O~N'---i
IN S2 4-2 c""
UNIT SELEC T - 2
UNIT SELECT - 3
DISC SELECT
ATTENTIOtoi UNIT - 0
ATTENTIOI~ UNIT - I
ATtENTION UNIT - 2
ATTENTION UNIT - 3
PSEuDO SECTOR 2000
WRITE CHECK
16
S
10
SSA
WOl,TI' PROTFrT
CARTRIDGE
.:!.!!~
--'----'
ALL SWITCHES SHOWN IN INACTIVE (OFF) POSITION.
S4A
WRITE PROTECT
FIXED
P26J26
J27
.
27
28
::;1
20
17
UNIT SELECT
SWITCH
300606
I~NN~OO~OO__~S_6_______________________________________I3
RED (BLACK LEADS MAY BE REVERSED TO
OBTAIN CORRECT OUTPUT POLARITY AS INDICATED.
r
~
2
~-~-:~c~OW~--________________________________42
·"AAIAl'IlE PAR,. NO_ SEE TOP MIL.
~
P
J12 P:2
BRUSH
C"RT~IOGE
25
4·
2
2 Eo
I
J
34
LOAD INDICATOR
•
IS
32
64
I 28
256
i
SWITCH
INTERLOCK SOLENOID
'",;.9
]
t
'19
READY INDICATOR
]
~-----4------4_----------------~6
I
12
9
!::!..,:!..!.
P2SJ2S
P27
8
7
WRITE PROTECT CARTRIDGE
INDICATOR
I
2
4
WRITE DATA
WRllE PROTECT STATUS
ERAS( GATE
READ"
SEEK COa.lPLET£
ADDRESS ACKNOWLEDGE
ILLEGAL ADORESS
SEEK INCOa.lPLETE
SECTOR I SECT ADD COUNT 32
INDEX
DATA CLOCK
!>EAD DATA
READ EHAeLE GATE
TERI.tINATING VOLTAGE
SEC TOR ADD COUNT
SECTOR AOO COUNT
SEC TOR ADD COUNT
SECTOR ADO COUNT
81 FiX INDEX
SECTOR ADD COUNT
161 FiX SECTORS
UNIT SELECT -0
\I
S3
2 !I--''-----''''''-'----;
~
.01
IOOV
BOARD
6t--~------------;1
~. REO~
~lt---+J---'B=LK"----i •
~r!!!_
,.---_----_------------(1-4
"$
CONNECTOR
WRITE PROTECT F"1l!ED
IIiDICATOR
i~
JIJ PIJ
,------J~------~~~~___________J~~
r--
INPUT/OUTPUT
~~
POWER
REGULATOR
-E3
HEAD'
BRUSH
MOTOR
6
9
I~}
~rir1r-r------t---~1i18evV_--1p~~~aiJ-~~e~I~~---------------------1!JHARO PI~K
L-H_A_R_D__
P_'(_K_(_L_)________________________
i
Co....
~
301153
F
lor-~______--____~3~~~.4~
H9
3
.
4
2.
10
DISC
CONTROL
BOAR 0
P3br,....I-'4-'s~o~":-e~9.....
DS2
12~~-------1~~~2_i
~jfI'
PJ JJ
I
.I~61
J!7
OS5
POWER INDICATOR
DSS
I
I
e (,
R
I
I~
12
2
B D. 301170
~S~
NO
I
COHMU~A~T-O--R-------S-P-I-H-D-L-E-M--O-T-O-R--------;~~
_ ~
+ S"
'"-_ _ _ _ _ _--'t-- '--
SPINDL
DR
REG
A
(REO)
" I
12
40
II
16
14
IJ
IS
6
SWITCH
NC
~~~
(BLUE} NC:S7
COM
~~S2
r<~RUN/LO ... D
HO
SERW
AMPLIfiER
BOAAO
!
'(l..lJrJ
VOL TS
~(
47
48
50
29
32
33
36
~
U
NC
~n~OH ~_2_
MOTOR
RETURN
S
6
'IS
fF[0
{~
t-------....
+ r.
8
7
TRK OFFSET REV
TRK OFFSET FWD
CYLINDER AOORESS
CYLINDER AOORESS
CYLINDER ADDRESS
CYLINDER AOORESS
CYLINDER AOORESS
CYUNDER ADDRESS
CYLINDER AOORESS
CYL I !olDER ADDRESS
(YLINDER ADORESS
SEEK STROBE
HD SELECT
WRITE GATE
'12
sw~c;.~,(,l
.----
COM
I
I
CART
INTERLOCK
57
4CS
44
39
43
S9
'--_ _ _ _-'
..
<
7 7
3
2
J
GROUND
IP4
J4
SEl'vO
{
VARIA8LE
FREQUENCY
OSCILLATOR
BOARD
~3"b
JI6<--_ _ _---i
r
INTERCONNECT
CABLE 01 B TO I/O
300274
.~
APPLIES ~-:. All F' T WANGO POSITIONER
====--=:=--"",-rr-_..,.,--"._-r-_-r_------_. -------
r-",""...
t,::...............
·===-• : . : M., .._
• ... __
~
--"-
llJ
06
w....co lnc:cK'poc-:..:..::..aW:"':":"_-n-i
.7 h==-------~. INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM
100/200 TP I
'VELOC~;~E;:ANSOUCER
o
I
C-43
()~
I
•
'WD(-)
H
r._=:-I.- - - . , :...- = - - - - r - 4 - _ - - L . I
TPI
I.IK
SKG
A
....
... FO Rfl.
B 'lilo "''117
t +--+~-------------
81 ,-'F./.J 7Z8~
-+.....----------------....J
+I3V
lO-O UM.OI.O(.) J1+
'.
i'
rPt~,~·.~017~":t·~.?--t; l~/~~::::.
1
v -:--+----------------~
CO.¥SI "IIVO
I""k. foo)
.1
JI
rn
meA'
+13Y
mell..
eA4
r-------~~------~Z~+I.Y'~ED
CGallTIIOLLID
... c S,
6.IUF
1\.,
Clio;,
"v
UK
1110
I lit
AS
vR'
300K
IOVt'2%
f - - _ - - 4 - - - - - k 4 s[RIIO AIII'lI'1f1l OIJTPUT
C17
IOOPf
DI" UVlli $(+)
, MOTOR A£TIAI
RI4
4.99K •• I·~
C24
Rli
+I3V
1l'.G AT' v':
,""QI~ il'~IrIlSITIOII £IICOOt:R
POSITIOII ow..n
0
r
ell
~SOPF
POSITIOII EIICODEA
I
P5
+5V
~A£T~
TtOo\C p
DETENT EvEN (-)
fE_SOlS 12
~;(1J~;Io-+
v"
-f" ..
C
fOC\.
POSI~IOII~ w
LEDF
sW
DROPPING
RESISTOR
DCLOSSH t
Ai09
10
IIOSITIOII £IICOO£R
OF T_n u
.GItINPIG
CIWIICL
.".{
+SV{
~_ _ _. . . - -
+'JV
DoH,
80T
'INALOG
AM'.
GAOUHO{
illill
IVM
'''
RII'i
A
I'
HOr J,)EO (OPEN) 10..0 ARE
R£!.£RV[O FOR FuruR( "SE.
CGltPCI'j[Nrc, '1£lI(AT(J AI-l( U5(O 01< i,Ai TPI (-002)
.u.;u:,,,
LN<.T.
3. ~ O~A, T<.IIIE
I
"""UJk.I."Cl",•.:t.
. ~- _
h,,!,iLlll&.
L
6 SlRVO MOTOR FIll. COl1
OLL_""",
1
iN.,'.7,
I
(APA(lTO~S .Cluf,ICC,v
All RES..5TOR~ 11\1 OHWS ~"I".I:CW,
I---~
.
__
D__
"T'I-_..
. _ - -
\.\)
r::~+--.---<-~
.. - . - . . .
,L._-_-.-,~,~,_.-_-_-.- - - -:-.~_:- :~~T_:_:__:_S_~TTH£_kW_':'£_S"_E~_'f_'[ ~~7~~~~~-_-_-_-_-.~===~-_-_-~-:.,-,~:~6~_-._-_-.--_-._-»-.-...•..- -.~-,-----:S=-------_'tr -.. -.-,-.,-....._...--..-._--4----..-_-_-.T"1-..-..-----,------1
__
•
....l'~...... [.luc;.(,~"'.J~ 1
=~:-.... .7 Ib·
~
J ':it! _ _. _ _
JI5
~
2. AU.
I.
BOT PULSE
SHAPE.R
......
rn CC"'()Nnl~.t.A[
~
~l_·~z~_-----.JII
!.'lK
-IS{ : I
\
t
-If'',11T
__',)()_T.p.1
,.
12
30100"
WM&CO IfICOI""JICntIII
SCHEMATIC
~.~
...
o~
SERVO AMPLIFIER - ill .,~
' ,
!
.~ _~O:~J
f'·: ~::;5
30158':;
-J
1
E'
t
I,;)
y
c< ,
1
APPENDIX 0
ILLUSTRATED PP..RTS BREAKDOWN
INTROhuCTION
This ~c ion presents an Illustrated Parts Breakdown (lPB) for the 100/200 TPI Series F and T Disc
Drive machines. A group of 11 illustrations contain exploded views of separate sections of the disc
drive, a d each illustration is followed by a list of the parts shown on that illustration. The parts
list is i emized in accordance with the index numbers shown for the parts on the applicable illustration, and the particular index number assigned each part is used throughout this manual in referencin the part. A dash (-) in the margin prHceding the entry indicates that part is not shown on
the iIIu tration. A star (*) in the margin preceding the entry indicates the part is effective beginning
ith Serial 3800 for 100 TPI Drive, and Serial 2-2900 for 200 TPI Drives.
IPB I LLUSTRATION INDEX
Figure
Title
Page
0-1
100/200 TPI Top Load Disc Drive Assy. - Overall View .................. 0-3
D-2
100/200 TPI Front Load Disc Drive Assy. - Overall View ................. 0-4
D-3
100/200 TPI Disc Drive Major Assemblies - Top View .................... D-5
D-4
100/200 TPI Disc Drive Positioner Assy ............................... 0-8
D-5
100/200 TPI Disc Drive - Bottom View ............................... 0-11
D-6
100/200 TPI Disc Drive Spindle Area - Detailed View .................... D-14
IJ-l
100/200 TPI Disc Drive Operator Control Panel ......................... 0-17
D-8
100/200 TPI (F) Fixed Disc Cover Assy. - Detailed View .......... '....... D-19
D-9
100/200 TPI (F) Door Mechanism and Trim - General View ............... 0-24
D-10
100/200 TPI (T) Fixed Disc Cover/Shroud - Detailed View ................ 0-26
0-11
100/200 TPI (T) Door Mechanism and Trim - General View ............... D-29
D-1
~OO/200
TPI
WAN·1109/1
Figure 0-1. 100/200 TPI Top Load Disc Drive Assy. - Overall View
0-3
WAN·0197/2-!lOl
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
300001 100TPI DISC DRIVE ASSEMBLY
414200 200TPI DISC DRIVE ASSEMBLY
SPINDLE ASSEMBLY
POWE R SUPPLY ASSEMB L Y
OPERATOR CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
FIXED DISC COVER ASSEMBLY
Figure 0-2. 100/200 TPI Front Load Disc Drive Assy. - Overall View
0-4
100/200 TPI
WAN·1108/1-OO1
~34
56
57
58
" Assembl"les - Top View
Figure 0-3. 100/200 TPI 0"ISC Oriv e MaJor
0 .. 5
IPB 100/200 TPI MAJOR ASSEMBLIES - TOP VIEW
SHEET
1
OF
2
QTY.
DESCRIPTION
FIGURE
u.
....
fJ)
fJ)
w
w
a:
a:
w
fJ)
1 X X
2 X X
XX
3 X X
4 X X
5 X X
6 X
X
7 X X
X
8 X X
9 X X
10 X X
11 X X
X X
12 X X
13 X X
14
15
16
17
18
*
*
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
3
6
6
0
1
5
0
4
0
0
0
3
2
4
4
0
0
4
0
0
0
5
8
2
9
7
1
3
2
7
1
1
7
9
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
0
0
0
2
0
2
2
2
2
2
0
3
3
1
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0 7 4
0 7 6
8 6 1
0 3 4
0 5 0
1 7 8
6
0
0
2
7
4
5
7
6
8
5
0
4
2
2
5
5
-
-
-
-
-
101
0 0 2
1
0
0
1
XX X
X X X
X X X
X XX
X X X
XX X
X XX
XX X
1
0
0
1
0 0 2
XX X
0
1
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
o
o
o
o
o
Power Supply
Positioner (Drop Ready Feature)
Positioner
Power Regulator PWB
Data Electronics PWB
Servo Amplifier PWB
Servo Logic PWB
Servo Logic PWB
Disc Control PWB
Disc Control PWB
Control Interface PWB
VFO PWB
Cable Interconnect
Slide, Left
SI ide, Right
I/O Connector PWB
Line Terminator PWB
0-3
0-3,4
0-3,4
0-3
~~
w
fJ)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
4
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
4
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
* * * * * * COMPONENT PARTS * * * * * *
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
.36
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
XX
o
9
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
7
5
2 7
o1
o1
7 - 0
7 - 0
8 - 0 2
8 - 0 2
5 - XX
3
2 - 0
2 -0
2 0
2 -0
3 -0
0
1 9 -0
0
2
)(
o4
o3
o 2
o1
o1
o 1
o1
9
4
0
4
3
6
Retainer, PWB
Fuseholder
Fuse, 5A (F3)
Fuse, 8A (F1,F2)
Fuse, Line Filter (F4)
Bridge, Diode, MDA 980-1
Bracket, Slide Mounting, Left Front
Bracket, Slide Mounting, Right Front
Bracket, Slide Mounting, Right Rear
Bracket, Slide Mounting, Left Rear
Bracket, Cable Guide
Support, Card Guide
Stud, Latch
-0 0 1 Bracket, Cable Support
0
1 Pin, Cable Retaining
-0
1 Fastener
-0
1 Panel, Rear
- 0
1 Cover, I/O Connector PWB
- 0
1 Bracket, Card Cage Support
-
o
o
o
o
o
* Basic part number - May vary per customer option.
0-6
~,
0-3
1
1
2
2
2
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
IPB 100/200 TPI MAJOR ASSEMBLIES - TOP VIEW
SHEET
2
OF
2
QTY.
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
FIGURE
LL
I-
VJ
c/)
~
w
a:
W
VJ
w
w
VJ
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
X
60 X X
61 X X
62
63
64
65
66
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
* * *
2 2 -
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
2
7
1
-
2
7
3
1
6
6
2
7
3
1
2
7
-
-
* * * ATTACHING HARDWARE * * * * * *
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4 Screw, Nylon, Pan Hd, 6-32 x 1/4
7 Screw, Nylon, Pan Hd, 6-32 x 7/16
6 Screw, Pan Hd, 6-.32 x 3/8
Washer, Split Lock, No.6
Washer, Flat, No.6
Washer, Flat, No.6, Reduced OD
Washer, Nylon, Flat, No.6
Nut, Hex, 6-32
7 Screw, Pan Hd, 8-:32 x 7/16
Washer, Split Lock, No.8
Washer, Flat, No, 8
Nut, Hex, 8-32
8 Screw, Soc Hd Cap, 10-32 x 1/2
6 Screw, Pan Hd, 10-32 x 3/8
9 Screw, Pan Hd, 10-32 x 9/16
Washer, Split Lock, No.1 0
Washer, Flat, No. 10
Nut, Hex, 10-32
8 Screw, Soc Hd Cap, %-20 x 1/2
Washer, Split Lock, % I D
Washer, Flat, % I D
D-3
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
D-3
D-7
1 1
2 2
13 13
11 11
2 2
1 1
1 1
9 9
8 8
8 8
8 8
8 8
3 3
2 2
4 4
9 9
9 9
6 6
3 3
3 3
3 3
WAN-081 011-004
_4
26
30
2
12
13
13
28
30
""14
23
24
25
o
32
00
~1
11
29
30
DO NOT REMOVE HEAD LOAD CAMS
OR HEAD MOUNTING BLOCK IN THE
FIELD UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES
26
30
Figure 0-4. 100/200 TPI Disc Drive Positioner Assy.
IPB 100/200 TPI DISC DRIVE POSITIONER ASSEMBLY
SHEET
1
OF
2
QTY.
DESCRIPTION
ITEM
NO.
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
. Assembly,
. Assembly,
1
2
3
4
5
Optical Detent
Linear Velocity Transducer
Mask
Flex Circuit Positioner
Guide PWB
FIGURE
D-4
u.
en
I-
en
w
!:!:!
a::
~
a::
w
1
1
1
1
1
en
1
1
1
1
1
6
7
8
9
10
* * * * * * COMPONENT PARTS * * * * * *
/R
/R
- 0 0 1 Shim, Detent 0.0020 Thick
-- 11
8 - 0 0 2 Shim, Detent 0.0050 Thick
12
- 13
1
3
3
3
3
5 - 0 0 1
5 5 - 0 0 1
5 5 - 0 0 2
,8 - 0 0 1
2 - 0 0 1
8 - 0 0 1
2 - 0 0 1
3 2 - 0 0 2
3 2 - 0 0 3
3 2 - 0 0 4
9 7 - 0 0 1
9 7 - 0 0 2
9 7 - 0 0 3
9 7 - 0 0 4
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
4
4
3
3
4
14
15
16
17
X
X
X
X
1
Block, Transducer Clamp
Shim, Transducer, Block Positioner, 0.002 Thick
Shim, Transducer, Block Positioner, 0.005 Thick
Switch, Snap Action
Clamp, Head Positioner
Clamp, CablH
Recording Hd, 1500 rpm, Top
Recording Hd, 1500 rpm, Bottom
Recording Hd, 2400 rpm, Top
Recording Hd, 2400 rpm, Bottom
Recording Hd, 1500 rpm, Top
Recording Hd, 1500 rpm, Bottom
Recording Hd, 2400 rpm, Top
Recording Hd, 2400 rpm, Bottom
/R
/R
1
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
18
19
20
21
22
* * * * * * ATTACHING HARDWARE * * * * * *
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
X X
XX
XX
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
2
7
6
9
1
0 4 1
0 4 2
0 4 7
-
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
2
- 2
0
0
0
0
0
0
8 Screw, Pan Hid, 2-56 x 1/2
0
0
4
8
8
1 2
0 0
0 0
Washer, Split Lock, No.2
Washer, Flat, No.2
Screw, Pan Hd, 4-40 x 1/4
Screw, Button Hd, 4-40 x 1/2
Screw, Soc Hd Cap, 4-40 x 1/2
Screw, Soc Hd Cap, 4-40 x 3/4
Washer, Split Lock, No.4
Washer, Flat, No.4
2
2
2
6
1
1
2 2
4 4
9 9
2
D-4
D-9
2
2
2
6
2
IPB 100/200 TPI DISC DRIVE POSITIONER ASSEMBLY
SHEET
7
ITEM
NO.
PART NO.
2
2
OF
/
QTY.
DESCRIPTION
FIGURE
,u.
....
en
w
en
w
a:
w
en
0-4
:
33
34
35
36
0-4
D-10
a:
w
en
100/200 TPI
WAN-116411-OO1
. - Bott om View
.
FIgure 0-5. 100/20o TPI Disc 0 rive
0--1·1
IPB 100/200 TPI DISC DRIVE - BOTTOM VIEW
SHEET
1
2
OF
QTY.
DESCRIPTION
ITEM
NO.
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
1
2
3
4
5
6
.7
Bearing Housing
Spindle Motor Power Switch PWB
Spindle Drive Regulator PWB
Electronic/Interconnect PWB
Commutator PWB
Transducer
Filter
FIGURE
D-5
u.
I-
en
w
a:
w
en
en
w
0:
w
en
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
8
9
10
11
12
* * * * * * COMPONENT PARTS *
13
14
15
l
~
* * * * *
,
3'0 1 :1 7 7 - 0 0 1 Ring, Blower Inlet
16
*17
18
19
20
3 0
3 0 0
3 0
3 0 0
1 0 0
3 0 0
1 0 1
3 0 0
3 0 0
3 0 0
3 0 0
3 0 0
3 0 1
1 0 1
1 0 1
1 1
8 6 15
5 0
1 1 0
1 1 0
1 0
4 1 0
5 0 1
701
0 8 8
0 8 6
0 4 3
0 4 0
1 3 3
0 3 9
0 9 8
3 8 4
-
9 3 9 0
9
9
1
1
1
8
3
3
2
6
1
2
6
6
6
0
8
-
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
00
0 0
0 1
00
00
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
1
1
2
1
2
1
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
Impeller
Cover, Blower
Pulley, Spindle
Pulley, Blower, 1500 rpm - Red
Pulley, Blower, 2400 rpm - Blue
O-Ring, 1500 rpm
O-Ring, 2400 rpm
Holder, Brush
Brush,Ground
Gasket, Motor
Plate, Motor Gasket
Cam
Rod, Linkage
Ring, Gripping
Crank
Switch, Snap Action
Cover, Electronic/Interconnect PWB
Gasket, Filter
Cover, Filter, Plate
Wedge, Filter Clamp, Bottom
Wedge, Filter Clamp, Top
Cup, Interrupter
Holder, Brush
Brush, Ground
2 2
D-5
D-12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
IPB 100/200 TPI DISC DRIVE - BOTTOM VIEW
SHEET
PART NO.
NO.
QTY.
FIGURE
I
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
2
OF
/
DESCRIPTION
rg'ii'o/~
.1'
....
2
I.L
I-
en
w
a:
w
en
en
w
a:
w
en
D-5
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
~
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X
.'
X X
X X
11
* * * * * * ATTACHING HARDWARE * * * * * *
P 0 G 9 8 - 2 0 2 Screw, Set, SaG Hd, Brass, 4~40 x 1/8
b 0 0 4 9
0 0
1
1
1
1
1
P
7
3
P
0 0 0 4
0 0 0 5
0 0 o 4
0 0 o4
P0 0 3
b00 3
0 0 0 4
0 0 0 4
0 0 0 4
0 ~ 0 4
0 0
4
6
2
0
9
0
6
6
0
0
2
7
~~
2 2
2 2
3 3
2 2
2 2
2 2
3 3
20 20
9 9
7 7
4 4
2 2
5 5
5 5
- 2 0 2 Screw, Set, SaG Hd, Cup Pt, 4-40 x 1/8
- 2 0 4 Screw, FH, 82 oCS, Socket, 4~40 x 1/4
- 2 1 2 Screw, Pan Hd" 4~40 x 3/4
- 2 0 o Washer, Split l.ock, No.4
- 1 0 o Washer, Nylon" Flat, No.4
- 3 0 2 Screw, Set, SaG Hd, Cup Pt, 6~32 x 1/8
- 3 0 5 Screw, FH, 82 o CS, Phillips, 6-32 x 5/16
- 3 0 6 Screw, Pan Hd" 6-32 x 3/8
- 3 0 8 Screw, Pan Hd" 6~32x 1/2
- 3 0 8 Screw, FH, 82 o CS, Phillips, 6-32 x 1/2
- 3 5 2 Screw, F H, 82 o CS, Phillips, 6-32 x 3-1/4
- 3 0 o Washer, Split l.ock, No.6
3 0 o Washer, Flat, 1\10. 6
2
1 3 6 0 0 3 - 0 0 6 Nut, Hex, Self-Locking, 6-32
2
1 0 0 0 7 4 - 6 1 2 Screw, FH, 82 o CS, Socket, %-20 x 3/4
1 0 0 0 4 3 -6 1 0 Nut, Hex, %-28
1
1
1
1
"
D-5
D-13
100/200 TPI
WAN·116l/l·DOl
~19
Figure D-6. 100/200 TPI Disc Drive Spindle Area - Detailed View
D-14
IPB 100/200 TPI SPINDLE AREA - DETAILED VIEW
SHEET 1
2
OF
QTY.
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
0
2
-
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
0
0
0
0
o1
o2
o1
o2
o1
o1
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
Spindle
Spindle
DC Motor (4 rpm)
DC Motor (1 rpm)
Emergency Retract PWB
Thermistor
* * * * * * COMPONENT PARTS
10
11
12
*13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
9 - 0
- X
7 - 0
7 - 0
- 0
2
1 - 0
2 - 0
0
X
0
0
0
0
0
1
X
1
1
1
1
1
- 0 0 2
0
*'
FIGURE
0-6
u.
I-
en
w
a:
w
en
1
1
1
1
1
1
en
w
a:
w
en
1
1
1
1
1
1
* * * * *
Disc, Magnetic Recording
Clamp, Disc Plate
Bearing, Flanged
Deck, Machiined Casting
Ring, Sector
Housing, Switch Actuator, 3/8-16 Threads
Switch, Snap Action
Bracket, Switch Mounting
Plate, Nut
Pin, Pack Ejector
Plate, Mounting, Emergency Retract PWB
Relay
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
* * * * * * ATTACHING HARDWARE * * * * * *
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6 - 2
6 - 2
- 2
2 - 2
7 - 2
0 - 1
- 3
0 - 3
5 - 0
- 3
- 6
8
-
0 3 Screw, Pan Hd, 4-40 x 3/16
0 4 Screw, Pan Hd, 4-40 x 1/4
1 2 Screw, Pan Hd, 4-40 x 3/4
0 o Washer, Split Lock, No.4
0
Washer, Flat, No.4
0
Washer, Nyllon, Flat, No.4
5 Screw, FH, 82 oCS, Phillips, 6-32 x 5/16
8 Screw, FH, 82 oCS, Phillips, 6-32 x 1/2
1 Washer, Nylon, Flat, No.6 x 0.015 Thick
o 0 Nut, Hex, 6;-32
8 Screw, Soc Hd Cap, %-20 x 1/2
0 Nut, Hex, 3:/8-16
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
0-15
0-6
1 1
4 4
3 3
6 6
4 4
2 2
1 1
6 6
6 6
6 6
3 3
1 1
IPS 100/200 TPI SPINDLE AREA - DETAI LED VIEW
SHEET
2
OF
2
OTY.
DESCRIPTION
FIGURE
0-6
40
41
42
43
~
0-6
D-16
u.
'I-
,~
~
a:
w
en
a:
w
en
WAN·OO20/2·003
. 0 p erator Co ntrol Panel
7 100/200 TPI Disc Drive
Figure D-.
D-17
IPB 100/200 TPI OPERATOR CONTROL PANEL (OCP)
SHEET
I
1
OF
/
PART NO.
QTY.
DESCRIPTION
ITEM
NO.
FIGURE
u.
~
en
en
w
W
0::
W
0::
W
en
~
X
X
1 P< X
2 ~ X
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
~ X
~ X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
XX
XX
X X
XX
3
P0
P0
~ 7 6 - 0 o 1
~ 7 6 - 0 0 2
a
1
1 b 1 0
1 0 1 1 ~ 7
- 0 0 1
Assembly, OCP
Assembly, OCP
0-7
~~
Assembly, Switch/Indicator, READY/LOAD
Switch, Thumbwheel, BCD
* * * * * * * COMPONENT PARTS * * * * * * *
~ 0 b 3 2 9 - 0 o 1 Plate, Switch
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
8
7
7
8
9
9
9
9
2
3
7
-0
- 0
- 0
- 0
- 0
- 0
- 0
-
o
I
o1
o1
o2
o3
o4
Base, Switch
Bezel, Switch
Lens, POWER Switch
Lens, RUN/LOAD Switch
Lens, PROT/CART Switch
Lens, PROT/FIXED Switch
3 Lamp, Incandescent, 28V
2 Lamp, I n candescent, 28V, 40 rnA
0 2 Base, Switch
'1 0 0 0 4 0 - 3
o6
Screw, FH, 82 o CS, Phillips, 6-32 x 3/8
"0-7
D-18
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
4
1
1
1
2
1
3
4
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
1
1
4
4
1
o
o
* * * * * * ATTACHING HARDWARE * * * * * *
22 X X
23
24
25
26
27
en
Figure D-8. 100/20
' Fixed Disc Cover
Assy. _ Detailed v'IOe w
TPI (F)
0-19
IPB 100/200 TPI FRONT LOAD FIXED DISC COVER ASSEMBLY - DETAILED VIEW
SHEET
/
ITEM
NO.
~
~
~
~
~
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
QTY.
""I ....
DESCRIPTION
FIGURE
~J~)
1 XX
2 XX
3 XX
4 XX
5 ~X
6
7
8
9
10
~
X
~
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
3
OF
/
~
XX
11
12
13
14
PART NO.
1
~
PPP3 P- o0
~ PPP3
~ DP ~ 3
~ D P~ 2
~ Db ~ 2
3 P0 ~ 2
P4
0 P4
PP6
PP2
0 P2
0 P6
0 0 6
0 P6
~ b
~
~
~
~
3
~
3
1
1
3
3
3
3
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
3
3
3
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7
7
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
7
7
0
0
9
1
1
0
9
9
9
1
1
6
6
9
6
2
1
7
7
6
1
1 - 1 0 1
1
1 - X X X
0 0 1
~
2 - 0
1
~ - 0
o
o
Assembly, Fixed Disc Cover
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
Receiver
Solenoid Latch
Differentiator PWB
Cable, Oifferentiator
Brush
08,9
0-8
~~
* * * * * * COMPONENT PARTS * * * * * *
3 5 - 0
3 6 - 0
3 3 - 0
~ 7 - 0
4 7
0
2 6 - 0
2 7 - 0
2 0 - 0
0 1 - 0
0 1 - 0
6 5
0
6 5 - 0
6 5
0
0 3 - 0
8 9 - 0
6 6 - 0
6 7
0
6 7 - 0
1 2 - 0
2 4 - 0
8 5 - 0
2 9 - 0
2 1 - 0
6 6 - 0
3 9 - 0
5 1 - 0
5 9
0 2 - 0
0 2 - 0
1 9 - 0
o1
o1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
3
4
1
1
1
6
5
3
4
1
2
3
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
o1
1
1
1
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o1
o2
o1
Spring, Side Cartridge, Hold
Spring, Top Card, Hold
Pin, Lifter" Rear
Lever, Lifter, Right Rear
Lever, Lifter, Left Rear
Plate, Rect~iver Guide, Rear
Guide, Receiver, Rear
Bracket, Spring Mounting
Spring, Extension
Spring, Extension
Plate, Recl~iver Actuator, Right
Plate, Recleiver Actuator, Left,
Latch, Receiver
Pin, Pivot Stop
Ring, Retaining
Pin, Pivot, Linkage
Stud, Handle 'Bar, Right, 10-32 x 1-5/8 in.
Stud, Handle Bar, Left, 10-32 x 1 in.
Spacer, Handle, Hex, 10-32 x 1 in.
Bushing, Holler
Pin, Receiver Ejector, 4-40 x 0.17
Pin, Pivot, Receiver Actuator
Block, Pivot, Receiver Actuator
Bar, Handle Spacer
Cover, Fi>c:ed Oisc
Cover, AClcess
Clip, Spring
Spring, Leitch, Right
Spring, Latch, Left
Bracket, Handle Pivot, Right
0-21
en
w
en
w
a: a:
w w
en en
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
4
"
0-8
1
1
1
IPB 100/200 TPI FRONT LOAD FIXED DISC COVER ASSEMBLY - DETAI LED VIEW
SHEET
2
OF
3
QTY.
DESCRIPTION
ITEM
NO.
FIGURE
'u.
l-
en
en
w
0::
W
en
- 0 0 2 Bracket, Handle Pivot, Left
- 0 o 1 Rod, Handle, Spacer
37
38
-
39
5 . 0 9 -
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
5 2 1 8 -
2 2
9
9
2
8
0 6
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
a
0 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 a
1
5
5
5
3
7
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
00
1
2
3
4
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
- 0 0 2
- 0 0 1
- 0 0 1
- 0 0 1
- 0 0 2
D-8
Adapter, Latch, Right
Adapter, Latch, Left
Latch, Right
Latch, Left
Spacer
Bolt, Spade
Actuator, Switch
Ring, Retaining
Transducer, Sector, Spec. Proc.
Actuator, Air Door
Support, Top Cover
Spacer, Cover
Stop, Rear Pack
Shaft, Brush
Ring, Retaining
Pin, Hitch
Brush, Disc, Top
Brush, Disc, Bottom
Bearing, Thrust
Cover, Brush Access
Opener, Door
* * * * * * ATTACHING HARDWARE * * * * * *
- 2 0 2 Screw, Set, Soc Hd, Cup Pt, 4-40 x 1/8
4 9
7 4
3 6
4 0
3 6
3 6
4 2
4 7
4 3
4 0
3 6
7 5
4 0
3 6
4 2
-
-
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
0
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
6
8
2
o
o
o
4
5
6
6
6
a
Screw, FH, 82 oCS, Socket, 4-40 x 1/4
Screw, Pan Hd 4-40 x 1/4
Screw, FH, 82 6CS, Phillips, 4-40 x 3/8
Screw, Pan Hd, 4-40 x 1/2
Screw, Pan Hd, 4-40 x 3/4
Washer, Split Lock, No.4
Washer, Flat, No.4
Nut, Hex, 4-40
Screw, FH, 82 oCS, Phillips, 6-32 x 1/4
Screw, Pan Hd, 6-32 x 5/16
Screw, Thread Cutting, 6-20 x 3/8
Screw, FH, 82 oCS, Phillips, 6-32 x 3/8
Screw, Pan Hd, 6-32 x 3/8
Washer, Split Lock, No.6
0-22
0-8
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
2
1
3
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
5
2
2
2
1
2
1
5
4
1
12
2
4
19
33
W
0::
W
en
IPB 100/200 TPI FRONT LOAD FIXED DISC COVER ASSEMBLY - DETAILED VIEW
SHEET
{
PART NO.
.
ITEM
NO.
3
OF
/
3
QTY.
DESCRIPTION
FIGURE
u.
....
en
en
.~
a:
~
76 X X
77 X X
78
X
79
X
80
X
81
X
82
83
84
85
86
~
~
1
1
1
1
1
1
7 ~ ~ g~~ 33
g~ g 2
g ~ g~4- 73
3
0
3
5
5
5
0 o Washer, Flat, No.6
0 3 Washer, Nyllon Shoulder, No.6
0 o Nut, Hex, 6·32
0 o Washer, Split Lock, No. 10
0 o Washer, Flat, No. 10
0 o Nut, Hex, 10·32
0·8
~~
"
0·8
0·23
22
2
4
1
1
1
w
a:
w
en
WAN·OO211J·1lO4
Figure 0-9. 100/200 TPI (F) Door Mechanism and Trim - General View
0-24
IPB 100/200 TPI FRONT LOAD DOOR MECHANISM AND TRIM - GENERAL VIEW
SHEET
PART NO.
1 XX
2 XX
XX
3 XX
XX
4 XX
5 XX
6 XX
7 XX
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
X
X
X
X
~
X
X
X
X
X
:3
P nv P 3
~ 0 P1
f3 0 P 2
2
0
~~ 0 PPp ~
gP 2
~
f3 0 P 6
~ 0 P3
f3 b P 1
1
1
1
1
1
0 - 0
OF
/
QTY.
DESCRIPTION
XX
1
o1
Assembly, Fixed Disc Cover
* * * * * * COMPONENT PARTS * * * * * *
~ 4 - 0 0 1 Cover, Top
~ 2 - 1 2 7 Cap, End, Right
4 2 - 2 2
~ 0
0 0
0 0
~ 0
0 0
~ 5
3 8 - 1 2
3 4 - 0 0
1 2 - 1 2
7
1
2
1
6
1
7
FIGURE
LL
~
en
w
a:
w
en
en
w
a:
w
en
0-8,9
1
0-9
1
1
1
1
1
~~
Cap, End, Left
Bracket, Handle, Side, Right
Bracket, Handle, Side, Left
Bezel, Switch
Panel, Front Trim
Handle, Front
Panel, Filler
1
1
1
1
* * * * * * ATTACHING HAHDWARE * * * * * *
0 P0 7
0 P0 7
0 0 0 3
0 0 0 4
0 0 0 4
4 - 3 0 4 Screw, FH, 82 oCS, Socket, 6-32 x 1/4 (BLK)
5 - 0 0 6 Screw, Thread Cutting, 6-20 x 3/8
6
3 0 6 Screw, Pan Hd, 6<~2 x 3/8
2 - 3
0 Washer, Split Lock, No.6
7 - 3
0 Washer, Flat, No. f3
6
6
6
14
8
o
o
"
0-9
0-25
100!200TPI
WAN·1162!1·001
34",@
36
37
.;
~
I
@
I
1f:15
~~o
/5
J!)'/
•
19"".~
-.p19
-;
'-
~®//1718
1/
. Cover/Shroud- Detailed View
Figure O- 10. 100/200 TPI (T) Fixed DIsc
0-26
IPB LIST - 100/200 TPI DISC DRIVES - TOP LOAD FIXED
DISC COVER AND SHROUD AREA - DETAI LED VIEW
SHEET
1
OF
:1
PART NO.
2
QTY.
DESCRIPTION
FIGURE
(/)
(/)
U-
ti;
w
(/)
c:
c:
w
(/)
*1 XX
*2 XX
X
3 XX
4
5 XX
6
7
8
9
10
xx
11 XX
12 XX
13 ·X X
14 XX
15 XX
16 XX
17
X
18
X
19 X X
~
20
2'1
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
~~
~~
~~
)( )(
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
,
..=
.
:~
~~
:~
=~
a2a3
a2a3
a138
o0 3 8
a0 6 0
o0 2 2
3
3
1
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
3
5
4
9
8
6
3
*
0 1 2 1
2 3
0
4 4 0
2 5
0
0 4
1 1 2
0 1 1 2
1 3
1
9
1
9
11 6
2 5
1 1 5
1 2
9 6
0
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
Assembly,
- 3 2 7
1
2
1
0 1
1
aa
oa
oa
o
oa
Fixed Disc Cover
Shroud (2200 BPI)
Shroud (4400 BPI)
Solenoid
Transducer
Brush
* * * * *I COMPONENT PARTS* * * * * *
8 0 -
o
aao
6 4 ao
1 a
5 ao
2 a a 5a a 5a
7 1 aa
9
a
aa
7
o
1 -
o0 1
oa
a a ..:~
oa 1
aa1
oa 1
oa 1
aaE
aa~
ac1
oC
ac
1
1
ac
Cover, Bruslh Access
Actuator, Switch
Ring, Retainer
Block, Transducer Mounting
Shaft, Brush
Pin, Hitch
Bearing, Thrust
Ring, Retaining
Brush, Disc" Top
Brush, Disc" Bottom
Connector, Housing
Cover, ACCE!SS
Clip, Springl
Diode, 1N4003
Latch, Solenoid
*" * * * * ~ ATTACHING HARDWARE * * * * * *
7 4 - 2 a ~ Screw, Soc FH, 82 oCS, 4-40x1/4
1
1 4 5 0 0 2 - 2 0 7 Screw, Soc. Hd Cap,Self- Locking, 4-40x7/16
0 0 4 9 - 3
2 Screw, Set, Soc Hd, Cuce Pt, 6-32x 1/8
1
'"l
Screw, Phillips FH, 82 CS,6-32x3/16
0 4
3
1
Screw, Pan Hd, 6-32x5/16
1 0 0
3 6 - 3
Screw, Pan Hd, 6-32x 1/2
0 0 3 6 - 3
1
Washer, Split Lock, No.6
1 0 0 0 4 2 - 3
Washer, Flat, No.6
0 4 7 - 3 0
1
Washer, Flat, No.6, Reduced 00
1
0 2 5 1 - 3
4 3 - 3
1
0 Nut, Hex, 6,-32
aoa
a
aaa
a
a
aa
a
aaa
a
a
a5
a
a~
a~
a
0-27
0-10,11
0-10
0-10
0-8,10
0-10
0-10
0-8,10
0-8,10
0-10
0-10
w
w
(/)
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
1
7
3
5
1
IPB LIST - 100/200 TPI DISC DRIVES - TOP LOAD FIXED
DISC COVER AND SHROUD AREA - DETAILED VIEW
SHEET
2
OF
2
CTY.
~
NO.
1--__
DESCRIPTIC N
~r~ ~'lfI 0
FIGURE
.... i"V~ ~ ~/J 0
-l--I--4--I-+--4~_+_+_i~ +--iJ--f--+----------- ---------1----+
40 X X
41
42
1 0 1 2
a
0 - 0
a
1 Nut, Speed, U- Type, 6-32
0-10
43
44
45
0-10
0-28
~
~
t;
a:
a:
(I)
(I)
W
~
W
6
l00/200TPI
WAN·116311-OO1
11
u
36~
41
42
VIEW 'Po"
Figure 0-11. 100/200 TPI (T) Door MElchanism and Trim - General View
0-:29
IPB LIST - 100/200 TPI DISC DRIVES - TOP LOAD DOOR
AND TRIM ASSEMBLY - DETAILED VIEW
SHEET
/
1
OF
/
PART NO.
2
QTY.
u.
CI)
DESCRIPTION
ITEM
NO.
a:
w
CI)
8
9
10
11
12
* * * * * * COMPONENT PARTS * * * * * *
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
X
~X
13
14
15
16
17
18 X X
19
20
21
~~
~~
-
XX
22 X XX
X
X
23
-
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
ICI)
CI)
w
a:
w
CI)
0-11
1
2
3
4
5
*67
FIGURE
en
w
~
~ ~)(
)(
)( )(
32 >< X
33 )( )(
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
'3
3
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1 4
1 2
2
2
2
9
2
2
2
3
3
2
6
3
2
1
2
6
6
6
1 7
1 7
0 6
0 6
0 2
0 2
0 9
0 9
7 7
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
2
8
8
8
8
8
4
4
4
4
4
3
3
8
5
8
2
1
1
1
8
0
0
6
4
2
2
1
1
5
8
4
3
7
7
5
9
9
2
2
o1
o1
o1
o :2
- o0 1
-0 o 1
-0
-0
-0
- 0
-3 2 '7
-4 2 7
1
-0
:2
- 0
0 1
- 2 2 E
0 1
0 1
o
o
-
o o 2
2
7
7
6
6
0
4 4
8
8
3
2
-
o-
o
o
o
o :2 j
oC1
oa 1
oa 1
oc ~
oa
o 0 :2
o0 1
o0 ~
o 0 ..
o a LI
oa 1
o a ,.1
oa
* * * * '*
1 0 0 0 4 o - 2 0
1 0 0 0 4 2 - 2 a
1
~
.;
8.'
(
Cover, Top
Plate, Adapter
Bracket, Guide, Right
Bracket, Guide, Left
Pin, Door Latch
Bushing
Cap, End, Right
Cap, End, Left
Bracket, Side, Pivot, Right
Bracket, Side, Pivot, Left
Bezel, Switch
Panel, Front Trim
Handle, Front
Rod, Handle, Spacer
Panel, Filler
Bracket, End Cap Mounting
Spacer
Bracket, Handle, Pivot, Right
Bracket, Handle, Pivot, Left
Spring, Latch, Right
Spring, Latch, Left
Adapter, Latch, Right
Adapter, Latch, Left
Latch, Right
Latch, Left
Actuator, Door
Bushing, Actuator
Spring, Compression
ATTACHING HARDWARE * * * * * *
Screw, Phillips FH, 82 oCS' 4-40x1/2
Washer, Split Lock, No.4
0-30
0-11
0-9,11
0-11
1
2
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
0-11
2
2
IPB LIST - 100/200 TPI DISC DRIVES - TOP LOAD DOOR
AND TRIM ASSEMBLY - DETAILED VIEW
SHEET
2
OF
2
OTY.
U-
DESCRIPTION
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
1 o0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1 3 6
0
1
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o 4 3 - 2 0 Nut, Hex, 4-40 o
o 7 4 - 3 0 ~ Screw, Soc FH, 82 CS, 6-32x1 /4 (BLACK)
o 3 6 - 3 0 Screw, Pan Hd, 6-32x3/8
o 4 o - 3 0 ~ Screw, Phillips FH, 83 0 CS, 6-32x3/8
o 7 5 - o 0 Screw, Thread Cutting, 6-20x3/8
o 3 6 - 3 0 ~ Screw, Pan Hd, 6-32x 1/2
o 3 6 - 3 3 ~ Screw, Pan Hd, 6-32x2
o 4 2 - 3 0 Washer, Split Lock, No.6
o 4 7 - 3 0 ~ Washer, Flat, No.6
o 6 3 - o 0 Washer, Nylon Shoulder, No.6
o 4 3 - 3 0 C Nut, Hex, 6-32
o 0 3 - o 0 Nut, Hex, Self Locking, 6-32
o 5 o - 2 0 ~ Washer, Nylon, No.6
FIGURE
0-11
':l
0-11
0-31
en
en
w
a:
w
en
ti;
en
w
a:
w
en
2
4
10
6
8
4
8
19
29
2
4
4
\NAN GCQ·
INC:ORPORATSC'
,
"
DISC IOR,I,Y'E',
'SPECIAL
SE:'R:'V;ICE',
AIICS
"
.. .
~.'
1
PWB EXTENDER BOARD
Used to extend the DIB, CIB, DCB, SLB, and
SVA printed wiring boards (location J 1
through J5) for troubleshooting purposes. An
extender cable for the SV A board may be
necessary.
WANGCO PIN 300034-001
SVA PWB EXTENDER CABLE
Usually needed to connect P15 to J15 for
operation when the SVA printed wiring
board (SVA-J5) is mounted on an extender
card.
WANGCO PIN 300789-001
PRB PWB EXTENDER BOARD
Used to extend the Power Regulator Board
(J6) for troubleshooting purposes. Th is
extender board is not used on Series SF
orST.
WANGCO PIN 300403-001
WANGCO TECt-INICAL EDUCATION
Disc Drlwe - Spec'" Tool.
2
DEB PWB EXTENDER BOARD
Used to extend the Data Electronics Board
(J7) for troubleshooting purposes. A head
extender cable is also necessary to read or
write.
WANGCO PIN: Series F or T 300145-001
Series SF or ST 301705-001
HEAD EXTENDER CABLE
Needed to connect the DEB to the PWB
extender to be able to write or read when
the Data Electronics Board (DEB-J7) is
mounted on an extender card. Also necessary
when the Write current is to be checkedl
adjusted.
WANGCO PIN 101183-001
CURRENT PROBE
Used to perform the Write current checkl
adjustment. To use the current probe, a
DEB PWB Extender Board, a head extender
cable, a cartridge, and the abil ity to write
to the cartridge are necessary.
Tektronix Model P6021 (or equivalent)
WANGCO TECHINICAL EDUCATION
Disc Driw8 - Special Tools
3
R/W HEAD TORQUE WRENCH
The torque wrench is necessary to insure
that only 6 inch-pounds of torque is applied
to the two screws on each head clamp. Over
or under tightening can contribute to Read/
Write problems.
WANGCO P/N T00425
SPINDLE PHASING HARNESS
The spindle phasing harness is only used on
brush less spindle motors to insure that the
interrupter cup is correctly adjusted in
phase with the spindle shaft and the LED's
on the Commutator PWB. This tool is necessary whenever the interrupter cup on the
bottom of the spindle motor is removed and
replaced or if the commutator PWB is replaced.
is harness su lied with all replacement Commutator PWB's re. Commutator PWB Replacement kit 301394-001 J.
WANGCO P/N 301396
CABLE EXTRACTOR
Used to remove the 3M ribbon connector on
the DIB and the I/O PWB on the F and T
Series and the D I Band Electronic I nterconnect Board on the SF and ST Series.
Proper use of the cable extractor insures
that the cable connectors will not be damaged.
3M, Inc. P/N 3438
WANGCO P/N 108200
WANGCO TECtlNICAL EDUCATION
DItc Drlwe - Sped" Tools
4
CARTRIDGE FRONT LOAD
This blank cartridge of the IBM 2315-type
can be used on either Series F or SF, 2200
BPI only. The customer specifies the number
of sectors in the part number (XX).
WANGCO PIN 100442-0XX
CARTRIDGE, TOP LOAD
This blank cartridge of the IBM 5440-type
can be used on either Series T or ST, 2200
BPI only. It comes with .080-inch sector
slots and the customer specifies the number
of sectors in the part number (XX).
WANGCO PIN 100443-0XX (2200 BPI)
WANGCO PIN 100444-0XX (4400 BPI)
ALIGNMENT CARTRIDGE
The alignment cartridge contains pre-recorded
data wh ich is necessary to perform the read/
write head alignment and index alignment.
The field engineer must also be able to access
to a specific alignment track recorded on the
alignment cartridge and to select a particular
read/write head.
WANGCO PIN Alignment Cartridge
Tri-Bit Type, 2200 BPI
Series F and SF - 301488-001
Series T and ST - 301488-002
CAT-EYE Type, 2200 BPI
(Customer request only)
Series F and SF - 300805-001
Series T and ST - 300807-001
WANGCO TECHNICAL EDUCATION
Disc Drive - Special Tool.
5
FIELD EXERCISER BOARD
An economical off-line test device that allows
the field engineer to perform one-track and
mu Iti-track seeks, alternate-from-zero seeks,
and R/W head selection. The exerciser board
can be used, within limitations, for off-line
trouble diagnosis of the positioning servo
electronics and for all alignment and calibration procedures except for write current
adjustment and the data separator check.
WANGeO P/N: Series F and T 300382
FRONT LOAD TEST HUB
A service aid to be used by qualified field
engineers for adjustment/troubleshooting procedures. May be used on Series F and SF.
(XX = number of sectors).
WANGeO PIN 101179-0XX
TOP LOAD TEST HUB
A service aid to be used by qualified field
engineers for adjustmentltroubleshooting procedures. May be used on Series T and ST.
(XX = number of sectors).
WANGeO PIN 101180-0XX
WANGCO TECHNICAL EDUCATION
DIsc Dm. - Speci.a Tools
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.3 Linearized : No XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c043 52.372728, 2009/01/18-15:56:37 Create Date : 2013:08:16 10:01:57-08:00 Modify Date : 2013:08:16 12:57:13-07:00 Metadata Date : 2013:08:16 12:57:13-07:00 Producer : Adobe Acrobat 9.55 Paper Capture Plug-in Format : application/pdf Document ID : uuid:b37516f4-5612-b94a-a977-54870561a2b5 Instance ID : uuid:e7ec14eb-6d2a-d84e-8f5f-82641e2280d0 Page Layout : SinglePage Page Mode : UseOutlines Page Count : 499EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools